THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN RELATIONS:
Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of
the United States.
The Tavistock Institute for Human Relations has had a profound effect on
the moral, spiritual, cultural, political and economic policies of the United
States of America and Great Britain. It has been in the front line of the
attack on the U.S. Constitution and State constitutions. No group did
more to propagandize the U.S. to participate in the WWI at a time when
the majority of the American people were opposed to it.
Much the same tactics were used by the Social Science scientists at
Tavistock to get the United States into WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Serbia
and both wars against Iraq. Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and
disseminating organization at Wellington House in London in the run-up
to WWI, what Toynbee called "that black hole of disinformation." On
another occasion Toynbee called Wellington House "a lie factory." From
a somewhat crude beginning, Wellington House evolved into the
Tavistock Institute and went on to shape the destiny of Germany, Russia,
Britain and the United States in a highly controversial manner. The
people of these nations were unaware that they were being
"brainwashed." The origin of "mind control," "inner directional
conditioning" and mass "brainwashing" is explained in an easy to
understand book written with great authority.
The fall of dynasties, the Bolshevik Revolution, WWI and WWII saw the
destruction of old alliances and boundaries, the convulsions in religion,
morals, family life, economic and political conduct, decadence in music
and art can all be traced back to mass indoctrination (mass brainwashing)
practiced by the Tavistock Institute Social Science scientists. Prominent
among Tavistock's faculty were Edward Bernays, the double nephew of
Sigmund Freud. It is said that Herr Goebbels, Propaganda Minister in the
German Third Reich used methodology devised by Bernays as well as
those of Willy Munzenberg, whose extraordinary career is touched upon
in this work about the past, present and future. Without Tavistock, there
would have been no WWI and WWII, no Bolshevik Revolution, Korea,
Vietnam, Serbia and Iraq wars. But for Tavistock, the United States
would not be rushing down the road to dissolution and collapse.
V
Contents
FORWARD
1. Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 1
2. Europe falls off the precipice 9
3. How "times" were made to change 13
4. Social engineering and the Social scientist 19
5. Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible
Government?" 25
6. Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 29
7. The making of public opinion 33
8. Degrading women and decline of moral standards 37
9. How individuals and groups react to blending fact with Fiction
41
10. Polling comes of age 47
1 1 . The paradigm shift in education 5 1
12. Lewin's doctrine of "identity change" 57
VI
13. The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between two
World Wars 61
14. America is not a "Homeland" 69
15. The Media's role in propaganda 79
16.Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect 85
17. Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 89
18. Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI, thanks to propaganda 95
19. Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 99
20. The Black Art of successful Lying: Gulf War 1991. 109
21. The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries 113
22. Peace is not Popular 121
23. The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of the U.S. 133
24. Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 145
25. Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 153
26. How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are "puffed."
157
VII
27. The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 165
28. How Tavistock makes well people sick 173
29. Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the war in Iraq
183
30. My choice of candidate, not my choice 195
31. Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: Americas Post
Industrial Society 207
32. Exposing the upper level parallel secret
government 213
33. Interpol in the U.S.:
Its origin and purpose exposed 22 1
34. The Cults of the East India Company 233
35. The Music Industry:
Mind control, Propaganda and War 243
vm
Acknowledgements
My very great debt - an immense one - for the help,
encouragement and hard and long hours, sound criticism and
encouragement on this book that my wife Lena, and our son
John provided at every stage of its preparation, including
suggestions for the cover design, research and proof reading.
I also owe a debt of gratitude to Dana Fames for his untiring
computer work and technical assistance; to Ann Louise
Gittleman, and James Templeton, who encouraged me to
write this book and gave me no peace until I began it; to
Renee and Grant Magan for doing the daily work, leaving me
free to concentrate on writing. My particular thanks also to
Dr. Kinne McCabe and Mike Granston whose faithful and
steadfast support was a key factor in enabling me to finish
the work.
IX
The Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations: Shaping the
Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and
Economic Decline of the United States of
America.
FORWARD.
The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to
the people of the United States before Dr. Coleman exposed
its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of
Human Relations: Britain's Control of the United States. Up
to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive
role in shaping the affairs of the United States, its
government and its people since its early beginning in
London, in 1913 at Wellington House.
Since Dr. Coleman's original article exposing this ultra-
secret organization, others have come forward with claims
of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate.
Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating
organization centered at Wellington House, which was where
the original organization was put together with intent of
shaping a propaganda outlet that would break down the stiff
public resistance being encountered to the looming war
between Britain and Germany.
X
The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and
their mandate was to produce an organization capable of
manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured
opinion down the desired pathway to support for a declaration
of war by Great Britain against Germany.
Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by
the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was related through
marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future
Studies. Two Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward
Bemays were appointed to handle the manipulation of
American public opinion in preparation for the entry of the
United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President
Woodrow Wilson.
From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House,
grew an organization that was to shape the destiny of
Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in
manner that became a highly sophisticated organization to
manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly
termed, "mass brainwashing."
During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in
size and ambition, when in 1937, a decision was made to use
the German author Oswald Spengler's monumental work,
Untergange des Abenlandes (The Decline of Western
Civilization) as a model.
Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere,
Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and proposed
as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in
particular, the book The Climax of Civilization (1917) as
corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created
before a New World Order in a One World Government
could be ushered in.
XI
In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the
British royal family and obtained the approval of the
"Olympians" (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to
formulate a strategy. Funding was provided by the monarchy,
the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family
trusts.
In 1936, Spengler's monumental work had come to the
attention of what had become the Tavistock Institute. In
preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the
second time in less than twelve years, by unanimous consent
of the board, Spengler's massive book was adopted as the
blueprint for a new working model to bring about the decline
and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and
establish a New World Order inside a One World
Government.
Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be
introduced into Western civilization in increasing numbers,
and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens,
thereby sealing its fate, a society, whose inward beliefs and
sound convictions would become at variance with its outward
profession and thus Western civilization would fall by the
wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece
and Rome.
Tavistock thinking was that Spengler had indoctrinated
Western civilization to believe that it would err on the side of
Roman civilization, and expel the aliens. The genetic loss
that has fallen upon Europe-and especially on Scandinavia,
England, Germany, France-(the Anglo-Saxon, Nordic Alpine
Germanic races) that began just before the Second World War
is already so great as to be beyond expectations, and
continues at an alarming pace under the skilled guidance of
the Tavistock managers.
XII
What was a very rare instance became a common occurrence,
a black man married to a white women or vice-versa.
The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one
quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual energies of
the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense
of the Fatherland at the expense of science, arts, literature,
music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of
the nation. The same could be said of the British nation. The
blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock
set all of Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage
according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler's
predictions.
Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that
could bring a modem renaissance to the world. They had
flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations
remained under the control of the Anglo-Saxon Nordic
Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their
literature, art, their classics, spiritual and moral advancement
of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of
protection, was what distinguished Western and Classic
civilizations from others.
It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing
attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on parallel tracks, but
with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilizations a
stumbling block to ushering a New World Order, as did the
emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a
place of high respect and honor.
xm
Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to "democratize" the
West by an attack on womanhood, and the racial, moral,
spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western
civilization rested.
As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted
to the social, religious, moral and spiritual advancement and
the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for
just as long as they were in control and could arrange matters
so that government was carried out by a limited number of
responsible citizens supported by the general populace below
them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The
planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of
Western civilization was to force unwelcome changes in the
race by removing control from the deserving to the
undeserving in the manner of ancient Roman leaders who
were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they
had permitted to come and dwell among them.
Tavistock, by 1937, had come a long way from its
Wellington House beginnings and the successful propaganda
campaign that had turned the British public from being
strongly anti-war in 1913 to willing participants through the
arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news
communications media.
The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1916 to
manipulate the American people to support of the war in
Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at
least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly opposed to the U.S.
getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a
quarrel between Britain and France on the one hand, and
Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the
conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House
introduced the word, "Isolationists" as a
XIV
derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S.
participation in the war. The use of such words and phrases
has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social
sciences scientists at Tavistock. Terms like "regime change,"
"collateral damage" became almost new English language.
With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American
conditions, Bemays and Lippmann led President Woodrow
Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology
techniques for polling (manufacturing) so-called public
opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught
Wilson to set up a secret body of "managers" to run the war
effort and a body of "advisors" to assist the President in his
decision-making. The Creel Commission was the first such
body of opinion-makers set up in the United States.
Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to
publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New World
Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His
remarkable acceptance of the New World Order is found in
his book The New Freedom.
We say "his" book, but actually, it was written by Socialist
William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism. "It is
contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to
our economy," Wilson wrote.
Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying
prosperity and industrial expansion as it had never
experienced before in its history:
"We stand in the presence of a revolution — not a bloody
revolution, America is not given to spilling blood — but a
silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon
recovering to practice those ideals which she has always
XV
professed, upon securing a government devoted to the
general and not the special interests. We are upon the
threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country
will be sustained or at least supplemented at every point by
government activity. And now we have to determine what
kind of a government activity it shall be; whether, in the first
place, it shall be directed from government itself, or whether
it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have
already constituted themselves and which stand ready to
supersede government."
While the U.S. was still a neutral power under the Wilson
presidency, Wellington House poured out a cadence of lies
about Germany, and what a threat it was to America.
We are reminded of the statement made by Bakunin in 1814
as it tied in so well with the outrageous propaganda that
Wilson made use of to bolster his case:
"Lying by diplomacy: Diplomacy has no other mission.
Every time a State wants to declare war upon another State,
it starts off by launching a manifesto addressed not only to
its own subjects but also to the whole world.
In this manifesto it declares that right and justice are on its side
and endeavors to prove that it is actuated by love of peace
and humanity (and democracy), and that, imbued with
generous and peaceful sentiments, it suffered for a long time
in silence until mounting iniquity of its enemy forced it to
bare its sword. "
"At the same time it vows that, disdainful of all material
conquest and not seeking any increase in territory, it will put
an end to this war as soon as justice is reestablished. And its
antagonist's answer with a similar manifesto, in which,
naturally, right, justice and humanity and all
XVI
generous sentiments are to be found respectively on its side.
These mutually opposed manifestos are written with the same
eloquence, they breath the same righteous indignation, and
one is just as sincere as the other, that is to say they are both
brazen in their lies, and it is only fools who are deceived by
them. Sensible persons, all those who have some political
experience do not even take the trouble of reading such
manifestos."
President Wilson's statements just before he went to the
Congress to request a constitutional declaration of war
embodies every one of Bakunin's sentiments.
He was "lying by diplomacy" and he used the gross
propaganda manufactured at Wellington House to inflame the
American public by tales of atrocities committed by the
German Army in its march across Belgium in 1914. As we
shall discover, it was, for the most part, a gigantic lie passed
off as truth.
I remember looking through a large stack of old newspapers
at the British Museum where I spent five years doing in-
depth research. The papers covered the years 1912 to 1920.
I recall thinking at the time: "Isn't it amazing that the rush to
the New World Order Socialist totalitarian government
should be led by the United States, supposedly a bastion of
freedom?"
Then, as I recall, it came to me with great clarity that the
Committee of 300 has its people at the highest and lowest
echelons embedded in the U.S., in banking, industry, trade,
defense, the State Department and indeed in the very White
House, not to mention the Elite Club called the U.S. Senate,
which in my view is a forum for pushing the New World
Order."
xvn
I recall thinking that President Wilson's propaganda blast
against Germany and the Kaiser (actually the product of
Rothschild agents Lords Northcliffe and Rothmere, and the
Wellington House propaganda factory) was not much
different to the "contrived situation" of Pearl Harbor, the
Gulf of Tonkin "incident" and looking back now I can see no
difference between the propaganda lies about the brutality
of German soldiers allegedly chopping off the arms and legs
of little Belgian children in 1914, than the methods used to
get the American people duped and doped into allowing the
Bush administration to invade Iraq. Whereas in 1914 it was
the Kaiser who was a "brute savage," a "ruthless murderer",
a "monster", the "Butcher of Berlin", in 2002 it was
President Hussein who was all of these things and a whole
lot more, including the "Butcher of Baghdad!" Poor duped,
deluded, deceived, connived, trustful, America! When will
you ever learn?
In 1917 the New World Order agenda was being rushed
through the House and Senate by Woodrow Wilson, and
President Bush forced the New World Order agenda for Iraq
through the House and Senate in 2002 without debate, an
exercise in arbitrary power and a gross violation of the U.S.
Constitution for which the American people are paying a
huge price. But the American people are suffering from toxic
shock induced by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations
and the American people are in a state of sleepwalking and
without leadership.
They do not know what the price is and do not care to find
out. The Committee of 300 continues to rule the United
States, just as it did in the Wilson and Roosevelt
presidencies, while the American people were distracted with
"bread and circuses" only today it is baseball, football, endless
Hollywood, and Social Security. Nothing has changed.
xvm
The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is
headed of a fast track to the New World Order, propelled
along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have
been taken over by the scientists at the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations.
Just recently I was asked by a subscriber "where do we find
the Tavistock Institute?" My response was: "Look around the
U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House,
the State Department, the Defense Department, Wall Street,
Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in
every one of these places."
President Wilson was the first U.S. president to "manage" the
war through a civilian committee guided and directed by the
Bemays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we
have already made mention.
The resounding success of Wellington House and its
enormous influence on the course of American history began
before that in 1913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing
down the protective trade tariffs that had defended the
American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by
"Free Trade," essentially the practice of allowing cheap
British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the
American market. On October 12, 1913 Wilson signed the bill
that was the beginning of the end of the unique American
middle class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill
was described as a measure to "adjust tariffs," but it would
have been accurate to describe it as a bill to "destroy tariffs."
Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast
majority of the American people accepted this lie, not
knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American
commerce that would lead to NAFTA, GATT and the
XIX
World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing
was the acceptance of the Federal Income Tax Act that was
passed on September 5, 1913, to replace trade tariffs as the
source of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is
a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution
anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the
Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against the
Constitution, "a fight for the people, and for free business,"
and said he was proud to have taken "part in the completion of
a great piece of business..." The Federal Reserve Act,
explained by Wilson as "reconstructing the Nation's banking
and currency system" was rushed through on a flood-tide of
propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time
for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI.
Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal
Reserve Bank Act, Ford Grey would not have been able to
start that terrible conflagration.
The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was
under the guidance of Bemays and Fippman who set up a
"National Citizen's Feague" with the notorious Samuel
Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the Federal Reserve
Bank, that secured control of the people's money and
currency and transferred it to a private monopoly without the
victim's consent.
One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the
imposition of the foreign financial slavery measure was that
before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was
given to the sinister Colonel Edward Mandel House as the
representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy
represented by the banker, J.P. Morgan.
XX
As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous
measure was instituted, they had not the faintest idea how
they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived.
An instrument of slavery was fastened around their necks
without the victims ever becoming aware of it.
Wellington House methodology was at its height when
Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress to declare
war on Germany, although he had won election on the
solemn promise to keep America out of the war then raging
in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion
making. It was just that - the poll questions were shaded in
such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the
public; not their understanding of the questions, nor their
understanding of the processes of political science.
A thorough search and reading of the Congressional Records
from 1910 to 1920 by this writer showed very clearly that had
Wilson not signed the iniquitous "currency reform" bill on
December 23, 1913, the upper-level parallel secret
government of the United States foretold by H.G. Wells
would not have been able to commit the vast resources of the
United States to the war in Europe.
The House of Morgan representing the "Olympians" of the
Committee of 300, and its all powerful City of London
financial nexus, played a leading role in shaping the "U.S.
Federal Reserve Banks," which were neither "Federal" nor
"banks," but a private money-generating monopoly fastened
around the necks of the American people whose money was
now free to be stolen on an unimaginable scale, making them
slaves of the New World Order inside the coming One World
Government. The Great Depression of the 1930s was the
second major catastrophic bill the American people had to
pay, the first being World War I. (See Appendix)
XXI
Those who read this book as a first introduction to the New
World Order inside a One World Government will be
skeptical; but consider that no less a personage than the great
Sir Harold Mackinder did not hide his beliefs about its
coming.
More than that, he gave notice that it might be a dictatorship.
Sir Harold had an impressive resume (CV) having been
Professor of Geography at the University of London; a
director of the London School of Economics from 1903-1908
and a Member of Parliament from 1910-1922. He was also a
close associate of Arnold Toynbee one of the leading lights at
Wellington House. He had correctly predicted a core of
startling geopolitical events, many of them actually coming
to pass.
One such "prophecy" was the founding of two Germanys, the
Social Democratic Republic of Germany and the Federal
Republic of Germany. Critics suggested that he got the
information from Toynbee; that it was merely the long range
planning of the Committee of 300 that Toynbee knew about.
After Wellington House, Toynbee moved to the Royal
Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), and then to London
University where he held the chair for International History.
In his book, America and World Revolution he said:
"If we are to avoid mass-suicide, we must have our world-
state quickly and this probably means that we must have it in
a non-democratic form to begin with. We will have to start
building a world-state now on the best design that is
practicable at the moment."
XXII
Toynbee went on in a forthright manner saying this "world
dictatorship" would have to supplant "the local national states
which litter the present political map."
The new world-state was to be brought about on the basis of
mass mind control and propaganda that would make it
acceptable. I explained in my book The Committee of 300,
that Bernays "blew the whistle" on polling in his 1923 and
1928 books, Propaganda, and Crystallizing Public Opinion.
This was followed by Engineering Consent:
Self-preservation, ambition, pride, hunger, love of family and
children, patriotism, imitativeness, the desire to be a leader,
love of play-these and other drives are the psychological raw
materials which every leader must take into account in his
endeavor to win the public to his point of view... To maintain
their self-assurance, most people need to feel certain that
whatever they believe about anything is true.
These revealing works are examined and we should add that
in writing them, the Tavistock hierarchy apparently felt secure
enough to gloat over their control of the United States and
Great Britain that had blossomed into an open conspiracy
along the lines first suggested by H.G. Wells.
With the advent of Wellington House, funded by the British
monarchy and later by Rockefeller, Rothschild and the
United States, Western civilization entered into the first
phase of a plan that would provide a secret government to
rule the world, namely, the Committee of 300.
XXIII
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was its creation. As
this book is not about the Committee of 300, we would
suggest that readers obtain copies of the first and second
book, The Committee of 300.
The "300's" carefully structured blueprint has been followed
to the letter and today as we reach the end of 2005, looking
back it is fairly easy for knowledgeable persons to trace the
course that was laid out for Western civilization and to mark
its progression to the point where we are today. This book is
an attempt to do just that.
1
CHAPTER 1
Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute
From its modest but vitally important beginning at
Wellington House, the Tavistock Institute for Human
Relations expanded rapidly to become the world's premier
top-secret "brainwashing" institute." How this rapid
progression was accomplished needs to be explained.
The modern science of mass manipulation of public opinion
was bom at Wellington House, Fondon, the lusty infant being
midwifed by Ford Northcliffe and Ford Rothmere.
The British monarchy, Ford Rothschild, and the Rockefellers
were responsible for funding the venture. The papers we were
privileged to examine showed that the purpose of those at
Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinion of
the British people who were adamantly opposed to war with
Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by
"opinion making" through polling. The staff consisted of
Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal
Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Fords Norhcliffe,
and the Americans, Walter Fippmann and Edward Bemays.
Bemays was born in Vienna on November 22, 1891. As the
nephew of Sigmund Freud the father of psychoanalysis,
regarded by many as "the father of public relations" although
the title properly belongs to Willy Munzenberg. Bemays
pioneered the use of psychology and other social sciences to
shape and form public opinion so that the public thought such
manufactured opinions were their own.
2
"If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group
mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses
according to our will without them knowing it." Bernays
postulated. He called this technique "Engineering Consent.
One of his best-known techniques of achieving this goal was
the indirect use of what he called third party authorities to
shape the desired opinions: "If you can influence the leaders,
either with or without their conscious cooperation, you
automatically influence the group which they sway. This
technique he called "opinion making."
Perhaps we can now begin to understand how it was that
Wilson, Roosevelt, Clinton, Bush the elder and the younger
could so easily lead American into disastrous wars in which
its people should never have become involved.
The joint British and American participants concentrated
their efforts on techniques as yet not tried out, to mobilize
support for the war looming on the horizon.
As previously stated, the British people did not want war, and
said so, but Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays expected to
change that by applying techniques designed to manipulate
public opinion through the use of polling. Herein we provide
a review of the methods that were devised and executed to
bring Great Britain and the United States into the First World
War, plus the techniques that were put into practice between
the two World Wars and beyond. As will be seen propaganda
was to play a major role.
One of the main objectives at Tavistock was to achieve the
degradation of women. Tavistock recognized that Jesus
Christ has brought a new place of respect in the order of
civilization to womanhood, which prior to his coming had
not been present.
3
After Christ's ministry, womanhood gained a respect and a
high place in society absent from pre-Christian civilizations.
Of course it can be argued that such an elevated status existed
in the Greek and Roman empires, and that would be true to a
certain extent, but not to the extent that womanhood was
elevated in post-Christ society.
Tavistock sought to change that and the process began
immediately after WWI. The Eastern Orthodox Church
which the Rus (Viking) princes of Moscow brought back
from Constantinople, revered and respected womanhood, and
their experience with the Khazarians whom they
subsequently defeated and drove out of Russia, left them
determined to protect womanhood in Russia.
The founder of the Romanov dynasty, Michael Romanov was
the scion of a noble family that had defended Russia on the
basis of a Christian country. From 1613 the Romanovs
sought to ennoble Russia and imbue it with a great spirit of
Christianity, which meant also, protection for and the
honoring of Russian womanhood.
The Princes of Moscow under Prince Dimitri Donskoi earned
the unremitting hatred of the Rothschilds for Russia because
of Donskoi's defeat and expulsion of the Khazarian hordes
that inhabited the lower-regions of the Volga. This barbaric
warrior nation of mysterious Indo-Turk origin, had adopted
the Judaic religion on passage of a decree by King Bulant
after the religion was approved by the chief Khazarian
soothsayer-magician-sorcerer, David el-Roi.
It was el Roi's personal flag, now called the "Star of David"
that became the official flag of the Khazarian nation when
they settled in Poland after being forced out of Russia.
4
The flag was adopted by the Zionists as their standard and is
still mistakenly called the "Star of David." Christians make
the error of confusion linking it with the Old Testament King
David, when in fact there is no relation between the two.
The hatred of Russia was compounded in 1612 when the
Romanov dynasty led a Russian Army against Poland taking
back large parts of Poland that had formerly belonged to
Russia.
The principal architect of enmity brought to bear against
Russia was the Rothschild dynasty and it was this burning
hatred that Tavistock used and channeled in its plan to
destroy Western civilization.
The first opportunity created by Tavistock came in 1905 with
the attack by the Japanese Navy that completely surprised the
Russian Fleet. The exercise was ban kr olled by Jacob Schiff,
the Wall Street banker, who was related to Rothschild.
The defeat of the Russian fleet at Port Arthur in a surprise
attack marked the beginning of the pall of gloom that was
about to roll in over Christian Europe. The Rockefeller
Standard Oil Group directed by Tavistock and with the aid of
the "300" engineered the Russo-Japanese War. The money
used to finance the operation came from Jacob Schiff, but
was actually provided by the Rockefeller General Education
Board, whose outward purpose was to finance Negro
education. All of the propaganda and advertising for the
board was written and crafted by the Social scientists at
Tavistock, which was then called "Wellington House."
5
In 1941 another Rockefeller front organization, the Institute
for Pacific Relations (IPR) gave large sums to its Japanese
counterpart in Tokyo. The money was then funneled to a
member of the imperial family by Richard Sorge, a Russian
master-spy, for the purposes of inducing Japan to attack the
United States at Pearl Harbor. Again, Tavistock was the
originator of all of IPR's publications.
Although it was not yet evident, as Spengler was to mention
in his monumental work, published in 1936, it marked the
beginning of the end of the old order. Contrary to most
establishment accounts of history, the "Russian" revolution
was not a Russian revolution at all, but a foreign ideology
backed primarily by the Committee of 300 and its arm, the
Tavistock Institute, that was violently forced upon a startled,
unprepared and dismayed Romanov family.
It was political warfare, low grade warfare and psychological
warfare in which Tavistock had become well versed.
As Winston Churchill was to remark: "They transported
Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from
Switzerland into Russia," and then once established "Lenin
and Trotsky seized Russia by the hair of its head."
Much has been written (but nearly always in passing as if it is
a mere postscript to history) about the "sealed truck," "sealed
car," "sealed train," that transported Lenin and his Bolshevik
revolutionaries safely through the midst of war-tom Europe
and deposited them in Russia, there to begin their imported
Bolshevik Revolution so mistakenly termed the "Russian
Revolution."
6
Documents the author was privileged to study at Wellington
House and what was revealed in the Arnold Toynbee papers
and Bruce Lockhart's private papers, led to the conclusion
that without Toynbee, Bruce Lockhart of MI6 British
intelligence and without the complicity of at least five
European nations, ostensibly loyal and friendly with the
Court at St. Petersburg, the merciless Bolshevik Revolution
would have been still-bom.
As this account must of necessity be limited to Tavistock's
participation in the affair, it will not be as a complete account
of the skullduggery we would liked to have presented.
According to Milner's private papers his aides through
Tavistock contacted a fellow Socialist Fritz Platten. (Milner
was a leading Fabian Socialist although he scorned Sydney
and Beatrice Webb.) It was Platten, who planned the logistics
of the trip and oversaw it until the revolutionaries arrived in
Petrograd.
This was confirmed and borne out by the Wilhelmstrasse
Files the majority of which we were able to gain access to,
which files were open to certain people qualified to read
them. They tallied fairly closely with Bruce Fockhart's
account in his private papers as well as what Ford Alfred
Milner had to say about the underhand affair that betrayed
Russia. It appeared that Milner had many contacts among the
Bolshevik expatriates among them, Fenin. It was to Ford
Milner that Fenin went, when he needed money for the
Revolution. Armed with a letter of introduction from Platten,
Fenin met with Ford Milner and laid down his plan for the
overthrow of the Romanov's and Christian Russia.
Milner agreed on condition that he could send his agent
Bruce Fockhart of MI6 to supervise the day-to-day affairs
and report back on Fenin.
7
Lord Rothschild and the Rockefellers demanded that they be
allowed to send Sydney Reilly to Russia to supervise transfer
of Russia's natural resources and the gold rubles held in the
Central Bank to London. This was agreed to by Lenin, and
later Trotsky.
To seal the bargain, Lord Milner, on behalf of the
Rothschilds, gave Lenin 60 millions pounds in gold
sovereigns while the Rockefellers contributed around $40
million dollars.
Countries in complicity with the "sealed train" affair were
Great Britain, Germany, Finland, Switzerland and Sweden.
While the United States was not directly involved, it must
have been aware of what was going on. After all, on the
orders of President Wilson, a brand new American passport
was issued to Leon Trotsky, (whose real name was Lev
Bronstein) so that he could travel in peace, although Trotsky
was not a U.S. citizen.
Lenin and his compatriots were provided with a private well-
appointed rail carriage by the top German government
functionaries and always kept locked by agreements with
stations along the line. Platten was in charge and he laid
down the rules for the trip, some of which are listed in the
Wilhelmstrasse Files:
The carriage was to remain locked for the entire trip.
No one could board the carriage without Platten's
permission.
The train would have extra territorial status.
No passports were to be asked at borders.
Tickets would be bought at regular prices.
No "security issues" to be raised by the military or police
of any country en-route.
8
According to the Wilhelmstrasse Files, the trip was
authorized and approved by General Ludendorff and Kaiser
Wilhelm. Ludendorff went so far as to say that if Sweden
refused to let the Bolsheviks pass, he would guarantee them
passage into Russia through the German lines! As it turned
out, the Swedish Government raised no objection and neither
did the Finnish Government.
One of the notable revolutionaries, who joined the train when
it arrived at the German frontier with Switzerland, was
Radek, who was to play a leading role in the bloody
Bolshevik Revolution. There were some lighter moments too.
The Wilhelmstrasse Files describe how the carriage missed
its engine at Frankfurt, resulting in it being shunted to and fro
for about 8 hours.
The party had to de-train in the German Baltic town of
Sasnitz where they were accorded "decent accommodation" by
the German Government. The Swedish Government kindly
gave them ferry transport to Malmo, from where they sailed
to Stockholm, where "nice" accommodation awaited the
Bolshevik party for an overnight layover and then it was on
to the Finnish border.
There, the intrepid Platten left the high-spirited party and the
final journey into Russia was made by train to Petrograd.
Thus an epic journey that began in Zurich, Switzerland,
ended in Petrograd. Lenin had arrived on the scene and
Russia was about to be brought low. And throughout,
Bemays and Lippmann and their associates at Wellington
House (Tavistock) kept up a steady flow of brainwashing
propaganda that it is safe to conclude, duped much of the
world.
CHAPTER 2
Europe falls off the precipice
9
Europe after WWI and the close of the Bolshevik Revolution
was forced to change according to the Tavistock blueprint.
When, thanks to the British engendered and instigated First
World War, Europe fell off a precipice into the end of their
world, or perhaps it might be more appropriate to say,
shambled along like zombies until the last of the era vanished
into the darkness of the abyss, the forced changes became
very much apparent.
This is not a book about the First World War per se.
Hundreds of thousands of words have been written about the
cause and effects of the greatest tragedy ever to befall
mankind, and yet it has not been adequately addressed and
probably never will be. One thing that many writers -myself
included - are agreed on.
The war was started by Great Britain out of sheer hated of
Germany's rapid progress toward becoming a major
economic power in competition against Britain, and Lord
Edward Grey was the principle architect of the war.
That it was unpopular and not approved of by a large
majority of the British people called for "special measures" a
new department to handle the challenge. In essence, that is
the reason why Wellington House came into existence.
From such a small beginning, it progressed into the
gargantuan Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, by 2005,
the world's premier brainwashing institution and a most
sinister force. That it will have to be confronted and put out
of business if the United States is to survive as a
constitutional Republic with a Republican form of
government guaranteed to the 50 States is the considered
10
opinion of a number of members of the U.S. Senate, who
were consulted in preparation for this book, but who asked
not to be named.
The aftermath of the First World War and the failed attempts
to form a League of Nations served only to emphasize the gap
between the old Western civilization and the new. The
economic disaster of postwar Germany hung like the smoke
from a funeral pyre over Western culture adding to the
dismal, sad and fearful climate that began in the 1920s.
Historian agree that all of the combatants suffered economic
ravage of varying degree, although Russia was somewhat
spared, only to be destroyed by the Bolsheviks, while
Germany and Austria were the hardest hit. A strange kind of a
forced gaiety descended on Europe in the 1920s (in which I
include Britain) and the United States. It was put down to
"rebellious youth" and people generally being "sick of war
and politics." In point of fact, people were reacting to the
long-range penetration and inner-directional conditioning of
the masters at Tavistock.
In the period between the end of WWI and 1935, they were
as much shell-shocked as were the troops who had survived
the hell of the trenches with shot and shell flying all around
them, only now, it was economic shot and shell and vast
changes in social mores that numbed their senses.
But the end result of the "treatment" was the same. People
threw discretion to the winds and the moral rot that was set in
motion in 1918, is ongoing and gathering momentum. In the
state of forced gaiety, nobody saw the coming of the world
economic crash and subsequent world depression.
11
It is agreed by most historians that this condition was
engineered and we are led to believe, that Tavistock played a
role in the feverish publicity campaigns of various factions in
that period. In support of our contention that the crash and
depression was a contrived event. See Appendix of Events.
Spengler foretold what was to happen and as it turns out his
predictions were amazingly accurate. "Decadent society" and
"loose women" characterized by the "flappers", and men in
coats fitted with hip flasks, who demanded and got a
lessening of female modesty that came in with higher
hemlines, bobbed hair and excessive make-up, women
smoking and drinking in public. As money became harder to
come by and soup kitchen and unemployment lines grew
longer, hemlines grew shorter, while the writings of Sinclair
Lewis, F. Scott Fitzgerald, James Joyce and D.H. Lawrence
drew gasps, the latest Broadway shows and nightclub acts
revealed a lot more of women's hidden charms than ever
before, and put them out on public display.
It was noted by fashion designers in 1919 in the New Yorker
magazine that "hemlines this year are six inches from the
ground and very daring."
CHAPTER 3
How "times" were made to change
13
But that was only the beginning. In 1935 with Hitler rising to
power, guaranteed by the impossible conditions forced upon
Germany at Versailles, hemlines were also rising to the dizzy
height of the knees, except in Germany, where Hitler was
demanding modesty from German womanhood and getting it,
along with wholesome respect, which did not suit Tavistock's
book.
People who stopped to think at all said they hated the way
"times are changing," but what they did not and could not
know was that times were being made to change according to
a carefully laid out Tavistock formula. Everywhere else in
Europe and America the revolt was on as "emancipation"
fever spread.
In the United States it was silent screen idols who led the
way, but this was no match with what was happening in
Europe where every single "pleasure" was being indulged in,
including homosexuality, that had long been hidden in
darkness and never mentioned in polite society.
Homosexuality emerged alongside lesbianism to shock
disgust, and it seemed, to deliberately affront those who still
lingered in the old order.
A study of this aberration showed that homosexuality and
lesbianism became rampant not out of any inner or latent
desires, but as a means to "shocking" the old establishment
with its rigid codes of good order. Music too suffered and
"went to the dogs" in all manner of jazz and other "decadent"
forms.
14
Tavistock was now in the most crucial stage of developing its
plan that called for womanhood to be reduced to a lessening
standard of morality and of feminine behavior never thought
possible. Nations were in a state of numbness, "shell-
shocked" by the radical changes forced upon them which
seemed impossible to stop, in which a complete absence of
female modesty reflected in learned behavioral attitudes that
made the 1920s and 1930s, look like a ladies Sunday school
teacher's convention. There was no stopping the "sexual
revolution" that swept the world during that era and the
planned degradation of womanhood that went with it.
Some voices were heard, notably G.K. Chesterton and
Oswald Spengler, but it was not enough to blunt the assault
launched by the Tavistock Institute that had in effect
"declared war on Western civilization." The effects of "long
range penetration and inner directional conditioning" were
everywhere to be observed. The moral, spiritual, racial,
economic, cultural and intellectual bankruptcy we are in the
midst of today is not some social phenomenon or the result of
something abstract or sociological that just "happened".
Rather it was the outcome of a carefully planned Tavistock
program.
What we are seeing is not accidental, some aberration of
history. Rather it is the end product of a deliberately induced
social and moral crisis evident everywhere and in such
personages as Mick Jagger, Oprah Winfrey, Britney Spears,
"reality" television shows, "music" seemingly an amalgam of
every base instinct, Fox News (Faux News,) near
pornographic movies in mainstream theaters, advertising in
which modesty and decency are cast to the winds, loud
uncouth behavior in public places, especially in American
restaurants; Katie Curie and a host other of
15
female non-entities suddenly "created" to become highly-
paid "television anchors" or talk show hosts, all of whom
have been trained to talk in a hard, grating monotonous
voices totally lacking in cadence, as if talking through
clenched jaws, in a manner that is harsh, strident and hard on
the ears. Whereas television news readers and "anchormen"
had always been men, suddenly, there were no more than a
dozen men in the field.
We see it in non-entity "stars" in the movie industry that
chum out movies of an increasingly low cultural standard.
We see it also in the glorification of interracial marriages,
divorce on demand, abortion, and blatant homosexual and
lesbian behavior, in the loss of religious beliefs and in
Western civilization family life. Such "stars" are Ellen
DeGeneres, who have absolutely no talent and nothing of any
cultural value to offer, are held up as models for
impressionable young girls who are increasingly on parade
with as much as 75 percent of their bodies exposed. We see it
in a massive increase in drug addiction and all manner of
social evil as in Canada passing a "law" making homosexual
and lesbian "marriage" legal under the threadbare guise of
"civil rights."
We see it in wholesale corruption of the political system and
constitutional mayhem where the House and Senate permits
flagrant violations of the highest law in the land, at every
level of government and nowhere more so than in the
Executive branch of government, where every president since
Roosevelt has taken powers to which the President is not
entitled. We see it in the illicit taking of war powers by the
President when such powers are explicitly denied to the
Executive by the U.S. Constitution.
16
We see it in a new dimension of constitutional disobedience
added to an ugly list of "laws" not empowered by the
Constitution, one of the most recent and most shocking being
the U.S. Supreme Court's blatant exceeding of it powers in
breaking down States rights and electing George Bush, the
younger as the President. This had to be one of the most
savage blows struck against the Constitution in the grossest
contravention of the 10 th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution
in the history of the United States. Yet, so dazed and shell-
shocked are the American people that no protest was voiced,
no mass demonstrations; no calls for the Supreme Court to be
reined in. In this one incident alone, the power of Tavistock's
"long range penetration and inner directional conditioning"
proved to be a huge triumph.
No, this condition of disintegration of our Republic in which
we find ourselves in 2005 did not simply evolve; rather it is
the end product of a carefully planned social engineering
brainwashing project of immense proportions. The truth is
reflected in the death throes of what was once the greatest
nation on Earth.
The physiological conditioning papers written by the social
scientists at Tavistock are working well. Your reaction is a
programmed one. You cannot think in any other way unless
you make a supreme effort.
Nor can you take steps to free yourself from this condition
unless you can first identify the enemy and his plan for the
dissolution of the United States and Europe in particular and
the Western world in general. That enemy is called the
Tavistock Institute for Human Relations and it has been at
war with Western civilization since its earliest days before it
found form and substance at Wellington House and from there
evolved into its present facilities at Sussex University
17
and the Tavistock Clinic in London. Before I unmasked this
institution in 1969, it was unknown in the United States. It is
without doubt the world's premier brainwashing social
engineering establishment.
We shall see what it achieved in its early days in pre-WWI
England and since then in the run-up to WWII and post
WWII to the present time. During WWII the Tavistock
Institute was headquartered at the British Army Physiological
Warfare Division. We have covered its history during its
formative years at Wellington House and we now proceed to
the pre- World War II and post WWII activities.
CHAPTER 4
Social engineering and the Social scientists
19
Dr. Kurt Lewin was its chief theoretician who specialized in
the teaching and application of topological psychology,
which was and remains the most advanced method of
behavior modification. Lewin was assisted by Major General
John Rawlings Reese, Eric Trist, W.R. Bion, H.V. Dicks and
several of the "greats" of brainwashing and social
engineering like Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory
Bateson. Bemays was the top consultant right up to the time
George Bush was placed in the White House by the Supreme
Court. We do not want to get too technical and thus will not
get into specifics of how they applied the Social Scientists
sciences. Most will accept the generic term of "brainwashing"
as an overall explanation of the activities of this, the "mother
of all think tanks."
It will come as no small surprise to learn that Lewin and his
team founded the Stanford Research Center, the Wharton
School of Economics, MIT and the National Institute of
Mental Health among scores of other institutions fondly
believed to be "American" institutions. During the course of
years, the Federal Government contributed millions upon
millions of dollars to Tavistock and its expanded web of
interlinking institutions, while corporate America and Wall
Street came up with matching amounts.
We make bold to say that without the amazing growth and
advances techniques for mass brainwashing developed by the
Tavistock Institute, there would have been no Second World
War, nor any of the wars that followed, and certainly not the
two Gulf Wars, the second of which is still raging in
November 2005.
20
By the year 2000 there was hardly any aspect of life in
America into which Tavistock's tentacles had not reached and
that included every level of government from local to federal,
industry, trade, education and the political institutions of the
nation. Every mental and psychological aspect of the nation
was analyzed, recorded, profiled and stored in computer
memory banks.
What has come out of this is what Tavistock calls "a three-
system response" and it is how population groups react to
stress resulting from "contrived situations" that become crisis
management exercises. What we have in the U.S. and Britain
is a government, that creates a situation viewed by its citizens
as a crisis, and government then manages that "crisis."
An example of a "contrived situation" was the Japanese
attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941. The attack on
Pearl Harbor was "contrived" as previously explained herein
with the transfer of Rockefeller cash to Richard Sorge the
master spy, and then to a member of the imperial family to
prompt Japan to fire the first shots so that the Roosevelt
administration could take the United States into WWII.
The economic strangulation of Japan by Britain and the
United States unilaterally choking off the flow of essential
raw materials to the island factory that was Japan, had
reached a point where a decision was made to put an end to it.
Tavistock played an enormous role in crafting the massive
wave of anti- Japanese propaganda that swept the United
States into the war in Europe via war against Japan.
21
Unbearable economic pressure was put on Japan while at the
same time the Roosevelt administration refused to
"negotiate," until the Tokyo government could see no way
out but to attack at Pearl Harbor. Roosevelt had conveniently
obligingly shifted the Pacific Fleet into harm's way by
moving it from its safe-haven at San Diego to Pearl Harbor,
for absolutely no valid or strategic reason, thereby placing it
squarely in reach of the Japanese Navy.
Another example is more recent; the Gulf War that began
when a hue and a cry was raised about Iraq's alleged stocks of
nuclear and chemical weapons, the so-called "weapons of
mass destruction," (WMD's.) The Bush administration and
the Blair government knew the issue was a "contrived
situation" without foundation or merit; they knew that there
were no such weapons. Indisputable proof existed that
Hussein's weapons program had been nullified after the 1991
Gulf War and through continued brutal sanctions.
In short, the two Western "leaders" were caught out in a web
of lies, yet such is the power of the Committee of 300 and the
brainwashing power of Tavistock, that they remained in
office although it is an accepted fact that because of their lies,
at least one million Iraqis and more than 2000 American
servicemen dead and 25,999 wounded (Russia's GRU
Military Intelligence figures) of which 53 percent are
maimed, with the cost in monetary terms as of October 2005,
exceeding $550 billion.
The Iraqi death toll is the total of both Gulf Wars of which
the majority are civilians who died from the lack of food,
clean water and medicine as a result of the criminal sanctions
imposed by the British and U.S. Governments under cover of
the U.N.
22
In carrying out sanctions against Iraq, the U.N. violated its
own charter and from then on became a crippled institution
lacking credibility.
There is no parallel in history where a man holding the
highest office was proved to be a liar and deceiver and yet
could remain in power as if nothing had stained his office, a
state of affairs that demonstrates the power of the Tavistock
Institute's "long range penetration and inner conditioning"
treatment of the American people, that would cause them
docilely to accept such a turgid, horror-filled situation
without ever taking to the streets in rage.
Well did Henry Ford say that "people deserve the
government they get" if the people do nothing to turn that
government out of office, such as is the right of the American
people under their U.S. Constitution, then they deserve to
have liars and deceivers running their nation and their lives.
On the other hand, the American people may well be going
through the one of the three phases of what Dr. Fred Emery,
at one time the senior psychiatrist at Tavistock, once
described as "social environmental turbulence." According to
Emery: "Large populations groups manifest the following
symptoms when subjected to conditions of violent social
changes, stress and turbulence which can be divided into
well-defined categories:
Superficiality is the condition that manifests itself when the
threatened population group reacts by adopting shallow
sloganeering, which they attempt to pass off as ideals."
Very little "ego investment" takes place making the first
phase a "maladaptive response" because, as Emery stated,
"the cause of the crisis is not isolated and identified" and
23
the crisis and tension is not abated, but continues for as long
as the controller want it to last. The second phase of the crisis
reaction (since the crisis is continuing), is "fragmentation", a
condition in which panic strikes, "social cohesion" falls apart
with the result that very small groups form and attempt to
protect themselves from the crisis with little or no regard for
the expense or cost to other fragmented, small groups. This
phase Emery calls "passive maladaption," while still failing to
identify the cause of the crisis.
The third phase is when the victims turn away from the
source of the induced crisis and the resulting tension. They
take "fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and
obsession with self." This is what Tavistock calls
"disassociation and self realization." Emery goes on to
explain that "the passive maladaption responses are now
coupled with "active maladaptive responses."
Emery states that over the past 50 years that experiments in
applied social psychology and resultant "crisis management"
have taken over all aspects of life in America and the results
are stored in the computers in the major "think tanks" such as
Stanford University. The scenarios are taken out, used and
revised from time to time and, according to Tavistock, "the
scenarios are in operation at the present time."
Translated this means that Tavistock has the majority of the
American people profiled and brainwashed. If any part of the
American public is ever able to identify the cause of the crises
that have washed over this nation in the past seventy years,
the social engineering structure built by Tavistock will come
crashing down. But that has not yet happened. Tavistock
continues to drown the American public in its sea of created
public opinion.
24
The social engineering developed by the Social Sciences
scientists at Tavistock has been used as a weapon during this
century's two world wars, especially World War I. The
pollsters who developed it have been quite frank that they
employ on the American population the same devices and
methods used and experimented with against enemy
populations.
Today, the manipulation-by-polls of public opinion has
become a central technique in the hands of the social
engineers and controllers of the Social scientists employed at
Tavistock and its many "think tanks" located all over the
United States and Britain.
25
CHAPTER 5
Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible
Government?"
As I have previously related, the modem science of making
public opinion through advanced techniques of manipulating
mass-opinion began at one of the West's most advanced
propaganda factory situated in Britain at Wellington House.
This facility dedicated to social engineering and creating
public opinion at the commencement of World War I, was
under the aegis of Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe, and the
future director of studies of the Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA), Arnold Toynbee. Wellington
House had an American Section, whose most prominent
members were Walter Lippmann and Edward Bemays. As we
discovered later, Bernays was the nephew of Sigmund Freud,
a fact carefully hidden from public view.
Jointly, they centered work on techniques to "mobili z e"
support for World War I among the masses of people who
were opposed to war with Germany. The public perception
was that Germany was a friend of the British people, not an
enemy and the British people saw no need to fight Germany.
After all, was it not true that Queen Victoria was the cousin of
Kaiser Wilhelm II? Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays worked
to persuade them that war was necessary, using the techniques
of the new science through new arts of mass-manipulation via
the communications media for its propaganda purposes
tinged with willingness to lie, which was just getting into its
stride, having learned a great deal of experience during the
Anglo-Boer War (1899-1902).
It was not only the British public whose perception of events
had to be altered, but also a recalcitrant American public.
26
To this end Bernays and Lippmann were instrumental in
getting Woodrow Wilson to establish the Creel Committee,
which created the first body of methodological techniques for
dissemination of successful propaganda and for the science
of polling to secure the "correct" opinion.
From the beginning the techniques were designed in such a
way that polling (public opinion-making) was based on one
obvious, but striking feature: — it was concerned with
people's opinions, not with their understanding of the
processes of science. Thus, by intent, the pollsters elevated an
essentially irrational element of mind to a primary level of
public focus. This was a conscious decision to undermine the
grasps of reality of masses of people in an increasingly
complex industrial society.
If you have ever watched "Fox News" where viewers are
given the results of a poll about "what Americans are
thinking," and then for the next hour found yourself shaking
your head and wondering what the results of the poll
reflected about your own thinking processes, then you could
only have felt more puzzled than ever.
The key to understanding Fox News and the poll might lie in
what Lippmann had to say about such matters. In his 1922
book, Public Opinion, Lippmann outlined Tavistock's
psychological warfare methodology.
In an introductory chapter, "The World Outside and the
Pictures in Our Heads," Lippmann stressed, "that the object
of study of the public opinion social analyst is reality as
defined by internal perception or images of that reality.
Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen, and puzzling
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations
to which public opinions refer are known only as opinions...."
27
"The pictures inside the heads of these human beings, the
pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes,
and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures,
which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals
acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion with capital
letters. The picture inside so often misleads men in their
dealings with the world outside."
From this evaluation, it is easy to take the next decisive step
made by Bemays, — that the elites who run society can and
do marshal the resources of mass communications to
mobilize and alter the "herd" mind.
One year after Lippmann's book, Bernays authored
Crystallizing Public Opinion. He followed that in 1928 with
a book entitled quite simply: Propaganda.
In the first chapter, "Organizing Chaos" Bemays wrote:
The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized,
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen
mechanism of society constitute an invisible government,
which is the true ruling power of our country.
We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed,
our ideas- suggested, largely by men, that we have never
heard of... Our invisible governors are, in many cases,
unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner
cabinet.
Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition,
it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives,
whether in the sphere of politics or business,
28
in our social conductor or our ethical thinking, we are
dominated by the relatively small number of persons — a
trifling fraction of our hundred arid twenty million — who
understand the mental processes and social patterns of the
masses. It is they who pull the wires, which control the public
mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways
to bind and guide the world.
In Propaganda, Bemays followed his praise of the "invisible
government" by underscoring the next phase that propaganda
techniques would follow:
As civilization has become more complex, and as the need
for invisible government has been increasingly demonstrated,
the technical means have been invented and developed by
which opinion may be regimented. With the printing press
and the newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and
airplanes, ideas can spread rapidly and even instantaneously
over the whole of America.
To back up his point, Bemays quoted the mentor of "public
opinion manipulation," H. G. Wells. He cited a 1928 article
in the New York Times in which Wells welcomed "modem
means of communication" for "opening up a new world of
political processes," and for allowing "the common design"
to be "documented and sustained against perversion and
betrayal." For Wells, the advent of "mass communication"
leading up to television meant fantastic new paths for social
control beyond the wildest dreams of the earlier mass-
manipulation fanatics of the British Fabian Society. We shall
return to this vitally important subject later herein.
29
CHAPTER 6
Mass communications ushers in the polling industry
For Bemays, his recognition of Wells' idea won him a key
place in the hierarchy of U.S. public opinion controllers; in
1929, he won a position at CBS, which had recently been
taken over by William Paley.
By the same token, the advent of mass communications
ushered in the polling/sampling industry, to organize the
perceptions of the masses for the media mafia (part of the
"invisible government" running the show from behind the
scenes.)
By 1935-36, polling was in full swing. In the same year,
Elmo Roper began his Fortune magazine FOR surveys,
which evolved into his "What People Are Thinking" column
for the New York Herald Tribune.
George Gallup initiated the American Institute of Public
Opinion; — in 1936 he opened up the British Institute of
Public Opinion. Gallup was to headquarter his activities
around Princeton University, intermeshing with the Office of
Public Opinion Research/Institute for International Social
Research/Psychology Department complex run by Hadley
Cantril, who was destined to play an increasingly important
role in developing the psychological profiling methods later
to be used in manufacturing the Aquarian Conspiracy.
In the same 1935-36 period, the first-time use was made of
polling in presidential elections, under the impetus of two
newspapers owned by the Cowles family, the Minneapolis
Star-Tribune and the Des Moines Register. The Cowles are
still in the news business.
30
Based in Spokane, Washington, they are active opinion
makers and their support of the Bush war in Iraq was a
crucial factor.
It is not certain who introduced the practice of "advisors to
the President," - those persons who are not elected by the
citizens and whom they have no opportunity to vet, but who
decided the internal and external foreign policies of the
Nation. Woodrow Wilson was the first American President to
make use of the practice.
Opinion Research and World War II
These were all small lead-ups to the next phase, triggered by
two important intersecting developments: the arrival of
emigre psychological warfare expert Kurt Lewin in Iowa, and
the involvement of the United States in World War II.
World War II provided the emerging Tavistock Social
sciences scientists with enormous scope for experimentation.
Lewin's leadership put together the key-force that would
deploy after World War II to utilize those techniques
developed in warfare against the population of the United
States. In fact in 1946, Tavistock declared war on the civilian
population of the United States and has remained in a state of
war ever since.
The basic conceptions expounded by Lewin, Wells, Bernays,
and Lippmann remained in place as the guidepost for
manipulation of public opinion; the war gave the Social
scientists the opportunity to apply them in highly
concentrated form and to bring together a large number of
institutions under their direction to further the ends of their
experiments.
31
The core institute which was the vehicle for making "public
opinion," was the Committee on National Morale. Ostensibly
established to mobilize support for the war in much as
President Wilson had set up his management committee to
"manage" WWI, its real purpose was to carry out the
intensive profiling of both the "Axis" and Americans
population for the purposes of creating and maintaining a
means of social control.
The committee was headed by several leaders of American
society, including Robert P. Bass, Herbert Bayard Swope,
among other notables. Its secretary was Margaret Meade's
husband, Gregory Bateson, one of the principal instigators of
the CIA's notorious "MK - Ultra" LSD experiments that some
experts consider as the launch vehicle for the U.S.
counterculture of drugs, rock and sex.
The committee's Board of Trustees included poll-taker
George Gallup; intelligence agent Ladislas Farago and
Tavistock psychologist, Gardner Murphy.
The committee ran a number of special projects, the most
important being a major study on how best to wage
Psychological Warfare on Germany. The key personnel
critical to the development of the public opinion project
were:
* Kurt K. Lewin, Education and History; Psychology;
Social Sciences
* Professor Gordon W. Allport, Psychology
* Professor Edwin G. Borin, Psychology
* Professor Hadley Cantril, Psychology
* Ronald Lippitt, Social Sciences
* Margaret Mead, Anthropology, Social Sciences; Youth
& Child Development
32
The staff numbered more than a 100 researchers who
comprised the staff of the Committee, and several opinion-
profiling institutions critical to the project.
One such a special project team was in the Office and
Strategic Services (OSS) (the forerunner of the CIA)
composed of Margaret Mead, Kurt Lewin, Ronald Lippitt,
Dorwin Cartwright, John K. French and public-opinion
makers like Samuel Stouffer (later chairman of the
Laboratory Social Relations group at Harvard University);
Paul Lazarsfeld of Columbia University's Sociology
Department, who developed with profiler Harold Las swell an
"opinion research" methodology for the OSS based on
detailed "content analysis" of the local press of enemy
countries and Rensis Likert.
Likert, a Prudential Insurance Company key executive
immediately before the war, had perfected profiling
techniques as the director of research for the Life Insurance
Agency Management Association. This equipped him to
interact favorably with the head of the U.S. Strategic
Bombing Survey, who was the former head of Prudential Life
Insurance Company. Likert served as director of the division
of morale of the Strategic Bombing Survey from 1945-1946
from which position he had enormous scope for mass public
opinion profiling and manipulation.
CHAPTER 7
The making of public opinion
33
According to Tavistock Institute records, the Strategic
Bombing Survey played a key role in forcing Germany to its
knees through a highly disciplined program of systematic
bombing of German worker housing, which Sir Arthur Harris
of the RAF was only too delighted to carry out.
In addition, from 1939-1945, Likert ran the Division of
Program Surveys of the Department of Agriculture, from
which major studies were undertaken in the techniques of
"mass persuasion." Or to put it another way, "making public
opinion to fit the desired goals." One can only speculate on
the numbers of citizens who believed their support for the
"Allied" war effort sprang from their own opinions.
One of Likert's key aides in the division was Lewin protege
and future Tavistock operative Dorwin Cartwright, who
wrote the text-book document titled, "Some Principles of
Mass Persuasion " which is still in use today.
Another major agency for shaping public opinion was the
Office of War Information, directed by Gardner Cowles for
much of the war effort. Bernays was brought into OWI as an
advisor. It is out of the nexus we have described here that the
network of key "polling institutions" emerged after World
War II. They have played a powerful and decisive role in
American life ever since. Gallup, from the committee on
National Morale's Board of Trustees, upgraded his activity
and became the key commander of polling institutions for
launching new policies of the Committee of 300, which he
passed off as "polling results."
34
Bemays played several key postwar roles. In 1953, he wrote
a paper for the State Department that recommended setting
up a psychological warfare office by State. In 1954, he was a
consultant to the U.S. Air Force, the armed forces branch
most under the influence of the Strategic Bombing Survey
people.
During this early 1950s period, Bernays was public relations
counsel to the United Fruit (United Brands) Corporation, one
of the leading corporations in the communication/national
security apparat (Eisenhower's "military-industrial complex")
then busy with consolidating its power over U.S. policy.
Bemays conducted the propaganda campaign alleging
Guatemala was falling under "Communist control" that
resulted in a U.S. engineered coup in that country. In 1955
Bemays wrote a book about his experience titled "The
Engineering of Consent."
The book became the virtual Tavistock blueprint followed by
the U.S. Government to overthrow any country whose
policies were unacceptable to the One World Government
Socialist dictatorship.
Throughout the postwar period, Bemays was a member of the
Society for Applied Anthropology, one of Margaret Mead's
social-control institutions inside the U.S., and the Society for
the Psychological Study of Social Issues, a group created by
John Rawlings Reese, a founder member of Tavistock to run
"psychiatric shock troops" among the American population.
One of its first actions was the unlashing of homosexuality in
Florida, a move bitterly opposed by Anita Bryant who had no
idea of what she was up against.
35
The second of its actions was to introduce the theme that
non- white people are more intelligent than whites, which we
shall discuss later.
Likert moved to the University of Michigan to set up the
Institute for Social Research (ISR) that absorbed the
Massachusetts Center for the Study of Group Dynamics, the
principal Tavistock affiliate in the U.S. in the beginning of the
postwar era.
Tavistock's ISR was the center of a number of critical
profiling and "Opinion Research" subgroups, among them
the Center for research in the Utilization of Scientific
Knowledge, was established by Likert OSS co-worker and
Lewin disciples, Ronald Lippitt.
Project Director Donald Michael was a leading player in the
Club of Rome, and a second subgroup, the Survey Research
Center, was Likert's own personal creation that grew to
become the most elaborate institution in the U.S. for
"surveying" (creating) popular attitudes and trends, among
the principal of which were demeaning and degrading
womanhood and pushing the superior intellectual capabilities
of non-white persons according to Lewin's carefully crafted
scripts.
Robert Hutchins became famous during this period and his
closest colleague in those early years was William Benton,
the founder in 1929 with Chester Bowles of Benton and
Bowles, the well-known advertising firm. Benton utilized
Benton and Bowles as a means to develop the science of
mass control through advertising.
36
It was Benton's pioneering work supported by Douglass
Cater, that led to the development of Tavistock's burgeoning
control over U.S. media policy through the Aspen Institute of
Colorado, the American home of the Socialist One World
Government Committee of 300.
In passing I mention that the science of mass media control
through advertising is today so firmly entrenched that it has
become the key component in opinion making. In the early
post WWII days, Hollywood incorporated it into nearly all of
its movies.
Advertising (brainwashing) was done through the type and
make of car the hero drove, the brand of cigarette the suave
Lawrence Harvey smoked, the clothes and make up the
leading lady wore, clothes that became more risque with each
passing year, until today in 2005 we have womanhood
degraded by the likes of Britney Spear's almost naked breasts
and bare stomach exposed by crotch hugging jeans she often
wears, the social mores that Hollywood enjoys so much in
flouting.
CHAPTER 8
Degrading women and decline of moral standards
37
The pace of degrading womanhood has quickened at a
remarkable degree since hemlines reached the knee. This is
manifesting itself in such areas as near pornography in
mainstream movies and soap operas and we venture to
suggest that the day is not far off, when such scenes will be
"total and mandatory."
This decline in attractive feminine speech can be traced to
Tavistock methodology and its practitioners, Cantril, Likert
and Lewin. Another noticeable change was the increase in
movies featuring inter-racial dating and sexual encounters
coupled with "human rights" claims for lesbians in the most
blatantly open form.
Special people were selected and trained for this task,
probably the best known of many being Ellen Degeneres who
received hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of free
publicity under the guise of being interviewed on talk shows
and "discussion" groups on the subject of "same-sex love"
meaning encounters between two females involving a type of
sex practice.
Benton the pioneer in degrading womanhood had as his
mentor Social scientist's leading expert in profiling theory at
Tavistock, one Harold Lasswell, who together with Benton
founded the American Policy Commission in 1940. Lasswell's
joint venture with Benton marked the clearest link between
Aspen's hidden Socialist One World Government operations
in America and the Tavistock Institute. Aspen became the
headquarters of the Committee of 300 branches in the United
States.
38
Hedley Cantril, Likert and Lewin with their humanistic
psychology brainwashing applied methodology, played an
increasingly vital role in using "opinion research" to bring
about paradigm shifts value shifts in society, such as those
just described, but on an expanded range and reaching into
every level of society that comprised Western civilization as
it had been known for centuries.
Cantril's home base from where he conducted his war
operations against the American people was the Office of
Public Opinion Research at Princeton University, founded in
1940, the same year in which Cantril wrote his book entitled,
The Invasion From Mars, a detailed analysis about how the
population of the New York-New Jersey area reacted with
fear and panic to Orson Wells "War of the Worlds" broadcast
in 1938.
How could they have known that they were part of a
profiling venture since it is reasonable to conclude that in
1938 not one in five million had ever heard of Hadley Cantril
or the Tavistock Institute. It would be interesting to find out
how many Americans have heard of Tavistock now in 2005?
Most would remember Orson Wells, but the probabilities are
that ninety-nine percent of the population would not attach
any significance to the name, Cantril, or have any knowledge
of the Tavistock Institute.
Let us recount the events of the night of October 30 th 1938,
because the same techniques have been used by the Bush
Administration, the Defense Department and the CIA to
shape the public perception of the events that led up to the
invasion of Iraq in 2003 and are still very much in use in
2005.
39
In 1938, Orson Wells had created quite a reputation for
himself as a master at staging faux news events by making
use of the English author, H.G. Wells, a former MI6
operative and his book, The War of the Worlds.
In the radio adaptation of the Wells' work, the other Wells,
interrupted radio programs in New Jersey with an
announcement that Martians had just landed. "The Martian
invasion has begun," said Orson Wells.
During the 4-hour long production, it was announced no less
than four times that what radio audiences were listening to
was a fictitious re-enactment of what it would be like if H.G.
Wells' story had come to life. But that availed nothing. Panic
gripped millions of people who fled from their homes in
terror, jamming roads and communication systems.
What was the purpose of the "hoax?" In the first instance it
was to gauge just how effective Cantril and Tavistock's
methods were in practice, and perhaps of greater importance,
it was to set the stage for the coming war in Europe in which
"news broadcasts" would play a crucial role in information
gathering and dissemination as an established source of
reliable information, as well as a forum for directing public
opinion.
Two days after the "Martian Invasion news broadcast," an
editorial in the New York Times headed "Terror by Radio"
inadvertently shed light on what Tavistock had in mind for the
American people in the coming war now looming closer:
"What began as entertainment might readily have ended in
disaster," the editorial said. Radio officials had a
responsibility and "should think twice before mingling news
techniques with fiction so terrifying."
40
What the "Times" had inadvertently stumbled onto was the
wave of the future seen through the eyes of the theoreticians
at Tavistock. Henceforth, "mingling news techniques with
fiction so terrifying" that it would be taken as fact, was to be
standard practice for the graduates of Tavistock. All news
broadcast were to be adaptations of "news and fiction" in a
skilful blend so as to make the one unrecognizable from the
other.
In fact, Tavistock put their newly tested theory into practice a
year later when the population of cities in Europe, London,
Munich, Paris and Amsterdam were smitten with war jitters
even as Neville Chamberlain was successfully avoiding war,
using the same techniques that were employed in the October
1938 "War of the Worlds" radio broadcasts.
CHAPTER 9
How individuals and groups react to blending fact with
fiction
41
Cantril's conclusion was that the public reacted exactly as his
profiling research experiments had led him to believe it
would. That Sunday night October 30, 1938 was to become a
landmark date in his files and a date signifying a vast
paradigm shift for ever in the way that "news" would
henceforth, be presented. Slightly more than seven decades
later, the world is still being fed a diet of news mingled with
fiction, - fiction that in so many instances is terrifying. The
Western world has undergone drastic changes unwillingly
forced upon it, that it has become a world so vastly different
from what it was on that October night in 1938, as to be
"another planet." We shall return to this vital subject later in
this work.
Following the Second World War, Cantril became totally
involved with the head guru at Tavistock, its founder, John
Rawlings Reese and his World Tensions Project at the United
Nations' UNESCO.
Profiles on how individuals and groups reacted to
international tensions were formulated on the basis of
skillfully blending fact with terrifying fiction in preparation for
a campaign to launch "World citizens," (of a One World
Government Socialist-Communist dictatorship) that began to
be employed to weaken national boundaries, language and
culture and to discredit pride of nation and sovereignty of
nation-states, in preparation for the coming of the Socialist
New World Order — One World Government, that President
Woodrow Wilson said America would make safe for
"democracy."
42
Those fresh-faced young American boys from Arkansas and
North Carolina were sent marching off to Europe believing
they were "fighting for their country," never knowing that the
"democracy" Wilson sent them to "make safe for the world"
was a Socialist- International Communist One World
Government dictatorship.
John Rawlings Reese was the publisher of Tavistock's
magazine Journal of Humanistic Psychology. Their joint
thinking mentality is seen in the 1955 monograph, "Toward a
Humanistic Psychology, " an as a progression of Cantril's
support for the Tavistock-trained Gordon Airport's perception
of the "personality." As he expressed it in the 1947 book,
Understanding Man's Social Behavior, in a chapter on
"Causality." Cantril's methodology was based on the
conception that "the particular environment in which growth
takes place gives the particular individual a particular
direction for growth."
Cantril's endeavors are good examples of the breakdown of
boundaries between supposedly neutral opinion taking and
social-engineering opinion making;
Tavistock's commitment to forcing major shifts in personality
and behavior in all sectors of targeted population groups such
as we have sought to describe.
Cantril appointed a board of directors to assist in the work,
among who were:
Warren Bennis, a follower of Tavistock director Eric
Trist.
Marilyn Ferguson, allegedly the author of The Aquarian
Conspiracy;
Jean Houston, head of the Institute for Brain Research,
member of the Club of Rome and author of Mind Games.
43
Aldous Huxley, who supervised the MK-Ultra LSD
program that ran for 20 years.
Willis Harman, a Stanford University director and mentor
of "The Changing Images of Man" later disguised as "The
Aquarian Conspiracy" passed off as the work of Marilyn
Ferguson.
Michael Murphy, head of the Esalen Institute, established
by Huxley and others as the Center for "sensitivity
training" and drug experiments.
James F.T. Bugenthal, an initiator of cult-creation projects
at Esalen.
Abraham Maslow, the leading exponent of the irrationalist
"think force" and founder of AHP in 1957.
Carl Rogers, Maslow's co-worker at the AHP in 1957.
AHP's reigning ideology was exemplified by a book review in
a 1966 issue of its journal. The Journal of Humanistic
Psychology.
Reviewing Maslow's book, The Psychology of Science,
Willis Harman, a year before his 1967-69 Stanford Research
study, welcomed the "challenge to science" from
"extrasensory perception, psycho kinesis, mysticism, and
consciousness-expanding drugs" (particularly LSD and
Mesacalin.) He lauded Maslow's "new science" since it
would bring to the fore "hypnosis, creativity, parapsychology,
and psychedelic experience," and shift scientific concern
away from the "outside" world to studying "inner space."
This was Cantril's original "particular personality" thinking
brought to its logical conclusion. To Cantril goes the "glory
and honor" of forcing a vast paradigm shift on the way the
Western world thinks and behaves.
44
Certainly Oswald Spengler would have had no trouble in
identifying it as one of the causes of the downfall of the West
he had predicted in 1936.
Making Changes in the "Cognitive and Behavioral
Structure."
Whatever the particular coloration of ideology that
accompanied the scientists of the polling institutions after
World War II, the invariant notion of social engineering
trough "sampling methods" and "opinion research" could be
found in Cartwright's paper Some Principles of Mass
Persuasion prepared for the Division of Program Surveys of
the Department of Agriculture.
The paper was subtitled, "Selected Findings of Research on
the Sale of United States War Bonds," but as Cartwright
makes clear, the war-related aspect of the survey was just a
pretext for conducting an analysis on the principles of how
perception can be modified to suit whatever ends the
controller might have in mind.
One would be puzzled as to what the sale of war bonds had to
do with agriculture, but that was part of Cartwright's
methodology. It was the Bernays-Lippmann-Cantril-
Cartwright hypothesis synthesized and concentrated in a
World War II setting. The article was featured in Tavistock's
journal. Human Relations which ought to immediately
brought the reader to attention.
"Among the many technological advances of the past century
that have produced changes in social organization,"
Cartwright began, "the development of the mass media of
communication promises to be the most far reaching. This
heightened interdependence of people means that the
possibilities of mobilizing mass social action have been
45
greatly increased. It is conceivable that one persuasive person
could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's
population to his will." We do not believe that Cartwright had
Jesus Christ in mind when he made that statement.
Under a subheading, "Creating a Particular Cognitive
Structure," Cartwright continues:
Principle One: "It is considered a truism by virtually all
psychologists that a person's behavior is guided by his
perception of the world in which he lives.... It follows from
this formulation that one way to change a person's behavior is
to modify his cognitive structure. The modification of
cognitive structure in individuals by means of the mass media
has several prerequisites. These may be stated in the form of
principles."
Interspersing his account with examples from the application
of his study to the World War Two war-bonds sale drive,
Cartwright then elaborated the principles: "The 'message' (i.e.,
information, facts, etc.), must reach the sense organs of the
persons who are to be influenced... Total stimulus situations
are selected or rejected on the basis of an impression of their
general characteristics," etc. A second set of principles
investigated more deeply the methods of altering "cognitive
structure."
Principle Two: "Having reached the sense organs, 'message'
must be accepted as part of the person's cognitive structure."
Cartwright noted in this section that "any effort to change
behavior through a modification of this cognitive structure
must overcome the forces tending to maintain the present
structure.
46
Only when a given cognitive structure seems to the person to
be unsatisfactory for his adjustment is he likely readily to
receive influences designed to change that structure."
Under "Creating a Particular Motivational Structure,"
Cartwright analyzed further "the social inductions the
governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in Washington
into turmoil for a protracted period."
CHAPTER 10
Polling comes of age
47
The Tavistock Clinic in London was where Sigmund Freud
had settled when he arrived from Germany, and where his
nephew, Edward Bernays later held court.
Thus it was that England became the world's center for mass
brainwashing, social engineering experimenting that spread to
postwar clinics spread all over the United States.
During World War II, Tavistock was the headquarters of the
British Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau which, through
the arrangements of the British Special Operation Executive
(SOE) (later known as MI6) dictated policy to the United
States Armed Forces in matters of psychological warfare.
Toward the end of the war, Tavistock personnel took over the
World Federation of Mental Health and the Psychological
Warfare Division of the Supreme Headquarters, Allied
Expeditionary Force (SHAEF) in Europe.
Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin, came to the
United States to organize the Harvard Psychological Clinic,
the MIT research Center for Groups Dynamics, the Institute of
Social Research at the University of Michigan; while his
colleagues, Cartwright and Cantrill joined him to play a
pivotal policy role at the psychological department of the
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the Office of Naval
Research ONI), the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey and the
Committee of National Morale.
48
Moreover, a large number of influential people at top policy
levels were trained in Dr. Lewin's theory of topological
psychology, which is to this day the worlds most advanced
method of behavior modification-brainwashing. Important
colleagues of Kurt Lewin at Tavistock, Eric Trist, John
Rawlings Reese, H.V. Dicks, W.R. Bion and Richard
Crossman plus selected personnel from the Strategic
Bombing Survey, the Committee on National Morale and the
National Defense Resources Council, joined Lewin at Rand
Corporation, the Stanford Research Institute, the Wharton
School, the National Training Laboratories and the National
Institute of Mental Health.
The United States government began contracting
multimillion-dollar projects with all these institutions. Over a
period of the forty years, tens of billions of dollars have been
allocated by the Lederal Government to fund the work of these
groups; while additional tens of billions of dollars found their
way into these institutions from private foundations.
As years passed, these institutions grew and the scope of
projects they contracted grew with them. Every aspect of the
mental and psychological life of the American people was
profiled, recorded and stored into computer memory banks.
The institutions, personnel and networks kept on expanding
and penetrating deeply into every nook and cranny of
Lederal, State and Local governments. Their in-house
specialists and graduates were called in to develop policies for
welfare departments, labor mediation boards, trade unions,
the Air Lorce, the Navy, the Army, the National Education
Association and psychiatric clinics, and the White House,
the Defense Department and the State
49
Department. It also has extensive contracts with the Central
Intelligence Agency (CIA).
Close cooperative relations were developed between these
think-tanks and the U.S.A.'s key polling organizations and
the major media companies. Gallup Poll, the Yankelovich -
CBS-New York Times poll, the National Opinion Research
Center and others incessantly conducted psychological
profiles of the entire population, sharing the results for
evaluation and processing with the ubiquitous social
psychologists.
What the public sees in newspapers as opinion polls
represents only a fractional portion of the work that the
pollsters undertook to do. A key to the control of Tavistock
over key sectors of the daily business of government in the
U.S. is that it now has its own de-facto television outlet in
Fox News, since its acquisition by Richard Murdoch, a
virtual seamless propaganda machine for the government.
Above this closely knit grouping of social psychologists,
pollsters and media manipulators, presides an elite of
powerful patrons, "the Gods of Olympus" (the Committee of
300). It is known in informed circles, that the group controls
everything in the world with the exception of Russia and
latterly, China.
It plans and acts out long-term strategies in a totally,
disciplined and unified manner. It commands over 400 of the
top Fortune 500 companies in the U.S. with interlocking
connections that reach into every facet of government, trade,
banking, foreign policy, intelligence agencies and the
military establishment.
50
It has absorbed all the other "power groups" of earlier U.S.
history; the Rothschild, Morgan, Rockefeller group, the
Eastern Liberal Establishment personified by the Perkins,
Cabot, Lodge families, the creme of the old East India opium
trade that generated billions of dollars.
Its hierarchy comprises the old families descended from the
British East India Company with its vast fortunes derived
from the opium trade that is run from the top down, including
European royalty among others.
In the deeper recesses of the intelligence establishment in
Washington, veteran intelligence officers refer to this
awesome group, in hushed tones and mysterious language as
the "Committee of 300." The leaders are called "The
Olympians." No U.S. president is elected or remains in office
save and except by their favor.
Those who buck their control are removed. Examples are
John F. Kennedy, Richard Nixon and Lyndon Johnson. The
Committee of 300 is the international Socialist One World
Government that runs the New World Order from behind the
scenes where it will remain, until it is ready to emerge and
take open and full control of all governments of the world in
an International Communist dictatorship.
51
CHAPTER 11
The paradigm shift in education
During the 1970s a dramatic paradigm shift in school
curricula at all levels came into effect apparently to the point
that students were awarded school credits for courses in
civics instead of reading, writing and arithmetic. An
epidemic of "casual sex" and drug-taking overwhelmed
school-age teens and swept over the entire country.
In July 1980, a major international conference was held in
Toronto, Canada, under the auspices of First Global
Conference on the Future in which 4,000 social engineers,
cybernetics experts and futurologists from all the think tanks
participated. The conference was under the direction of the
Tavistock Institute's billionaire chairman, Maurice Strong
who set the theme:
"The time has come to move from thinking and dialogue to
action. This conference will become the launching pad for
that important action to occur in the 1980s."
Strong was chairman of Petro-Canada, one of several
"flagship" companies of the "Olympians." His background
was British Intelligence MI6 where he held the rank of
colonel during World War II. Strong and his network of
companies were heavily involved in the highly lucrative
opium-heroin-cocaine trade. Strong and Aldous Huxley were
responsible for the FSD plague that swept the United States
and later, Europe. He was a former director of the United
Nations Environmental Program.
One of the chief speakers for the "Olympians" at the
conference was Dr. Aurelio Peccei, chairman of the Club of
Rome, a NATO think tank.
52
The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) was created
within the framework of the Aquarian Conspiracy, a project
by the Social scientists at Stanford University under the
direction of Willis Harmon. NATO in turn formed and
promoted a new branch called "The Club of Rome," the name
being designed to confuse and dissemble as it had nothing to
do with the Catholic Church.
Without going into the technicalities of the Club of Rome,
(hereinafter referred to as "the Club,") its purpose was to act
as a counterweight against post-industrial agricultural and
military expansion, a so-called "post-industrial agricultural
zero growth society," which was meant to halt America's
burgeoning manufacturing industries and growing
mechanized farming food production capability. Memberships
of the Club and NATO were interchangeable.
Stanford Research, the Tavistock Institute and other centers of
applied social psychiatry joined it. In 1994 Tavistock signed
a major contract with NASA to evaluate the effects of its
space program. The Club itself was only founded in 1968 as
part of the call for a New World Order inside a One World
Government. What the Club became was an instrument to
enforce limits of growth on industrial nations, and the United
States was the first country to be targeted.
This was in fact one of the earliest steps taken to implement
the "300" goal of returning the U.S. to a state of feudalism, a
feudal society. One of the industries the Club railed against
was nuclear energy, and they were successful in halting
construction of all nuclear electricity generating plants that
has put demand a thousand years ahead of the supply of
electrical power. NATO was its military alliance meant to
keep Russia in line.
53
On the agenda of the 1980 meeting referred to above were
the following:
* Women's liberation movement.
* Black consciousness, racial mixing, breaking down taboos
against mixed marriages as propounded by anthropologist
Margaret Meade and Gregory Bateson of Tavistock.
* It was decided at this meeting that an aggressive program
would be launched to portray "colored races" as superior to
Western Civilization white persons. From this forum came
Oprah Winfrey and a host of black persons who were picked
up and trained for their roles to portray "mixed races" as
superior to whites.
*It could also be seen in movies where black movie stars
suddenly proliferated until they became household names. It
was seen also where a black person was placed in the role a
high position of authority over whites, such a judge, or a
district head of the FBI and the military, CEOs of large
corporations etc.
* Youth rebellion against imagined societal wrongs.
* Emerging interest in social responsibility of business.
* The generation gap implying a changing paradigm.
* The anti-technological bias of many young people.
* Experimentation with new family structures
interpersonal relationships in which homosexuality and
lesbianism became "normalized" and "no different
from other people acceptable at all levels of society, two
lesbian "moms."
* The emergence of the fake conservation/ecology
movements such as "Greenpeace"
* A surge in interest in Eastern religious and philosophical
perspectives.
* A renewed interest in "fundamentalist" Christianity.
* Labor unions shifting emphasis to quality of the work
environment.
54
* An increasing interest in meditation and other spiritual
disciplines The "Kabala" was to supplant Christian culture
and special people were chosen to teach and spread Kabala.
Early chosen disciples were Shirley McLean, Roseanne Barr
and later. Madonna and Demi Moore.
* The increasing importance of "self-reali z ation" processes.
* Reinvention of music, "hip-hop" and "rap," by such groups
as "Ice Cube."
* A new language form in which English is so mutilated
as to be unintelligible. This is being carried over into
news readers on prime time television.
These disparate trends signified the emergence of a created
climate of social upheaval and far-reaching changes as a new
image of human beings began to take hold bringing with
them radical changes in Western civilization.
A "leaderless," but powerful network "the invisible army"
began working to bring about "unacceptable" change in the
United States. Its rank and file members were the "shock
troops" who radicalized all forms of the norm, breaking with
certain key elements of Western civilization. Among the
"Olympians," this network was known as the "Aquarian
Conspiracy" and its adherents were to be known as "invisible
shock troops."
This massive paradigm gigantic, irrevocable shift, overtook
America while we slept, sweeping away the old with new
political, religious and philosophical systems. It was what
citizens of the New World Order-One World Government
would have to exhibit hereafter, a new mind - the rise of a
new order with no nation-states, pride of place and pride of
race, a culture of the past, destined to the dustbin of history,
never to be revived.
55
We know from experience that this work is likely to be
greeted with scorn and disbelief. Some will even pity us.
Terms like "off the wall" will be used to describe this work.
This is the standard reaction when the motivations of
Tavistock's Social scientists brain-washers, opinion-makers,
social-psychologists have for acting out their war on the
United States are not known. The probability is 90% of the
American people do not know that Tavistock declared war on
the German civilian population to end WWII.
When that conflict ended in 1946, the Tavistock practitioners
of mass brainwashing and opinion went to war against the
American people.
If this is how you react when you read this expose, don't feel
bad, - then understand that it is the way you are expected to
react. If the motivation appears far-fetched and lacking
credibility, also incomprehensible, then the motivation "does
not exist." That being the case, then the action that derives
from it does not exist; therefore, ergo "the Olympians" do not
exist and there is no conspiracy.
But the hard fact is that a gigantic conspiracy does exist. No
doubt Kurt Lewin, the top scientist at Tavistock and key
theoretician of all think tanks could explain it more clearly
than we have been able to do, if he chose to. His practice is
derived from what he called "topological-psychology"
doctrine. Lewin is the man upon whose theories, the
psychological warfare battles of World War II were fought so
successfully, the man who planned and executed the Strategic
Bombing Survey that brought Germany defeat in WWII
through the wholesale destruction of 65 percent of German
worker housing to which we have just referred to very
briefly.
CHAPTER 12
Lewin's doctrine of "identity change
57
The Lewin doctrine is not easy for the layman to follow.
Basically, Lewin said that all psychological phenomena occur
in a domain defined as "psychological phase space." This
space is composed of two interdependent "fields," the
"environment" and the "self."
The concept of "controlled environment" arose from the
study that if you have a fixed-personality (one susceptible to
being predictably profiled), and if you want to elicit from this
personality a particular type of behavior, then all you have to
do is control the third variable of the equation and thus
produce the desired behavior.
This was the norm in social-psychology formulas. MI6 uses it,
and almost every type of situation involving negotiations;
army counterinsurgency operations, labor negotiations and
diplomatic negotiations used it up until apparently the 1960s.
After 1960, Tavistock changed the equation by placing
greater emphasis on the technique of controlled environment
not the behavior, but the desired personality. What Lewin set
out to accomplish was far more drastic and permanent; altering
the deeper structures of human personalities. In short, what
Lewin succeeded in doing was to move beyond "behavior
modification" to "identity change."
Identity change was adopted by the nations of the world.
Nations worked to acquire a "new personality" that would
change the way the world looked at them.
58
The theory relied upon the original formulations of two
Tavistock theoreticians, Dr. William Sargent's theory in his
Battle for the Mind, and Kurt Lewin's own work on
personality regression.
Lewin observed that the "inner self of the individual displays
certain reactions when under tension from the environment.
When there is no tension, then the normal inner self of a
person is well differentiated, balanced multifaceted,
versatile."
"When a reasonable amount of tension is applied from the
environment, then all the various abilities and faculties of the
inner self go on alert, ready for effective action.
But, when an intolerable amount of tension is applied, then
this geometry collapses into a blinded, undifferentiated soup;
a primitive, a regressed personality. The person is reduced to
an animal; the highly differentiated and versatile abilities
disappear. The controlled environment takes over the
personality."
It is this Lewin "technique" that is used on the captives held
at the Guantanamo Bay prison camp in defiance of
international law and the U.S. Constitution. The gross
misconduct of the Bush administration at the camp is beyond
the pale of normal Western Christian civilization, and its
acceptance by a docile American public, might be the first
sign that the American people have been so changed by
Tavistock's "long range penetration and inner-direction
conditioning," that they are now ready to descend to the level
of the New World Order in a One World Government where
such barbaric "treatment" will be regarded as normal and
accepted without protest.
59
The fact that medical doctors took part in the inhuman torture
of fellow human being and felt no remorse would indicate
just how far down the world has already fallen.
This has been observed as being the basis for the military
camp at Guantanamo, Cuba, which was opened there to avoid
the strictures of the U.S. Constitution and to provide a
Lewin-type controlled environment. The men being held at
this psychological prison are now in the state of regression
where they have been reduced to the level of animals.
Guantanamo is the type of camp that we predict will be
established all over the United States and the world, when the
New World Order-One World Government assumes total
world control. It is sadistic, inhuman and beastly, designed to
break the natural pride of the victims, to break the will to
resist and to reduce the prisoners to the level of beasts.
During the first world government experiment in the then
USSR, men were allowed to use toilets only to be interrupted
in the middle of evacuating and hustled out before they could
clean themselves. Abu Graihb and Guantanamo were about at
that level when the controllers were roughly subjected to
world-wide scrutiny. General Miller who was the chief kapo
has since disappeared from sight.
"Dissidents" who insist on the U.S. Government obeying the
Constitution and demand their constitutional rights, will in
future be treated as "dissidents," exactly like Stalin treated
"dissidents" in Russia. Future "Guantanamos" that have
sprung up all over America are a portent of the future. On that
we can rely.
61
CHAPTER 13
The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between
two World Wars.
Of all European nations, in the period between the two world
wars, Germany, as the super-economic, super racial purity,
super warrior nation, suffered the most, as was the intention.
The League of Nation was the "first draft" of the last-
approaching New World Order inside a One World
Government, and the "peace proposals" at the Paris Peace
Conference, directed and controlled by Tavistock, was meant
to cripple Germany and make it a permanent second-class
European power, their self-respect destroyed through the
social demotion to pauperism or at best proletarian status.
It is hardly surprising that the German people turned savage
and gave Hitler the mass following he needed to convert his
latent nationalistic movement into a revival force.
We shall never know whether Tavistock miscalculated or
indeed, set the stage in this manner for a bigger and bloodier
war. After all, Meade and Bertrand Russell had stated, that
what was needed was a world populated by "docile" subjects.
Russell had remarked on the "child-like" character of the
American Negro he had encountered during his travels to the
United States. Russell said he preferred them to the white
people. He also said that if the White race was to survive, it
would have to learn to behave in the child-like manner of the
Negro. Yet, in the same breath the Tavistock emissary called
black people "useless eaters" and declared that they ought to
be wiped out, en-masse.
62
Russell also liked the docility of the Brazilian people,
brought about, he thought, by "inter-race breeding with
Africans brought over as slaves."
There is a school of thought that one of the primary
objectives of the fiends who planned both world wars was
that they would be fought for the most part by young white
men. It is certainly true that Germany, Britain, the U.S. and
Russia lost millions of the flower of their male population
who were removed from the nation-building stock forever. In
the Tavistock-engineered WWI, war fronts and battles were
arranged in such a manner that Russia lost 9,000,000 men
killed or 70 percent of its entire military strength.
With the exception of Russia the aristocracy suffered much
less than the bourgeoisie from the economic consequences of
war and revolution. Traditionally much of their wealth was in
land; which did not depreciate as much during inflation as
some tangibles.
The disintegration of the monarchies (except in England) hit
the old order of society of the upper-classes, who could not
continue to serve society in their roles as officers or
diplomats — as there no longer are much demand for their
services — opportunities for such service were far fewer than
they had been before the war.
Some of the Russia aristocracy courageously accepted
proletarian or even menial status like the Russian taxi drivers,
night-club doormen, and headwaiters in postwar Paris; others
went into business. Most, however, fell into a life of social
denigration. Where the strictly guarded frontier between
Societies was once impassable in the old monarchic capitals,
and cafe society, now appeared large gaps as the lines
gradually became blurred.
63
As the Duke of Windsor put it in his memoirs, A King's
Story:
"The force of change had not yet thrust so deeply into the
texture of British society as to have obliterated much
of the old elegance During the so-called London
season the West End was an almost continuous ball from
midnight until dawn.... The evening could always be saved by
recourse to one or another of the gay nightclubs, which had
then become so fashionable and almost respectable."
(The word "gay" at that time meant "happy". It was not co-
opted as a euphemism for sodomy until the mid-fifties.) Nor
did the Duke explain that the "force of change" was expertly
applied by the Tavistock Institute.
The declining female modesty that became noticeable soon
after the end of WWI, suddenly appeared everywhere and
with increased velocity. To the uninformed, it was a social
phenomenon. Nobody could have suspected that Wellington
House and its sinister social engineers were its cause.
Accompanying this testamentary emancipation was a
movement of revolt, particularly among young people,
against every conventional restraint of mind or body coming
to a close amid the shattered idols of the fallen empires. The
postwar generation in Europe revolted against every more
and custom, as they fought desperately to throw off the
horrors of war they had lived through. Necklines plunged,
public smoking and drinking became a form of revolt.
Homosexuality and lesbianism became demonstrable, not
from any inner conviction, but by way of protest at what had
happened, and as a rebellion against what the war had
destroyed.
64
Radical and revolutionary excess manifested itself in art,
music and fashion. "Jazz" was in the air and "modern art"
was thought to be "chic." The comprehensible element in
everything was "don't have a care"; it was unsettling and
unreal. Those were the years when all of Europe was shell-
shocked. Wellington House and Tavistock had done their
work well.
Underneath the hectic sense of being propelled forward by
uncontrollable events there was a spiritual and emotional
numbness. The horror of the war in which millions of young
men were needlessly slaughtered, maimed, wounded and
gassed was just now beginning to register, so the thing to do
was "blot it from remembrances."
The casualties made wars all too real in its ghastly and cruel
ugliness, and people recoiled from it in shock and revolution,
in the despair brought by disillusionment of peace.
Europeans, with their superior culture that epitomized
Western civilization were shell-shocked to a greater degree
than were Americans.
They lost their faith in the rudiments that made the progress
that had sustained their fathers and their grandfathers and
made their nations great. And this was particularly true of
Germany, Russia, France, and England.
Thinking people could not come to grips with why the
world's two most civilized and advanced nations had tom
each other to pieces and taken the lives of millions of their
finest young manhood. It was as if a terrifying madness had
gripped Britain and Germany.
65
To the initiated it was not madness, but the methodology of
Wellington House that gripped the British youth. The fear
that it might happen again was what almost prevented the
outbreak of WWII.
Officers returning from the carnage described to the news
journals the horrors of hand-to-hand combat that had
frequently occurred in "the Great War." They were appalled
and aghast, horrified and afraid. None of them could
understand why there had been a war at all. The dark secrets
of Wellington House and the "Olympians" remained hidden,
even as they are hidden to this very day.
Where once the laying of a wreath at the Cenotaph in
Whitehall, London by the Monarch of England had brought
solace, it now engendered bitterness, anger and loathing. The
stage was being set for the Second World War in which
Tavistock was to play a huge, disproportionate role.
There were the few thinkers who did have something to say:
Spengler, in history for example, Hemingway, Evelyn Waugh
in literature, and in America Upton Sinclair and Jack
London, but their message was also gloomy, even gloomier
than Spengler's dark foreboding of the inevitable decline of
Western civilization.
It was confirmed by the postwar degradation of personal
relationships. Divorce and cheating on one's wife happened
more frequently. The beautiful concept of women on a
pedestal, women soft and feminine, with a lovely voice filled
with cadences, the flower of God's creation, the mystery, was
a vanishing ideal. In her place came the strident, the loud, the
vulgar with clattering grating speech such as was aped and
made popular by a one particular popular morning talk show.
66
Nobody could possibly know that this sad decline was the
end product of Tavistock having declared war on Western
womanhood.
In Europe after WWI, the Montparnasse in Paris had become
a sad place. Postwar Vienna, emptied by the tide of war that
had swept so many of her sons away, was even sadder. But
Berlin, once so bustling and so clean, became the Babylon of
Europe and perhaps the saddest place of them all.
"Whoever lived through these apocalyptic month, these
years, became disgusted and embittered, sensed the coming
of a counter-blow, a horrible reaction," wrote the historian,
Zweig.
The political, spiritual, and social bankruptcy of the new
power elites, who succeeded the monarchs, the aristocrats
and the old-fashioned bourgeois dynasties, was in many
respects more spectacular than that of their predecessors, and
nowhere more so than in the United States, with the coming
of the Socialist era under Franklin D. Roosevelt. This time,
however, the eclipse of leadership was not localized in one
continent or limited to any particular class of society.
The geographical New World, in terms of the problems that
confronted it, the America of Franklin Roosevelt soon
demonstrated that the United States was scarcely less
anachronistic than the Austria-Hungary of Franz Joseph had
been. Here he was establishing a "Democratic" New World
Order Socialism straight out of the model created by the
Fabian Society, while the United States was a confederated
constitutional Republic, the exact opposite.
67
Neither the shift of the European locus of power and prestige
from the former Central Empire Western democracies, nor
the replacement of the traditional ruling classes within the
fallen monarchies to the United States, did anything to the
improve economic, political, social, moral or religious
climate of the post WWI world. The Wall Street Crash and
the Depression that followed, bear eloquent, if silent witness
to the truth and accuracy of our statement.
The manner in which this event was contrived by the
Tavistock Institute can be seen in the timetable of events that
which we provide in the Appendix.
69
CHAPTER 14
America is not a "Homeland"
The United States of America has long been the most fertile
ground for the wholesale spread of propaganda, its people
having been connived, lied to, cheated, at which the British
have always led the world, the premiere mind control-
brainwashing and propaganda center in the world being the
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Its forerunner was
the organization put together by Lord Northcliffe, who
married into the Rothschild family, and who was ably
assisted by Lord Rothmere and the Americans, Walter
Lippman and Edward Bernays.
Lrom this modest beginning in 1914 grew the Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations, which has no peer when it
came to creating propaganda. Tavistock is a facility
dedicated to the propagation of propaganda to suit every
aspect of life. Tavistock approached propaganda as if it were
going into battle, and in a sense, it was. There are no half-
measures; it was a war where anything goes as long as it
assures victory.
Surveying the political scene one cannot escape the fact that
in the past two decades, the increase in depth and volume of
propaganda, and more especially, mind control, has become
all pervasive. The correct application of propaganda to any
theme, whether it is economic, or political, is an essential
element in the control-mechanism of government.
Stalin once said that if one wanted a docile population then
fear and terror had to be unleashed against them. In a sense
that is what happened in the United States and Britain.
70
The Second World War provided unlimited opportunities of
developing propaganda into a fine art. Looking back on the
efforts made by the Roosevelt administration to cause the
American people — who were 87 percent against going to
war in Europe change their minds, we find that in spite of
everything, Roosevelt did not succeed. The American people
rejected entry into the war in Europe.
It took a contrived situation, a contrived pre-chosen pretext,
the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, to reverse public opinion
in favor of America's entry into the European war. Roosevelt
held out that America was fighting for democracy and its very
way of life, neither of which bore the slightest resemblance to
the truth; the war was fought to advance the cause of
International Socialism toward its goal of a New World Order
inside a One World Government.
Propaganda, to be successful, must be aimed at the total
population and not at individuals or individual groups, the
purpose being to attract the widest possible attention. It is not
intended as personal instruction. Facts play no role in
propaganda which is always to create an impression. It has to
one-sided systematic, sustained indoctrination that what the
Government, the media and political leaders are saying is the
truth. And it has to be pitched in such a manner that the
people feel that it is their thinking.
Thus, propaganda has to be directed at mass audiences where
its message will make its mark. Let us take a recent example
of the type of propaganda that would usually be embraced by
a receptive audience. In the wake of the World Trade Center
disaster, President Bush created a new Government agency,
which he called the Office of Homeland Security, and
appointed a director to oversee the agency.
71
Now this sounds very comforting and very soothing until we
look at the 10 th Amendment, which reserves all such powers
as Mr. Bush proposed to seize, to the several States.
The fact that Mr. Bush cannot overrule the 10 th Amendment
was blithely ignored. The propaganda blurb says he can, and
since it was directed to the masses, they believed the blurb,
rather than their Constitution, and so there was little effective
opposition to this gross violation of the Constitution,
particularly the 10 th Amendment. Bush appears to have been
operating under the Stalin directive: "If you want to control
the people, first terrorize them."
Those who opposed the "Homeland Security" quasi-law,
were dubbed, "unpatriotic" and "favoring terrorism." Again,
the absolute fact that this bogus act is no law at all and is
sheer propaganda was never called into question, but was
accepted by the "rah-rah" unthinking public. Public opinion is
made in this way and public opinion is what swayed
legislators to vote for "Homeland Security" or any other
bogus laws, as Bernays and Lippmann both asserted in the
very early days of Wellington House. The legislators vote
along party lines as in the British Parliamentary system, and
do not vote on the basis of the U.S. Constitution. They knew
that to oppose the President, they stand a good chance of
losing a cozy job at the next election, or face being smeared
by some sleazy muck-racking "administration" man.
America is not one "homeland" but 50 distinct and separate
States. In any case the word "homeland" comes straight out
of the Communist Manifesto. Since the ultimate goal of
government is to establish a New World Order International
Communist One World Government, the choice of this word
to title Communist legislation, should not surprise us.
72
The power to control Education, Welfare and Police Powers
belongs to the States where it has always resided, and it was
not taken away from the States at the time of the covenant.
Neither President Bush nor the House and Senate have any
power to change that, which the newly created office
proposed to do. It was only through the exercise of sustained,
systematic, repetition of propaganda that the people of the
States accepted this gross violation of the U.S. Constitution.
The drumbeat of propaganda continued through numerous
articles about the background and experience of the
"Homeland Director" and what his job is etc., but there is not
one word about the blatant unconstitutionality of the new
department. It will not escape your notice that the very title:
"Homeland Security" is a clever little bit of propaganda. The
people are now convinced that not only is the new agency
constitutional, but that it is also necessary. The mass of
people has now been successfully "mind controlled"
(brainwashed.)
Those who wish to study the matter instead of merely
watching the CBS Evening News will find something quite
different from an account of an independent commentator
and the accounts in the press. As always, such person will be
in the minority, so that his opinions, even if expressed, will
not alter the purpose and intent of setting up the new agency. I
say to you that the United States is forbidden by its
Constitution and the constitutions of the separate 50 States
from having any central Federal control mechanism imposed
upon them. The so-called "Homeland Security" bill is a
travesty, because it destroys the Republican form of
government granted to the original states in the 10 th
Amendment, and which cannot be taken away from them.
73
The so-called "Homeland Security Act" is therefore, null and
void and no law at all. Yet, the brainwashed inner-directed
victims of Tavistock will obey it as if it were law.
In short the Homeland Security agency is a deception and it
cannot be made law. No measure that is unconstitutional can
be enacted into law and the Congress has urgent duty repeal
the "law" that gave illegitimate birth to the "Homeland" and
"Patriot" Acts forthwith. The cardinal point to remember is
that propaganda and mass brainwashing must always be
viewed in relation to the end it is intended to serve. In this
instance it convinces the populace, that liberties must be
sacrificed in exchange for "protection." Henry Clay, the
greatest constitutional scholar who ever lived called the ploy
"a doctrine of necessity, a doctrine from Hell" and utterly
condemned such attempts.
H.V. Dicks taught at Tavistock. He stated that individual
rights have to be sacrificed for the good of all! That includes
the measure violating the highest law of the land! It must be
accepted because it is for the good of all! This is better
explained if we take as an example, the propaganda and
brainwashing that accompanied President Roosevelt's
desperate efforts to involve the United States in the war going
on in Europe, via Japan.
When the anticipated attack on Pearl Harbor happened,
(Roosevelt knew the day and the time it would take place)
announced in his speeches written for him by the Tavistock
Institute, that the American people would be fighting for the
highest and noblest of causes, the defense of the nation,
defense of freedom and for the future security and well-being
of the nation. As is usual in such cases, the facts spoke of a
far different set of objectives.
74
Roosevelt did not say that the American people were going to
war to fight for the advancement of International Socialism
and for the goals of the New World Order -International
Communism, One World Government.
The American people were told that Germany intended to
enslave the world. This was a very good line because even the
most poorly educated of people realize that slavery is one of
the worst fates that mankind could be called on to suffer. By
introducing the word "slavery" a sympathetic chord was
struck.
Once again, propaganda bore no relationship to the facts.
Thinking persons, not susceptible to propaganda, would have
realized that a small nation like Germany could not possibly
enslave the world even if had wanted to do so. The resources
and manpower were just not there. Germany did not possess
the vast maritime fleet to make such an attack on the United
States a real possibility.
The promoters of the war realized from the very outset that for
momentum to be maintained, a sustained blast of propaganda
would be necessary. The same principle was followed by Vice
President Cheney in the weeks preceding the U.S. attack on
Iraq; he distorted facts, delivered blast after blast of "fear
rhetoric" and twisted intelligence information to fit his
purposes. Nobody worked harder than Cheney to ensure that
war with Iraq would not be prevented at the last minute.
It was important that Roosevelt attract the attention of the
masses the "issues" and bring them home to the people,
hence the endless press reports, the "newsreels" shown
endlessly at cinemas and the endless brainwashing speeches
of the politicians.
75
Propaganda has to be in a medium easily understood by the
lowest level of intelligence among the nation, such as posters
depicting workers in munitions factories, shipyards; aircraft-
assembly plants all working on the "home front" for the "war
effort" and so on.
In the aftermath of the WTC tragedy, much of that type of
mass-brainwashing propaganda was revived: "America at
War", "the front line", "and munitions dumps", "enemy troop
positions" appeared as sub headings on almost everything
televisions screened.
The fact that the United States was not at war because war
had not been declared, and that there were no enemy "troops"
other than loosely knit guerilla groups, was of course omitted.
Dictionaries define troops as "a body of soldiers; an army,
generally in the plural." The Taliban had no army, and
therefore, no troops. Besides which, war could not be
declared on "terrorism" or "Bolshevism" or any other "ism."
War can only be declared against sovereign nations, this
according to the U.S. Constitution.
War can only be declared on a country or a particular nation
of people inhabiting that country. Anything else is Tavistock
balderdash dished up on a platter decorated with waving flags
and to the accompaniment of martial music. To say that that
the United States is at war with the Taliban is the height of
deception. To be at war of necessity demands a prior
declaration of war. Without a declaration of war it is
deception, in effect no war at all.
A new dimension was added. President Bush, denied war-
making powers and law- making powers by the U.S.
Constitution, was suddenly imbued with powers, which
didn't exist in the U.S. Constitution.
76
He began to be called "the commander in chief," when he
was not entitled to the temporary title, which can only be
conferred by the Congress in the wake of a full declaration of
war. That never happened.
He was mystically "declared" as having the power to label
any person he so chose an "enemy combatant." That there is
no such empowerment in the U.S. Constitution, nor is it
expressly implied, did not faze Mr. Bush for a moment: As far
as he was concerned from then on, he was the law.
Thus, the illicit, unconstitutional seizure of powers by a
sitting U.S. President that began with Woodrow Wilson
"taking" ten additional powers to which he was absolutely
not entitled, expanded with Roosevelt "taking" thirty and
G.W. Bush taking thirty-five (and counting) powers denied by
the U.S. Constitution.
Indeed, the United States has become a lawless nation under
the expert guidance of the Tavistock Institute whose "inner-
directional conditioning and long-range penetration"
brainwashing of the American public made it all possible.
In passing let me add that the British propaganda
establishment used the self-same language of lies against the
Boers in South Africa in the war launched by the British to
take control of the massive gold deposits in that land. The
British press was full of accounts of the "Boer Army" when
the Boers had no army, only a farmer citizen guerilla force.
Like Kaiser Wilhelm II in 1913/1914, Paul Kruger, the God-
fearing patriarch of the Transvaal Republic was demonized in
the British press as a vicious tyrant who brutally repressed the
black population, none of which bore the slightest
resemblance to the truth.
77
Eventually, a formula was arrived at through a series of trials
and errors in WWI and WWII, and it was revived and adapted
for use in the U.S. attack on Afghanistan. It was enough to
catch the fancy and the attention of the bulk of the American
population because it was pitched to their psychological level.
The lessons learned in the art of propaganda in the two World
Wars were simply switched from the European theater to
mainstream USA, and later, to Iraq, Serbia and Afghanistan.
The brainwashing was kept strictly to bare essentials,
embodied in simplistic slogans, catch-phrases using
stereotyped formulas first developed by Lord Northcliffe at
Wellington House in London in 1912. The British people had
to be educated that the German people were "the enemy."
Everything evil and cruel was imputed all things German, so
that the mass of British people began to believe that the
Germans actually were cruel barbarians who would stop at
nothing. Posters depicting the "Boche butchers" killing
Belgian women and children sprang up all over the place.
CHAPTER 15
The Media's role in propaganda
79
As the media played a huge role in propaganda, it is perhaps a
good idea to see where this started and how it has come to
pass that the media in the U.S. almost in its entirety is now a
fully controlled, propaganda organ. The period prior to the
First World War was a classic series of events in which
personalities were manipulated, the worst offenders being the
British and American newspapers. As in all wars, someone
has to be demonized to get the public involved. In 1913 it was
Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany who was demonized before,
during and after that terrible war.
One of the principle creators of propaganda of that period
was Lord Nortcliffe, the noted press baron, a relative of the
Rothschilds and a hater of Germany. Northcliffe ran
Wellington House as a major center for anti-German
propaganda and he harbored a particular hatred of Wilhelm
II, who was a cousin of Queen Victoria of the notorious
Black Guelph dynasty of Venice.
Northcliffe abused Wilhelm II on every possible occasion
especially on the occasions when the Kaiser talked about
Germany's military might and prowess. Wilhelm was given
to childish boasting and most European governments knew
him as a man who liked to "play soldiers", and dressing in
outlandishly decorated uniforms. Wilhelm was very distinctly
not a military man. As a Rothschild, this irked Northcliffe
who began "warning" that "Germany's place in the sun" as
the Kaiser liked to call it, was a danger to the rest of Europe.
That this claim was without the slightest foundation did not
seem to bother Northcliffe who maximized it to the extent
where it was marvelous to behold.
80
The truth is that Germany was not a threat at that time and
nor was the Kaiser a mighty warrior waiting to strike, but
rather, a man prone to nervous breakdowns of which he had
three in five years and a near useless withered arm, which did
not project a martial man at all. The nearest one can say that
Wilhelm got to being martial, was his love of dressing up in
extravagantly bedecked uniforms. In truth Wilhelm II had
little if any control over the German military, a fact that
Northcliffe was well aware of and yet chose to ignore.
In this the Kaiser was on the same level as the British
monarch, King George V who had no control of the British
Expeditionary Force. That didn't stop Northcliffe of
launching a blistering attack on Queen Victoria's German
cousin, blaming him for being responsible for a whole list of
atrocities allegedly carried out by the German Army driving
through Belgium. Of course, the German High Command did
wrong in invading neutral Belgium, but they were only in
transit with no plans to occupy the country.
It was all part of a tactical plan to march on Paris taking a
"short cut" through Belgium to outflank the French Army.
There would have been nothing to gain by deliberately
killing civilians, a fact the German High Command has
stressed. Northcliffe called the Kaiser a "megalomaniac" with
a "hunger to rule the world" which in any case was quite
beyond the capabilities of any European power. In 1940
Churchill accused Hitler of having the same desire to 'rule the
world" knowing it to be false. Churchill also declared Hitler
"a madman" knowing his characterization of the chancellor
to be false.
But not to be discouraged, Northcliffe had his media outlets
constantly refer to Wilhelm II as "the mad dog of Europe."
81
Wellington House engaged the services of a cartoonist who
regularly depicted Wilhelm II as a slavering mad dog, an ape-
like creature. The cheap cartoons were made up into book
form, and quickly granted a status by the press that was
absolute nonsense. The cartoons were in poor taste and even
poorer execution. The book was what the English used to call
"a penny horrible."
Showing the power of the press, Northcliffe got the media to
give rave revues about the book. Lord Asquith, the Prime
Minister, was persuaded to write a forward to what was
essentially an absolute farce. President Wilson invited the
"artist," a Dutchman by the name of Raemakers, to the White
House when he was on a book-selling tour of the U.S. As
was expected, Wilson lionized the cartoonist and gave his
blessing to the book.
Even the legendary "Punch" magazine joined in the campaign
to depict Wilhelm in the most unfavorable light. It seemed
that no journal escaped having to print the torrent of sewage
that poured forth from Wellington House. It was propaganda in
its rawest form.
It was not long thereafter that the effect rubbed off on the
people who began insisting that the Kaiser "be hanged" and
one minister of religion went as far as to say that he would
forgive Germany as long as all Germans were shot.
Hollywood soon joined in the act of condemning the Kaiser,
of whom it knew nothing. First off was the movie My Four
Years in Germany adapted from a book written by U.S.
ambassador to Berlin, James W. Gerard. The movie was
depicted as a factual account of the Kaiser preparing for war.
Wilhelm was given the IQ of a paranoid six-year old child
and depicted as a man riding a hobbyhorse. Scathing
descriptions of his disability were repeated hundreds of
times.
82
Worse was tc come with the Hollywood version of history
entitled The Beast of Berlin that portrayed the Kaiser gloating
over slaughtered Belgian civilians and chuckling in mirth
over torpedoed ships. None of which was true, but it served
its purpose, generating a fierce hate against Germans and all
things German that spread across the U.S. with astonishing
rapidity.
It was the basis of the worst type of propaganda ever seen
and it was carried out in a relentless fashion by the British
Government, not only at home, but also where it counted the
most, in the United States. Wellington House was counting
on the United States to defeat Germany on the field of battle.
In the late 1990's it was but a very short step for the mass of
the American people to believe the same of the Taliban and
of President Hussein of Iraq with who the Taliban was not
connected. (In fact they hated each other.)
The fundamental question: "Were the Taliban as a whole, and
the people of Afghanistan, separate from the Taliban,
responsible for the dastardly bombing of the WTC?" Does
the Taliban actually exist? Or is Osama bin Laden just
another Kaiser Wilhelm II? Perhaps, fifty years hence we
might find out the truth. In the meantime the Tavistock
Institute played the propaganda card to the limit, and once
again, it succeeded.
After the end of the war the myth of Kaiser Wilhelm II
persisted. In fact the same propaganda machine that had
demonized him before and during the war, did not give way
until July 13, 1959, the 100 th anniversary of Kaiser Wilhelm
II birthday, which was celebrated by the BBC in the form of a
documentary about the much abused former German leader.
83
It explained how the British people were terrorized by
bloodcurdling accounts of the Kaiser slashing arms off
Belgian children with his sword while columns of German
soldiers raped women in the Belgian villages they passed
through, none of the accounts bearing even a faint
resemblance to the truth.
Even intelligent members of the British Parliament were
taken in by the relentless storm of hatred stirred up by
Northcliffe and his crew that included the Americans
Lippmann and Bemays. However, as good as it was, the BBC
documentary made no effort to explain how the myth of a
monstrous Kaiser Wilhelm could suddenly arise as if from
nowhere, to take up the headlines in the newspapers?
In the same way no one has explained to my satisfaction how
Osama bin Laden suddenly appeared on the scene, and how he
became the villain in the manner of the Kaiser in an amazingly
short period of time. How did this happen?
It is an historical fact, that President Wilson rushed the bill to
establish the Federal Reserve banks to the House, just in time
for the start of WWI period. Without paper dollars, printed at
will, it is doubtful, that the war would have occurred.
How could the Kaiser have suddenly come alive from the
cartoon character staring out of thousands of newspapers,
magazines and billboards? We know now that he was the
product of the vast British War Office's propaganda machine,
which remained secret as it still remains a big secret
organization to this very day. The machinery remains as
covert today as it was in 1913, although some of us have
managed to tear away some of its shrouding.
84
One thing we unearthed through research is that the
Tavistock Institute was the birthplace of some of the most
preposterous lies ever to be manufactured and held up as
truth.
CHAPTER 16
Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect.
85
The vast majority of people in the world today will surely
have heard of the "Beast of Berlin" and how the "Allies" put
to an end to his mad rampage through Europe. Most people
in recent times have also heard of the "Beast of Baghdad."
But how many have heard of the name, Sir Harold Nicholson,
a distinguished scholar, whose thorough examination of
literally hundreds of thousands of documents from 1912 to
1925, absolutely exonerated Kaiser Wilhelm II from starting
WWI?
How many people know this? Put it to the test. Try your local
talk show whiz, and see what happens. Thus for more than
twenty five years the myth of the Kaiser dominated the
headlines and had the effect of turning millions of people in
Britain and America, against Germany in an unjust and
unfortunate by product of the vast propaganda machine that
has the British people by the throat since it was first opened
for business in 1913. We speak of Wellington House and its
successor, the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
The amazing thing about the myth is how long it lasted. But
the purpose of propaganda is precisely to perpetuate a myth,
a lie or some piece of misinformation that lives long after the
truth is forgotten. Japan will forever be blamed for Pearl
Harbor, and for the "rape of Nanking," while Churchill will
forever be hailed as a great man, instead of a bmtal
warmonger.
In the same way Colin Powell recently visited Iraq and came
out with a banner headline statement about Hussein "gassing
Kurds" during the Iraq-Iran war.
86
The truth is that the gas-filled missiles that fell on the
Kurdish village were Phosgene, a type not possessed by Iraq,
but they were in the arsenal of Iran. What happened was that
during an Iraqi offensive, the Iranians fired a large number of
gas-filled rockets at Iraqi position, but some fell short among
the Kurds along the border. This was confirmed by the U.S.
Military College of War report, which entirely exonerated
Iraq.
Yet, although the accusation was thoroughly refuted, in 2005,
almost 30 years later, while on a goodwill tour of Malaysia,
Karen Hughes representing President George Bush repeated
the lie, embellishing it by claiming that "30,000 Kurds" had
been gassed to death by "Saddam Hussein." A member of the
audience contested her statement, and the next day Hughes
was forced to retract her story, saying that she had
"misspoken" herself. An investigation into the incident
revealed that Hughes actually believed the lies she had heard
repeated over and over again, by President Bush, Prime
Minister Blair, Secretary of States Colin Powell, and
Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, which ought to tell us
a great deal about the power of propaganda.
The facts of the case reported by the War College were later
confirmed by the U.S. Army and by a second U.S. source.
Does the world know this? We doubt it. Truth is forgotten
while a lie lives on. Thus Colin Powell's propaganda against
Iraq will go the way of the propaganda against Kaiser
Wilhelm II, on and on for more than 100 years, while the
truth died the moment the first propaganda blast appeared in
the newspapers. In this lies the value of propaganda. The
Social scientists at Tavistock know this and today, they can
profile any audience to accept lies best suited to their
perception without understanding the issues behind it.
87
By this manner a "morally correct" position and a solid
backing for the attack on Afghanistan was created. Few of
the American people ever raised doubts about whether what
their government was doing in Afghanistan was in
accordance with the U.S. Constitution. There was no
referendum, and no mandate to confirm or deny acceptance
by the people of the Bush administration's policy toward
Afghanistan.
Propaganda-brainwashing does not call for a mandate. The
fact that none of the alleged hijackers of the planes used
against the Twin Towers were from Afghanistan was
completely lost on the American public, 74 percent of whom
still believe that the "al Qaeda" did it and that they live in
Afghanistan! The same percentage of Americans were
brainwashed to believe that the Taliban and President Hussein
worked together to bring about the tragedy! The American
people do not know that Saddam Hussein would have nothing
to do with the Taliban leadership.
Why do the American people allow themselves to be treated
in this manner? Why do they allow politicians to lie, cheat,
connive, dissemble, prevaricate, obfuscate and continually
deceive them? What we ought to mark well, is the way
Woodrow Wilson treated the American people, like sheep.
When asked why he kept a small flock of sheep grazing on
the White House lawns, Wilson replied: "They remind me of
the American people." Wilson had a burning ambition to rush
America into WWI and he used Wellington House lies
(propaganda) against dissenters (the bulk of the people) to
persuade them to change their outlook.
88
Roosevelt repeated the ploy to get the U.S. into WWII
through lies and propaganda (most often than not the same
thing) culminating in the "success" of Pearl Harbor. We saw
the same line used by Pres. Clinton. In the run-up to and
during the unjust war against Serbia, Clinton's entire
persuasion consisted of lies and disinformation, not to
mention misinformation.
No wonder that Rumsfeld pronouncements are always met
with suspicion. When asked about the role being played by
propaganda, Rumsfeld blandly replied: "Government
officials, the Department of Defense, this secretary of defense
and the people who work with me tell the American people
the truth."
CHAPTER 17
Propaganda and Psychological Warfare
89
A list of U.S. Government Papers, some available and some
not, reveal in a striking manner just how controlled the
nations of the world (including the United States) have
become due to the exercise of propaganda methods at an
astonishing array of levels.
At best, I can only mention the titles and paraphrase content
because of the vastness of the material. I hope the information
we have put together will shock the American people out of
their slumbering apathy and make them realize just how far
they are on the road to becoming slaves of the Socialist New
World Order inside a One World Government.
Official Definitions: A useful collection of terms and
definitions as used by the Washington power establishment.
Without exception every single one of the programs cited
herein are Tavistock born and bred.
Social Sciences and Political Intervention: What passes itself
off as project-centered "development assistance" may in
reality consist of dangerous manipulation of culture and social
relations in the southern hemisphere.
Because of the enormous monetary advantage enjoyed by
donors of "aid," they are often in a position to do extensive
psychosocial studies of target groups and to exploit them in
ways that would not occur to most people, even in their worst
nightmares.
It is typical of everything John Rawlings Reese taught at
Tavistock and it was carried into every aspect of American life
90
Shock and Awe: Achieving Rapid Dominance - This is the
National Defense University text (1996) that became the
theory behind U.S. intervention in the Middle East and the
war against Iraq in March and April of 2003. "Shock and
Awe," says the text, is intended to be the "non-nuclear
equivalent" of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in
1945.
Says the now out-of-print study guide of that terrible tragedy
says: "The impact of those weapons was sufficient to
transform both the mindset of the average Japanese citizen
and the outlook of the leadership through this condition of
Shock and Awe. The Japanese simply could not comprehend
the destructive power carried by a single airplane. This
incomprehension produced a state of awe."
Besides using massive firepower for psychological purposes,
the publication also includes extensive discussion of
propaganda operations. "The principal mechanism for
achieving this dominance is through imposing sufficient
conditions of "Shock and Awe" on the adversary to convince
or compel it to accept our strategic aims and military
objectives," the writers state. "Clearly, deception, confusion,
misinformation, and disinformation, perhaps in massive
amounts, must be employed."
Psychological Warfare in Combat: This is the full text of the
infamous "Shock and Awe" doctrine, published in 1996 by
the National Defense University, Washington. The concept is
to gain complete control over the will of an adversary, as well
as the perceptions and understanding of target peoples,
literally making an enemy impotent to act or react.
91
It is worth noting that all of these words and descriptions
were found in text books used to condition students attending
classes conducted by John Rawlings Reese at the British
Army Psychological Warfare Bureau where Rawlings was a
master theoretician.
The "Shock & Awe" doctrine is described as a strategy to
achieve the systematic destruction of military capability
through attrition, where appropriate, and to use
overwhelming force to paralyze shock, unnerve, and
ultimately accomplish the moral destruction of an opponent.
The International Conference on Population and
Development (ICPD): A Program of Action presented at the
conference called for massive propaganda effort, utilizing the
mass media, non-governmental organizations, commercial
entertainment, and academic institutions in an effort to
"persuade" people in developing countries to change their
fertility preferences.
A revision to the original text added to accommodate
representatives from developing countries urges that
communications activities carried out by donors "for
advocacy purposes or to promote particular lifestyles" should
be labeled in such a way that the public will be aware of their
purpose and that "the identity of sponsors should be indicated
in an appropriate manner."
Despite this recommendation, which imposes no mandatory
restrictions on aid donors, the "communication" section of
document remains a very dangerous and politically explosive
part of the New World Order agenda.
92
The Population Communication Project: The U.S.
Agency for International Development (USAID) has poured
tens of millions of dollars into a "mass media" influence
campaign that uses tactics borrowed from military
psychological-war operatives. USAID is only one of
hundreds of U.S. Government agencies that contracted with
Tavistock to write its programs.
In fact, the contractor working as a proxy for USAID in this
case was also under contract to the U.S. Army to prepare
teaching manuals for psychological operations.
Enter-Educate: Using Entertainment as Propaganda:
The young audience is likely to be more vulnerable to
messages presented in the context of "entertainment" than to
other communications that might tend to raise questions about
the legitimacy of foreign ideas.
Thus, the entertainment-propaganda approach has become a
huge part of USAID's international population control effort.
Here again, literary millions of dollars has gone to Tavistock
for programs taught by Enter-Educate operators.
When Propaganda Backfires: A study done of family
planning attitudes and behavior done in the north of Nigeria in
1994. According to a published report, the negative reaction
illustrated "opposition to outsider improprieties, to family
planning in general and to U.S. -sponsored family planning
programs in particular."
Nigeria Bilateral Population Program: (U.S. State
Department document). The major planning document of the
U.S. government's population control strategy for Nigeria.
93
It is also used as an important part of propaganda in
Psychological Warfare employed in the U.S. Government
programs to undermine Latin American political movements,
the anti-war effort, movement, and grassroots political
organizing. The contract to write this program was awarded to
Tavistock.
Post-Modem Warfare: A menu of resources about
political/psychological warfare, covert activities, and
genocide.
Urban De-Concentration and Other Tactics: This is so
diabolical in content that I do not propose publishing it at
least for now.
Social Influence: Propaganda and Persuasion: — Some useful
background information.
Psychological Operations in Guerrilla Warfare: The
CIA's tactical manual for paramilitary forces in Central
America prepared by Tavistock. The CIA has Tavistock
under contract and works very closely with it.
Institute for Propaganda Analysis: A collection of documents
containing basic facts about covert influence campaigns.
Here again, the institute is merely a clearing house for
Tavistock data and brainwashing methods for mass use.
The United States Intelligence Bureaus Official descriptions
and duties of U.S. government bureaus involved in the
collection or analysis of intelligence.
Secrecy & Government Bulletins: A collection of documents
advocating openness in government.
94
Reporters Collective: A source for reliable research materials
on international institutions and their role in fronting for the
wealthy, powerful nations that control their policies. Many of
the institutions listed have had their leadership cadre taught
by Tavistock's Social Science scientists.
Propaganda, dissemination of ideas and information for the
purpose of inducing or intensifying specific attitudes and
actions: Because propaganda is frequently accompanied by
distortions of fact and by appeals to passion and prejudice, it
is often thought to be invariably false or misleading. As
Tavistock's manuals state, the essential distinction lies in the
intentions of the propagandist to persuade an audience to
adopt the attitude or action he or she espouses. Wilson and
Roosevelt were examples of this truism, both having been
polished in the art of diplomacy by deception as Bukanin
explained the term back in 1814.
CHAPTER 18
Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI thanks to propaganda
95
The massive modem propaganda techniques which have
become a familiar part of particularly the American and
British governments began with World War I (1914-1918).
From the beginning of the war, both German and British
propagandists worked hard to win sympathy and support of
the United States. German propagandists appealed to the
many Americans of German descent, and to those of Irish
descent, who were traditionally hostile to Great Britain who
was living in America. The propaganda was rather crude by
today's standards, but what it lacked in finesse was made up
by the sheer volume of the huge output of Wellington House.
Soon, however, Germany was virtually cut off from direct
access to the United States. Thereafter British propaganda
had little competition in the United States, and it was
conducted more skillfully than that of the Germans who had
no equivalent of Wellington House, Bemays, or Lippmann.
Once engaged in the war Woodrow Wilson organized the
Committee on Public Information, an official propaganda
agency, to mobilize American public opinion. This
committee proved highly successful, particularly in the sale of
Liberty Bonds. And no wonder. Its program was written for
the White House by Tavistock and was largely directed from
London.
The exploitation by the Allies of President Woodrow
Wilson's Fourteen Points, which seemed to promise a just
peace for both the victors and the vanquished, contributed
greatly toward crystallizing opposition within the Central
Powers to continuation of the war.
96
Elsewhere herein we have detailed the lies and distortions
engaged in by the Bryce Commission, which remains one of
the most disturbing examples of blatant lying successfully
passed off as truth. The part played by Americans at
Wellington House, the premiere propaganda center in the
world at that time is also explained later herein.
The propaganda aspects of World War II were similar to
those of World War I, except that the Second World War,
also started by Britain and financed by the international
bankers, was greater in scope. Radio played a major role,
with "news broadcasts" always a mixture of facts heavily
laced with fiction. Propaganda activities overseas were more
intense. The Tavistock Institute was able to put into practice
all of the valuable lessons it had learned in 1914-1919, and it
used its experience in a number of new ways in the old as
well as new countries.
Both Germany and the United Kingdom again sought to sway
American opinion. German propagandists played on anti-
British sentiment, represented the war as a struggle against
communism, and pictured Germany as the invincible
champion of a new wave of anti-Communism. German agents
also gave their support to movements in the United States that
backed "isolationism", a descriptive tag attached to all
Americans who opposed war with Germany.
German propaganda efforts were no match against the
expertise of Wellington House and Tavistock or the resources
of Britain (secretly aided with huge amounts of money by the
Roosevelt administration) and once again it proved
ineffective.
97
The carefully planned attack on Pearl Harbor was well
known by Roosevelt, Stimson and Knox for months before the
actual attack.
December 1941, was a godsend for Roosevelt who had been
trying desperately to force the U.S. to go to war on the side of
Britain, especially after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor;
American people were persuaded by propaganda and outright
lies that Germany was the aggressor.
The dire warnings by Lindbergh, the famous aviator, and a
number of other anti-war Senators that Roosevelt was not to
be trusted, and that as was the case in WWI, the U.S. had no
business interjecting itself into the war in Germany, was
blunted by propaganda. Also, the "contrived situation" at
Pearl Harbor changed public opinion, as Roosevelt well knew
it would. Allied propaganda efforts that flowed from
Tavistock were aimed at separating the peoples of the Axis
nations from their governments, which were held solely to
blame for the war. Radio broadcasts and leaflets dropped
from the air carried Allied propaganda to the enemy.
The official U.S. propaganda agencies during World War II
were the Office of War Information (OWI), charged with
disseminating Tavistock "information" at home and abroad,
and the Office of Strategic Service (OSS), forerunner of the
CIA and a creation of Tavistock, charged with conducting
psychological warfare against the enemy.
At Supreme Headquarters in the European theater of
operations, the OWI and OSS were coordinated with military
activities by the Psychological Warfare Division under the
direction of Social scientists from the Tavistock Institute.
98
In the period of the Cold War — a marked conflict of interests
between the United States and the Soviet Union following
World War II — propaganda continued to be a significant
instrument of national policy.
Both the democratic and Communist blocs of states
attempted by sustained campaigns, to win to their side the
great masses of uncommitted peoples, and thereby, achieve
their objectives, without resorting to armed conflict. Every
aspect of national life and policy was exploited for purposes
of propaganda.
The Cold War was also marked by the use of defectors, trials,
and confessions for propaganda purposes. In this propaganda
war the Communist nations seemed initially to have a distinct
advantage. Because their governments controlled all media,
they could largely seal off their people from Western
propaganda.
At the same time, the highly centralized governments could
plan elaborate propaganda campaigns and mobilize resources
to carry out their plans. They could also count on aid from
Communist parties and sympathizers in other countries.
Democratic states, on the other hand, could neither prevent
their peoples from being exposed to Communist propaganda
nor mobilize all their resources to counter it. This apparent
advantage for Communist governments eroded during the
1980s, as communications technology advanced. Inability to
control the spread of information was a major factor in the
disintegration of many Communist regimes in Eastern
Europe at the end of the decade. The United States
Information Agency (USIA), established in 1953 to conduct
propaganda and cultural activities abroad, operates the "Voice
of America", a radio network that carries news and
information about the United States in more than 40 languages
to all parts of the world.
99
CHAPTER 19
Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce
With historians heavily involved in either defending or
damning the war in Iraq, it might be good time to ponder the
case of Viscount James Bryce, the highly respected historian
who sold out and went to his grave as a confirmed, dastardly,
unrepentant liar. Before his unfortunate involvement with
Wellington House, Bryce had enjoyed wide respect as an
honest historian.
From the start of World War I, stories of German atrocities
filled British and American newspapers. By far the bulk of
them were prepared at Wellington House and spread through
media channels. Mostly, they were supposed to have
emanated from "eye-witness" accounts by "reporters and
photographers," who accompanied the German Army's march
through Belgium to outflank French defenses in their drive on
Paris.
Eyewitnesses described German infantrymen spearing
Belgian babies on their bayonets as they marched along,
singing war songs. Accounts of Belgian boys and girls with
amputated hands (supposedly to prevent them from using
guns) abounded. Tales of women with amputated breasts
multiplied even faster.
At the top of the atrocity hit parade were rape stories. One
eyewitness claimed the Germans dragged twenty young
women out of their houses in a captured Belgian town and
stretched them on tables in the village square, where each
was violated by at least twelve "Huns," while the rest of the
division watched and cheered. At British expense, a group of
Belgians toured the United States retelling these stories.
100
President Woodrow Wilson solemnly received them in the
White House. Their story horrified America. Nobody thought
to check their account of the rape they had witnessed. Their
accounts of the brutality they allegedly had suffered were
never questioned.
The Germans angrily denied these stories. So did American
reporters with the German army. In 1914 Wilson had not yet
"managed" the battlefield reporters unlike George Bush in the
invasion of Iraq in 2002. There were no "embedded" reporters
with the British Army. Tavistock had yet to learn how to
censor the truth by "embedding" selected reporters with the
troops.
When British journalist's dispatches began to be published in
England, throwing doubt of the "atrocities", Northcliffe came
up with the idea of appointing Lord Bryce to head an enquiry
board to investigate accounts of German atrocities and report
back to him. Actually the suggestion came from Edward
Bemays and was approved by Walter Lippmann.
Then, early in 1915, the British government made it official
by asking Viscount Bryce to head a royal commission to
investigate the atrocity reports. Bryce was one of the best-
known historians of the era; he had written widely praised
books on the American government and on Irish history,
sympathetically portraying the Irish people's hard fate under
British rule. In 1907, he had worked with an Anglo-Irish
diplomat, Roger Casement, to expose horrendous exploitation
of Indian peoples on the Amazon River by a British rubber
company.
From 1907-1913, he had served as British ambassador in
Washington, where he became a popular, even beloved
figure.
101
It would have been hard to find a more admired scholar who
had an established reputation of honesty and integrity. Bryce
and his six fellow commissioners, an amalgam of
distinguished lawyers, historians land jurists, "analyzed"
1,200 depositions of "eyewitnesses," who claimed to have
seen all manner of atrocious German behavior.
Almost all the testimony came from Belgians who had fled to
England as refugees; and there were some statements from
Belgian and British soldiers, collected in France. But the
commissioners failed to interrogate even a single one of these
eyewitnesses; that task was left to "gentlemen of legal
knowledge and experience" — lawyers. Since the asserted
crimes took place in what continued to be a war zone, there
was no on site investigation of any of the reports.
Not a single witness was identified by name; the
commissioners said this was justified in the case of Belgians
by the fear that there might be German reprisals against
family members. But British soldier witnesses remained
equally anonymous, for no apparent reason. Nevertheless, in
his introduction, Bryce claimed that he and his fellow
commissioners had tested the evidence "severely." Nobody
suspected that military witnesses were not to be "tested" at
all, let alone, severely so. No reason was ever given for such
a grave lapse, and what Tavistock has since characterized not
as a lie, but as a "misstatement."
The Bryce Report was released on May 13, 1915. British
propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, near
Buckingham Palace, made sure it went to virtually every
newspaper in America. The impact was stupendous, as the
headline and subheads in the New York Times make clear.
102
GERMAN ATROCITIES ARE PROVEDS FINDS BRYCE
COMMITTEE
Not Only Individual Crimes, but also Premeditated Slaughter
in Belgium
YOUNG AND OLD MUTILATED
Women Attacked, Children Brutally Slain, Arson and
Pillage Systematic
COUNTENANCED BY OFFICERS
Wanton Firing on Red Cross and White Flag: Prisoners
and Wounded Shot
CIVILIANS USED AS SHIELDS.
On May 27, 1915, Wellington House operatives in America
reported to London on the outcome of their massive
propaganda initiative: "Even in papers hostile to the Allies,
there is not the slightest attempt to impugn the correctness of
the facts alleged. Lord Bryce's prestige in America put
skepticism out of the question."
Charles Masterman, chief of Wellington House, told Bryce:
"Your report has swept America."
Among the small number of critics of the Bryce Report was Sir
Roger Casement. "It is only necessary to turn to James Bryce,
the historian, to convict Lord Bryce, the partisan," Casement
wrote in a furious essay, "The Far Extended Baleful Power of
the Lie."
By this time Casement had become a fierce advocate of Irish
independence so few people paid any attention to his dissent,
which was dismissed as biased.
103
Clarence Darrow, the famously iconoclastic American
lawyer, who specialized in winning acquittals for ostensibly
guilty clients, was another skeptic. He went to France and
Belgium later in 1915 and searched in vain for a single
eyewitness who could confirm even one of the Bryce stories.
Increasingly dubious, Darrow announced he would pay
$l,000-a very large sum in 1915 - more than $17,000 in 21 st
Century money - to anyone who could produce a Belgian or
French boy whose hands had been amputated by a German
soldier or a single child of either sex that had been bayoneted
by German troops.
There were no takers, not one "victim" came forward to claim
the reward although Darrow had spent a considerable amount
of his own money in advertising it, far and wide.
After the war, historians who sought to examine the
documentation for Bryce's stories were told that the files had
mysteriously disappeared. No government official or
department offered to start a search for the "missing"
documents.
This blatant evasion of putting the "severely tested"
documents to a newer, thoroughly impartial test prompted
most historians to dismiss 99 percent of Bryce's atrocities as
fabrications. One called the Report "in itself one of the worst
atrocities of the war." More recent scholarship has scaled
down the percentage of the Bryce report's fabrications
because it turned out that several thousand Belgian civilians,
including some women and children were apparently shot by
the Germans in the summer of 1914 and Bryce more or less
accurately summarized some of the worst excesses, such as
the executions in the town of Dinant.
104
But even these latter day scholars admit Bryce's report was
"seriously contaminated" by the rapes, amputations and
speared babies. They blamed this grave lapse on hysteria,
and war rage.
This amounts to giving Bryce a free pass. The number of
corrections that had to be made by critics of Darrow's reports
was less than one percent and failed to clear Bryce. As was
pointed out at the time, 99 percent of the Bryce Commission
Report were lies. Correspondence between the members of
the Bryce committee survived the "disappearance" of the
documents; it reveals severe doubts about the tales of
mutilation and rape. These serious doubts were never spread
across Britain and America in the manner of Wellington
House brutality reports. One of the committee's secretaries
admitted that he had been given numerous English addresses
of Belgian women supposedly made pregnant by German
rapes but in spite of intensive searches, was not able to locate
a single one on the list.
Even the highly touted story of a Member of Parliament
sheltering two pregnant women turned out to be fraudulent.
Bryce apparently brushed aside this negative evidence as
Bush and Blair were to do scores of times when on rare
occasions, a few reporters did their job and asked awkward
questions.
Lord Bryce the scholar should have known - and almost
certainly did know - - that tales of spearing babies, raping
and cutting off the breasts of murdered women were standard
"hate - the - enemy" fables hundreds of years old, as were
mass rapes in fields and public squares.
Even a cursory examination of Napoleon's campaigns in
Europe brought out hundreds of these types of "atrocities," a
very small fraction of which turned out to be true.
105
Bryce the learned historian, the learned, trusted scholar with
a reputation for honesty should have rejected such
fabrications out of hand. He most certainly knew that the vast
majority of the "atrocity" stories emanated from Wellington
House (the foremnner of the Tavistock Institute.) Instead of
examining their origin and then dismissing them as
propaganda, Bryce grouped them all into a "report," that
found them generally factual and then issued general
condemnation of the German army and people. This is
reminiscent of Mr. G.W. Bush and his general classification
that the entire population of several Muslim states belonged
to an "Axis of Evil."
Why didn't Bryce dismiss the fabrications and concentrate on
the German executions of civilians? As we have stated, he
knew the bulk of the "incidents" were products of Wellington
House; and had he done so, it would have opened up a very
sticky subject of the wide use being made of propaganda by
the British Government.
There was an important reason why Bryce chose to abandon
an honorable course instead of soiling his reputation: A high
percentage of the Belgian Army in 1914/1915 was made up of
"Home Guards" (partisans) who wore no uniforms except for
an insignia pinned to their shirts or hats. The Germans,
desperately trying to win in the West before the invading
Russian Army smashed through their lightly held lines in the
East, were infuriated by these seemingly civilian combatants,
and showed them no mercy.
That the German Army was entitled to return the fire of
civilians or even initiate it by the rules of war under the
Geneva Conventions applicable at that time, was never
brought out in the press.
106
The fact is that in 1915 "partisans" right up to 1945, were fair
game. Civilians, even with badges pinned to their hats were
not given authority to shoot at soldiers in uniform, or afforded
protection. Yes, that was what the rules of war laid out in the
Geneva Conventions, and Lord Bryce and his commissioners
knew it. Nor was this important fact trumpeted across
England and America in the manner of the propaganda that
had successfully captured the hearts and minds of the British
and American people.
Some German field commanders obviously lost their heads
and retaliated excessively against whole towns, such as
Dinant.
But a defense of sorts could be mounted, even for these men.
The ensuing debate as to what the Geneva Convention allowed
would have produced yawns in newspaper readers. They
wanted what Bryce gave them - blood and lust, rape and
horror perpetrated by the German ("Boche") "beasts" against
women and young children and "unarmed civilians." They
wanted proof that the German "Hun" was a barbarian, a savage
beast. And if the public had not been deceived, Wellington
House, and the British Government's war effort, would have
been in deep trouble.
The Bryce Report unquestionably helped England win the
war. Unquestionably it swayed the opinions of the American
public and convinced millions of Americans and other
neutrals — it was translated into 27 languages — that the
Germans were ugly beasts in human form. No one except a
few "biased" outsiders such as Sir Roger Casement and
Clarence Darrow ever reproached Lord Bryce for the vicious
lies he had spread around the world. No fair-minded man
could ever forgive Bryce for soiling himself.
107
Through it all, Wellington House remained in the background
- few people knew of its existence - let alone its vital role, but
it had done an important job and struck a mighty blow for
brainwashing. As for Bryce, he went to his grave loaded with
royal and academic honors, a sullied, superior liar, a man who
had soiled himself and with the blood of millions on his
hands, a brilliant scoundrel, a thief who stole the truth from a
public entitled to know it, and who managed to evade
detection and exposure and the utter condemnation that was
universally afforded to Judas Iscariot.
From a perspective of a hundred years, we ought to take a
much harsher view of this man. The Bryce Report had
obvious connections to the British decision to maintain the
blockade of Germany for seven months after the armistice in
1918, causing the starvation deaths of an estimated 600,000
elderly and very young Germans, all part of the game plan to
so weaken Germany that it would never be a "threat" to the
"allies" again.
The Wellington House propaganda lies about the German
Army was far and away the greatest atrocity of World War I
and it made every German man and woman hunger for
revenge. By creating blind hatred of Germany, Bryce sowed
the dragon's teeth of World War II.
109
CHAPTER 20
The Black Art of successful lying: Gulf War 1991
From this background, what we saw in the Gulf War circa
1991 was frightening enough to very forcefully remind us of
the origin of the black art of successful lying practiced by
Lord Bryce and what a congenital, witting liar he had turned
out to be. It also brought to mind how Wellington House and
then Tavistock set its seal on brainwashing as a tool of war. It
was one of the deciding factors that made me determined to
write this work and expose Tavistock and its injurious, baleful
influence.
In the Gulf War the U.S. Department of Defense shut out all
news media and appointed its own spokesman who gave his
grossly untruthful version of events via television broadcasts.
I dubbed the fellow "Pentagon Pete" and he talked blithely
about "collateral damage" a new Tavistock phrase being tried
for the first time ever. It took the public a long time to catch
on to its meaning-human casualties, human deaths and
destruction of property.
Then we had a break when CNN was allowed to come in and
report on the success of the "Patriot" missile defense shooting
down Iraqi SCUDS, which it turned out, was another base
exercise in propaganda. According to CNN at least one
SCUD attacking Israel was shot down every night. Only
World In Review, in the midst of the war, reported that not a
single SCUD missile had been shot down. Nobody dared to
report that a total of 15 SCUDS had hit Tel Aviv and other
parts of Israel. Disinformation and misinformation prevailed.
Only WIR reported the truth, but with a small readership, it
didn't matter to the propagandists.
110
Then there was the gigantic fraud perpetrated on the
American people by one of the largest Public Relations
companies in Washington, Hilton and Knowles.
Here again, only WIR broke the story that the whole tear-
jerking episode of Iraqi soldiers pulling out new-bom Kuwait
babies from incubators and throwing them on the floor, was a
gross falsehood. It is interesting that like Benton and Bowles,
Hilton and Knowles had long ties to the Tavistock Institute.
Both companies were leading "advertising" agencies.
The Hilton and Knowles fabrication, tearfully narrated by an
"eye witness," (who just happened to be the teenage daughter
of the A1 Sabah family's Kuwaiti ambassador to Washington)
was what swayed the Senate to violate the U.S. Constitution
and "give" Bush the elder, "permission" to attack Iraq,
despite the fact that no such provision exists in the U.S.
Constitution. While Bush the elder could say; -"Well, I didn't
know this, I didn't hire Hilton and Knowles," he plainly knew
all about the key propaganda stunt pulled off against the
American people. Nobody will ever believe that he did not
recognize the sixteen-year old daughter of the Kuwaiti
ambassador, who he had met before.
The Kuwaiti ambassador paid Hilton and Knowles $600,000
to stage the elaborate fraud in front of the Senate, for which
he ought to have been arrested for lying to a Senate
committee. What was so galling is that the daughter also
went unpunished for her part in tearfully recounting her
experience: "I saw the Iraqi soldiers pull the new bom babies
out of the incubators and thrown them on the ground," she
cried.
Ill
The fact of the matter was that Narita A1 Sabah had not been
anywhere near Kuwait for years, and certainly not during the
war! She had been in Washington D.C. with her father at the
ambassador's Washington residence. Yet this child-liar and
her father were not prosecuted. That is what the propaganda
experts at Tavistock call "a successful remake of events."
Narita A1 Sabah's testimony became the centerpiece of a huge
media campaign in America, and it is known to have swayed
not only the Senate, but put the American people on the side
of the war against Iraq.
Bush the elder indulged in an old propaganda piece in telling
the world that "Saaadam" had to be removed from Iraq "to
make the Middle East safe." (Remember that Wilson sent
American troops to their death in France to "make the world
safe for democracy.") Bush the elder suddenly began
vilifying and demonizing the Iraqi president to suit the
purposes of his oil cartel friends, and, as in the case of the
Kaiser in 1913, it worked.
Not many people remembered the ploy put on by Wilson,
otherwise they might have noticed the striking similarity in
what President Bush was saying, and what Bryce told Wilson
and what Wilson told the American people to sway them to
support WWI. Now that Hussein is all but forgotten and the
threats he allegedly posed have all been dismissed as a pack
of lies, all of a sudden it is "A1 Qaeda" we have to worry
about.
Woodrow Wilson used plain propaganda when he told a
reluctant American people that the war would "make the
world safe for democracy." Bush intoned the same veritable
deceit.
112
The cost of making the world "safe for democracy" was
horrendous. Professor William Langer placed the known
dead of WWI at 10,000,000 men and women soldiers and
20,000,000 wounded. Russia alone lost 9,000,000 men killed
or an astonishing 75 percent of its army. The total cost of the
war in dollars has been figured at $180,000,000,000 to which
must be added the indirect costs of $151,612,500,000.
113
CHAPTER 21
The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries.
The cost of the Bush war against Iraq was running at around
$420 billion in mid 2005, and the Bush family wants more
money for their ill-starred venture. And knowing the
American people and their hapless, helpless ail-but useless
representatives in the legislature, Bush will get what he
wants.
The figures of the dollar cost of WWI do not tell anything
about the sorrow and suffering brought to America by
Wilson, the transgressor. We insert here a recent article,
which gives a poignant, personal touch to the dreadful loss of
life in that nightmarish war.
"Several weeks ago I visited with my family the Soldier's
Memorial Museum in the heart of downtown St. Louis. It is a
huge and deeply impressive building, dedicated in 1936 by
President Roosevelt as a memorial to the 1075 men of St.
Louis who died in the Lirst World War. The memorial is
painfully beautiful, all mosaics and marble, with terrazzo
floors and Bedford stone sculptures. It is dominated by the
vast black granite cenotaph in its center, covered with the
hundreds of dead men's names in neat row upon row."
"On the day we visited this striking but haunted place it
seemed completely empty. While empty of visitors, it was,
however, full of the spirits and voices and faces of the pale,
tousled-headed boys in neatly-pressed uniforms, who had
marched off from St. Louis 86 years ago to fight in a glorious
war so far away in a far-off land, boys who had never come
back home.
114
The poignancy of that was rendered all the stronger by the
fact that we are living daily with the repercussions of current
conflict, the savage bloody war in Iraq. We read daily of the
boys who will never come back home."
"What struck me most as I walked around the memorial and
the museum, holding my newborn baby girl, was the fact that
it looked like so many memorials that I had visited in my
home country of Scotland. It also looked like those I had
visited in France, in England and in Canada and New Zealand
and it looked just like the memorials in almost every other
country touched by the carnage of World War One."
"In almost every country touched by the carnage of WWI, the
so-called "War to End all Wars;" men rushed to join the
military and marched off to war with great enthusiasm. They
believed it would be a short, sharp and successful war, fought
for good reasons, and glorious for the winners. They believed
they were building a better world."
"They were wrong. An average of 5,500 men died every
single day for four and a half years in the First World War;
that is roughly four men per minute, every minute, for four
and a half years, until 10 million men were dead. The First
World War did more than destroy lives; it destroyed the
confidence in progress, in prosperity and in reasonableness of
civilized human beings that had become so characteristic of
the nineteenth century. The war destroyed much of the next
generation which would have provided leadership to Europe
M
"And this morning, as I sit holding my baby girl I read daily
reports of escalating violence in Iraq, with British, Iraqi and
American men continuing to die, the St. Louis Soldier's - a
memorial to a war that should have never been
115
fought - haunts me and their ghosts haunt the Memorial. It
was the worst of all disasters, the war that should have never
been fought-haunts me."
"The Neo-Conservative brains in the U.S. Administration
would have been wise to visit places like this and think long
and hard about the lessons of such memorials before
embarking on a war in the Middle East that has already killed
an unknown number of people and which will certainly kill
many more, directly and indirectly.
(Written by Professor Dr. James Lachlan MacLeod, Associate
Professor of History, University of Evansville, Indiana).
My experiences parallel those of Professor MacLeod. I
visited the battlefields of Verdun and Passchendale where
most of the slaughter he so ably recounts, occurred. I tried to
imagine 10 million soldiers dying so young, the terror, the
horror and the sorrow they experienced, and the inconsolable
sorrow of the ones they left behind. While standing in the
afternoon's fading light in one of the many war cemeteries in
Prance, and looking upon the thousands upon thousands of
neat white crosses marching across the war cemeteries, I was
overcome by anger and then overwhelmed by grief, so much
so that I swear I heard the cries and the shouts of anguish of
the dead calling for justice to be done, so cruelly cut down in
their prime, and seemed to see their faces reflected in the
clouds above.
It was a mystical experience I will never forget, much like
the experience of a British officer who visited these
battlefields in 1919:
116
Yesterday I visited the battlefields of the last years. The place
was scarcely recognizable. Instead of a wilderness of ground
tom up by shells, the round was a garden of wild flowers and
tall grasses. Most remarkable of all was the appearance of
many thousands of white butterflies which fluttered around. It
was as if the souls of the dead soldiers had come to haunt the
spot where so many fell. It was eerie to see them. And the
silence! It was so still that I could almost hear the beat of the
butterflies' wings. (From records in the British War Museum
in London)
My intense feelings of outrage made me determined to find
out everything I could about a terrible war that began with
massive gout of propaganda, the scourge of the modern
world. It was another decisive reason for writing this book
and exposing the evil of Tavistock. Sir Roger Casement
thought Lord Bryce ought to have been hanged for treason
and I feel Wilson ought to have suffered a similar fate, which
would have stopped Roosevelt and Churchill from plunging
the world into a second round of carnage. Propaganda
prevailed, and the western civilized world was lost.
The world we knew, the world established by western
civilization, is gone. Spengler's gloomy predictions proved
right. In place of our western civilized world we shall soon
see the ghastly edifice of the new Communist Socialist One
World Government looming up through the darkness of the
coming long night.
Let there be no doubt that the First World War was caused
by Britain and her ally, the United States of America with
the aide of Wellington House. The war could not have been
mounted without the dark forces of Wellington House. The
name of Lord Grey, its principal architect will go down in
history as traitorous dishonest politician.
117
There is no consensus as to why Britain started WWI. But by
1916, the German Army had defeated the French and British
armies in a most decisive manner. Wilson was under heavy
pressure to get American troops shipped to Europe, so
Wellington House unleashed an all-out propaganda war
against the American people, but which nevertheless,
remained ineffective until the Bryce Report was published.
To understand what is happening in Iraq is impossible unless
we make ourselves fully cognizant with the terrible
propaganda deployed against the British and American
people in 1913 and 1940. It was one of the darkest and most
foul chapters in history, with Wilson mouthing such lies as a"
just war", and "a war to end all wars", a war "to make the
world safe for democracy." What the war was about was to
make trade safe for Britain especially, and France now being
threatened by German industry.
But they were words in obfuscation of his true intent and
meaningless in that context, just what you'd expect from a
politician. The kind of bunkum one find's on a society page.
Wilson's talk of "making the world safe for democracy" was
nothing more than colored gas bubbles. He was proposing to
go into the war on the side of the English, who were at that
very moment making sure there was no popular democracy in
the Empire.
The English had just brutally finished off the Boers in South
Africa in a cruel war that lasted three years. If Wilson wanted
to make the world "safe for democracy", he ought to have
gone to war on the side of Germany against England, the
aggressor and instigator of the war.
118
Instead of "making the world safe for democracy" it turned
out to be the greatest calamity ever to befall civilized nations
that had fallen into the clutches of men who were corrupt
immoral liars, into a war quite properly called, "The Great
War." It was of course only "great" in its size and scope.
We will never understand how the United States became the
"sole great power," unless we confess to the sins of Wilson
and the British establishment of 100 years ago. The United
States has continuously entangled itself in the affairs of other
sovereign nation's affairs, despite the dire warning of George
Washington, and the first instance of this was our entry into
WWI and the failed League of Nations. Wilson made full use
of the master propagandists of Wellington House using
sloganeering as a sword, told the reluctant Senate that if it did
not ratify the League of Nations "it will break the heart of the
world."
Thanks to Senator Cabot Lodge, and a number of U.S.
Senators who after sober reflection and examination of the
U.S. Constitution, declined to ratify the League of Nations
treaty because they discovered it sought to kill U.S.
sovereignty. Using and abusing his penchant for propaganda,
Wilson tried to carry the day by declaring his re-election
campaign "a great and solemn referendum for acceptance of
the treaty" but not having Lord Bryce to back him, lost, and
was swept away.
Unfortunately it did not take the pliers of propaganda long to
stage a comeback with the revamped United Nations version
of the League of Nations. Truman, (not the simple hat seller
from Missouri but the Master Mason) betrayed the American
people by permitting this one-world edifice in the U.S. and
Truman used propaganda left over by Wilson to persuade key
senators to vote for his lies.
119
What Truman did was force the American nation to enter into
a pact with the devil-the devil of power over justice and truth,
justice from the barrel of a gun. We applied that "justice" in
WWII through mass bombing of civilian centers without
regard to loss of life and we used atomic bombs on Japan,
although the war was over, in the propaganda ploy of "shock
and awe" echoed by Rumsfeld in the unconstitutional war
against Iraq.
CHAPTER 22
Peace is not popular
121
The Second World War followed an almost identical pattern
as WWI. For concluding a peace deal with Hitler, Neville
Chamberlain was at once subjected to a mighty propaganda
barrage directed by the Tavistock Institute. Chamberlain had
defied the Committee of 300 and backed a newcomer, a rank
outsider who was seen as a threat to world Socialism.
The world did not learn the truth about Chamberlain or that he
was an able politician bent upon avoiding another war, or that
he was well experienced and had worked out an equitable
peace plan - which of course - did not suit the munitions
merchants vultures sitting on the fence waiting to pick clean
the wealth of nations and the corpses of their sons.
The vast propaganda machine set up at the Tavistock Institute
in London immediately swung into action against
Chamberlain, after he announced his successful peace plan.
Shakespeare said that "the evil that men do lives after them;
the good is oft interred with their bones." The good done by
Chamberlain did not suit the warmongers and they buried
Chamberlain under a catalogue of propaganda and outright
lies.
These lies were the work of specialists in propaganda
employed at the Tavistock Institute, notably, Peter Howard,
Michael Foot and Frank Owen. One of these men, employing
the pen-name of "Cato" so vilified Chamberlain that the
odium they attached to his name lives even to this day in July
of 2005. Such is the power of the might Tavistock
propaganda machine.
122
In later years, long after the deceitful propaganda experts had
done their work, British historian and scholar David Dutton
wrote a book, Neville Chamberlain in which he gave a
balanced assessment of the former prime minister.
Far from being a "dupe of Hitler" and "a fool" Chamberlain
showed considerable negotiating skill and was a highly
competent leader, who fought valiantly to prevent another
war. But that ran contrary to the wishes of the Committee of
300. Churchill got his "delicious war," but by 1941, the
"Allies" had virtually been driven off the continent of Europe
with huge loss of manpower. France, Belgium, Holland and
Denmark were occupied.
Germany offered generous terms to England but warmonger
Churchill rejected peace overtures, and turned to his old
workhorse ally, the United States, to provide men, money
and materials to continue "the delicious war."
To the American people we say in deep sorrow: "When will
you ever learn? When are you going to distinguish between
propaganda and genuine information? When are you going to
put proposal for war to the constitutional test?"
Wilson was a consummate liar and a hater of the U.S.
Constitution; yet, thanks to a huge propaganda drive
organized run and maintained by Wellington House, he was
able to accomplish his mission by operating under a banner of
patriotism, which overcame vigorous opposition to the war.
Between Wilson, Churchill and Roosevelt, tremendous
damage was done to western Christian civilization. Yet in
spite of this fact, a wave of propaganda continues to wash
over their names, as if to rid them of the blood on of millions
on their hands.
123
Instead of being vilified, numerous monuments to their honor
are to be found all over Europe, and in America a multi-
billion dollar monument is to be erected in honor of Franklin
D. Roosevelt, whose treason engineered the Japanese "to fire
the first shot" as the Stimson Dairies record. Pearl Harbor
opened the way to Communist control of China, and
ultimately the way to a new Communist-Socialist New World
Order inside a One World Government. Our only hope in a
vale of despair is that this work might help to open the eyes of
the American people, so that they will resolve never again to
fall for propaganda, although in the wake of the 9/11 tragedy,
it now seems a vain hope.
We recently lived through the disturbing experience of being
rushed into an unnecessary war in Serbia, Afghanistan and
Iraq through the expanded propaganda tools in the hands of
Tavistock's experts, the same tool used to vilify the Kaiser
and Chamberlain. President Milosevic was demonized
vilified, belittled and finally driven from office. President
Milosevic was illegally arrested and illegally transported to
Holland for "trail" by a kangaroo court that has been trying for
nearly four years to convict him of "war crimes."
George Bush the younger refused to give the mediators in
Iraq time to work because he knew that it would prevent war.
He refused to give the UN weapons inspectors to complete
their work, and instead, declared with the evil intent of all
propagandists that the world could not wait for ten day more
because of the "imminent danger" posed by the "Weapons of
Mass Destruction" in the hands of "the Iraqi dictator." (The
"Butcher of Baghdad.")
124
Thus, once again, the people of the United States were swept
along by a flood tide of naked lies put out by the
propagandists at Tavistock Institute and echoed by the
American media, especially the chief propaganda organ in
the United States, Fox News Channel.
In one respect Americans are more fortunate this time: We
have not had to wait for a 100 years to pass for the truth to
come out: There were no "Weapons of Mass Destruction", no
"chemical and bacteriological factories," no long range
rockets to cause a "mushroom cloud over Boston," (courtesy
of the apologist for Tavistock propaganda and mass
brainwashing, Ms. Rice), and Mr. Bush and his copartner in
crime, British Prime Minister Blair. But in spite of being
caught in a web of lies, all the abovementioned remain in
office. They have not been sacked for the scores of lies they
swore was the truth, and from which they are now not even
bothering to extricate themselves, shrugging of criticism with
the help of spin masters (polished liars) like Kail Rove and
Alaister Campbell. Let us hope that the cause of justice will
be served, and that those responsible for the tragedy of the
bombing of Serbia and Afghanistan, and the unwarranted
invasions of Iraq will be brought before the bar of
international justice to account for their crimes.
The voices of the dead cry out from the battlefields of
Europe, the Pacific, from Serbia and Afghanistan; and from
Iraq, lamenting that they died because "brainwashing"
triumphed and propaganda prevailed, the scourge of the
modern world, rolling out from the Tavistock Institute like
some foul miasma from a dank and noisome bog, enveloping
the world, blinding it to the truth.
125
WELLINGTON HOUSE PROPAGANDA STARS
(1) Lord Northcliffe.
(2) Walter Lippman.
(3) Edward Bernays.
(4) Edward Bernays and Eleanor Roosevelt.
126
Social Science scientists at Tavistock
127
(1) Eric L. Trist. Social Science scientist at Tavistock Institute.
(2) Leon Trotsky. Marxist leader (Real name Lev. Bronstein.)
(3) Willy Munzenberg. The brilliant Russian spy and leading
propagandist.
(4) Lord Northcliffe and Adolph Hitler.
128
(1) H.G. Wells. British Author. Leading Fabianist, and secret
service agent. Wrote War of Worlds.
(2) George Bernard Shaw. Irish Playwright and Fabianist.
(3) Walter Rathenau. Leading German industrialist.
Financial advisor to Kaiser Wilhelm II.
(4) Lord Bertrand Russell. British Socialist, Author, and
Elder Statesman of the "300."
129
(1) Kaiser Wilhelm II Wellington House falsely
maligned the German leader as a "Bloody Butcher."
(2) Queen Victoria, was a cousin of Wilhelm II.
(3) King George V.
(4) Woodrow Wilson U.S. President. An avowed Socialist.
The infamous propagaanda drawing depicting Kaiser Wilhelm 11
standing over Belgian women and children he had shot. This
drawing and one like it produced by Wellington House with
Wilhelm II standing over Belgian children with a sword dripping in
blood from their severed hands, appeared in newspapers across
Britain and the United States.
(above) Trotsky "reviews" his "troops" in Moscow. This
is one of the hundreds of propaganda photographs that
flooded willing Western newspapers.
(below) A depiction of one of the scores of dreadful
hand to-hand battles of WWI. The brutality and slaughter
left survivors on both sides mentally crippled and
haunted by what they had experienced.
\
a; 1
*J 1
* j
n
p irLs 1
Js J
THUNDER ON THE RIGHT
(I) Sean Hannity. (2) Rush Limbaugh.
(3) Tucker Carlson. (4) Matt Drudge.
(5) G. Gordon Liddy. (6) Peggy Noonan.
(7) Brian Williams. (8) Bill O'Reilly.
(9) Lawrence Kudlow. (10) Dick Morris.
(II) John Stossel. (12) William Bennet.
(13) Oliver North. (14) Michael Savage.
(15) Michael Reagan. (16) Joe Scarborough.
133
CHAPTER 23
The Tavistock Institute: Britain's control of the United
States
The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations is situated in
London and on the grounds of Sussex University, Sussex,
England, where most of its research facilities are located.
Tavistock remains as important today as it was when I first
revealed its existence early in 1969. I have been accused of
having been a part of Tavistock because I worked in close
proximity to Tavistock's Sussex facility, and knew so much of
its history.
Most of Tavistock's more recent activity has had, and is still
having, a profound influence upon the way we live in
America, and upon our political institutions. Tavistock is
believed to be behind the pro-abortion publicity, the
proliferation of drugs, sodomy and lesbianism, family
traditions, and the fierce attack on the Constitution, our
misconduct in foreign policy and our economic system,
programmed to fail.
Apart from John Rawlings Reese no two men made such a
difference to world politics and world events as shaped at
Tavistock than Edward Bernays (the double nephew of
Sigmund Freud) and Kurt Lewin. A "third man" must be
included here, although he was never on the faculty at
Tavistock and I refer to Willi Munzenberg whose propaganda
methods and applications so crucial to the modem age of
mass communication earned him the title, "the greatest
propagandist in the world." Undoubtedly the most brilliant
man of his era, (he began his work before WWI) Munzenberg
was responsible for sanitizing the Bolsheviks after they
overthrew the Romanov Dynasty.
134
Munzenberg definitely shaped the ideas and methods put into
practice by Bernays and Lewin. His legendary exploits in
handling Leon Tepper the Kappelmeister of the Rot Kappell
(Conductor of the "Red Orchestra" spy ring) made
Munzenberg the master spy of every intelligence agency in
existence. Tepper was trained by Munzenberg and he never
got caught. Tepper was able to obtain all of the secrets of
Britain and the United States in WWII. There was hardly a
single secret plan the "allies" launched that was not already
known to Tepper, who passed the information to the KGB
and the GRU in Moscow.
In his field, Bemays was equally brilliant but I suspect that
most of his ideas originated with his famous uncle Sigmund.
As for his ideas on propaganda, there is little doubt that he
"borrowed" from Munzenberg and this is reflected in the
Bemays classic Propaganda that was published in 1928. The
thesis of the book is that it is entirely proper and a natural
right for government to organize public opinion to conform to
official policies. We shall return to this subject later.
Munzenberg was bold enough to put his basic tenets about
propaganda into practice well before Bemays, or Joseph
Goebbels, the German Minister of Popular Enlightenment (as
the Ministry of Propaganda was called.)
The propaganda specialist of the Nazi Party greatly admired
Munzenberg's work and modeled his own propaganda
program closely upon Munzenberg's methods. Goebbels
always took care to credit Munzenberg as the "father" of
propaganda even when few knew very little about him.
135
Goebbels had made a particular study of how Munzenberg
had used his mastery of the science of propaganda when
Lenin drafted him to blunt the appalling publicity generated in
1921, when 25 millions peasants in the Volga region died
from the ravages of famine. Thus it came about that German
bom Munzenberg became the darling of the Bolshevik. To
quote from a recent history account:
"Munzenberg, who by then had returned to Berlin where he
was later elected to the Reichstag as a Communist deputy,
was charged with setting up a bogus 'charity', the Foreign
Committee for the Organization of Worker Relief for the
Hungry in the Soviet Union, the purpose of which was to
pretend to the world that humanitarian relief was coming
from a source other than Herbert Hoover's American Relief
Organization. In this Munzenberg was altogether successful."
Munzenberg gained the attention of the directorate of the
former Wellington House which in 1921 had changed its
name to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations under the
direction of Major General John Rawlings Reese, formerly of
the British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau School.
It will not come as a surprise to readers who have followed my
work that much of the techniques adopted and perfected by
Munzenberg were adopted by Bernays and his colleagues,
Kurt Lewin, Eric Trist, Dorwin Cartwright, and H.V. Dicks
W.R. Bion at Tavistock, who then taught the methods to the
Central Intelligence Agency.
Munzenberg was not the only Communist to profoundly
influence events in the United States. I happen to believe that
Tavistock aided in preparing the "abortion brief," that was
subsequently presented to the Supreme Court in 1973,
136
as an original work, when in fact, it was merely a recital of
what Madame Kollontei, the founder of the "women's
liberation " movement and "free love" proponent in the USSR
had written.
A Bolshevik commissar and leading light, her book is a
diatribe against the sanctity of marriage and the family as the
most important social unit in Christian countries. Kollontei,
of course, took her "feminism" straight from the pages of the
Communist Manifesto of 1848.
George Orwell, the MI6 operative who wrote the famous
1984 had studied the work of Munzenberg in great detail. In
fact his best-known statement was based on what
Munzenberg had said was the basis of propaganda:
"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful
and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity
to pure wind."
As his German counterpart Munzenberg said: "All news is
lies and all propaganda is disguised as news."
It is useful to know about Munzenberg as it helps us to
understand how politicians operate and how secret forces
control access to information, and how public opinion is
shaped and molded. Bernays certainly followed the master
and never deviated from his methodology. Without knowing
these things, we can never understand how President George
Bush is able to do the things he does and not have to face the
consequences. It has certainly enabled me to trace the origin
of the so-called "Neo-Conservatives" that shape his policies,
right back to its founder, Irving Kristol who admits to having
been an avowed follower of Leon Trotsky.
137
Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities
connected with behavior modifications, opinion making and
shaping of political events. What Tavistock did was to create
a "black hole of deception in the 20 th century." Its task would
have been made a great deal more difficult had it not been for
the prostitution of the media and its role in disseminating "the
gospel according to George Orwell."
Lord Northcliffe the chief of Tavistock's predecessor,
Wellington House, had been a media mogul and at one stage
went so far as to ship thousands of copies of his Daily Mail to
France each week and then have them delivered by a fleet of
motor trucks to British troops at the front lines, "to win their
hearts and minds in support of the war" (WWI).
Especially here in the United States, it has virtually taken
over the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT),
Stanford Research, Esalen Institute, the Wharton School of
Economics, Hudson Institute, Kissinger Associates, Duke
University, and many more institutions we have come to
think of as wholly American.
The Rand Research and Development Corporation, under the
tutelage of Tavistock has had a profound influence on so
many institutions and segments of our society. As one of the
principal research institutions directly controlled by
Tavistock, Rand runs our ICBM program, does prime
analyses for U.S. foreign policy makers, and advises on
nuclear policies, does hundreds of projects for the C.I. A. in
the field of mind control.
Some of Rand's clients include AT&T, Chase Manhattan
Bank, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Department of Energy and
B.M. Rand is one of the major Tavistock-controlled
institutions in the world, and working on brainwashing at
138
all levels, including government, military, religious
organizations. The Anglican Church's Desmond Tutu was
one of Rand's projects.
Take another example; Georgetown University, perhaps one
of the top institutions of higher learning in America. Starting
in 1938, the entire structure of Georgetown was made over
by Tavistock - all of its learning formats and programs
altered to suit a blueprint drawn up by Tavistock's "brain trust
team."
This has had great significance for U.S. policies, especially in
the area of foreign policy relations. Without exception,
United States State Department field officers are trained at
Georgetown.
Some of Georgetown's (Tavistock) better-known graduates are
Richard Armitage and Henry Kissinger. Just how much
damage these two members of the John Rawlings Reese
Invisible Army have done to the well-being of our country
will have to be told at another time.
There is mounting evidence of increased input into our
intelligence agencies by Tavistock. When we think of
intelligence in the U.S. we generally think of the CJA or
Division Five of the FBI.
But there are a great many other intelligence agencies
receiving instruction from Tavistock. These include the
Defense Department Intelligence (DIA), the National
Reconnaissance Office (NRO), and the Office of Naval
Intelligence (ONI,) the Treasury Intelligence Service (TIS),
the State Department Intelligence Service, the Drug
Enforcement Agency (DEA) and at least ten others.
139
How and when did Tavistock begin its career? As I said in my
1969 and 1983 works, when we think of Tavistock we
automatically think of its founder, British Army Major John
Rawlings Reese. Up until 1969, there were very few people
in Britain outside of intelligence circles, who knew of the
existence of Tavistock, let alone what was being done at its
facilities in London and Sussex.
Tavistock provided services of a sinister nature to those
people we find in every city across this land; people who
have local and state government officials and police
departments in the palm of their hand.
This is the case in every major American city also, where the
Illuminati members of Freemasonry use their secret powers
of control, to walk all over the Bill of Rights, intimidating
and brutalizing innocent citizens at will. Where are the
statesmen who once made this country great? What we have
in their place are lawmakers who do not enforce the laws
they make, and who are terrified to correct the obvious
wrongs that abound on every hand, afraid, because if they
obeyed their oath of office, they might find themselves
without a job.
They are also lawmakers who do not have even the vaguest
idea of what Constitutional law is, and they do not seem to
care. They pass "laws" that were never tested as to their
constitutionality. The majority of the legislators do not know
how to do this, anyway. As a result, anarchy prevails in
Washington. It may well come as a shock to most candidates
who run for the House and Senate, that each and every one of
them is carefully checked and profiled by the behavior
modification scientists at Tavistock, or one or more of its
affiliates in the U.S. Any candidate who is pliable to
suggestions and found to be easy to control is "puffed."
140
Suffice to say that a spirit of unconstitutional lawlessness
pertains in the Congress, which is why we are insulted by
such measures as the "Brady" bill and the Feinstein "assault
weapons" bill.
"Assault weapons" and in 2003 the "Homeland Security
Bill" and the "Patriot Act," do not appear anywhere in the
Constitution and all are, therefore, a prohibition. Feinstein's
"law" looks suspiciously like the work of the Tavistock
Institute. The Constitution being the supreme law of the land,
"gun control" laws are null and void.
Guns are private property. Guns do not come under Interstate
Commerce. Every U.S. citizen of sound mind, of legal age and
not a felon has the right to keep and bear arms in any quantity
and in any place.
This was stated by the great St. George Tucker who declared:
"The Congress of the United States possesses no power to
regulate or interfere with the domestic concerns of any of the
States, it belongs to them (the States) to establish any rules
respecting the right of property, nor will the Constitution
permit any prohibition of arms to the people or peaceful
assembly by them for whatever purpose and in any number,
whatsoever they may see the occasion." (Blackstone's Views
on the Constitution, page 315)
Any candidate who is not going to be easy to control or who
does not fit the Tavistock profiles is ushered out. In this, the
print and electronic media — under Tavistock's direction — or
one of its affiliates, plays a key role. Let the voter beware, let
the public beware.
141
Our election process has become a farce, thanks to the work
done by Tavistock in controlling the thoughts and ideas of the
people of this nation by means of "inner directional
conditioning" and "long distance penetration" of which the
mind-control science of polling is an integral part. Tavistock
serves the Black Nobility in all of its elements, working to
rob us of the victory of the American Revolution of 1776. If
the reader is unfamiliar with the Black Nobility, of course, the
term does not refer to black people. It refers to a group of
extremely wealthy people, dynasties, whose history dates
back for more than five hundred years and who make up the
backbone of the Committee of 300.
On the international front, as well as in areas of those
institutions in the U.S. who decide foreign policy, Tavistock
does psychological profiling at all levels of government, as
well as intruding into private life, on a truly vast scale.
Tavistock developed profiles and programs for the Club of
Rome, the Cini Foundation, the German Marshall fund, the
Rockefeller Foundation, the Bilderbergers, the CFR and the
Trilateral Commission, the Ditchley Foundation, the Bank of
International Settlements, the I.M.F. the United Nations and
the World Bank, Microsoft, Citibank, the New York Stock
Exchange and so on. This is by no means a complete list of
institutions in the hands of Tavistock planners.
The propaganda barrage that preceded the 1991 Bush Gulf
War was based around a psychological profile of huge
population groups in the U.S. prepared by Tavistock. The
results were passed on to the opinion makers, also known as
"advertising agencies" on Madison Avenue.
142
So effective was this propaganda, that within two weeks,
people who didn't even know where Iraq was on the map, let
alone who its leaders were, began to shout and clamor for
war against "a dictator who threatens America's interests."
Frightening? YES, but unfortunately 100 percent true! The
very words "gulf crisis" were crafted by Tavistock Institute to
arouse maximum support for the Bush war on behalf of a
Committee of 300-flagship company, British Petroleum (BP).
We now know — at least some of us know — just what a big
role Tavistock plays when it comes to creating public opinion
based on obfuscation, lies, dissembling, misrepresentation
and outright fraud. There isn't any other institution in the
world that can hold a candle to the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations. Quoting from my updated 1984 report:
"There are a few institutions and publishing businesses that
are catching on to the changes that are occurring. The latest
issue of "Esquire Magazine" carries an article entitled
"Discovering America." 'Esquire' did not mention Tavistock
by name, but this is what it said: During the social revolution
(a very significant phrase) of the 70s, most of the rituals and
personal inter-action and the institutional life were radically
altered. Naturally, these changes have affected the way we
perceive the future... The economic base of America is
changing and new services and products are being offered."
The article then went on to state that our professional lives,
our leisure time, our educational systems are being altered,
and more importantly, the thinking of our children is being
altered. The writer of the "Esquire" article concluded:
143
"America is being transformed as is the direction it will take
in the future... Occasionally our new American section
(promised for future editions of Esquire), won't seem so new,
since most of the new thinking has been creeping into the
main stream of American life, but until now, it has gone
unnoticed."
I could not have given a more fitting description of the
fallacy "time changes things." Nothing changes on its own, all
changes are engineered, whether in secret or in public. While
"Esquire" didn't say who is responsible for the changes - for
the most part about unwanted changes - that We, the People,
attempted to resist. (Capitals intended.)
"Esquire" is not alone in its contention. Millions of American
is living in total ignorance of the forces shaping their future.
They are unaware that America is being thoroughly
"conditioned" by Tavistock's "inner directional long range
penetration method." The worst part of it is that these
millions, because of Tavistock conditioning (making
Americans think in the way Tavistock would have them
think), no longer seem to care. They have been "Inner
Conditioned" through "Long Range Penetration" — the master
control plan set up by Tavistock to brainwash the nation for
so long that they now suffer a constant state of "shellshock."
As we shall see, there is good reason for this apathy and
ignorance. The unwanted, forced changes we have been
subjected to as a nation, were the work of several master
theoreticians and technicians who joined John Rawlings
Reese at the Tavistock Institute.
CHAPTER 24
Brainwashing saves a U.S. President
145
I would venture to suggest that even after all my years of
exposing Reese and his work; fully 95 percent of Americans
don't know who he is or what harm he has done to the United
States.
This substantial number of our citizens is even today totally
unaware of how they have been manipulated and forced to
accept "new ideas", "new cultures", and "new religions".
They have been grossly violated and don't know it. They are
still being violated and still don't know what is happening,
especially when it comes to opinion making through polling.
To illustrate my contention, former President Clinton was
able to survive scandal after scandal on the basis of the polls
showing that the American people didn't care enough about
his outlandish behavior to call for impeachment proceedings.
Could this be right? Could it be true that people really don't
care about public morals anymore? Of course not!
The situation is a contrived one taught by Tavistock Institute
and every polltaker is trained in Tavistock methods of
opinion making and manipulation of public opinion, so that
the answers "come out right."
We can add President G.W. Bush to the "survivors". He has
not been removed from office notwithstanding the blatant
lies that were used to start an illegal (unconstitutional) in Iraq.
It is unconstitutional because war was never constitutionally
declared.
146
Also, there is no provision in the U.S. Constitution for the
United States to attack another nation that has not committed
acts of belligerency against it. How has President Bush got
away with not being impeached? The answers lie in the
Tavistock Institute and its mass brainwashing capabilities.
One of the early tasks undertaken by Tavistock after it
launched total war on the U.S. in 1946 was to force
acceptance of "alternate life styles" on the American people.
Tavistock documents showed how the leaders of a campaign
to force legal public acceptance of groups, whose behavior
was until the changes were forced through by the Congress,
recognized as a crime in almost every State in the Union, and
in some States, remains as a crime. I am referring to the "gay
lifestyle" as it has come to be known.
The careful profiling that was done before this "change"
program was launched was not believed by the uninitiated,
who dismissed it as "lurid science fiction", even though it
were spelled out in the simplest of terms. A vast majority of
Americans never heard (and still do not know in 2005) that
the Tavistock Institute went to war against them in 1946, nor
that the people have been losing that war ever since.
Tavistock turned its attention to the United States at the close
of WWII. The methods that brought Germany down, were
now unleashed against the United States. The massive
brainwashing of our nation was called "Long Range
Penetration " and "Inner Directional Conditioning."
The main purpose of this endeavor was to install Socialist
programs at every level of government; ushering in the New
Dark Age a New World Order inside a One World
Government Communist dictatorship.
147
Particularly, it was designed to break down the sanctity of
marriage and family life. And it was aimed at the
Constitution, also, to "make it of no effect." Homosexuality,
lesbianism, and abortion are Tavistock-designed programs, as
are aimed at "changing" the U.S. Constitution.
Much of Tavistock's programs are based on getting the
"right" candidates elected; this being achieved with the help of
its trained pollsters with their cleverly loaded questions.
Tavistock's "gay lifestyle" blueprint called for several "task
force" units who would assist the media in painting over the
homosexual onslaught and making the "new lifestyle"
crusaders seem "just like any other people."
"Talk shows" are now an integral part of such plans, but back
then, they were not as widely used to bring about social
changes as they are today. The leaders selected by Tavistock
to promote tremendous changes on the social and political
scene via talk shows, were Phil Donahue and Geraldo
Riviera, Bill O'Reilly, Barbara Walters and scores of other
people whose names have become household names in
America. It was they who presented people who were to run
for office; people who hitherto, would have been laughed off
the platform. But now, thanks to the s ki llful use of polling,
such persons are taken seriously.
The minuscule planning that went into priming the public
through T.V. talk show hosts, cost millions of dollars spent in
putting this Tavistock-forced social change long-range plan
into effect, and as the results show, Tavistock did its
homework well. With all of my experience, I am still amazed
at how this great coup was pulled off.
148
Entire communities across the nation were profiled; guests for
talk shows and their audiences were selected by profile
matching, without ever being aware of what was being done
without their knowledge and consent. Americans were
bamboozled on a grand scale and didn't know it then and still
don't know it! Nor did they know that they were being
whipsawed by the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
Finally, after three years of preparation, the Tavistock
sodomist / lesbian onslaught that was launched against a
totally unsuspecting American people can be likened to the
storm that burst upon the unsuspecting French nation at the
time of the French Revolution.
The well-planned and executed campaign began in Florida,
according to plan, and, exactly as planned, Anita Bryant
came forward to take up the cudgels against the invaders
from the "gay community" - words carefully selected by
Tavistock, which have now become fully acceptable. Before
this episode, the word "gay" was never used to describe
homosexuals or their behavior.
Tavistock was founded in 1921 as a successor to Wellington
House that had pulled off a great coup in 1914 and 1917, and
as already related, getting Britain and America into a savage
war against Germany.
Tavistock was to serve as a primary research vehicle for
British intelligence services, still the best in the world. Major,
later Brigadier General John Rawlings Reese commissioned
by the monarch was chosen to run the project and the British
royal family funded the project with help from the
Rockefellers and the Rothschilds.
149
In the middle of WWII, Tavistock received additional
funding from David Rockefeller, in return for help in taking
over the former Reynard Heydrich's German secret
intelligence service. The whole apparatus and personnel of the
brilliant top Nazi security service was bodily transported to
Washington, D.C., in violation of the supreme law of the
land. It now began to be called "Interpol."
During the Second World War, both the London and Sussex
facilities of Tavistock, served as headquarters for the British
Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau.
The significance of this is that through the "best friend"
arrangement between Churchill and Roosevelt, Tavistock
was able to take full control of U.S. intelligence and military
policies through Special Operations Executive (SOE) and
maintained this control throughout the Second World War.
Eisenhower was selected by the Committee of 300 to become
the commanding general of the allied forces in Europe, but
only after extensive profiling by Tavistock. He was then
appointed to the White House. Eisenhower was allowed to
retain his seat in the White House until, with his usefulness
expended, as memories of the war receded, he was dumped.
Eisenhower's bitterness over the treatment he received at the
hands of the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock Institute is
reflected in his statements about the dangers posed by the
military-industrial complex— a veiled reference to his former
bosses, the "Olympians."
The "Committee of 300" book, tells the full story of this
hitherto ultra- secret, ultra-elite body of men who rule the
world. The Committee of 300 has at its disposal a vast,
interlocking network of banks, finance houses, the print and
electronic media, large groups of "think tanks", new science
scientists who are in reality the modem-day
150
creators of what passes for public opinion created through its
national poll opinion makers, and so on. Today, over 450 of
the top Fortune 500 companies are in the grip of the
Committee of 300.
These include Petro-Canada, the Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank, Halliburton, Root, Kellogg and Brown, British
Petroleum, Shell, Xerox, Rank, Raytheon, ITT, Eagle
Insurance, all the largest insurance companies, all of the top
companies and or organizations in the U.S., Britain and
Canada. The so-called environmental movement is entirely
controlled by the Committee, through the Tavistock Institute.
Most people tend to believe that "brainwashing" is a
Korean/Chinese technique. It isn't. Brainwashing dates back
to Tavistock as the originator of the art. The science of
behavioral modifications had its origin in Tavistock, which
trained an army of intelligence personnel to go out and do
likewise.
The United States, perhaps more than any other country, has
felt the weight of Tavistock's fist in our national life at almost
every level, and its grip on this country has not been lessened:
If anything, with the advent of William Jefferson Clinton, and
Bush, father and son, it has been considerably tightened. We
were truly brainwashed in 1992 and 1996. We are truly a
brainwashed nation in 2005. The United States is the
principal victim of long-range penetration warfare using the
Reese techniques.
Other victim-countries are Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe,)
Angola, South Africa, the Philippines, South Korea, Central
America, Iran, Iraq, Serbia, Yugoslavia, and Venezuela.
151
The technique isn't working in Iraq and Iran, and by and
large, Muslim countries seem less receptive to Tavistock
mass population control methods than Western countries.
There is no doubt that their strict adherence to the laws of the
Koran and their Islamic faith is what foiled Tavistock's plans
for the Middle East, at least, temporarily. Therefore, a
concerted drive was mounted to wage war on the Muslim
world.
That Reese succeeded in forcing changes on a large number
of countries is mirrored in events that have since transpired. At
home, Tavistock reshaped a whole series of major U.S.
institutions, both private and government, among them our
intelligence agencies, units of the Pentagon, Congressional
committees, large corporations, the entertainment world, and
so on.
153
CHAPTER 25
Tavistock's assault on the U.S.
One of the major players in the Tavistock team was Dr. Kurt
Lewin. Bom in Germany, but forced to flee when his
population control experiments were discovered by the
German government. Lewin was already well known to
Reese — the two having cooperated extensively in
experiments in polling and similar opinion-shaping
experiments. It is said that Dr. Goebbels enthusiastically
embraced Tavistock methods.
Lewin fled to England, where he joined Reese at Tavistock
and was given his first major task: Propagandize America
into the Second World War, by launching a media blitz
against Germany in both Europe and the U.S. He succeeded
admirably in what turned out to be the largest propaganda
campaign in history, one that whipped the American people
into a frenzy of hatred against Germany, and later, Japan. The
blitz eventually cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of
American soldiers and poured billions of dollars into the
coffers of the Wall Street and international banks and the
arms merchants.
Our loss in lives and national treasures cannot be recovered.
Just prior to the assault on Iraq, the U.S. was subjected to a
propaganda blast only slightly below the level of that which
was developed to shove the United States into the Second
World War. Careful analyses of key words and phrases
developed by Lewin for WWII use, showed that in 93.6
percent of all cases examined, these trigger-words and
phrases matched up with those used in the Korean War, the
Vietnam War and the Gulf War.
154
In the Vietnam War era, polling using Tavistock
methodology was used with devastating effect against the
American people.
During the Gulf War, an example of Tavistock methods was
the way the State Department kept on referring to its embassy
staff in Kuwait as "hostages", although none were ever
imprisoned. In fact, every single one of them was free to
leave at any time, but were ordered to remain in Kuwait so
that propaganda could be made out of their situation.
In essence, the "hostages" were hostages of the State
Department! Unable to goad President Hussein into firing the
first shots, another "contrived situation" like Pearl Harbor had
to be mounted. April Glaspie's name will forever be
associated with treachery and infamy. What followed was an
elaborate theft of millions of barrels of Iraqi oil by Kuwait.
Hussein was given the "all clear" by U.S. ambassador to
Baghdad April Gillespie, to attack Iraq and put an end to a
situation that was costing the Iraqi people billions of dollars.
But when the attack was mounted, Bush the elder lost no time
in a sending the U.S. military to help Kuwait.
President Bush whipped up support against Iraq by using the
fake "hostage" claim. This is where the Tavistock Institute
will fail: While it has been able to convince the majority of
Americans that our policies for the Middle East are right,
Tavistock has not been able to gain control of Syria, Iran,
Iraq, Algeria and Saudi Arabia.
It is at this point that Tavistock's devious plan to dispossess
the Arab nations of their oil is coming unglued. The days
when MI6 could dispatch "Arabists" like the Philby's and
Captain Hill to undermine Muslim states has long since gone.
155
The Arab countries have learned from their mistakes, and
today, they trust the British Government far less than they
did at the start of WWI. The dictatorship of Mubarak of
Egypt is in trouble. Muslim fundamentalists seek to make
tourism hazardous, and Egypt relies on hard currency from
abroad to keep floating besides the $3 billion annual gift
from U.S. taxpayers. Likewise, Syria is not going to stand
alongside U.S. policies that favor Israel over the Palestinians
for very much longer.
At home, billions of dollars were poured into the coffers of
Tavistock by the U.S. government: Among the beneficiaries
of these billions of dollars were the National Training
Laboratories, Harvard Psychological Clinic, Wharton School,
Stanford's Hoover Institute, Rand, MIT, The National
Institute of Mental Health, Georgetown University, Esalen
Institute, Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences,
Institute for Social Research at Michigan and scores of other
think tanks and institutions of higher learning.
The task of setting up these affiliates in the U.S. in
intelligence world wide was given to Kurt Lewin, who we
have already met, but whose name was most probably not
known to more than 100 people before my story about
Tavistock broke. Yet this man and John Rawlings Reese did
more to damage the institutions upon which the U.S. Republic
rests, than anything Hitler or Stalin could have accomplished.
The way in which Tavistock unraveled the warp and woof of
our social fabric which holds the nation together, makes a
chilling and frightening narrative of which the "normalizing"
of homosexual and lesbian lifestyles is a small, but
significant achievement; a far greater and more chilling
achievement was the success of mass brainwashing through
opinion polling.
156
Why do Reese's Tavistock techniques work so well in
practice? Reese perfected his mass brainwashing experiments
through stress tests, or psychological shocks, also known as
stressful events. The Reese theory, now amply proved, was
that if entire populations could be subjected to stress tests,
then it would be possible first, to work out in advance, what
mass population responses would be to given stress events.
In a very explicit way, this technique is at the heart of
creating the desired public opinion through polling, which
was used with devastating effect to shield the Clinton
administration from the scandals swirling around the White
House, and which now shields Bush the younger from being
removed from the White House.
157
CHAPTER 26
How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are
"puffed."
This technique is what is known as "profiling", and can be
applied to individuals, small or large groups of people, mass
groups of people and or organizations of all sizes. They are
then "puffed" to become "stars." While still in his early
twenties in Arkansas, William Clinton was profiled for
acceptance in the Rhodes scholarship program. His progress
was profiled throughout his career, and especially during the
Vietnam War period. Then, after he proved himself, Clinton
was "groomed" for the White House and then constantly
"puffed."
The whole operation was under the control of the Tavistock
Institute's brainwashers. This is the way these things work.
Thus are the tools forged to literally make candidates,
especially ones who are deemed suitable for public office;
candidates who can always be counted on to do the "right"
thing. Congress is full of them. Gingrich was a typical
successful "Tavistock product" until his conduct was
uncovered. Trent Lott, Dick Cheney, Charles Schumer,
Barney Frank, Tom DeLay, Dennis Hastert, Dr. Frist, and so
on are other examples of Tavistock "graduates." The same
technique is applied to actors, singers, musicians and
entertainers.
Heavy propaganda was used to convince the population that
unwelcome "environmental social turbulences" were the
result of the changing times in which we live, whereas, as we
now know, special new-science scientists designed programs
(stress programs) to artificially create "environmental social
turbulences" and then pass them off as resulting from a
natural condition, best known as "changing times."
158
Tavistock's new science scientists were confident that we
would not apply the principle "for every effect there must be
a cause" — and they were right. For instance we meekly
accepted the "Beatles" and their "novel music" and lyrics-if
one dare call it music and lyrics, having been told, that the
group wrote it all themselves.
Actually Tavistock graduate Theo Adorno, whose 12-atonal
discords were scientifically pitched to create mass
"environmental social turbulences" all across America, wrote
the music. None of the Beatles could read music.
Nevertheless, they were "puffed" day and night without
ceasing until everything about them, - lies and all, was
accepted as truth.
Tavistock proved over and over again, that when a large
group is successfully profiled, it can be subjected to "inner
directional conditioning" in just about every aspect of social
and political life.
An integral part of Tavistock's mass mind control
experiments in the U.S., which have been going on since
1946, poll taking- opinion making has been by far it's most
successful undertakings. America was whipsaw ed and did
not know it.
Just to prove the success of his techniques, Reese got
Tavistock to test a large group of people on a conspiracy-
related subject. It turned out that 97.6 percent of those who
were questioned utterly rejected the idea that an overall
conspiracy exists. How much less then would our people
believe that they have been under direct attack by Tavistock
for the past 56 years? We have radio talk show hosts like
Rush Limbaugh, who constantly tell audiences that there is
no conspiracy.
159
How many people would believe that for the past 56 years,
Tavistock has been sending an invisible army of shock
troops, into every hamlet, village, town and city across this
nation? The task of the invisible army is to infiltrate, tamper
with, and modify collective social behavior, by means of
"inner directional conditioning."
The Reese "invisible army" is made up of real professionals
who know their job and are dedicated to the task they were
commissioned to do. They are found today in the halls of
justice, police, churches, school boards, sports bodies,
newspapers, television studios, government advisory boards,
town councils, state legislatures, and are legion in
Washington. They run for every office from county councilor
to sheriff to judge, from school board member to city
councilman, and even, for the office of the President of the
United States of America. How this works was explained by
John Rawlings Reese, back in 1954:
"Their job is to apply the advanced techniques of
psychological warfare as we know them to whole population
groups that will grow ever larger, so that whole populations
may be more easily controlled. In a world driven completely
mad, groups of Tavistock psychologists linked to each other,
capable of influencing the political and governmental field
must be arbiters, the power cabal."
Will this frank confession convince conspiracy skeptics?
Probably not, as it is doubtful whether such closed minds
could have any real knowledge of these things. Such
information is wasted on radio "talking heads."
A director of the Reese invisible army was Ronald Lippert,
whose specialty was tinkering with the minds of children.
160
Dr. Fred Emery was another of Tavistock's "linked
psychologists" who was on the board of President Johnson's
Kemer Commission.
Emery was what Tavistock called a "social environmental
turbulence" specialist, the bottom line of which is that when a
whole population group is subjected to social crises, it breaks
down into synoptic idealism and finally fragments; that is to
say, it just gives up trying to cope with the problem or
problems.
The word "environmental" has nothing to do with ecology
issues, but has to do with the particular environment into
which the specialist has injected himself with the specific
intent of making trouble — "turbulences" or "stress patterns."
This has already happened with rock and roll, drugs, free love
(abortion), sodomy, lesbianism, pornography, street gangs, a
constant attack on family life, on the institution of marriage,
on social order, on the Constitution and especially on the 2 nd
and 10 th Amendment.
Where this has happened, we find communities powerless to
cope with a broken-down justice system, school boards
teaching evolution, minors being encouraged to buy condoms
and even "children's rights" being pushed. "Children's rights",
usually mean children should be allowed to disobey their
parents, a key issue in every Socialist's "child care" program.
Members of the Reese Invisible Army are entrenched in the
House and Senate, in the military, the police, and in virtually
every government office in the land.
161
After studying the State of California, I came to the
conclusion that it has the largest contingent of "Invisible
Army" shock troops in the country, which has made
California something very close to a socialist, police state. I
believe California will be the "role model" for the rest of the
nation.
At present there are no laws on the books that make this type
of conditioning illegal. Reese and Lewin researched the laws
of England and the United States and concluded that it was
legal to "condition" a person without his or her consent or
knowledge.
We need to change this. Polling is an integral part of
"conditioning." Tavistock's "Invisible Army" of shock troops
has changed the way America thinks about rock, premarital
sex, drug taking, children bom out of wedlock, promiscuity,
marriage, divorce, family life, abortion, homosexuality and
lesbianism, the Constitution and yes, even murder, not to
mention that lack of morals is fine as long as one does a good
job.
In the early years of Tavistock, the "Leaderless Group
Concept" was used to lay the America we once knew, in the
dust. In charge of the project was W.R. Bion, who ran the
Wharton School of Economics for years, where such
nonsense as free trade and Keynesian economics are taught.
Japan stayed with the American model taught by General
McArthur — not the Wharton School fraud — and look at
Japan today. Don't blame the Japanese for their success -
blame Tavistock for destroying our economic system. But
Japan's turn is coming! No nation will be spared in the final
onslaught to usher in a One World Government in a New
World Order.
162
The "Brain Trust" in charge of Tavistock's War on America
(1946—), consisted of Bemays, Lewin, Byron, Margaret
Meade, Gregory Bateson, H.V. Dicks, Lippert, Nesbit and
Eric Trist. Where did the "Invisible Army" shock troops get
their training? They got it from Reese at Tavistock, from
where they fanned out across America to sow their seeds of
"environment social turbulence stress patterns."
They fanned out into every level of American society,
obtaining posts in places where they could exert the influence
they had been taught how to use by Reese. Decisions made
by the members of the Invisible Army of shock troops have
profoundly affected America at every level, and the worst is
yet to come.
Just to give a few examples of who some the leading shock
troops were, let's mention George Schultz, Alexander Haig,
Larry King, Phil Donahue, Admiral Burkley (deeply
involved in the cover-up of the Kennedy assassins), Richard
Armitage, Billy Graham, William Paley, William Buckley,
Pamela Harriman (since deceased,) Henry Kissinger, George
Bush and the late Katherine Meyer Graham not to mention
the caravan that arrived in Washington from Arkansas in
1992, headed by Mr. and Mrs. Clinton at whose hands the
nation was soon to be tom apart. Newcomers include Rush
Limbaugh, Bill O'Reilly, Larry King and Kail Rove.
Business leaders in shock troop groups are legion, far too
many to list here. Thousands of such Invisible Army shock
troops of the Business Brigade were turned out at Tavistock's
U.S. facility, the National Training Laboratory (NTL), which
began its existence on the huge, sprawling New York estate
of Averill and Pamela Harriman. As we now know, Mrs.
Harriman was the one who selected Clinton for special
training and ultimately, the Oval Office.
163
At the National Training Laboratory corporate leaders were
trained in stress situations and how to manage them.
Companies who sent their top executives to NTC to receive for
Tavistock training included Westinghouse, B.F. Goodrich,
Alcoa, Halliburton, BP, Shell, Mobil-Exxon Eli Lily,
DuPont, the New York Stock Exchange, Archer Daniels
Midland, Shell Oil. Mobil Oil, Conoco, Nestle, AT&T, IBM
and Microsoft. Worse yet, the U.S. government sent its top
echelon personnel drawn from the U.S. Navy, the U.S. State
Department, the Civil Service Commission, and the Air
Force. Your tax dollars, by the million, paid for the
"education" Tavistock gave these government employees at
Arden House on the Harriman estate.
165
CHAPTER 27
The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII
Perhaps the most of important aspect of their training was
how to use public polls to make public policy comply with
what Tavistock goals said were desirable. This mind-altering
technique is called "opinion polling."
The maladaptive responses made possible by Tavistock's
wholesale profiling, and in which maladaptive responses
Tavistock's "Invisible Army" worked to perfection in the
Gulf War.
Instead of rebelling against dragging this nation into a war
against a friendly country with whom we had no quarrel, a
war that was waged without a proper Congressional
declaration of war, we were "turned" in its favor. In short, we
were badly misled without knowing it, due to the "long-range
inner-directional conditioning" the American people had been
undergoing since 1946.
Tavistock advised President Bush the elder to use the
following simple formula which Reese and Lewin instructed
Allen Dulles to use back in 1941 when Roosevelt was
preparing to drag America into the Second World War:
(1) What is the state of the morale and its probable course in
the targeted country? (This also applied to morale in the
U.S.)
(2) What is the state of susceptibility in the U.S. to the idea
that war in the Persian Gulf is necessary?
(3) What techniques could be used to weaken opposition in the
U.S. to war in the Persian Gulf?
166
(4) What kind of techniques in psychological warfare would
succeed in undermining the morale of the Iraqi people? (It
was here that Tavistock slipped up very badly.)
Once Bush committed himself to Prime Minister Thatcher's
1991 Gulf War on behalf of Queen Elizabeth and her BP oil
company, Tavistock put together a team, which included
psychologists, public opinion makers, led by the brazen liars
at Hill and Knowlton, and a host of Tavistock profilers.
Every single one of the speeches made by President Bush
with the intention of promoting war against Iraq was crafted
by multi-discipline teams of writers trained by Tavistock.
Top-secret information on how the Gulf War was propagated
and how the American people were swung behind that nasty,
corrupt war by President George Bush was given to a
Congressional committee recently. The report said that at an
early stage of the plan to take out Iraq, the Bush
administration was advised that public support was
paramount and that he did not have the American people
behind him.
Rule one was to establish in the mind of the American people
the "great need to protect Saudi oil fields threatened by an
Iraqi invasion under the leadership of a madman." Thus,
although it was known from the beginning that Iraq had no
designs on Saudi oil fields, the National Security Agency
(NSA) gave out false and misleading information to the
effect that the Saudi oil fields were the ultimate target of Iraq.
This was a total fabrication, but it was the key to success.
The National Security Agency has never been punished for
its lying conduct.
167
The report stated that an unprecedented amount of television
coverage would be needed to swing public support behind the
war. The Bush administration early on secured the full
cooperation of the three major networks, ABC, CBS and
NBC and later CNN. In later years a virtual propaganda
station, Fox News (also known as Faux News) was added.
The amount of Gulf War and related subjects coverage in
1990 by these stations was three times that of any subject
covered in 1989, and once the war began; coverage was five
times greater than any other story, including Tiananmen
Square.
In 2003, Bush the younger, followed very closely the
formula that had succeeded for his father, but with some
additional adaptations. News mixed with fiction (see the
section about H.G. Wells "War of the Worlds") became more
fiction mixed with news and blatant lying was resorted to so
that straight reporting became impossible to distinguish from
news mixed with fiction.
One of the principal players in the coverage of the war was
CNN, which contracted with the Bush administration to bring
the Gulf War to American sitting rooms on a round-the-clock
basis. As a result of the mass of favorable, slanted news, the
deployment of troops to the Gulf was favorably received by
about 90 percent of the American people. It was just another
way to practice opinion-making polling on the American
people, just another way to brainwash them.
National Security Agency (NSA) advisors told the Bush
administration that from the very start, the public had to be
persuaded to go along with his Gulf War plans. It was
decided to create a parallel between Hitler and Saddam
Hussein, with the words "Saddam Hussein must be stopped"
repeated over and over again, followed by lie that the Iraqi
President "is acting like Hitler."
168
Later a dire threat was added, that Iraq had the capability to
strike at the U.S. with long-range weapons of mass
destruction. It was the adaptation of Stalin's edict that to
capture and enslave your own people, first terrorize them.
British Prime Minister Blair went even further. Speaking in
Parliament, he told the British people that "Saddam Hussein"
had the capability to strike Britain and could do so within 45
minutes. He went as far as to warn British tourists
vacationing in Cyprus to return to Britain as soon as possible
as British intelligence had learned that Iraq was preparing to
launch a nuclear strike against the island. Blair made his
announcement in the full knowledge that Iraq's nuclear
weapons program had been completely destroyed in 1991.
The first Bush administration's "skill" in communicating the
need for a war in the Gulf reached its height with the Hill and
Knowlton fabricated "incubator" story tearfully told by the
daughter of the ambassador of Kuwait to Washington. The
Senate — and the entire country — swallowed this massive
fraud.
It was Kaiser Wilhelm II "cutting off the arms of young
Belgian children" all over again, and with even greater
success. After the Hill and Knowlton "big lie," 77 percent of
Americans surveyed said they approved of using U.S. troops
against Iraq, even though 65 percent of those polled did know
where Iraq was on the map.
All major polls found that Bush's sidestepping of the
Constitution was approved, because those polled had no idea
of what a constitutional declaration of war was, nor that it
was mandatory. The role played by the U.N. added to the
"communication skills" of the Bush administration, the report
said.
169
The second Bush administration used the same Tavistock
methods and once again the American people went along
with the lies and distortions presented to them as fact. The war
was vigorously promoted by Vice President Cheney who led
a massive campaign to force public opinion onto the side of
George Bush. No other Vice President in the history of the
United States had ever taken such an active part in forcing the
American people into a war with Iraq.
Cheney appeared on television 15 times in one month and
adamantly declared that the Taliban was behind the attack on
the World Trade Towers in New York and that the Taliban
was under the control of President Hussein. "The fight against
terrorism had to be taken to the "terrorists" in Iraq," Cheney
said, "before they could strike at the U.S. again."
Cheney continued in the same vein long after his claim was
proved absolutely false. Although the world's greatest
authorities came forward to announce that Iraq had nothing to
do with the 9/11 and that there were no Taliban fighters in
Iraq, Cheney kept up his drumbeat of lies, until Hans Blix,
the former U.N. chief weapons inspector cut him off, and the
Central Intelligence Agency reported to the U.S. Senate that
no connections had been discovered between Iraq and the
Taliban and with 9/11.
In fact, said the CIA report, Hussein hated the Taliban and
had driven them out of Iraq many years before. We publish
this information in the hope that the American people will not
be so gullible the next time their President wants to get them
involved in a war. We would also like the American people to
know that they are being grossly misled by a foreign "think
tank" that constantly misleads them on a multitude of issues.
170
Let us examine some of the issues and let us hope that the
American people will never be misled again by the skilled
"communicators."
The American people have been grossly misled about five
major wars, and that should be enough for any nation. But
unfortunately, the nonstop bombing of Iraq and Serbia by
U.S. - British aircraft showed that the American people had
learned nothing from the Gulf War and how it was instigated,
and how they were lied to and manipulated in an utterly
reprehensible manner.
The second Gulf War was ample proof that Tavistock's
methods still work, so much so that blatant lying was resorted
to with the knowledge that even if discovered as lies, the
Bush administration knew that their lies would just be
shrugged off, because the American people were now
thoroughly conditioned in a state of permanent "shell-shock,"
to display no concern over what was a very serious position
for any nation to find itself in.
What can be done about the grip Tavistock and its many
affiliated institutions have on the country, the Christian
Right, the Congress, our intelligence agencies and the State
Department, a grip that extends all the way to the President
and to our top military brass? As I previously stated, the main
problem is to be able to convince the broad mass of
Americans that what is happening to them and the country, is
not a case of "changing times" due to circumstances beyond
their control, but a carefully contrived plot, a real menace to
the future of all of us, and not just some "conspiracy" theory.
We can arouse the nation, but only if a concerted effort is
made at the grassroots level. The solution to the problem lies
in educating Americans and by unified action.
171
There is a great and compelling need to educate the millions
of people as to what the secret manipulators are doing, and
more importantly, just how, and why they are doing it.
Urgent constitutional action is needed to bring this about.
There are many leading citizens, who have the power and the
financial means to start a grass roots campaign. What is not
wanted, is a third political party.
A grass roots movement, properly educated and acting in
concert is the only way (at least in my opinion) that we are
going to win our country back from the dark and evil forces
that have it by the throat. Together, in a grass roots
movement, we can shake America free from the grip of
foreign powers, powers the Tavistock Institute serves so well,
foreign powers that are bent upon the destruction of America
as constituted by our Founding Fathers.
This work on the Tavistock Institute is another "first" in my
series on major organizations whose names will be new to
most readers. Tavistock is the most important nerve center in
the U.S., and it has poisoned and gradually altered for the
worse, every facet of our lives since 1946, when it began its
North America operations.
Tavistock has played and is playing the leading role in
shaping U.S. policies and world events. It is undoubtedly, the
mother of all mind control and mind conditioning centers in
the world. In the United States it has a great deal of control
over day-to-day affairs and has a direct hand in the course
and direction of such American think tanks as Stanford
Research, Esalen Institute, Wharton School, MIT, the Hudson
Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the Georgetown University
and even more directly, extends its influence to the White
House and the State Department. Tavistock has a profound
influence in shaping U.S. domestic and foreign policy.
172
Tavistock is a study center devoted to the service of the
Black Nobility and those devoted to promoting the New
World Order inside a One World Government.
Tavistock does work for the Club of Rome, the CFR,
Trilateral Commission, the German Marshall Fund, the Mont
Pelerin Society, the Ditchley Group, the Quator Coronati
Freemason control lodge and the Bank of International
Settlements.
CHAPTER 28
How Tavistock makes well people sick
173
Tavistock's story begins with its founder, Brig. Gen. John
Rawlings Reese in 1921. It was Reese who evolved
Tavistock's methods of mass "brainwashing". Tavistock was
founded as a research center for British Special Intelligence
Service (SIS).
It was Reese who launched the method of controlling
political campaigns, as well as mind control techniques,
which continue to this very day, and it was Reese and
Tavistock who taught the USSR, North Vietnam China and
Vietnam how to apply his techniques — all they ever wanted to
know about how to brain wash individuals or a mass of
people.
Reese was a close confidant of the late Margaret Meade and
her husband Gregory Bateson, both of whom played major
roles in shaping U.S. institutions that make government
policy. He was also a friend of Kurt Lewin, who was
expelled from Germany after being accused of being an
active Zionist. Lewin fled Germany when it became apparent
that the NSDP would control Germany. Lewin rose to
become Tavistock's director in 1932. He played a major role
in preparing the American people for entry into WWII. Lewin
was responsible for organizing the greatest propaganda
machine known to mankind, which he directed against the
whole German nation. Lewin's machine was responsible for
whipping the American public opinion into favoring the war
by engendering a climate of hatred against Germany. What
was it that made the Reese method so successful? Basically, it
was this: The same psychotherapy techniques used to cure a
mentally sick individual could be applied in the opposite
direction.
174
It could also used to make healthy people become mentally ill.
Reese began his long series of experiments in the 1930s using
British Army recruits as test cases. From there Reese
progressed to perfecting mass brainwashing techniques,
which he was later to apply to countries slated for change.
One such country was the United States, which remains the
focus of attention of Tavistock. Reese began applying his
behavior modifications techniques against the American
people in 1946. Few if any realized the extreme threat to
America, which Reese posed.
The British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau was set up
at Tavistock through secret agreements with Churchill, well
before Churchill became prime minister. The agreements
gave the British Special Operations Executive, commonly
known as the SOE, full control over the policies of the U.S.
Armed Forces, acting through civilian channels, and which
invariably, became official U.S. Government policy.
That agreement is still firmly in place, as unacceptable to
patriotic Americans today, as it was when established. It was
the discovery of this agreement that led Gen. Eisenhower to
issue his historical warning about powers accumulated in the
hands of the "military industrial complex."
So that we fully understand the influence of Tavistock in the
daily political, social, religious and economic life of the U.S.,
allow me to explain that it was Kurt Lewin, the second in
command who was responsible for founding the following
American institutions, many of whom were responsible for
making profound changes in U.S. foreign and local policies:
175
* The Harvard Psychological Clinic
* The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
* The Committee on National Morale
* Rand Corporation
* National Defense Resources Council
* The National Institute for Mental health
* The National Training Laboratories
* The Stanford Research Center
* The Wharton School of Economics.
* The New York Police Department
*The FBI
*The CIA
* The Rand Institute
To Lewin fell the task of selecting key personnel for these
and other highly prestigious research institutions; including
Esalen, the Rand Corporation; the United States Air Force, the
Navy, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the State Department. In
later years Tavistock conditioned those chosen to operate the
ELF weather modifications facilities located in Wisconsin
and Michigan, as a defense against those operated from the
Kola Peninsula in Russia.
176
It was through institutions like Stanford and Rand that the
treasonous, infamous "MK Ultra" project got its start. "MK
Ultra" was a 20-year experiment utilizing LSD and other
"mind-altering" drugs, carried forward under the direction of
Aldous Huxley and the guru of the "Ban the Bomb"
movement, Bertrand Russell (the senior statesman of the
300) for and on behalf of the CIA.
In the second Gulf War Tavistock-trained operatives showed
U.S. General Miller how to run systematic torture to extract
"information" from Muslim captives held at Abu Graib prison
in Iraq and Guantanamo Bay in Cuba that shocked and
disgusted the world when they were exposed. Through these
and other similar mind control, mood-altering drugs, Lewin,
Huxley and Russell were able to do indescribable damage to
the youth of America, damage from which we, as a nation,
will probably never fully recover. Their horrible drug
experiments were carried out from Stanford Research,
McGill University, and Bethesda Naval Hospital and at U.S.
Army locations scattered all across the land.
It is worth repeating that the movement, which sprouted
among our youth in the 1950s— 1960s, known as the "New
Age" and or the "Age of Aquarius", was a Tavistock
program. There was noting spontaneous about it. Nudity was
introduced in conformity with the course taken to demean
women.
By 2005 the "new" fad is called "Hip-Hop" a type of dance
game played mainly by children in the poorest suburbs of
America's cities. It was picked up by Tavistock and turned
into a full-blown industry with their specialists writing the
"music and lyrics" until it is one of the best profit-makers for
the recording industry.
177
Reese's methods were closely followed by Aldous Huxley,
Bertrand Russell, Arnold Toynbee and Alistair Crowley.
Russell was particularly adept at working Tavistock methods
in forming his "CND": "Ban the Bomb" campaign which
opposed U.S. nuclear experiments Tavistock "think tanks"
received massive U.S. Government funding. Such institutions
conduct research experiments with mass population
conditioning. The CND movement was a front from behind
which Huxley dispensed drugs for the youth of Britain.
In these experiments the American people have been more of
a target than any other national group in the world. As I
disclosed in 1969 and 2004, since 1946 the U.S. Government
has poured billions of dollars into projects, which may be
classed as "undercover operations", that is, the experimental
programs go under other name and titles so that the
unsuspecting American people raise no protest at such lavish
government spending.
In such Tavistock experiments, every aspect of America's
way of life, its customs, its traditions, its history, are
examined to see if they can be subjected to change. Every
aspect of our psychological and physiological life is
constantly under scrutiny at Tavistock's U.S. institutions.
The "change agents" work tirelessly to change our way of life
and make it look as such changes are merely "changing times"
to which we must adapt. These forced changes are to be found
in politics, religion, music, the way the news is manufactured
and reported, the style of delivery of the news readers with
the preponderance of American women readers who had
every last trace of femininity driven out of them; the style and
delivery of speeches made by Mr. Bush (short staccato
sentences) accompanied by facial contortions and body
movement taught by change artists,
178
his manner of walking (U.S. Marine style), the rise of the so-
called Christian fundamentalists in politics, the
overwhelming support for "isms", the list is endless.
The outcome, the net result of these experimental programs
determine how and where we shall live in the present and the
future, how we will react to stressful situations in our national
and personal life, and how our thinking on a national level
regarding education, religion, morals, economics and politics
can be channeled in the "right direction."
We, the People, have been and are being endlessly studied at
Tavistock's Institutions. We are dissected, profiled, thought-
read, and the data entered into computer data banks for the
purposes of shaping and planning how we will react to
planned future shocks and stressful situations. All this is done
without our consent and in gross violation of our
constitutional right to privacy.
These profiling results and prognostications are entered into
data bases in computers at the National Security Agency, the
FBI, the Department of Defense Intelligence Agency, and the
Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Central Intelligence Agency, the
National Security Agency to name but a few places where
such data is stored.
The lines between internal and external spying are being
blurred as the American people are conditioned for the
coming One World Government wherein surveillance of
individuals will reach unprecedented levels.
It was this kind of information which allowed the FBI to get
away with burning David Koresh and his Branch Davidians,
while the nation watched it happening on national television,
without hardly a whimper of protest
179
from the people and, an astonishing lack of protest from
Congress. In one move, the States rights of Texas were
destroyed. Waco was meant as a test case to see how the
population would react to witnessing the 10 th Amendment
being destroyed before their very eyes, and, as profiled, the
people of Texas and the United States acted precisely in the
manner of the Tavistock profile; they acted like sheep
peacefully grazing on grass as the Judas goat that would lead
them to the slaughterhouse circled the flock.
What has happened, and is happening on an ongoing basis,
was foretold by Carter's national Security Advisor, Zbigniew
Brzezinski, in his New Age book, "The Technocratic Era"
published in 1970. What he predicted is happening before our
eyes, but the deadly sinister nature of these unfolding events
is lost upon the people. The reality of what Brzezinski
foretold in 1970 has come to pass. I suggest that you read the
book — if it is obtainable — and then as I have done, compare
events that have transpired since 1970 with what is stated in
"The Technotronic Era." The accuracy of Brzezinski's
forecasting is not only amazing, but also rather frightening.
If you are still skeptical, then read 1984 by George Orwell, a
former M16 British intelligence operative. Orwell had to
write his startling revelation as fiction to avoid being
prosecuted under Britain's Official Secrets Act. Orwell's
"newspeak" is now everywhere to be found, and just as he
predicted, arouses no opposition.
Readers thought Orwell was describing Russia, but he was
foretelling the coming of a regime far worse than the
Bolshevik regime, the New World Order government of
Great Britain.
180
One has only to look over the legislation passed by the Blair
regime to see that liberties have been crushed, political
dissent has been crushed, the Magna Carta put to flames and
in its place, a set of draconian laws that makes for ominous
reading. "As goes England today, so goes the United States
tomorrow" according to an old saying.
Like it or not, Brzezinski predicted that We, the People,
would have nothing left of our right to privacy; every little
detail of our lives would be known by government, and
subject to instant recall from data banks. By the year 2000, he
said, private citizens would be in the grip of government
control as never before experienced by any other nation.
Today, in 2005, we are under constant surveillance such as
could not be imagined a few years ago, the Fourth
Amendment has been trampled, our best protection from a
gargantuan state, the 10 th Amendment no longer in existence,
and it has all been made possible through the work of Reese
and the Social Sciences scientists who control the Tavistock
Institute.
In 1969, by an order of the Committee of 300, Tavistock
established the Club of Rome, as first reported in my
monographs of 1969. The Club of Rome then established the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) as a political
alliance.
By 1999, we were discovering the truth about NATO; it is a
political entity with military support by its member-nations,
Tavistock provided key personnel for NATO from its
inception and it still does. They write all the key policies for
NATO. In other words, Tavistock controls NATO.
181
Proof of this can be seen in the way in which NATO was able
to bomb Serbia for 72 days and nights and get away with it,
although it violated the four Geneva Conventions, the Hague
Convention, the Nuremberg Protocols, and the United
Nations charter. There was no outcry from the American
people or the British people against such barbarous action.
Of course this had all been predetermined from Tavistock's
data banks: They knew exactly how the public would react or
not react to the bombing. Had an unfavorable determination
been made beforehand as to how the public would react, there
would have been no bombing raids over Serbia.
Precisely the same Tavistock studies were used to ascertain
public reaction to raining down cruise missiles and bombs on
the open city of Baghdad in 2002, Rumsfeld's infamous
"shock and awe" tactic. Barbarous behavior of this magnitude
was indulged in because the President and his men already
knew beforehand that there would be no outcry from the
American public.
Both the Club of Rome and NATO have considerable
influence in foreign policy decisions taken by the U.S.
Government, and they continue to do so, today, as we saw in
the case of the unprovoked attack on Serbia and Iraq
acceeded to by the Clinton and Bush administrations,
respectively. History provides other examples of national
control of the U.S. by Tavistock.
When the Second World War broke out, the United States
was subjected to a preplanned brainwashing campaign of the
most massive proportions, prepared and executed by the
Tavistock Institute.
182
This would pave the way for a smooth entry of the U.S. into a
war that was none of our business and muzzle those opposed
to it. All of Roosevelt's grand speeches were composed by
technicians skilled in mind control at Tavistock, many of
them emanating from the Fabian Society.
Americans were told that the war was started by Germany;
that the danger of Germany to world peace was far greater
than the threat of Bolshevism would ever be. A substantial
number of socials scientists working at Tavistock's U.S.
institutions were selected to lead the charge in persuading the
American people that America's entry into the war was the
proper course for it to take. However, they did not succeed
until Japan was "forced to fire the first shot" at Pearl Harbor.
183
CHAPTER 29
Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the War in Iraq
Kurt Lewin's topological psychology — standard fare at
Tavistock institutions — was taught to selected American
scientists sent there to learn its methodology, and the group
returned to the U.S. to spear- head the drive to force
Americans to believe that support for Britain — the instigator of
the war — was in our best interests. Topological psychology
is still the most advanced method of inducing behavior
modifications, whether in individuals or in mass population
groups.
Unhappily, topological psychology was used all too
successfully by the mass media in rushing America into a
British-contrived situation in Iraq, another war in which we
had no business involving ourselves. The professional liars
who run this country, the whores of the media, the
treasonous, treacherous "spokesmen" for the One World
Government — New World Order, used exact topological
psychology against those who said we should not be
attacking Iraq.
Bush, Baker, Haig, Rumsfeld, Rice, Powell, General Myers,
Cheney and those in Congress who fawned all over them in a
servile display of bootlicking — brainwashed the American
people to believe that Pres. Saddam Hussein of Iraq was a
monster, an evil man, a dictator, a threat to world peace, who
had to be removed from power, even though Iraq had never
done anything to harm the United States. While there may
have been some truth to the allegations that Hussein had done
some terrible deeds, the same could be said of Wilson and
Roosevelt magnified a million times.
184
Tavistock's war on the U.S. Constitution had completely
dumbed-down the American people to where they somehow
believed that the U.S. had the right to attack Iraq and remove
its leader, even though the Constitution expressly forbids
such action not to mention that it violated international law
and the Nuremberg Protocols. As already stated, it takes a
"contrived situation" to get the American people fired up.
In WWI it was the "atrocities" committed by the Kaiser. In
WWII it was Pearl Harbor, in Korea it was the "ghost torpedo
boats" of North Korea's attack on the U.S. Navy that never
happened.
In Iraq it was the deceit and lies of April Glaspie; in Serbia, it
was the "concern" of Madame Albright for the alleged
"persecution" of Albanian illegal aliens flooding into Serbia
to escape the economic misery of their homeland that was the
excuse for her self-righteous crusade against Serbia.
Tavistock coined a new name for the illegal Albanians;
henceforth they were to be called "Kosovars." Of course the
profiled and programmed American public made no objection
when Serbia, without just cause and without ever having
harmed the United States, was mercilessly bombed for
seventy-six days and nights!
The real danger to peace comes from our one-sided policy
toward Middle East nations, and our attitude toward Socialist
governments. Appeals to rally around the flag in the early
stages of WWII were pure Reese topological psychology —
and it was repeated in the Gulf War, the Korean War, Iraq
(twice) and Serbia.
185
Soon it will be North Korea again. The U.S. has persecuted
that nation for more than 25 years-only this time the excuse
will be that North Korea is about to drop a nuclear bomb on an
American city! In all these wars, the American people
succumbed to the big drum of Tavistock brainwashing under
the guise of "patriotism" tinged with a heavy dose of fear,
banged night and day. Americans believed the myth that
Germany was the "bad guy" bent upon ruling the world; we
rejected the threat of Bolshevism.
Twice we were whipped into frenzy against Germany. We
believed our controllers because we did not know that we
were brainwashed, manipulated and controlled. And so our
sons were shipped off to die on Europe's battlefields for a
cause, which was not America's cause.
Immediately after Winston Churchill became Britain's Prime
Minister after he ousted Neville Chamberlain because he had
succeeded in making a peace agreement with Germany;
Churchill the great paragon of belief in respect for
international law began breaking international laws that
governed civilized conduct during wars.
Acting on the advice of Tavistock theoretician Richard
Crossman — Winston Churchill adopted Tavistock's plan for
terror bombing of civilian population. (We were to see the
same policy being carried out in Iraq and Serbia.)
Churchill gave the Royal Air Force (RAF) orders to bomb
the small German city of Freiberg, an undefended city, one on
the list of such cities in Germany and Britain, which both
sides had agreed in a written pact was an "open, undefended
city" not to be bombed.
186
On Saturday afternoon, February 27 1940, a raid on Freiberg
was carried out by RAF "Mosquito" bombers, killing 300
civilians including 27 children at play in a schoolyard, plainly
visible as a school.
This was the start of the RAF's terror bombing campaign
against German civilian targets; the infamous Tavistock-
inspired Prudential Bombing Survey, which was directed
solely against German worker housing and the civilian
infrastructure. Tavistock assured Churchill that such mass
terror bombing would bring Germany to its knees once the
target of destroying 65% of German worker housing was
reached.
Churchill's decision to launch terror bombing against
Germany was a war crime and remains a war crime.
Churchill was a war criminal and should have been put on
trial for his hideous crimes against humanity.
The bombing of Freiberg Germany, without consultation
with France, was the first departure from civilized conduct in
WWII and the British Government was solely to blame for
the air raids by the Germans, which followed. Churchill's
terror tactics were followed to the letter by the U.S. in the
undeclared war against Iraq, Serbia, Iraq again and
Afghanistan, which began in March of 1999, in the same vein
of no mercy as displayed by Churchill.
Kurt Lewin, whose hatred of Germany knew no bounds,
developed the policy of terror bombing of civilian housing.
Lewin was the "father" of the Strategic Bombing Survey,
deliberately designed to destroy 65 percent of German
worker housing and kill in an indiscriminate manner, as
many German civilians as possible.
187
German military casualties were far exceeded by civilian
casualties of the war, as a result of "Bomber" Harris and his
heavy bomber night raids by the RAF on German worker
housing. This was a major war crime that has still gone
unpunished.
This gives the lie to the propaganda put out by Tavistock that
Germany began such terror raids. The facts are that it was
only after eight weeks of terror-raids on Berlin had caused
heavy damage to civilian housing and non-military targets
had taken thousands of civilian lives that the Luftwaffe
retaliated by attacks on London. German retaliation came
only after countless appeals by Hitler, directly to Churchill to
stop breaking their agreement, which the "great man"
ignored.
Churchill, the master liar, the consummate liar, with the help
of, and under the direction of Lewin was able to persuade the
world that Germany started civilian bombing as a deliberate
policy when, as we have seen, it was Churchill who initiated
it. British War Office and RAF documents reflect this
position. The damage done to London by the Luftwaffe was
relatively mild when compared with what the RAF did to
German cities, but the world never heard about that.
The world saw only what amounted to small sections of
London damaged by German air raids with Churchill striding
over the rubble, his jaw jutting out and a cigar clenched
between his teeth, the epitome of defiance! How well
Tavistock had taught him to stage such events! (We see the
echo of Churchill's affected mannerisms appearing in George
Bush who appears to have undergone some "training" of his
own.)
Churchill's "bulldog" character was created by Tavistock. His
true character was never revealed. The callous bombing
188
of Freiberg paled into a shadow compared with the callous,
barbaric, un-Christian, inhuman fire-bombing of the open,
undefended city of Dresden that took more lives than the
subsequent atomic bomb attack on Hiroshima.
The bombing of Dresden and the timing of the raid was a
cold-blooded decision taken in consultation with Tavistock by
the "great man" to cause "shock and awe" and impress his
friend, Joseph Stalin. It was also an outright attack on
Christianity, timed to take place during Lent.
There was no reason military or strategic reason to fire bomb
Dresden, which was selected as a target by Lewin. In my
view, the fire bombing of Dresden, crowded with German
civilian refugees fleeing from the Russian onslaught from the
East, when Lent celebrations were being observed, ranks as
the most heinous war crime ever committed. Yet, because the
British and American people had been thoroughly
programmed, conditioned and thoroughly brainwashed,
hardly a murmur of protest was heard. The war criminals,
"Bomber" Harris, Churchill, Lewin and Roosevelt, got away
with this terrible crime against humanity.
On May 5, 2005, during a State visit to Berlin, Russian
President Vladimir Putin held a joint conference with
Germany Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder told the German
newspaper Beeld that Allied forces cannot be absolved for
the horrors of WWII, and that included the bombing of
Dresden: "The Western allies didn't abound with any special
humanity," he said. "It is incomprehensible to me to this day
why Dresden was destroyed. There was no military reason for
it."
Perhaps the Russian leader did not know about Tavistock and
its Prudential Bombing Survey that ordained the
189
terrible bombing, but certainly, readers of this work will now
know why the barbaric and horrible atrocity was carried out.
To return to Reese and his early work at Tavistock involving
brainwashing experiments on 80,000 British Army troops.
After a five-year "re-programming" of these men, Reese was
confident that his system of making mentally stable people ill,
would work on any mass group. Reese was sure that he could
give "treatment" to mass groups of people, whether it was
desired by them or not, and without the victims even being
aware of what was being done to their minds. When
questioned about the propriety of his actions, Reese
responded that it was unnecessary to first obtain permission
from the "subjects" before commencing with his experiments.
The modus operandi developed by Reese and his gurus,
proved to be successful. The Reese-Lewin method of
tampering with minds proved highly effective and is still in
wide use in America today, in 2005. We are tampered with, our
opinions manufactured for us, all without our permission.
What was the purpose of these behavior modifications? It was
to bring about forced changes to our way of life, without our
agreement and without even being aware of what is
happening.
From his brightest students, Reese selected what he called
"my first team" to become the first level of his "invisible
college graduates" "shock troops" that were to be placed in
key positions inside British Intelligence, the Army,
Parliament and later, inside the Supreme Headquarters Allied
Expeditionary Forces (SHAEF).
The "first team graduates" went on to fully control General
Eisenhower, who became no more than a puppet in their
190
hands. "First team graduates" were insinuated into every
policy making body in the United States.
The "first team graduates" made U.S. policy decisions. The
"Secret Team" as they were to become known, was
responsible for the public execution of President. John F.
Kennedy, in full view of America and the world as a lesson to
future Presidents that they were to obey all directives
received from the "Olympians". Kissinger was one of many
"first team graduates" placed in a position of authority inside
the U.S. Government, in the O.S.S. and the FBI.
A Canadian citizen, Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield ran
Division Five counterintelligence of the FBI during WWII. In
Britain, it was H.V. Dicks who was responsible for placing
"first team graduates" in key intelligence positions, the
Church of England, the Foreign Office and the War Office,
not to mention the Parliament.
Tavistock was able to conduct wartime experiments in
peacetime, given all of the facilities made available to it, and
with this experience, could tighten its grip on the U.S. and
British military establishments and intelligence
services.
In America, Tavistock's sinister experiments changed the
American way of life, completely and forever. When this
truth is recognized by the majority of our people, when the
far-reaching control of Tavistock exercises over our daily
lives is comprehended, only then will we be able to fight
back, if indeed we have not by then become total shell-
shocked automons.
191
By 1942 the command structure of British and U.S. military
and intelligence services had become so enmeshed that they
could no longer be separated or distinguished from each
other.
This gave rise to the many weird and strange policies
followed by our government, most of which policies directly
contradicted the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights and
ran contrary to the wishes of We, the People, as expressed
through our elected representatives in the Congress. In short,
our elected representatives had lost control of our
government. Winston Churchill called it "a special
relationship."
At the close of WWII, a number of carefully selected and
profiled senior political and military figures from Britain and
the United States were invited to attend a conference chaired
by Reese. What Reese told the group is taken from
confidential notes compiled by one of those who attended the
meeting but who has asked to remain anonymous:
"If we propose to come out in the open and attack national,
social problems of our day, then we must have shock troops,
and these cannot be provided by psychiatry based wholly on
institutions.
We must have mobile teams of psychiatrists who are free to
move around and make contact with local situation in
particular areas. In a world driven completely mad, groups of
psychiatrists linked to each other, each capable of influencing
the entire field of politics and government must be the
arbiters, the power cabal."
192
Could anything be clearer? Here was Reese advocating
lawless conduct by a group of psychiatrists linked together to
make up first teams for his invisible colleges, free from all
social, ethical, and legal restraints, who could be moved to
areas of mentally well population groups, which in the
opinion of Reese and his team, needed to be made ill by
reverse psychology "treatment". Being "well" included any
community that had successfully resisted mass brainwashing,
as the results of "polling" showed.
"First teams" would be followed by "shock troops" such as we
see among the environmentalist groups. And this is not
surprising as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is
a monster created by Tavistock's "environmental concerns,"
which concerns were generated by Tavistock themselves and
passed on to the Environmental Protective Agency via shock
troops.
The EPA is not the only Tavistock- generated creature.
Abortion and homosexuality are Tavistock created and
supported aberrations.
Because of Tavistock-created and supported programs, we in
the United States have suffered a terrible degradation of our
moral life, our religious life; debasement of music through
the aberration of rock and roll "music," which became
progressively worse following a relatively tame introduction
by The Beatles followed by Rap and Hip-Hop; destruction of
art, as we see pushed by PBS in the Mapplethorpe degenerate
objects of derision. We have seen a proliferation of the drug
culture and an intensified worship of the Golden Calf. The
lust for money has never been higher in any civilization than
the current one.
193
These are the bitter fruits of Tavistock policies implanted in
our society by "invisible college graduates", who became
school board members and insinuated themselves into
leadership roles in our churches. They also insinuated
themselves into important party political positions, at city
and State levels, wherever their influence would be felt.
The "graduates" became members of labor mediation boards,
school boards, university boards, trade unions, the military,
the church, the communications media, the entertainment
media and the civil service; as well as the Congress, to the
extent where it becomes obvious to the trained observer that
Tavistock has taken over the reins of government.
Reese and his Tavistock colleagues succeeded beyond their
wildest dreams, having captured control of the major
institutions upon which government rests. The parent, - the
Committee of 300 — must be delighted with the progress
made by the young infant Club of Rome.
The Fourth of July has been rendered meaningless. There is no
longer any American "independence" to celebrate. The
victories of 1776 have been negated, largely reversed, and it
remains only a matter of time before the U.S. Constitution is
discarded in favor of a New World Order. In the tenure of
G.W. Bush, we see that process accelerated.
CHAPTER 30
My choice of candidate, not my choice
195
Let us look at the way in which an election is run. The
American people do not vote for a president. They vote for a
party candidate chosen by the elect of the party, more often
than not, entirely under the control of the Committee of 300.
This is not a vote for a candidate of choice, as we are so often
told. In truth, voters have no choice other than selecting from
pre-chosen candidates.
The candidates the pubic think it is voting for by choice (our
choice) have been thoroughly vetted by the Tavistock
Institute, and we were then brainwashed into thinking of
them in a virtuous manner.
Such impressions or sound bites are created in the studious of
think tanks like Yankelovich, Skalley and White, run by
Tavistock graduate Daniel Yankelovich. Tavistock-controlled
"think tanks" tell us how to vote in their chosen manner.
Since the advent of Yankelovich, the number of profiling"
industries has proliferated to over one hundred and fifty such
institutions. Take the examples of James Earl Carter, and
George Bush. Carter came from relative obscurity to "win"
the White House, which the media moguls said, proved that
the U.S. system works.
In fact, what Carter's election proved was that Tavistock rules
this country and can sway the majority of voters to vote for a
man about whom they know almost nothing. Saying that "the
system worked" in relation to Carter, and later, in relation to
William Jefferson Clinton, was exactly the maladaptive
response Tavistock expected from a mass-brainwashed
populace.
196
What Carter mirrored was that voters will vote for a
candidate pre-selected for them. No thinking person would
have wanted Skull and Bones man George Bush as Vice
President, yet Bush is what we got. How did it come about
that Carter was able to reach the White House? It happened
thusly: A certain Dr. Peter Bourne, Tavistock's in-house
social psychologist was given the task of finding a candidate
Tavistock could manipulate. In other words, Bourne was to
find the "right" candidate for the job according to Tavistock's
rule, one that could be sold to the voters.
Bourne, knowing Carter's history, put forward his name for
consideration. Once Carter's record was approved, American
voters were given "the treatment," that is to say; they were
subjected to a sustained brainwashing campaign to persuade
them that they had found Carter as their choice. In fact, by the
time Tavistock was finished with the job, it was not really
necessary to hold an election. It became a mere formality.
Carter's victory was a personal victory for Reese, while Bush
was a victory for Tavistock's methodology. An even greater
"success story" was to follow in the selling of William
Jefferson Clinton as a candidate for the White House, a feat
which might have been impossible in any other country.
Then came the selling of George W. Bush, a failed
businessman and one who had sidestepped serving in
Vietnam and a man with very thin experience.
Tavistock had to go into high gear, but even that was not
enough. When it was certain that Bush was not going to win,
the U.S. Supreme Court illegally intervened in a STATE
election and awarded the prize to the loser.
197
A stupefied (shell-shocked) electorate let the enormous
violation of the U.S. Constitution go unchallenged thereby
assuring their future will be lived in a New World Order -
International Communist One World Government
International Communists dictatorship.
Reese continued to expand Tavistock's base of operations,
taking on board Dorwin Cartwright, a highly skilled
population profiler. One of his specialties was measuring
population reaction to a food shortage. The object was to gain
experience when the food weapon is brought into play against
a population group unwilling to conform to Tavistock
regulations.
Tavistock has planned it this way: The international food
cartels will corner food production and distribution of the
world's food resources. Famine is a weapon of war, just as
weather modifications is a weapon of war. Tavistock will use
the famine weapon without restraint, when the time is right.
Continuing with the expansion of Tavistock, Reese recruited
Ronald Lippert.
What Tavistock had in mind when it hired Lippert, was to get
a foothold in the future control of education, starting with
young children. Lippert was an expert in tinkering with the
minds of the very young. An ex-O.S.S. operative, he was
highly skilled theoretician, and a specialist in race mixing as
a way of weakening national boundaries. Once installed at
Tavistock, Lippert began his work by establishing a "think
tank" devoted to what he called, "community interrelations,"
which involved seeking methods whereby natural race barriers
might be dismantled.
The so-called "civil rights" legislation is pure Reese and
Lippert, and has no constitutional basis in fact.
198
(See "What you Should Know About The U.S. Constitution
for a full explanation on so-called "civil rights.")
In passing I should say that all civil rights legislation in the
U.S is predicated on the 14 th Amendment, but the problem is
that the fourteenth was never ratified. Thus it is not a part of
the U.S. Constitution and all laws predicated upon it are null
and void. In essence there is no such constitutional provision
for civil rights.
Lippert established the rationale for Martin Luther King's
"civil rights" over the fact that no basis for it existed in the
Federal Constitution. Busing children past their schools was
another Lippert-Reese brainwashing success. Busing
children past their destination was certainly not a "right." To
sell the idea of "civil rights" to the American populace at
large, three "think tanks" were established:
The Science Policy Research Center The
Institute for Social Research The National
Training Laboratories
Through the Science Policy Research Unit, Lippert was able
to place thousands of his brainwashed "graduates" in key
positions throughout the United States, West European
(including Britain), France and Italy. Today, Britain, France,
Italy and Germany all have Socialist governments, the
groundwork for which was prepared by Tavistock.
Hundreds of upper-level executives from some of America's
most prestigious corporations were trained at one or another
of Fippert's institutions. The National Training Faboratories
gained control of the 2-million strong National Education
Association and with this success, came complete control over
education in American schools and universities.
199
But perhaps the most profound influence exerted on America
came with Tavistock's control of NASA, partially because of
the Special Report on NASA's space program, written by Dr.
Anatole Rappaport for the Club of Rome. The startling report
was released at a seminar in May of 1967 to which only the
most carefully selected and profiled delegates from the top
echelons of business and governments of the most highly
industrialized nations were invited.
Among the attendees were members of the Foreign Policy
Institute, while the State Department sent Age of Aquarius
conspirator, Zbigniew Brzezinski as its observer. In its final
report, the Tavistock-controlled symposium derided NASA's
work as "inappropriate" and suggested that its space
programs be halted immediately. The U.S. Government duly
obliged by cutting off funding, which caused NASA to lie
dormant for 9 years — enough time for the Soviet space
program to catch-up and forge ahead of the U.S. The United
States has never been able to close the gap.
Rappaport's Special NASA Report stated that the agency was
producing "too many skilled people; too many scientists and
engineers," whose services would not be needed in the
smaller, more beautiful post industrial society, mandated by
the Club of Rome. Rappaport called our highly skilled and
trained space scientists and engineers, "redundant." The U.S.
Government, which I have already indicated appears to be
under the thumb of Tavistock, thereupon cut funding.
Interference with NASA is a perfect example of how Britain
controls U.S. domestic and foreign policies.
200
Jewel in Tavistock's crown is the Aspen Institute of
Colorado, which for years was under the direction of Robert
Anderson, a graduate of the University of Chicago,
preeminent for brainwashing in the United States. The Aspen
facility is the North American home of the Club of Rome
teaches that a return of the monarchy would be very good for
America. John Nesbitt, another Tavistock graduate held
seminars on a fairly regular basis at Aspen at which instituting
a monarchy was promoted among top businessmen.
One of Nesbitt's students was William Jefferson Clinton,
already then favored as presidential material. Nesbitt, like
Anderson, is dazzled by British royalty and follows their
Cathari doctrines of bogus concerns for ecology.
The Philosophical Radicals had introduced the Bogomils and
Catharists beliefs into Socialist circles in Britain. Anderson's
proteges were Margaret Thatcher and George Bush whose
actions in the Gulf War showed that Tavistock had done its
homework rather well. Anderson is typical of the duped,
brainwashed "graduate leaders" and his specialty is teaching
targeted groups of business leaders in environmental training.
Ecology issues are Anderson's forte. Although Anderson
funds some of his activities from his own huge financial
resources, he also receives donations from around the world,
including donations from Queen Elizabeth and her consort,
Prince Philip. Anderson founded the militant "Friends of the
Earth" ecology movement and the "United Nations
Conference on the Environment. "
201
Aside from his Aspen activities, Anderson is president and
CEO of the Atlantic Richfield Company — ARCO, on whose
board of directors is to be found the following notables:
Jack Conway.
He is best remembered for his work for the United Way
Appeal Fund and as a director of the Socialist International
Ford Foundation, both about as un-American as it is possible
to get. Conway is also a director of the "Center for Change," a
specialist Tavistock shock troops clearing house.
Philip Hawley.
He is chairman of the Fos Angeles Company, "Hawley and
Hale," which interfaces with "Transamerica," a company
specializing in making anti Christian, anti-family, pro-
abortion, pro-lesbian, pro-homosexual, pro-drug movies.
Hawley is associated with Bank of America, which funds the
Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions, a classic
Tavistock brainwashing institution think-tank for the
promotion of drug usage and legalization of drugs.
Dr. Joel Fort.
This British national, Fort was on the board of directors of
the Fondon "Observer" newspaper along with the Honorable
David Astor and Sir Mark Turner, a director of the Royal
Institute for Inter-national Affairs (RIIA), whose abject
American servant is Henry Kissinger.
The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA)
Founded the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) as a sister
organization, America's de- facto mid-level secret
government, is the executive arm of the Committee of 300. In
May of 1982, Kissinger proudly announced Tavistock's
control of America.
202
The occasion was a dinner for RIIA members. Kissinger
lauded the British Government as is expected of a Tavistock
graduate. In his best gravel- voiced manner Kissinger said: "In
my White House days, I kept the British Foreign Office better
informed than I did the U.S. State Department."
The common denominator between the three Lippert
institutions is the brainwashing methodology originally
taught at Tavistock. All three of Lippert's institutes were
funded by government grants. At these institutions, the top
administrators and policy makers of the government were
and are trained how to undermine America's established way
of life, founded on Western civilization and upon the United
States Constitution. The intent is to weaken and eventually
break down the institutions that make up the foundation of
the United States.
The National Education Association
An indication of just how great was Lippert's control of the
National Education Association can be gauged from the en-
bloc vote cast for William Jefferson Clinton by its
brainwashed member- teachers, in accordance with the
leadership's instructions.
The Coming Group.
The company donated Wye Plantation to the Aspen Institute,
which became the principal training ground for New Age
recruits and "shock troops." James Houghton, Coming's Vice
Chairman, is a messenger for the Pierepoint Morgan family of
Morgan Guarantee and Trust on Wall Street. Morgan
receives daily briefings from the RIIA directly from London,
which briefings become INSTRUCTIONS to be conveyed to
the U.S. Secretary of State.
203
Former Secretary of the Treasury William Fowler was part of
Coming-Aspen interface. He is the chief proponent for
handing over U.S. fiscal policies to the International
Monetary Fund (IMF) and constantly pushed for the Bank of
International Settlements to control internal U.S. banking. It
is significant that Wye Plantation was the site of the Arab —
Israeli peace talks known as the Wye Accords.
Executive Conference Center.
Charged with teaching behavior modifications under the
direction of Robert L. Schwartz, this "specialist training
center" is run along the lines of the Esalen Institute.
Schwartz spent 3 years at Esalen Institute and worked closely
with Aldous Huxley, Tavistock's No. I "respectable" drug
culture pusher who was responsible for introducing LSD to
American college students. Schwartz was also a close friend
of anthropologist Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory
Bateson. From Stanford and Esalen, Schwartz moved to
Terrytown House, the Mary Biddle Duke property in
Westchester, where with huge grants from IBM and AT&T,
opened the Executive Conference Center; the first full-time
Age of Aquarius-New Age "graduate school" for top-flight
corporate executives drawn from every spectrum of corporate
America, industry, trade and banking.
Thousands of upper level executives and managers from
corporate America, especially from Fortune 500 companies,
the creme-del-le-creme of the business world, paid $750 per
head to obtain instruction in Age of Aquarius Age
methodology through seminars conducted by Schwartz,
Meade, Bateson, and other Tavistock brainwashing
specialists.
204
Schwartz was at one time strongly allied with Scientology,
and he was also an editor of TIME magazine. Aspen Institute
- New Age centers were generously funded by IBM and
AT&T.
It is difficult for Americans who do not have access to this
kind of information to believe that IBM and AT&T, two
household names in Corporate America, would have anything
to do with mind control, brainwashing, behavior modification
and transcendental meditation; Bahai sensitivity training, Zen
Buddhism, reverse psychology, and all of the other New Age
- Age of Aquarius programs designed to break down the
morals of the American people and weaken family life.
Christianity was not taught.
Doubts would arise in the minds of most Americans who do
not know the extent to which Corporate America rules the
roost at home and abroad, in a manner dangerous to the U.S.
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Without Corporate
America, we would never have suffered the Vietnam War,
the Gulf War, war on Serbia, and a second war against Iraq.
Nor would Carter and Clinton have had a ghost of a chance of
sitting in the White House, against all odds !
If what is written here is not accurate, these companies could
always deny its truths, but thus far, they have not done so. It
would come as a shock to find that a large number of
corporate giants that are household names to the American
public, send their executives and upper level management
personnel to have their brains scrambled by Schwartz,
Meade, Bateson, John Nesbitt, Lewin, Cartwright and other
Tavistock behavioral modifications and mind control
specialists: At the Executive Conference Center, corporate
executives meet with lohn Nesbitt, who owes his allegiance
to the Black Nobility and the House of Guelph, better known
as the House of Windsor; the RIIA,
205
the Milner - Round Table Groups, the Club of Rome and
Aspen Institute. Nesbitt is typical of the operatives used by the
British Government to direct U.S. and foreign policies.
Nesbitt is a staunch monarchist and a Club of Rome specialist
in zero growth for industry, especially heavy industry. He
believes in zero growth post industrialism to the point of
returning the world to a feudal state. At one of his
brainwashing sessions, he told the executives from "Business
America" (my new term):
"The United States is moving toward as monarchy just like
Britain and a governing system in which Congress, the White
House and the Supreme Court will be merely symbolic and
ritualistic. This will constitute true democracy; the American
people do not care who is President; half of them don't vote,
anyway. America's economy is growing away from that of a
nation-state and towards smaller and smaller power centers,
possibly into multiple nations. We must substitute for the
national state, a geographical, ecological state of mind."
"The United States will move away from a concentration of
heavy industrial activity. Auto, steel, housing will never
revive again. Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, the old industrial
centers will die. We are moving toward an information
society. There is and will continue to be a lot of pain, but on
the whole, this economy is better off than it was a decade
ago." Nesbitt was actually echoing the very sentiments
expressed by Count Davignon in 1982.
CHAPTER 31
Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry:
America's Post Industrial Society.
207
In 1983 I wrote a monograph entitled, "The Death of the
Steel Industry" in which I provided details of how French
aristocrat Etienne Davignon of the Club of Rome was given the
task of downsizing the American steel industry.
At the time this work was published, a lot of people were
skeptical, but based upon information about the Club of
Rome — which most Americans and most writers had never
even heard of prior to my 1970 article of the same title; I felt
sure, that Nesbitt's prediction could happen, and in the next
seven years, it turned out to be accurate, although not in all
ways. Although parts of Nesbitt's predictions were off — their
time had not yet come - in many ways, he was correct, in so
far as the intentions of our secret government go.
None of the captains of industry, who attended Tavistock's
EEC brainwashing sessions, saw fit to protest what Nesbitt
was saying. That being the case how could I expect that an
unknown writer like myself, nobody had ever heard of,
would make an impact?
The executive conferences and training sessions at Tarrytown
House proved that Reese's brainwashing techniques were
flawless. Here was a forum attended by the captains of
industry, the elite of America's corporate world, quite happy to
be participating in the demise of America's steel industry,
sacrificing its unique domestic market that had made America
a great industrial nation, tearing up the Constitution and the
Bill of Rights and embracing genocidal programs calling for
the culling of half of the world's population; substituting
Eastern mysticism and the
208
Kabala for Christianity; applauding programs that would
result in a breakdown of the morals of the nation and
destruction of family life; a future Balkanized America.
No one could deny, looking at the state of America today in
2005, that Reese and his Tavistock methods did an
astonishing job in brainwashing the leaders of our corporate
world, our political and religious leaders, our judges and our
educators, and the guardians of the morals of the nation, not
to mention the U.S. House of Representatives and the Senate.
In 1974, Professor Harold Isaacson of the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology (MIT) in his book, "Idols of the
Tribe," laid bare Tavistock's blueprint to combine Mexico,
Canada and the U.S. into Balkan-type states. I would remind
my readers that MIT was founded by Kurt Lewin, the same
Kurt Lewin who was forced out of Germany because of his
brainwashing experiments; the same Lewin who planned the
Strategic Bombing Survey; Reese's number one theoretician.
All that Isaacson did was to spell out the Aquarian blueprint
in a more readable, detailed manner than the Stanford-Willis
Harmon Aquarian study. In 1981, seven years later,
Isaacson's ideas (Tavistock's Aquarian blueprint) were
presented to the public by Joel Gallo, editor of the
Washington Post, and the mouthpiece of Britain's House of
Windsor and the Club of Rome. Gallo called his presentation,
The Nine Nations of North America. Gallo's version of
Tavistock's blueprint for a future America envisaged:
* The death of the steel industry and a decline of industry in
the industrial Northeast and the founding of the "Nation of the
North East."
209
* Dixie, the Emerging Nation of the South.
* Etopia, consisting of the coastal fringes of the
Northwest Pacific.
(Willis Harmon in his Age of Aquarius paper used the term,
"ecotopia.")
* The balance of southwest America to be combined with
Mexico as a "breadbasket" region.
* The Midwest to be designated "The Empty Quarter."
* Parts of Canada and the islands to be designated "For
Special Purposes"
(Perhaps these territories will be the sites for future "Gulags,"
now that we have seen the unthinkable-the Guantanamo Bay
prison reconstruction facility where mind tinkering and torture
are in actual practice.)
In all these latter areas there would be nothing in the way of
large cities, conflicting with "ecotopia". Just to make sure
that everybody understood that they knew what he was
talking about, Gallo presented a map with his book. The
problem is that the American people did not take Gallo
seriously. It was precisely the way Tavistock expected them
to react in what it called a "perfect maladaptive response."
The American right wing grew up on the Rockefeller,
Warburgs, Freemasonry, the Illuminati, Council on Foreign
Relations, the Federal Reserve conspiracy, and the Trilateral
Commission. Nothing very much of the inner core workings
had been published.
210
When I began to publish my research in 1969, the American
people mostly had not heard of the Committee of 300, the Cini
Foundation, the Marshall Fund, the Club of Rome and
certainly not the Tavistock Institute, the Black Nobility of
Venice and Genoa. The following is a list of Tavistock
brainwashing institutions in the United States, which were
noted in my monographs published in 1969:
* Stanford Research Center. Employs 4,300 people and has
an annual budget in excess of $200 million.
* MFT/Sloane. Employs 5000 people and has an annual
budget of $20 million.
* University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. Employs
between 700- 800 people with an annual budget in excess of
$35 million.
* Management and Behavioral Research. Employs 40 people
with an annual budget of $2 million.
* Rand Corporation. Employs in excess of 2000 people with
an annual budget of $100 million.
* National Training Laboratories. Employs 700 people with
an annual budget of $30 million.
* The Hudson Institute. Employs between 120-140 people and
has an estimated annual budget of $8 million.
* Esalen Institute. Employs between 1800-2000 people with
an annual budget of in excess of $500 million.
(All 1969 figures)
Thus, in the United States alone, by 1989 we already had a
Tavistock Network of between 10 and 20 major institutions,
plus 400-500 medium institutions with in excess of 5000
satellites interlocking groups all revolving around Tavistock.
Together they employ in excess of 60,000 people, specialists
in one way or another in the field of behavioral sciences,
mind control, brainwashing, polling and creating public
opinion.
211
And all of them were working against the United States, our
Constitution and the Bill of Rights.
Since 1969 these institutions have been expanded and a great
many new ones added to the network and are funded not only
by large private and corporate donations, but also by the
United States Government itself. Tavistock's clients include:
* The State Department
* The U.S. Postal Service
* Department of Defense
* The CIA: The U.S. Navy Department of Naval
Intelligence
* The National Reconnaissance Office
* The National Security Council
* The FBI
* Kissinger Associates
* Duke University
* The State of California
* Georgetown University and many more.
In the private and corporate areas of our society, Tavistock
clients include:
* Hewlett Packard
*RCA
* Crown Zeilerbach
* McDonald Douglas
* IBM, Microsoft, Apple Computers, Boeing
* Kaiser Industries
*TRW
* Blythe Eastman Dillon
* Wells Fargo Bank of America
* Bechtel Corp
* Halliburton
* Raytheon
212
* McDonnell Douglas
* Shell Oil
* British Petroleum
* Conoco
* Exxon Mobil
* IBM and AT&T.
This is by no means a complete list, which Tavistock guards
jealously. These names are just those names I was able to
secure. I would say that the majority of Americans are
completely unaware that they are in a total war that has been
waged against them since 1946; a war of devastating
proportions and unremitting pressures; a war we are fast
losing, and one which will overwhelm us unless the
American people can be shaken loose from their
preconceived "it can't happen in America" position.
CHAPTER 32
Exposing the upper level parallel Secret Government
213
The only way in which we are going to defeat this powerful
and insidious enemy is by educating our people, especially
our young people in the Constitution, and by standing fast on
our Christian faith. Otherwise, our priceless heritage will be
lost, forever. The power that Tavistock wields over this
nation must be broken.
Hopefully, this work will become a training manual in the
hands of millions of Americans, who want to engage the
enemy, but who have, hitherto, not been able to identify that
enemy.
The political forces controlled by secret societies, all
opposing America's republican, constitutional ideals, do not
like anything that seeks to expose Tavistock Institute and
their disloyalty to America, and even less still, where such
disclosures cannot be ridiculed and ignored. Of course those
who engage in unmasking the deeds of our secret government
invariably pay a high price for such disclosures.
No one who is interested in the future of America can afford
to ignore the manner in which Tavistock Institute has
whipsawed the American people and manipulated
government, even as the majority of Americans remain in
ignorance of what is transpiring. With the almost complete
control exercised over our nation by our upper-level, parallel,
secret government, America has ceased to be a free and
independent nation. One can generally fix the beginning of
our decline around the time that Woodrow Wilson was
"elected" by the British aristocracy.
214
Most of Tavistock's more recent activities in the United
States have centered around the White House and in directing
former President G.H.W. Bush, former President Clinton, and
President G. W. Bush to engage in war against Iraq. Tavistock
is leading the drive to destroy the Second Amendment right
of citizens to keep and bear arms.
It has also been instrumental in advising key members of the
legislature that they have no further need for the U.S.
Constitution, hence the mass of new laws enacted that are not
laws at all, since they do not meet the test of constitutionality
and fall to the ground.
Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities in
America and Britain, and the leader in behavior modification
techniques, mind control and opinion making and shaping.
The Rand Institute at Santa Monica under the direction of
Tavistock created the phenomena known as "El Nino" as a
weather modification experiment. Tavistock is also heavily
engaged in the New Age "UFO" experiments and sighting of
aliens, under its mind control contracts with the C.I.A.
Rand Institute mns the ICBM program and does primary
analyses for foreign governments. Rand and Tavistock
successfully profiled the white population of South Africa as
a preliminary to testing the waters for a Communist African
National Congress takeover, assisted and strongly supported
by the U.S. State Department. "Bishop" Desmond Tutu, who
played a leading role in the preamble to the fall of the white
government, is a creation of Tavistock.
215
Georgetown University was taken over in its entirety by
Tavistock, back in 1938. Its structure and programs were
reformatted to suit the Tavistock "brain trust" blueprint as a
center for higher learning. This has had great significance for
the United States when we consider that Georgetown
University was where Mr. Clinton learned his art of mass
manipulation and dissembling.
All State Department field agents are trained at Georgetown.
Three of its best-known graduates were Henry Kissinger,
William Jefferson Clinton and Richard Armitage.
Georgetown's "invisible army" loyalists have done untold
harm to the United States and will no doubt play their roles to
the full until the end, a time when they will be uprooted,
exposed and rendered harmless.
Some of the ugliest and most horrifying actions taken against
America were planned at Tavistock. I am referring to the
bombing of the Marine compound at Beirut Airport, which
took the lives of 200 of our finest young servicemen. One
person believed to have been aware of the impending attack
by Lebanese terrorists, was Secretary of State George
Schultz. As unconfirmed reports stated at the time, Schultz
was tipped off in advance of the attack by the Mossad,
Israel's secret service agency.
If Schultz did receive such a timely warning, he never relayed
it to the Marine base commander at Beirut. Schultz was, and
still is, a loyal servant of the Committee of 300 through the
Bechtel Corporation.
However, one year after I expressed my suspicions about
Schultz and Bechtel (1989), a disaffected high-ranking
Mossad agent broke ranks and wrote a book on his
experiences.
216
Parts of the book included the very same information I had
printed a year earlier, which has led me to believe that the
suspicions I voiced about Schultz in 1989, were not
altogether without substance. The whole episode reminds me
of the treachery of Gen. Marshall, who deliberately kept
information about a pending Japanese air attack against Pearl
Harbor from the commander at Hawaii.
There is mounting evidence about an increase in the input
and influence Tavistock is having at the CIA. There are great
many other intelligence agencies receiving instructions from
Tavistock, notably the National Reconnaissance Office
(NRO), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DJA), the Treasury
Intelligence, and State Department Intelligence.
Every year when the anniversary of the murder of President
John Kennedy comes around I am reminded of the leading
role played in the planning of his public execution;
particularly the part played by MI6. After a 20-year in-depth
investigation into the murder of JFK, I think I have come
very close to the truth, as detailed in the monograph "The
Assassination of President John F. Kennedy. "
The unsolved murder of Pres. Kennedy remains a gross insult
against everything the United States stands for. How is it that
we, a supposedly free and sovereign nation, allow the cover
up of a crime to remain in place, year after year? Surely our
intelligence agencies know who the perpetrators of the crime
are? Surely we know that the murder of Kennedy was carried
out in broad daylight in front of millions of Americans, as an
insult, and a warning that the reach of the Committee of 300
goes far beyond what even our highest elected official was
able to defend himself against?
217
The perpetrators of the crime laugh at our confusion secure in
the knowledge that they will never be brought to justice, and
glorifying in the success of the foul deed and the inability of
We, the People, to pierce the corporate veil that hides their
faces from view.
The massive cover-up of the Kennedy assassination remains
in place. We have full details of how the House
Assassinations Committee failed to do its duty, ignoring
strong evidence and latching onto flimsy here-say; ignoring
the plain fact that the X-rays of Kennedy's head, taken at
Bethesda Hospital, were tampered with.
The list of the sins of the Committee of 300 and its servant, the
Tavistock Institute is endless. Why did the Senate committee
make no effort to investigate the strange disappearance of
Kennedy's death certificate; a vital piece of evidence, which
should have been found, no matter how long it took and no
matter what the cost? Nor was Admiral Burkely, the naval
officer who signed the certificate, seriously questioned about
the circumstances surrounding the strange — very strange —
unexplained disappearance of this vital piece of evidence.
Here I must leave the subject of the murder of John F.
Kennedy (which in my opinion was a Tavistock -related
project) carried out by MI6 and the FBI Five Division head,
Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield. The CIA is a client of
Tavistock's along with literally scores of other U.S.
Government agencies. In the decades that have passed since
the murder, not one single one of these agencies has ceased to
do business with Tavistock. In fact, - Tavistock has added
many new names of government agencies to its client list.
218
In looking through my documents, I discovered that in 1921
when Reese founded Tavistock, he was under the control of
British intelligence SIS.
Thus from its inception, Tavistock has always been closely
associated with intelligence work, even as it is to this very
day. The case of Rudolph Hess may be of more than passing
interest to not a few of our readers. It will be recalled that
Hess was murdered by two SIS operatives in his Spandau
prison cell, the night before he was to be released.
The RIIA was afraid that Hess would blow the lid off what
had been kept a dark secret; the close relationship between
members of the British oligarchy — including Winston
Churchill — and the German Thule Society, of which Hess
had been the leader.
Of more than a passing interest is the fact, that the Tavistock
Institute was named after the 11 th Duke of Bedford, the
Marquise of Tavistock. The title was passed on to his son, the
12 th Marquise of Bedford. It was to his estate that Hess flew
in an attempt to end the war. But Churchill would have none
of it and ordered Hess to be arrested and imprisoned. The
Duke of Bedford's wife committed suicide by taking an
overdose of sleeping pills, when it became apparent that Hess
would never be released, even when the war ended.
In my work "Who Murdered Rudolph Hess" and "King
Makers, King Breakers — The Cecils", I reveal just how close
was this virtual kinship with Hess and other important
members of Hitler's inner-circle right up to the start of WWII.
Had Hess succeeded in his mission to the Duke of Bedford,
Churchill and almost the entire British oligarchy would have
been revealed as frauds.
219
The same thing would have happened had Hess not been kept
a solitary prisoner at Spandau in Berlin, guarded for years
after the end of WWII by troops drawn from Britain, the
United States and the USSR, against all logic and at a
tremendous cost (estimated at $50,000 a day).
Because a changed Russia felt they could embarrass America
and Britain — especially Britain, they suddenly announced
Hess would be released. The British could not afford to run
the risk of having their wartime leaders exposed, so the order
was given to kill Hess.
Tavistock provides services of a sinister nature to those
people we find all across the United States, in every city of
note. They have the leading personalities of those cities in the
palm of their hand, whether it is in the police department, city
government or any other authority.
This is the case in every city also, where the Illuminati and
Freemasons join with Tavistock in exercising their secret
powers to walk all over the Constitution and the Bill of
Rights.
One can only wonder just how many innocent people are in
prison today because they were not knowledgeable about
their Constitution and the Bill of Rights; victims of
Tavistock, one and all. Pay close attention to the television
series, "COPS."
It is standard Tavistock mind control and opinion making
fare. In it you find every possible violation of the
constitutional rights of persons stopped, and or arrested by the
police. It is my firm opinion and belief that "COPS" is meant
to condition the public and make us believe that such gross
violations of rights we witness is the norm; that the police
actually have such excessive powers, and that
220
constitutional safeguards to which every citizen is entitled, do
not exist in practice. "COPS" is a most insidious
brainwashing, opinion-making controlling program, and it
would not be at all surprising to find Tavistock mixed up in it,
somewhere.
CHAPTER 33
Interpol in the U.S.:
Its origin and purpose exposed
221
Among the many international agencies Tavistock serves, is
David Rockefeller's private intelligence service, better known
as INTERPOL. It is in total dereliction of its legal duty that
this illegal entity is allowed to go on functioning on Federal
property in Washington, D.C. and under government
protection. (U.S. law forbids private foreign police agencies
from operating in America. INTERPOL is a private foreign
police agency operating on U.S. soil while Congress looks the
other way, fearful that one day they might be forced to grasp
this noxious nettle, and pull it up by the roots.)
What is INTERPOL? The U.S. Justice Department tries to
explain INTERPOL by sidestepping crucial issues.
According to its 1988 manual, "Interpol conducts
intergovernmental activities, but is not based on an
international treaty, convention, or similar legal documents. It
was founded upon a constitution drawn up and written by a
group of police officers who did not submit it for diplomatic
signatures, nor have they ever submitted it for ratification by
governments."
How interesting! What an admission! If Interpol does not
trample the U.S. Constitution, then nothing does. Where are
watchdogs of the House and Senate? Is it that they are afraid
of Tavistock and its powerful backer, David Rockefeller? Is
the Congress afraid of the Committee of 300?" It certainly
seems that way. Interpol is an illegal entity operating within
the borders of the United States, without the sanction and
approval of We, the People in flagrant violation of the
Constitution of the United States and the constitutions of the
50 States.
222
Its membership consist of individuals appointed by various
national governments without any consultation with the
government of the United States. The list of members has
never been submitted to a House or Senate committee.
It's presence in the U.S has never been sanctioned by a treaty.
This has given rise to series accusations that certain
governments under the control of the drug trade: Colombia,
Mexico, Panama, Lebanon and Nicaragua, perhaps choose as
their representatives, persons involved with the drug trade.
According to Beverly Sweatman of the U.S. Department of
Justice National Central Bureau (NCB), (whose existence is
itself a violation of the Constitution), this U.S. Government
agency exists solely to exchange information with Interpol.
Owned and controlled by David Rockefeller, Interpol is a
private agency with a communications network stretching
around the globe, heavily involved in one way or another
with the drug trade from Afghanistan to Pakistan to the
United States.
The interaction of Lt. Colonel Nivaldo Madrin of Panama,
Gen. Guillermo Medina Sanchez of Colombia, and certain
elements of Mexico's Federal police with Interpol status,
point in this direction. Their histories of involvement with
the drug trade while serving Interpol are too long to include
here, but suffice to say that history is a sordid one.
Yet, in spite of the fact that Interpol is a private organization,
it was granted "observer status" by the United Nations (U.N.)
in 1975, which stature (totally in violation of the U.N.
Charter) enables Interpol to sit at meetings and vote on
resolutions, even though it is not a
223
member-country and has no government status. According to
the U.N. Charter, only States (in the full definition of the
word) can be members of the U.N. Since Interpol is not a
state, why does the U.N. violate its Charter?
It is believed that the U.N. is counting heavily on Interpol
networks to help it find private arms in the hands of
American citizens held by them under their Second
Amendment rights, once the U.N. signs a "treaty" with the
U.S. Government to disarm all civilian populations of
member-states.
Where are America's lawmakers who are supposed to uphold
and defend the U.S. Constitution? Where are the great
statesmen of yesteryear? Interpol demonstrates, that what we
have in their place are politicians turned lawmakers who do
not enforce the laws they make, terrified to correct the obvious
mistakes that abound on every hand, because, if the were to
uphold their oath of office, they would more than likely find
themselves without their cushy cozy job.
To recap on some of the information already provided:
Tavistock Institute was established in Sussex, England, in
1921 by command of the British monarchy, for the purposes
of mind control and public opinion making, and to establish
on a carefully-examined scientific basis, at what point the
human mind would break down under subjection to
prolonged bouts of psychological distress. Elsewhere we shall
show that it was first founded in pre-WWI times by the 11 th
Duke of Bedford, the Marquise of Tavistock.
In the early 1930s, the Rockefeller Brothers Foundation Fund
also contributed heavily to Tavistock.
224
The fact that so many of the chief practitioners of mind
control and behavioral modifications were, and are, closely
associated with the secret societies that embrace cults of
many different ideas and beliefs, notably Isis-Orsiris, Kabala,
Sufi, Cathari, Bogomil and Bahai (Manichean) mysticism
should be noted.
For the uninitiated, the very idea that prestigious institutions,
and their scientists would be involved in cults and even with
Satanism and Illuminists would be a very difficult thing to
believe. But the connection is very real. We can see just why
Tavistock was so interested in these subjects.
Random school shootings by young people subjected to
prolonged bouts of stress, and under the influence of habit-
forming drugs, are remarkable in that in a large number of
these tragic happenings, the perpetrators nearly always claim
that they were directed "by voices" to do their deadly work.
There can be no doubt that mind control was very much at
work in these tragic instances. Unfortunately, we shall see
many more such tragic episodes before the public realizes
what is going on.
Cultism, mind control, psychological stress application and
behavioral modifications are very much a part of what is
taught by Tavistock's scientists. In fact, alarmed by leaks
showing its connection with Tavistock scientists, the British
House of Commons passed a law making it legal for places
like Tavistock to conduct what the bill called, "physical
research."
Now, the term, "physical research" is so ambiguous as to
give rise to serious doubts about what it truly means, or
whether, as some critics contended, is merely a term used to
cover what really goes on.
225
In any event, Tavistock was not about to take the public into
its confidence. But I can say with absolute certainty that
British intelligence MI6 and CIA operatives receive training
at Tavistock in metaphysics, mind control, behavior
modifications, ESP, hypnotism, the occult, Satanism and
Illuminists and the Manichean cults.
These are not just beliefs based on relics from the Middle-
Ages. This is evil force being taught in a way that will make
a difference to the level of mind control, such as would not
have been thought possible a few short years ago. I will make
this prediction without fear of contradiction: In later years we
are going to discover that all of the random shootings at
schools, post offices, shopping malls, were not random
shootings at all. They were carried out by conditioned, mind-
controlled subjects who were carefully sought out and put on
dangerous, mood- altering drugs like Prozac, AZT and Ritalin.
The common denominator between several of the random
shootings, starting with David Berkowitz, the so-called "Son
of Sam" murderer; all without exception, told investigators
that they "heard voices" telling them to shoot people.
The case of Klip Kinkel, the Oregon youth who shot his
mother and father, before shooting up his high school is his
confession to investigators who interviewed him. Asked why
he shot his father and his mother, Kinkel replied that he heard
"voices" telling him to shoot them. Nobody will ever be able
to prove that Kinkel and the others were victims of mind
control experiments carried out by the CIA or that they did
indeed "hear voices" induced by through transference carried
out by DARPA computer programmers.
226
The responsible House Oversight Committee must call for the
CIA's documents covering mind control and search them for
a connection with the school shootings. I believe it is
imperative that such an order be sent out to the CIA without
any further loss of time.
Apart from my own research into the subject of "physical
research," Victor Marachetti, who was with the CIA for 14
years, revealed the existence of a Tavistock-designed
physical research program, where CIA operatives tried to
contact the spirits of former agents who had died. As I said in
my above mentioned monograph, I have had a great deal of
personal experience in the "metaphysical" realms and know
for a fact, that a large number of British and American
intelligence agents are indoctrinated in it.
Tavistock calls it "behavioral science," and it has advanced so
rapidly in the last ten years that it has become one of the most
important types of training agents can undergo. In Tavistock's
ESP programs, each participant is a "volunteer", who agrees
to have his personality "correlated" with ESP; that is to say,
they have agreed to help Tavistock find an answer as to why
certain people are psychic and others are gifted with ESP.
The object of the exercise is to make each and every MI6 and
CIA agent highly psychic with sharply developed ESP.
Because a number of years have passed since I was directly
involved in such matters, I consulted a colleague who is still
in the "service", to find out how successful Tavistock has
been with its experiments? He told me that Tavistock has
indeed perfected its techniques and that it was now possible
to make selected MI6 and CIA operatives "ESP-Perfect."
Here it is necessary to explain that the CIA and MI6 maintain
a very high degree of secrecy about such matters.
227
The majority of intelligence agents who are in the programs
are for the most part members of the Illuminati and or
Freemasonry, or both. In short, the "long range penetration"
technique applied with such success to the normal world is
now being applied to the spirit world!
Tavistock's "Long Range Penetration and Inner Directional
Conditioning", developed by Dr. Kurt Lewin, whom we have
already met a few times, is primarily a program where thought
control is practiced on mass groups. What gave rise to the
program was the British Army Psychological Warfare
Bureau's all-pervasive use of propaganda in WWI. The
extensive propaganda it ran was intended to convince the
British workingman that war was necessary. Another part of
it was to convince the British public that Germany was an
enemy, and its leader a veritable demon.
This massive effort had to be launched between 1912 and
1914 because the British working class did not believe that
Germany wanted war, anymore than the British people
wanted it, and did not even dislike the Germans. All that
public perception had to be changed. A secondary, though no
less important task for the bureau was to get America into the
war. A key element in that plan was to provoke Germany into
sinking the "Lusitania" a large trans-Atlantic liner built along
the lines of the doomed Titanic.
In spite of warnings in press advertisements in a New York
newspaper that the ship had been converted into an Armed
Merchant Cruiser (AMC) and was therefore fair game in
accordance with the Geneva Conventions, the Lusitania
sailed for Liverpool carrying a full compliment of
passengers, among them many hundreds of American
passengers.
228
The ship's holds were packed with a large compliment of
munitions destined for the British Army, forbidden under
international the rules of war to be carried by passenger
liners.
At the time it was hit by a single torpedo, the Lusitania was
essentially an Armed Merchant Cruiser (AMC). The press on
both sides of the Atlantic was filled with accounts of German
barbarity and unprovoked attack on a defenseless passenger
liner. But the American and British public who still needed a
lot more "conditioning" did not buy the story. They felt there
was "something rotten in the State of Denmark." The sinking
of the Lusitania with heavy loss of life was the type of
"contrived situation" that President Wilson needed and it
inflamed American public opinion against Germany.
Profiting from this experience, the British Army Bureau of
Psychological Warfare set up the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations on the orders of the British monarchy and
placed British newspaper magnate, Alfred Harmsworth, the son
of a barrister born in Chapelizod near Dublin. He was later
awarded the title the 12 th Duke of Bedford, Lord Northcliffe.
In 1897, as a run-up to the war that was coming, Harmsworth
sent one of his writers by the name of G.W. Steevens to
Germany for the purpose of writing a serialized sixteen part
article entitled Under the Iron Heel.
In true reverse psychology the articles were lavish in their
praise of the German Army while in the same breath warning
that the British nation would be defeated if war broke out
against Germany.
229
In 1909, Northcliffe commissioned Robert Blatchford, a
senior Socialist to go to Germany and write articles about
what a danger the German Army posed to Britain.
Blatchford's theme was that he believed from his
observations that Germany was "deliberately preparing to
destroy the British Empire." It was in line with Northcliffe's
prediction published in the Daily Mail (one of his
newspapers) in 1900 that there would be war between
Germany and Britain. Northcliffe wrote an editorial saying
that Britain needed to use a greater part of its budget for
defense spending.
When the war broke out, Northcliffe was accused by the
editor of The Star newspaper of having propagated a climate
of war. "Next to the Kaiser, Lord Northcliffe has done more
than any living man to bring about the war."
The poor editor did not know that he himself had become a
victim of propaganda, as the Kaiser had done little to
promote war and was looked upon with some disdain by the
British military establishment. Historians are in general
agreement that the Kaiser was in no position to control the
Germany Army. It was General Ludendorff to who The Star
should have referred. It was Northcliffe, who began agitating
for conscription from the very day that war broke out between
the two nations.
This was to be an institution where every aspect of mass
brainwashing and public conditioning would be brought to a
fine art. A policy and set of rules were established,
culminating in Tavistock's 1930 "Long Range Penetration
and Inner Directional Conditioning," that was unleashed
against Germany in 1931.
230
In the period before the first years of WWII, Roosevelt,
(himself a 33 rd degree Mason and a member of the Illuminati
through the Society of Cincinnati,) sought Tavistock's help in
getting American into the war. Roosevelt was under the
direction of the "300" to help pull British chestnuts out of the
fire, but to do so, he needed a major incident to latch on to.
All during the period 1939 - 1941 U.S. Navy submarines
based out of Iceland attacked and sank German shipping,
although neutrality laws forbad engaging in hostilities with
the combatants. But Germany would not be drawn into
retaliating. The major incident that was to precipitate
America's entry into WWII was Japan's attack on Pearl
Harbor. This was a Tavistock conspiracy against both
nations. In order to foster such an attack, Secretary of State
Marshall refused to meet with Japan's envoys seeking to head
off the coming conflict.
Marshall also deliberately delayed warning his commander at
Pearl Harbor until after the attack had begun. In short,
Roosevelt and Marshall both knew about the pending attack,
but deliberately ordered the information to be withheld from
their officers on the ground at Pearl Harbor. Tavistock had
told Roosevelt that "only a major incident" would get
America into WWII. Stimson, Knox and Roosevelt knew
about the impending attack, but did nothing to stop it.
From time to time thoughtful people have asked me: "But
wouldn't leaders like Lord Haig, Churchill, Roosevelt, and
Bush realize how many lives would be lost in a world war?"
231
The answer is that as programmed individuals, the "great
men" didn't care about the high cost of human life. General
Haig — a noted Freemason/niuminist/Satanist — declared on
more than one occasion his dislike of the British lower
classes, and he proved it by throwing wave after of wave of
"common British soldiers" against impregnable German
lines, a tactic any decent military strategist would have
shunned.
As a result of Haig's callous disregard for his own troops,
hundreds of thousands of young British soldiers from the
"lower classes" died tragically and needlessly. This made the
British public hate Germany, exactly as the British Army
Psychological Warfare Bureau had predicted. Much of what I
have included in this book I deliberately held back in the first
exposure. I did not feel that the American people were ready
to understand the metaphysical side of Tavistock. You can't
feed a baby on meat; milk comes first. By introducing
Tavistock in this way, many minds were opened, which
otherwise would have remained closed.
CHAPTER 34
The cults of the East India Company
233
For centuries the British oligarchy has been the home of
occultism, the metaphysical, mysticism and mind control.
Bulwer Lytton wrote "The Secrets of the Egyptian Book of
the Dead", and so many of Annie Besant's adherents of the
Theosophist Society came from British upper classes, which
even today is popular with them. The descendants of the
Catharists and Albigensians of Southern France and Northern
Italy had migrated to England and adopted the name
"Savoyard." Before them came the Bogomils of the Balkans
and Pelicans of Asia Minor. All these sects had originated
from the Babylonian Manicheans.
Inroads were made into this type of occultism by the
Tavistock Institute, using some of its mind control techniques
developed by Kurt Lewin and his team of researchers. (See
"The Committee of 300" for details.)
The East India Company (EIC) and later, the British East
India Company (BEIC) was the original "300," whose
descendants rule the world today. Opium and the drug trade
was the stock in trade then, and remained so. From this
highly organized, complex structure, grew Socialism,
Marxism, Communism and National Socialism and Fascism.
Beginning in 1914, extensive mind control experiments were
carried out at Cold Spring Harbor in New York, the race-
eugenics center sponsored by Mrs. E.E, Harriman, mother of
Averill Harriman, governor of New York State at the time,
who became a prominent public and political figure in the
U.S. and Europe.
234
The grand lady poured millions of dollars of her money into
the project and invited German scientists to share the forum.
A great many of Tavistock's mind control techniques
especially "reverse psychology" technique taught by Reese,
originated at Tavistock, which today, forms the basis of
mind-controlling exercises to implant the notion in the minds
of the American public that the black and colored races are
superior to the white race, "racism" in reverse.
German scientists were invited to attend Cold Harbor
indoctrinations by Mrs. Harriman and her group, comprised of
some of the leading citizens of the period (1915). After a year
or two at Cold Spring Harbor, the German contingent returned
to Germany, and under Hitler, put race eugenics learned at
Cold Spring Harbor, into practice. All this information lay
hidden from the American people until it was exposed in my
book "Codeword Cardinal" and in my several monographs,
which preceded the book and subsequently in my work
"Aids-The Full Disclosure."
Tavistock and the White House.
Tavistock mind conditioning techniques have been
consistently in use in the United States by some of the
highest and most important political figures in our history,
beginning with Woodrow Wilson and continuing with Pres.
Roosevelt. Every U.S. President after Roosevelt has been
under the control of the "300" and the Tavistock Institute.
Roosevelt was a typical mind-controlled programmed subject
trained in Tavistock methodology. He would talk peace while
preparing for war. He seized powers he was not entitled to
under the U.S. Constitution, citing the illegal actions of
President Wilson as his authority, and then explained away
his actions through "fireside chats," which
235
was a Tavistock idea to deceive the American people. Like
another Tavistock robot, James Earl Carter, and Pres. Bush,
his successor, convinced the American people that everything
he did, no matter how blatantly unconstitutional, was done for
their benefit. This was unlike Roosevelt, who knew full well
when he was doing wrong, but who nevertheless, relished his
task and carried out his Tavistock-British royal family
mandate with gusto, and with total disregard for human life,
as is common to all cultists.
When Pres. Bush, the elder, ordered invasion of Panama, it
was a blatantly unconstitutional action at the cost of the lives
of 7,000 Panamanians over which Mr. Bush never lost any
sleep, nor did he blink an eye over the death of 150.000 Iraqi
soldiers in the undeclared (illegal) war against Iraq that was
to follow his "trial run" to gauge public opinion.
Carter was no stranger to the occult; one of his sisters was a
leading witch in America. Carter believed that he was a "born
again Christian," even though his entire political career was
shot through with Socialist and Communist ideals and
principles, which he never hesitated to put into practice.
Carter is a true split personality product of Tavistock. This
was noted by Hugh Sidey, a well-known columnist for
mainstream media who wrote in July of 1979: "The Jimmy
Carter now at work behind the closed doors of the White
House is not the Jimmy Carter we grew to know in the first
30 days of his presidency."
Carter, programmed by Tavistock graduate Dr. Peter Bourne,
had been through the hands of another Tavistock
psychologist, Admiral Hymen Rickover, during Carter's stint
at Annapolis.
236
Carter was pre-selected by the Rothschilds as being
admirably suitable for special training, and one who would
be "adaptable to changing circumstances", willing to depart
from principles.
John Foster Dulles was another Tavistock indoctrinated
figure of note that was close to the White House, holding the
position of Secretary of State. Dulles blatantly lied to a U.S.
Senate Committee during the United Nations (UN) hearings,
brazenly testifying under oath about the constitutionality of
the U.S. belonging to this world body.
Dulles dazzled and deceived the senators as to the
constitutionality of the U.S. joining the U.N. and swayed
enough senators to vote in favor if the so-called treaty, which
is not a treaty, but an ambiguous agreement.
The U.S. Constitution does not recognize "agreements", only
treaties signed by the nations concerned. However the
problem Dulles had was that the U.N. is not a country, so
Tavistock got around the impediment by advising the State
Department to call the document, an "agreement." Dulles was
a Satanist, Illuminist, and a member of a number of occult
societies.
George Herbert Walker Bush is another "product trained"
certified graduate of Tavistock's mind control system. The
actions of this 33 rd Degree Mason, in Panama and Iraq, speak
volumes.
In Panama, acting under the orders of the RIIA and the CFR,
Bush, the elder, moved to protect drug money in the
Rockefeller owned banks in Panama, after General Noriega
had exposed two of them as money laundering facilities in
the drug trade chain.
237
Bush ordered U.S. Armed forces to invade Panama without
having the authority expressed in the only constitutional way,
a joint declaration of war by the U.S. House and Senate of the
Congress, and in gross violation of his constitutional powers
as President.
The office of the president is expressly forbidden war-making
powers by the Founding Fathers. But notwithstanding the
lack of empowerment, Bush repeated his gross violations of
the U.S. Constitution in ordering the U.S. Armed forces to
invade Iraq, again without a the mandated declaration of war
and in excess of his powers. The "inner conditioned"
American public, the shell-shocked victims of Tavistock's
war on them, did not turn a hair as they watched the
Constitution being ripped to shreds.
Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, warmly praised Bush, the
elder, for his "successful" war against Iraq, and knighted him
for his acts of defiance of the U.S. Constitution. This is not the
first time that Elizabeth had rewarded American law breakers
with high honors.
British and American cultists and Illuminists in the oil cartels
are still carrying out a war of attrition against Iraq in 2005.
They will not stop until they have laid their greedy,
bloodstained hands on Iraq's oil riches in the manner in
which Milner stole the gold from the Boers in the Anglo-
Boer War (1899-1903.)
Do you find yourself responding to this information in a
"maladaptive way"? Do you say, "These actions cannot be the
actions of an American President? This is nonsense.
238
If this is your maladaptive response, then turn your attention
to the Boer War and you will soon see that Bush was only
emulating the Satanic barbarity of General Lord Kitchener
and Lord Milner in their war of extermination against the
Boer nation. Also, it behooves us to recall that the tragedy of
Waco began on the Bush watch, and that vendetta against
David Koresh was carried on by the leader of the Republican
Party.
While Attorney General Reno and Clinton carried out the
actual policy of destruction for which Koresh was slated,
George Bush played a leading role in the ghastly tableaux in
which Koresh and 87 of his followers died.
Although it is not generally known, Tavistock had a hand in
the planning and might even have directed the onslaught by
the FBI and the ATF on Koresh and the Davidians. Tavistock
was represented by units of the British SAS who had been
involved in training the ATF and the FBI on how to destroy
Koresh and his followers and burn their church to the ground.
Waco was unholy black arts Satanism in action, no more and
no less.
The fiery end of Koresh and his followers was typical
Satanism at work, even though most of those who
participated in the high crime and violations of human rights
and the violation of the 1 st , 2 nd , 5 th and 10 th Amendment rights
of the victims, were not aware that they were in the hands of
Satanists. They did not have the faintest inkling that they were
being used by spiritual forces of the darkest kind.
Tavistock's massive brainwashing of the America turned the
public against Koresh and the Davidians, setting the stage for
the destruction of lives and property at Waco, in utter
defiance of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights.
239
The wanton destruction of innocent lives and property by
agents of the Federal Government who had no jurisdiction in
the State of Texas (or any other State for that matter) and
consequently, no authority to do what they did — violated the
10 th Amendment, the citizen' protection against excesses by
the Federal Government. The State of Texas did not step in
and stop the violation of the 10 th Amendment that was in
progress at Waco as it was the Governor's duty to do under
the U.S. Constitution and the Constitution of the State of
Texas.
Tavistock had come a long way since Ramsey McDonald
was sent to the United States in 1895 to "spy out the land for
Socialism." Ramsey reported back to the Fabians that for the
U.S. to become a Socialist state, the State and Federal
constitutions (in that order) had to be destroyed; Waco was
the embodiment of that goal.
John Marshall, the Third Chief Justice of the United States,
and the Lopez case decided by the 9 th Circuit Court of
Appeals, for once and for all made it clear that Federal
Agents had no jurisdiction inside the borders of the States
except where counterfeiting of U.S. dollars was being
investigated. This in itself is an oxymoron, as so-called "U.S.
dollars" are not U.S. dollars, but "Federal Reserve Notes"- not
the currency of the United States — but the notes of a
privately-owned non-governmental central bank.
Why protect fraud, even if it is being perpetrated by the U.S.
Government? When the Constitution was written, the
Founding Fathers felt that their denial of a central bank
would prevent any bogus operation like the Federal Reserve
coming into being. The constitutional provision protects U.S.
Treasury Notes from being counterfeited. It is doubtful
whether a Federal Reserve note, which is not a U.S. dollar,
enjoys the protection of the U.S. Constitution.
240
At Waco, the Sheriff failed in his duty to order Tavistock's
agents and the FBI out of the county, as the FBI was not
investigating counterfeiting in conformity with the U.S.
Constitution. The FBI was at Waco illegally. It was all a part
of a carefully planned exercise to ascertain just how far the
Federal Government could go in violating the Constitution
before being brought up short.
Just as the British lower and middle classes were inflamed
against Germany at the commencement of WWI, through
propaganda lies that the Kaiser had ordered his soldiers to cut
off the arms of little children when they invaded Belgium and
Holland, just so Tavistock programmed Americans to hate
Koresh.
Tavistock's blast of lies about Koresh went out over the
airwaves, day and night: Koresh was having sex with very
young children in the "compound." His church, a simple
wooden structure, was labeled a "compound" by the mind
controllers at Tavistock. Another of Tavistock's gross lies
was that the Davidians were running an amphetamine lab in the
"compound". "Compound" became the Tavistock-coined
buzzword.
That Clinton gave the go-ahead to have the Davidians,
gassed, shot at, subjected to devilish music night and day,
and finally, burnt alive, is not surprising. Through the late
Pamela Harriman Mr. Clinton was introduced to Tavistock
and passed its mind control indoctrination initiation, during
his stay at Oxford. Thereafter, he was introduced to
Socialism/Marxism/Communism before being approved by
Tavistock to succeed Mr. Bush, the elder, who had outlived
his usefulness.
Tavistock planned and executed a massive media drive using
their polling profiling to implant Clinton in the minds of the
American people, as one well suited to run the nation.
It was Tavistock that arranged the strictly controlled Clinton
interview with CBS, after Geniffer Flowers revealed that he
had been her lover for the past 12 years, and it was Tavistock
that took control of the reaction of the American people in the
aftermath of the CBS interview. Thus, through its far-flung
network of polling and opinion-making assets the Clinton
presidency was not torpedoed, although without Tavistock
having been in control from start to finish of the CBS
interview, it is certain that Clinton would have been forced to
resign in disgrace.
If you are looking for proof; if your response is
"maladaptive", then compare Clinton's escape with Gary
Hart's conviction on a far lesser charge. The first "New Age of
Aquarius" White House lawyer to be trained in Tavistock
methodology was Mark Fabiani. His deft handling of
situations, which every single observer expected would sink
Clinton, became the talk of Washington.
Only 13 people in the inner circle of the Illuminati and the
Freemason hierarchy knew what the secret of Fabiani's
success was Lanny Davis, who took over from Fabiani,
enjoyed even greater success. Known as "Dr. Spin", Davis
outflanked and outfoxed two special prosecutors, Judge
Walsh and Kenneth Starr blunted every attack launched by
the Republicans in Congress, leaving the Republican Party in
total disarray.
242
This Tavistock- trained lawyer carried out an audacious raid
against Clinton's host of enemies in Congress. Davis'
masterstroke came with the Thompson Committee hearings
into DNC campaign funding and a host of Arkansas scandals.
The Tavistock plan was simple, and like all simple plans, it
was a stroke of genius. Davis collected every newspaper in
the country, which had ever carried even the smallest story
about Clinton's misdeeds, fund raising scandals and
Whitewater. On the very day the Thompson committee was
in full cry, baying for the blood of the President, one of the
many assistants serving Davis threaded his way through the
packed hearing room, and gave each of the committee
members a file of clippings compiled by Davis.
With the file came a memo signed by Davis: What the
committee was investigating at the cost of millions of dollars
was nothing but a collection of "old news". What was there to
investigate when the charges against Clinton were yesterday's
news?
The Thompson Committee had been bushwhacked and
thereafter ran out of steam and went out of action, a great
victory for Tavistock and the White House. Prime Minister
Blair was to use the same formula in disarming Parliamentary
critic's charges that he had lied about his reasons for going to
war alongside Bush the younger. The "Daily Mirror" accounts
were all "old news," Blair said in responding to what might
have been a damning question. The MP asking the question
was leading a move to have Blair impeached. Instead of
answering, Blair deflected the question. Under Parliamentary
rules, the MP had had his "turn" and would not get another
opportunity to try and force the truth out of Blair.
CHAPTER 35
The music industry, mind control, propaganda and war
243
We should note that Tavistock's influence in America has
expanded since it began its own bureaus here in 1946.
Tavistock has brought the art of disinformation to a fine-
tuned pitch. Such disinformation campaigns start with
carefully crafted rumors. These are, generally speaking,
planted in right wing circles, where they grow and spread like
wildfire. Tavistock has long known that the right wing is a
fertile breeding ground for rumors to grow and be spread.
In my experience, hardly a day passes that I am not asked to
confirm some rumor or another, usually by people who
should know better. The clever strategy of spreading
disinformation through rumor has a double benefit:
1) It gives a semblance of credence to stories planted on
conservatives.
2) By the time the information is proved to be false, the
disinformation has tainted its purveyors to the extent where
they may safely be described as "crackpots", "the paranoid
fringe of the conservatives", "extremists" and a whole lot
worse.
The next time you hear one of these kinds of rumors, think
long and hard about the source of the rumor before you pass
it along. Remember how Tavistock manipulators work: The
juicier the rumor, the greater is your inclination to spread it,
will unwittingly make you a part of Tavistock's insidious
disinformation machine.
244
Turning now to another area of expertise in which Tavistock
initiates its graduates, we refer to the assassination of
politicians of importance who cannot be bought, and who
have to be silenced. The murders of U.S. Presidents Lincoln,
Garfield, McKinley, and Kennedy are all linked to British
intelligence MI6, and since 1923, associated with the
Tavistock Institute.
Pres. Kennedy proved to be impervious to mind control by
Tavistock, so was chosen for public execution as a warning to
those who would aspire to power, that none was higher than
the Committee of 300.
The grisly spectacle of the public execution of Kennedy was
a message to the American people; one which they may not,
even now, be aware of. Perhaps the Tavistock Institute
provided the blueprint for Kennedy's execution. Perhaps it
also carefully selected each and every participant, starting
with the obviously mind-controlled Lee Harvey Oswald, and
to the not so obvious Lyndon Johnson. Those who would not
comply, or who sought to bring out the truth, suffered a
variety of punishment, from disgrace, hounding from public
life, and even death.
We leave Tavistock's control of U.S. Presidents, past, and
future, and turn our attention to the music and entertainment
industry. Nowhere is mind control "brainwashing" of huge
segments of the American public so noticeable, as it is in "the
music and entertainment industry. Decades later, misguided,
uninitiated people still get angry with me over my exposure
of the "Beatles" as a Tavistock project. Now, I fully expect
the same people who tell me that they know all about the
history of the "Beatles"; that they are musicians and I am not,
to question the following:
245
Did you know that so-called "Rap" music is another
Tavistock program? So is "Hip-Hop." As inane and idiotic as
the words are (one can hardly call them "lyrics,") these words
have been crafted by the technician in mind control and
behavior modification, so that they would fit in and became
an integral part of Tavistock's gang wars program for
America's major cities. The chief purveyors of this "music"
and indeed all so-called "Rock" and "Pop" music (excuse the
use of Tavistock jargon) are:
Time Warner.
Sony.
Bertelsman.
EMI.
The Capital Group.
Seagram Canada
Philips Electronic.
The Indies.
Time Warner.
Annual revenues $23.7 billion (1996 figures). Its music
publishing business owns one million songs through its
subsidiary, Warner, Chappell. These include songs by
Madonna, and Michael Jackson. It prints and publishes sheet
music. Time Warner "Rap" and "Pop" labels include
Amphetamine Reptile, Asylum Sire, Rhino, Maverick,
Revolution, Luka Bop, Big Head Todd and The Monsters
marketed through Warner REM.
Time Warner also distributes alternative music labels through
its subsidiary. Alternative Distribution Alliance, which
covers the greater part of Europe, and which is particularly
strong in England and Germany. It is not by accident that
these two countries have been targeted by the manipulators at
Tavistock.
246
The mostly subliminal, but increasingly open incitement to
violence, unrestrained sex, anarchism and Satanism, is found
in abundance among the songs owned by Time Warner. This
almost cult-like dominance of the youth of Western Europe
(and since the fall of the USSR, it is creeping into Russia and
Japan also) is menacing civilization in Europe that has taken
thousands of years to build up and mature. The huge
following of youth and its seemingly insatiable appetite for
this kind of utter junk "music" is frightening to behold, as is
Tavistock's grip on the minds of those who listen to it.
Time Warner distributes music through music clubs, which it
owns outright, or else is in partnership with others. Columbia
House is one example. Sony has a 50 % share in Columbia
House.
Time Warner's manufacturing division, WEA, makes CDs;
CD-ROMS, Audios, Videos, digital versatile discs, while
another subsidiary, Ivy Hill, prints CD covers and inserts.
American Family Enterprises, another subsidiary, markets
music, books and magazines in a 50% holding with
Heartland Music.
Time Warner Motion Pictures has studios and production
companies comprising, Warner Bros; Castle Rock
Entertainments; New Line Cinemas. Time Warner Motion
Pictures owns 467 screens in the U.S. and 464 screens in
Europe. (1989 figures: The numbers are much greater today
in 2005.)
Its broadcasting network includes WB Network, Prime Star;
Cinemax, Comedy; Central Court TV; SEGA Channel;
Turner Classic Movies (Ted Turner owns 10% of the stock in
Time Warner).
247
It broadcasts to China, Japan, New Zealand, France and
Hungary. Its Cable Franchise lists 12.3 million subscribers.
TV/Production/Distribution includes Warner Bros
Television; HBO Independent Productions, Warner Bros.
Television Animations; Telepictures Productions; Castle
Rock Television; New Line Television, Citadel
Entertainment; Hanna Barbara Cartoons; World
Championship Wrestling; Turner Original Productions; Time
Warner Sports; Turner Learning; Warner Home Videos and
in its library it has 28,500 television titles and animated
shorts.
Time Warner owns CNN Radio, which acquired from Ted
Turner. It also owns 161 retail outlet stores, Warner Books,
Littel, Brown, Sunset Books, Oxmoor House and the Book of
the Month Club.
Time Warner owns the following magazines: People; Sports
Illustrated; Time; Fortune; Life; Money; Entertainment;
Weekly; Progressive Parmer; Southern Accents; Parenting;
Health; Hippocrates; Asiaweek; Weight Watchers; Mad
Magazine; D.C. Comics; American Express Travel and
Leisure; Food and Wine. Time Warner also owns a number of
Theme Parks: Six Flags; Warner Bros; Movie World; Sea
World of Australia.
I hope that at this point the reader will pause to reflect upon
the enormous power for good or evil which rests in the hands
of Time Warner. Obviously, this giant could make or break
anybody. And then, remember, it is a client of the Tavistock
Institute. It is frightening to contemplate what this mighty
machine could do to public opinion and shaping the minds of
the young, as we have seen with "Gay Days" at Disney World.
248
SONY.
Sony's revenues in 1999 were estimated at $48.7 billion. It is
the largest electronics company in the world. Its music
division control Rock/Rap/Pop; Columbia; Rutthouse;
Legacy Recordings; Sony Independent Label; MU Label;
(Michael Jackson); Sony Music Nashville; Columbia
Nashville. Sony owns thousands of Rock/Pop labels
including Bruce Springsteen; So-So Def; Slam Jazz; Bone
Thugs in Harmony; Rage Against the Machine; Razor Sharp;
Ghost-Face Killa; Crave; and Ruthless Relativity.
If you have ever stopped to wonder how this awful idiocy
with its highly suggestive word and incitement to violence
got so big in such a short time, now you know. It is backed to
the hilt by Sony. Tavistock has long regarded Rap as a useful
messenger to precede anarchy and chaos — which is getting
closer and closer.
Sony distributes Punk Alternative rock label Epitaph Record;
Hell Cat; Rancid; Crank Possum Records and Epitome Surf
Music by Blue Sting Ray. In addition Sony publishes music
through Sony/ATV Music Publishing. Sony owns all of
Michael Jackson's "songs" and nearly the entire range of the
"Beatles."
Sony owns Loews Theatres, Sony Theatres, and its television
interests include network game shows. It has about 15% of
the market in music sales, sheet music, and is the largest
international music company in the world. Sony's other
products are CD records, optical discs, audio and videotapes.
Loews Hotel property in Monte Carlo is a clearinghouse of
information for drug trafficking, and its employees report
directly to the Monet Carlo police, any "suspicious activity"
going on in the hotel.
249
("Suspicious" mean any outsiders trying to bust into the
trade.) Several of the senior level front desk employees are
Monte Carlo police-trained to keep and eye on things.
This is not to stamp out drug dealing; it is merely to keep
"upstarts" getting into the drug trade. "Outsiders" arriving in
Loews Hotel are informed on and are promptly arrested. Such
events are sold to the press and world news media as "drug
busts." Sony's Motion Pictures Division consists of Columbia
Pictures; Tri-Star Pictures; Sony Pictures; Classic Triumph;
Triumph Films with rights to Columbia Home Tri-Star
movies. Its television interests include network game shows.
Bertelsman's A.G.
A German privately held company owned by Reinhard
Mohn, its estimated revenues were $15.7 billion in 1999.
Bertelsman owns 200 music labels from 40 countries, which
labels cover Rap/Rock/Pop. Whitney Houston; The Grateful
Dead: Bad Boys: Ng Records, Volcano Enterprises; Dancing
Cat; Addict; Gee Street (Jungle Brothers) and Global Soul.
All these contain explicit incitement to sex aberrations, drug
taking, anarchy, and violence. Bertelsman's owns Country &
Western properties Arista Nashville (Pam Tillis); Career
(LeRoy Parnell) RCA Label Group; BNA (Lorrie Morgan.)
Other titles it owns are the sound track from Star Wars;
Boston Pops; New Age and Windham Hill etc. The company
publishes sheet music through BMG Music, which controls
the rights to 700,000 songs, including The Beach Boys; B.B.
King; Barry Manilow; 100,000 Famous Music of Paramount
Studios. It own seven music clubs in the U.S. and Canada,
and makes credit cards for MBNA Bank.
Bertelsman A.G does tremendous book business worldwide
and is very much a Committee of 300 affiliate.
250
Bertelsmann holdings include Doubleday; Dell Publishers;
Family Circle; Parent and Child; Fitness; American Homes
and Gardens, with 38 magazines in Spain, France, Italy,
Hungary and Poland. Bertelsman's television and satellite
channels are in Europe, where it is the largest broadcaster.
This company is very vindictive and will not hesitate to
attack anyone who dares to reveal what it thinks might not be
in the company's best interests.
EMI.
A British-based company with estimated revenues of $6
billion in 1999, the company owns sixty music labels in
forty-six countries: Rock/Pop/Rap; Beetle Boys; Chrysallis;
Grand Royal; Parlaphone; Pumpkin Smashers; Virgin; Point
Blank.
EMI owns and controls The Rolling Stones; Duck Down; No
Limit; N00 Tribe; Rap-A-Lot (The Ghetto Boys) with an
immense sheet music publishing business. It has a direct
interest or owns outright 231 stores in seven countries,
including HMV; Virgin Megastores: Dillons (USA). EMI has
network stations throughout Britain and Europe, some of
which work in conjunction with Bertelsmann.
The Capital Group.
This Los Angeles-based investment group sold 35% of its
stock to Seagram's, the Bronstein's liquor company and a
high-ranking Committee of 300 property. Seagram's has an
80% stake in Universal Music Group (formerly MCA) now
Matushita Electric Industries property.
Its 1999 revenues were estimated as $14 billion. Seagram
owns in excess of 150,000 copyrights, including the
copyrights to Impact: Mechanic; Zebra; Radioactive Records;
Fort Apache Records; Heavy D and the Boys.
251
The Capital Group has joint ventures with Steven Spielberg,
Jeffrey Katzenburg and David Geffen. In its Country and
Western Division, the company owns Reba McIntyre,
Wynona, George Straight; Dolly Parton; Lee Anne Rimes
and Hank Williams.
Through Seagram, the company owns concert halls at
Fiddler's Green (Denver); Blossom Music Center
(Cleveland); Gorge Amphitheater (Washington State);
Starplex (Dallas). It has expanded to Toronto and Atlanta.
The Capital Group through its Motion Pictured Division
owns Demi Moore, Danny De Vito, Penny Marshall and a
host of minor figures in the movie-making business.
Universal Films Library is a Capital Group property, as is
Universal Films Library. The company owns 500 retail
stores, several hotels as well as Universal Studios in
Hollywood.
The Indies.
One of the smaller companies in the music and entertainment,
its annual revenues is estimated at $5 .billion. The company
has a substantial portfolio of Rock/Rap/Pop labels, mostly of
the more bizarre kind.
Its Country and Western Division owns Willie Nelson and
distribution is done through "The Big Six." Even without
ownership of any independent retail stores or outlets, the
company managed to capture an astonishing 21% of U.S.
music sales.
The significance of this is that most of its revenues come
from bizarre Rap/Pop/Rock sales of the violent, abusive, foul
language, sexually-suggestive titles, anarchy — which shows
the way the youth of America is going.
252
Philips Electronic.
This Dutch company had revenues of $15.8 billion in 1996.
While it is mainly an electronics company, it is in the "Big
Six" category primarily because of ownership of 75% of
Polygram Music. Its portfolio of labels is in Rock/Pop/Rap.
Elton John is one of its properties. Philips ranks third in the
music publishing business with 375,000 copyright titles.
Through its subsidiaries in Europe and Britain, in 1998
Philips produced 540 million CD's and VHS tapes. Its
Motion Pictures Division owns Jodi Foster, while Philips
Television own Robert Redford's Sundance Films and
Propaganda Films.
The foregoing information should give you, the reader, and
some idea of the immense power this giant industry wields
over our daily lives; how it is shaping the minds of the youth
of America. Without the control and the advanced techniques
made available to these companies through Tavistock, the
giant strides the industry has made would not have been
possible. The information I have provided should shake you
to your very foundations when you come to the realization
that Tavistock controls what "news" we see, what "home
movies" and television network movies we are allowed to
see; what music we listen to.
Behind this gigantic enterprise stands the Tavistock Institute
for Human Relations. As I have clearly demonstrated,
America is marching in lock-step with the gigantic movie-
music industry; hitherto unknown forces — powerful forces
whose sole aim and object is to pervert, twist and distort the
minds of our youth, to make it all the easier for the
Committee of 300 to usher in the Socialist New World Order
- One World Government, in which the new Communists rule
of the world.
253
The information I have put before you should be a source of
great alarm as you contemplate the future of your children
and the youth of America, having come to the knowledge and
understanding that they are being fed a diet of anarchistic
ideas, revolutionary fervor, and incitement to take drugs, free
sex, abortion, lesbianism and homosexual acceptance.
Without this giant music and entertainment industry, Michael
Jackson would only have been the puerile, insipid nonentity,
but he was "puffed" and Tavistock told the youth of our land
just how great he is, and how much they, - the youth of the
Western world love him! It also has to do with the power to
control the media.
Inasmuch as the music and entertainment industry is what I
call an "open secret" designed by Tavistock, I do not expect
my work on this vital subject to be accepted as the whole
truth, at least up to the year 2015, which is the year I
anticipate the outbreak of "Armageddon" the all-out nuclear-
CAB war, when the full wrath of God will fall on the United
States of America. But with regard to massive media control
it is not difficult for even the untrained observer to see, hear
and read that indeed, the U.S. has a controlled media, the
product of the Tavistock Institute. This factor is what got
President Bush elected, and then, to the astonishment of all of
Europe and at least half of the American voters, saw him
elected for a second term in spite of his deplorable record.
How did this happen? The question is easily answered: Due to
the breakdown of America's national media. Traditional
broadcasters abandoned their obligation to promote the
public interest; they no longer felt an obligation to report two
sides of the questions.
254
The national media intensified its policy of "mixing news
with fiction" that began with "War of Worlds. "
While this attracted viewers and increased revenues it did
nothing for the long-held doctrine of fairness in broadcasting
so essential to the flow of information in a free society. In
recent years this grave problem has been exacerbated by the
rise of the rightwing "thunder squad" who will tolerate no
contra-opinion but. They broadcast only the Bush
administration's opinion, and they are not above twisting and
"spinning" the news in the best Tavistock manner.
This was confirmed by a joint survey in 2004 carried out by
the Center on Policy Studies, the Center on Policy Attitudes,
the Program on International Policy Attitudes, and the Center
for International and Security Studies. What they found is
really the key to why Bush is still in the White House, and a
tribute to the power of professional propaganda:
* 75 percent of the Bush faithful were not convinced by
the President Commission's finding that Iraq had nothing to
do with A1 Qaeda.
* The majority of Bush supporters believed that a greater part
of the Islamic world supported the U.S. in its invasion of Iraq.
This is totally at variance with the facts. Egypt, a Muslim state
does not support the USA and the majority of Egyptians want
the U.S. out of Iraq. Turkey, which although a secular state is
overwhelmingly Muslim, by a vote of 87 percent is opposed
to the U.S. being in Iraq and reject the reasons given for the
invasion.
* Seventy percent of the Bush faithful believe that Iraq
possessed WMD's.
255
What I have written here is the indisputable truth, but it will
take a major event to confirm it as such, just as it took 14
years for my Committee of 300 book and 25 years for my
Club of Rome Report to be confirmed by Alexander King
himself. But let there be no doubt that Tavistock, today, in
2005, is in full control of every aspect of life in America. Not
one thing escapes its notice.
In 2005 we are witness to the amazing influence and power of
the Tavistock Institute and its upper-level masters, the
Committee of 300 in the manner in which the United States is
run by President George Bush and the acceptance of what
Bush says and does without question or doubt.
The reasons for these mistaken beliefs are not hard to find.
The Bush administration told the American public many
times in 1994 that Iraq did have nuclear weapons ready for
use. Also passed off as truth were Bush administration
reports that President Hussein was supporting A1 Qaeda units
in Iraq and that A1 Qaeda was responsible for the World
Trade Center (WTC) attack, all of which was without
foundation. Yet members of the Roaring Right Radio
Network (RRRN) happily repeated these errors, notably
Hannity and Combs and Fox News. Mr. Hannity obligingly
told his audience that the weapons had been moved to Syria.
He never offered a shred of evidence to support his statement.
In addition to Fox News and other talk radio shows chum out
masses of propaganda. Chief exponents of radio propaganda
on behalf of the Bush administration are:
Rush Limbaugh
Matt Drudge Sean
Hannity Bill
O Reilly
256
Tucker Carlson
Oliver North John
Stossell Gordon
Liddy Peggy
Noona Larry King
Michael Reagan
Gordon Liddy
Dick Morris
William Bennett
Michael Savage
Joe Scarborough
Larry King is one of the best trained Tavistock puppets.
When on the rare occasion he has an opponent of the Bush
war on his show he will give them about 2 minutes to make
their case, immediately followed by five pro-Bush "experts to
rebut the daring dissenter."
Nearly all of the foregoing radio personalities have received
instruction from the experts at Tavistock to a greater or lesser
degree. When one studies their methodology, it bears a
distinct resemblance to the methods of presentation perfected
at Tavistock. The same can be seen in the television
personalities, the "news anchors" and their message "news"
that differs neither in content or style of delivery. Without
exception they all bear the imprint of the Tavistock Institute.
The United States is in the grip of the greatest and sustained
of mass mind control (brainwashing) and "conditioning"
program and it is reflected at every level of our society. The
masters of spin, deception, conniving, dissembling, half-
truths and its twin brother, outright lies, have the American
people by the throat.
257
Churchill, before he was "turned" declared in the House of
Commons that the Bolsheviks "have seized Russia by the hair
of its head." We make bold to say that "Tavistock has seized
the head and the minds of the American people."
Unless there is a great awakening of Spirit of 1776 and the
revival that took place among the generation that followed
the Founding Fathers, the United States is doomed to
collapse, even as the Greek and Ronan civilizations
collapsed.
What is needed is the formation of our own "invisible army"
of "shock troops" that will go into every village, every town,
every city across the length and breadth of the United States,
to deliver the counterpunch that will send the Tavistock
troops into full retreat and ultimate defeat.
259
APPENDIX
THE GREAT DEPRESSION
Montagu Norman, then Governor of the Bank of England, and
a close friend of the family of the Fabian Socialist, Beatrice
Potter Webb, paid a surprise visit to the United States as a
prelude to ushering in the Great Depression. As can be seen,
this was a "contrived event" like the sinking of the Lusitania
that brought the U.S. into WWI.
Events leading up to the Great World Depression of the
1930's
1928
Feb. 23 — Montagu Norman visits M. Moreau, President of
the Bank of France.
June 14 — Herbert Hoover nominated for President by the
Republican Party.
Aug. 18 — Montagu Norman reelected President of the Bank of
England.
Nov. 6— Herbert Hoover elected President of the U.S. A.
Nov. 17 — Montagu Norman reelected Governor of the Bank of
England.
1929
Jan. 1— The New York Times states, that a heavy flight of
gold from the U.S.A. was expected in 1929.
Jan. 14 — Eugene R. Black was reelected Governor of the
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia.
260
Jan. 26 — Press reports indicate that forthcoming visit of
Montagu Norman has no connection with the movement of
gold from New York to London.
Jan. 30 — Montagu Norman arrives in New York City; claims
he is merely paying a courtesy visit to G.L. Harrison.
Jan. 31 — Montagu Norman spends day with Federal Reserve
Bank officials.
Feb. 4 — Montagu Norman states no immediate change in the
sterling or gold situation expected to arise from his visit.
Congressman Loring M. Black, Jr., introduces a resolution
asking the Federal Reserve Board, whether it had conferred
with Montagu Norman at or about the time it had issued its
credit warning.
Feb. 10— Rep. Black introduces a resolution asking President
Coolidge and Secretary Mellon to clarify Norman's visit not
as an official of the Bank of England
Feb. 12 — Andrews says claim that Federal Reserve Bank has
lost control of the money situation is an illusion and stated
the Bank can regulate the market at will through action on
rediscounts. His statement "triggered repeated charges that
the Federal Reserve System has lost control of the economy.
Feb. 19 — Black's resolutions were defeated in the Banking
and Currency Committee.
Feb. 26 — The New York Times reports that many banks had
asked the Federal Advisory Council to cooperate in curbing
loans for stock speculation.
261
Mar. 4 - Herbert Hoover sworn in as President.
Mar. 12 — Secretary of Treasury Mellon says he will not
interfere with Board policy.
Mar. 21 — Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago moves to reduce
stock loans by 25 to 50% reduction in borrowing for
speculation.
Apr. 1 — National City Bank's April review of economy asks
discount rate rise to 6% as way for curbing excessive stock
speculation. A Rockefeller bank!
May 5~Kansas City Federal Reserve Bank raises rediscount
rates to 5%.
May 14 — Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank raises
rediscount rates to 5%.
May 19 — The rise of rediscount rate to 5% is declared to be
uniform; request for 6% rate by New York and Chicago
denied.
May 23-Advisory Council recommends 6% rediscount
rate.
Aug. 9-New York Federal Reserve Bank raised rate to 6%; it
was called "adroit" measure.
Sep. 3-National City Bank (a Rockefeller-Standard Oil bank)
in its monthly bulletin states the effect of the increase in the
rediscount rate uncertain.
Oct. 29 — Stock market crash ends post war prosperity;
16,000.000 shares, including unrestricted short selling,
change hands.
262
By end of year decline in value of stocks reaches
$15,000,000,000; by end of 1931 stock losses reached $50,
000 . 000 . 000 .
Nov. — New York Federal Reserve Bank reduces rediscount
rate to 5%.
Nov. 11 -Montagu Norman elected Governor of the Bank of
England for eleventh term.
Nov. 15 —Rediscount rate reduced to 4 1/2%.
Throughout the early part of 1929 there were constant reports
of shipments of gold to the United States to and from
London, thus creating the impression, that the report of
January 1 was accurate. With the stock market crash,
however, the flight of gold from the U.S.A. commenced, in
earnest.
Kurt Lewin
Kurt Lewin's (1890-1947) work had a profound impact on
social psychology and experiential learning, group dynamics
and action research. Lewin was born on September 9, 1890 in
the village of Mogilno in Prussia (now part of Poland). He
was one of four children in a middle class Jewish family (his
father owned a small general store and a farm).
They moved to Berlin when he was fifteen and he was
enrolled in the Gymnasium. In 1909 Kurt Lewin entered the
University of Lreiberg to study medicine. He then transferred
to the University of Munich to study biology. Around this
time he became in involved in the Socialist movement. His
particular concerns appear to have been the combating of
anti-Semitism and the democratization
263
of German institutions.
His doctorate was received from the University of Berlin
where he developed an interest in the philosophy of science
and encountered Gestalt psychology. His PhD was awarded
in 1916, but by then he was serving in the German army (he
was injured in combat). In 1921 Kurt Lewin joined the
Psychological Institute of the University of Berlin - where he
gave seminars in both philosophy and psychology. He was
starting to make a name for himself both in publishing and
teaching. His work became known in America and he was
invited to spend six months as a visiting professor at Stanford
(1930). With the political position worsening considerably in
Germany in 1933 he and his wife and daughter left for the
United States.
Thereafter he became involved at the Tavistock Institute in
various applied research initiatives linked to the war effort
(the Second World War.) These included influencing the
morale of the fighting troops and psychological warfare. He
was always a strong Socialist. He founded the Center for
Group Dynamics at MIT. He was also engaged in a program-
the Commission of Community Interrelations in New York.
The "T Groups" for which Lewin had become known
emerged from this program which was directed toward
solving religious and racial prejudices.
Lewin got funding for the Office of Naval Intelligence and
worked closely in training its operatives. The National
Training Laboratories was another of his mind-control mass
brainwashing programs that played a profound role in the
corporate world.
264
Niall Ferguson
Niall Ferguson is a history professor who taught at
Cambridge and is now a tenured Oxford don. Those are the
credential of a "court historian" whose main purpose is to
protect the patriotic, political myths of his government.
Professor Fergusson, however has written an iconoclastic
attack on one of the most venerable patriotic myths of the
British, namely that of the First World War was a great and
necessary war in which the British performed the noble act
of intervening to protect Belgian neutrality, French freedom,
and the empires of both the French and British from the
military aggression of the hated Hun. Politicians like Lloyd
George and Churchill argued that the war was not only
necessary, but inevitable. In this they were ably assisted by
the propaganda factory at Wellington House, "the house of
lies" as Toynbee called it.
Ferguson asks and answers ten specific questions about the
First World War, one of the most important being whether
the war, with its total of ten million casualties, was worth it.
Not only does he answer in the negative, but concludes that
the world war was not necessary or inevitable, but was
instead the result of grossly erroneous decisions of British
political leaders based on an improper perception of the
"threat" to the British Empire posed by Germany. Ferguson
regards it as "nothing less than the greatest error in modem
history."
265
He goes further and puts most of the blame on the British
because it was the British government that ultimately
decided to turn the continental war into a world war.
He argues that the British had no legal obligation to
protect Belgium or France and that the German naval
build-up did not really menace the British.
British political leaders, Ferguson maintains, should have
realized that the Germans were mostly fearful of being
surrounded the growing Russian industrial and military
might, as well as the large French army. He argues further,
that the Kaiser would have honored his pledge to London,
offered on the eve of the war, to guarantee French and
Belgium territorial integrity in exchange for Britain's
neutrality.
Ferguson concludes that "Britain's decision to intervene was
the result of secret planning by her generals and diplomats,
which dated back to 1905" and that it was based on a
misreading of German intentions, "which were imagined to
be Napoleonic in scale." Political calculations also played
their part in bringing on war. Ferguson notes that Foreign
Minister Edward Grey provided the leadership that put Britain
on the bellicose path. Although a majority of the other
ministers were hesitant. "In the end they agreed to support
Grey, partly for fear of being turned out of office and letting in
the Tories."
Such was the power of the lies and propaganda that flowed out
of Wellington House, the forerunner of the Tavistock Institute
of Human Relations.
The First World War continues to disturb the British
266
psyche today, much as the Civil War still haunts Americans.
British casualties in the war numbered 723,000 - more than
twice the number suffered in World War II. The author
writes: "The First World War remains the worst thing the
people of my country have ever had to endure."
One of the most important costs of the war, which was
prolonged by British and American participation, was the
destruction of the Russian government.
Ferguson contends that in the absence of British intervention,
the most likely result would have been a quick German
victory with some territorial concessions in the east, but no
Bolshevik Revolution.
There would have been no Lenin - and no Hitler either. "It
was ultimately because of the war that both men were able to
rise to establish barbaric despotisms which perpetrated still
more mass murder."
Had the British stayed on the sidelines, Ferguson argues,
their empire would still be strong and viable. He believes
that the British could have easily coexisted with Germany,
with which it had good relations before the war. But the
British victory came at a price "far in excess of their gains"
and "undid the first golden age of economic 'globalization.'"
But ruthless anti-German propaganda turned those good
relations into enmity and hatred.
World War I also led to a great loss of individual liberty.
"Wartime Britain ... became by stages a kind of police
state," Ferguson writes. Of course, liberty is always a
casualty of war and the author compares the British situation
with the draconian measures imposed in America by
President Wilson.
267
The suppression of free speech in America "made a
mockery of the Allied powers' claim to be fighting for
freedom." What the Professor Fergusson did know was that
Wilson had imposed the worst kind of restrictions of free
speech. He even tried to get Senator La Follette arrested for
opposing the war.
While Ferguson addressed mainly British audiences, it is
relevant to Americans who tragically followed the
brainwashed propaganda-dazed and nervously drunk British
into both world wars at tremendous cost in freedom, the
result of the centralization of power in the leviathan
government in Washington, D.C.
There are many valuable lessons to be learned from this
timely warning that the Tavistock Institute, successor to
Wellington House, has shown just how easy it is to
condition and mind-control large segments of population
groups.
"The Great War:"
The Power of Propaganda
The fruits of the war that ordinary people of Britain, France,
Germany, Belgium and Russia did not want: Killed in the
prime of their lives:
Britain and Empire 2,998,671
France 1,357,800
Germany 2,037,700
Belgium 58,402
These are mainly deaths on the so-called "Western Front" and
"Eastern Front" and do not include casualties sustained on
other fronts by other nations. The cost in monetary
268
terms was $180,000,000,000 in direct accounting and
indirectly another $151,612,500,000.
The two WWI battles mentioned in this book:
Passchendaele. Began on July 31, 1917 the battle raged for
three months. Casualties amounted to 400,000 men.
Verdun. Began February 21, 1916 and ended on June 7.
700.000 men killed.
Later Propaganda Efforts.
Tavistock Institute has so perfected its techniques that recent
expert opinion has it that 70% of all capital and human
resources that the US government advertising/propaganda
programs devotes to for strategic objectives, going to
psychological operations, the propaganda which these
psychological operations are comprised have become the
single most significant part of what it means to be American
and British.
The level of propaganda is now so, high, so all
encompassing, that Social Scientist count on it to be the
totality of American life, and as a result of sustained
propaganda, life in these two countries has become a
simulation. Tavistock predicts, as do philosophers and
sociologists from Beaudrilliard to McLuhan, that this
simulation will soon be substituted for reality.
The public perception of propaganda associates it with
advertising and the kind of partisan propaganda disseminated
by radio talk shows, or with a zealous radio preacher. Indeed
these are all forms of propaganda, but for the most part they
are recognized as such.
269
The advertiser is tries to instill his particular product or
service on the minds of the audience. Political commentary
does the very same thing and likewise religious programming
is intended as much to motivate followers to take a particular
course of action such as supporting the war or some country
they ascribe as "biblical" we need to support at the exclusion
of others) to change the spiritual orientation of non-
committed listeners. Thus, they hope that audiences will be
persuaded to embrace the ideas of the speakers or to follow
their lead to support such and such an objective. Any
"preaching" about the Middle East over American radio in
particular soon reveals this objective.
Other types of communication in all forms of the media are far
more intrusive such as deliberately slanted and or false,
incomplete news reporting, presented as truth or objective
fact. The reality is that it is naked propaganda disguised as
news at which Tavistock graduates excel.
Forceful propaganda, first introduced by Bemays at
Wellington House to forcefully persuade the unwilling
population is by scientific repetition. World War I was a field
day for Wellington House with thousands of reputations of
"the Butcher of Berlin" etc.
In the latest Gulf war the people of the United States were
not inclined to worry very much about an invasion by
Saddam Hussein, but Powell, Rice, Cheney and a succession
of "authorities" dinned it into the heads of the American
people that Saddam Hussein might soon cause a "mushroom
cloud" to appear over the United States, even though there
was no truth in their claims.
The statement that "Saddam was a threat to his neighbors"
stressed again and again — by government operatives and
military leaders, who were soon joined by vast numbers of
270
private organizations, political commentators, intellectuals,
entertainers, and, of course, the news media carried the day
even though based upon layers of lies.
Propaganda messages do differ although the core message is
always the same and the sheer volume of warnings and the
diversity of the sources involved served to confirm in people s
minds that the threat is indeed very real. Slogans help
listeners and readers of this propaganda material to visualize
the "danger." orchestrated not so much to protect the country
as to bring about active participation by raising the level of
hysteria.
This was standard practice in use by Britain and the United
States in all the wars in which they were combatants from
1900 up to the present time. The resulting climate of fear
brought the desired effect; rapid expansion of military
research and arms stockpiling and "pre-emptive strikes" in
Serbia and Iraq.
Propaganda took a nasty fall during the Vietnam War when
Americans actually saw the brutality of battle in their living
rooms and the notion of a "defensive" war took a nosedive.
The purveyors of the wars in Serbia and Iraq took good care
not to allow the mistake to be repeated.
The effect of propaganda was so great that most Americans
still believe that Vietnam was an "anti-communist" war.
From the cold war generally — the Cuban missile crisis -
Serbia propaganda helped hostilities to flourish and multiply.
271
The propaganda of the anti-communist era was tailor made by
Tavistock and designed to facilitate the development of a
global U.S. military expansion that has been going on since
the Institute for Pacific Relations was established in the
1930s and upon which Me McCarthy stumbled.
There are other type of insidious propaganda other types of
propaganda are directed toward social behavior or group
loyalties. We see it in the emergence of the decline in morals
that has swept the world on a wave of well-directed
propaganda of the type favored by H.V. Dicks, R Bion,
Hadley Cantril and Edward Bernays, the Social Scientists
who at one stage ran operations at Tavistock Their product,
propaganda, is the illusion of truth fabricated by the whores of
deception.
272
Bibliography
"Journey Into Madness;"
Gordon Thomas
"MK. Ultra 90;" CIA
"American Journal of Psychiatry,"
Jan. 1956; Dr. Ewan Cameron.
Documents relating to activities of "The Society for the
Investigation of Human Psychology."
This was a front for CIA experiments into mind control.
"Ethics of Terror:"
Prof Abraham Kaplan.
"The Psychiatrist and Terror;"
Prof. John Gun.
"The Techniques of Persuasion;"
l.R. C. Brown.
"The Psychotic;" Understanding Madness;
Andrew Crowcroft.
(When you understand "madness" it can be recreated in any
subject.)
"The Battle for the Mind;"
Private, Invicta Press.
"The Mind Possessed;"
Private, Invicta Press.
273
"The Collected Works of Dr. Jose Delgado."
"The Experiments of Remote Mind Control"
(ESB): Dr. Robert Heath.
Dr. Heath conducted successful experiments with ESB which
proved that he could create memory lapses, cause sudden
impulses (like random shootings), evoke fear, pleasure and
hatred at his command.
"ESB Experiments;" Gottlieb.
Dr. Gottlieb said his experiments were leading to making a
psycho-civilized person, and then, an entire psycho-civilized
society, in which every human thought, emotion, sensation,
desire is completely controlled by electrical stimulations of
the brain.
Dr. Gottleib stated that he could stop a charging bull in its
tracks; PROGRAM HUMANS TO KILL ON COMMAND.
Extensive documentation of experiments conducted by the
CIA using ESB-the research under the control of Dr. Stephen
Aldrich.
"The Collected Research Papers of Dr. Alan Cameron."
These were found with the huge collection of documents of
mind control experiments packed away in 130 boxes,
conducted by Dr. Gottleib and which he had not destroyed as
ordered by the CIA.
"The New York Times, December 1974."
An expose of CIA mind control experiments.
274
Apart from the above there is Dr. Coleman's own works,
"Metaphysics, Mind Control, ELF Radiation and Weather
Modifications" published in 1984, and updated 2005.
In this same work Dr. Coleman explains how mind control
works and gives clear examples of it. He expanded on his
earlier work with "Mind Control in the 20 th Century," which
explicitly details how mind control techniques have
advanced.
A Dynamic Theory of Personality. Dr. Kurt Lewin
Time Perspective and Morale. *
The Neurosis of War.
(Macmillan London 1943)
Experiences in Groups.
(Lancet Nov. 27, 1943)
Leaderless Groups.
(London 1940)
Experiences in Groups.
(Bulletin of Messenger)
Catastrophic Change.
(The British Psychoanalytical Soc.)
Elements of Psychoanalysis.
London 1963
W.R Bion.
*
*
*
*
*
Borderline Personality Disorders.
London
275
Force and Ideas.
Walter Lippmann
Public Opinion.
Walter Lippmann
Crystallizing Public Opinion.
Edward Bemays
Propaganda.
Edward Bemays
The Daily Mirror.
Alfred Harmsworth 1903/1904
The Sunday Mirror.
Alfred Harmsworth 1905/1915
Human Quality.
Aurelio Peccei 1967
The Chasm Ahead.
Aurelio Peccei
Wilhelm II, Emperor of Germany.
Correspondence Entre Guillaume II
Memories of Lenin.
N. Krupskaya (London 1942)
The World Crisis.
Winston Churchill
How We Advertised America.
George Creel
New York 1920
276
Wilson, The New Freedom. Arthur S. Link 1956
The Aquarian Conspiracy.
Marilyn Fergusson
Some Principles of Mass Persuasion.
Dorwin Cartwright
Journal of Humanistic Psychology.
John Rawlings Reese
Understanding Man's Behavior.
Gordon Alport
Invasion from Mars.
Hadley Cantrill
War of Worlds. H. G. Wells
Terror by Radio.
The New York Times
Psychology of Science.
Aldous Huxley
A Kings' Story.
The Duke of Windsor
My Four Years in Germany.
James W. Gerard
Under the Iron Heel.
G. W. Stevens
277
The Technotronic Era.
Zbigniew Brzezinski
Institute for Development and Management Publications.
Ronald Lippert
When Action Research Becomes Cold War Methodology
The Science of Coercion.
Renses Likert
Management Systems and Style.
Mental Tensions. H.V.
Dicks
The State of Psychiatry in British Psychiatry. H.V.
Dicks
The Jungle.
Upton Sinclair
Appeal to Reason The Money Changers.
Propaganda Techniques in the World War.
Harold Lasswell
Imperial Twilight.
Berita Harding
Innocence and Experience.
Gregory Bateson
278
For God's Sake.
Bateson and Margaret Meade
They Threw God Out Of the Garden.
R.D. Laing
Steps to an Ecology of Mind. The Facts of
Life.
On Our Way.
Franklin D. Roosevelt
How Democracies Perish.
Jean Francois Revel
Disraeli.
Stanley Weintraub
Brute Force: Allied Strategy Tactics WWII.
John Ellis
The Concentration Camps in South Africa.
Napier Davitt
The Times History of the War in South Africa.
Sampson Low 7 Vols.
The Organization's Man
Jorgen Schleiman 1965
Stalin and German Communism
Jorgen Schleiman 1948
279
Willi Munzenberg A Political Biography
Babetta Gross 1974
Propaganda Technique in the World War
Harold Lowell
The Propaganda Menace
Frederick E. Lumley 1933
History of the Russian Communist Party
Leonard Schapiro 1960
Neue Zurcher Zeitung
December 21, 1957
The Bolshevik Rise to Power and the November
Revolution
A.P. Kerensky 1935
Ten Days That Shook The World
John Reed 1919
The
Tavistock Institute
Of Human Relations:
Shaping t he Moral. Spiritual, Cultural Political, and
Economic Decline of The United States of America.
THE TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE FOR HUMAN RELATIONS:
Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of
the United States.
The Tavistock Institute for Human Relations has had a profound effect on
the moral, spiritual, cultural, political and economic policies of the United
States of America and Great Britain. It has been in the front line of the
attack on the U.S. Constitution and State constitutions. No group did
more to propagandize the U.S. to participate in the WWI at a time when
the majority of the American people were opposed to it.
Much the same tactics were used by the Social Science scientists at
Tavistock to get the United States into WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Serbia
and both wars against Iraq. Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and
disseminating organization at Wellington House in London in the run-up
to WWI, what Toynbee called "that black hole of disinformation." On
another occasion Toynbee called Wellington House "a lie factory." From
a somewhat crude beginning, Wellington House evolved into the
Tavistock Institute and went on to shape the destiny of Germany, Russia,
Britain and the United States in a highly controversial manner. The
people of these nations were unaware that they were being
"brainwashed." The origin of "mind control," "inner directional
conditioning" and mass "brainwashing" is explained in an easy to
understand book written with great authority.
The fall of dynasties, the Bolshevik Revolution, WWI and WWII saw the
destruction of old alliances and boundaries, the convulsions in religion,
morals, family life, economic and political conduct, decadence in music
and art can all be traced back to mass indoctrination (mass brainwashing)
practiced by the Tavistock Institute Social Science scientists. Prominent
among Tavistock's faculty were Edward Bernays, the double nephew of
Sigmund Freud. It is said that Herr Goebbels, Propaganda Minister in the
German Third Reich used methodology devised by Bernays as well as
those of Willy Munzenberg, whose extraordinary career is touched upon
in this work about the past, present and future. Without Tavistock, there
would have been no WWI and WWII, no Bolshevik Revolution, Korea,
Vietnam, Serbia and Iraq wars. But for Tavistock, the United States
would not be rushing down the road to dissolution and collapse.
V
Contents
FORWARD
1. Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute 1
2. Europe falls off the precipice 9
3. How "times" were made to change 13
4. Social engineering and the Social scientist 19
5. Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible
Government?" 25
6. Mass communications ushers in the polling industry 29
7. The making of public opinion 33
8. Degrading women and decline of moral standards 37
9. How individuals and groups react to blending fact with Fiction
41
10. Polling comes of age 47
1 1 . The paradigm shift in education 5 1
12. Lewin's doctrine of "identity change" 57
VI
13. The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between two
World Wars 61
14. America is not a "Homeland" 69
15. The Media's role in propaganda 79
16.Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect 85
17. Propaganda and Psychological Warfare 89
18. Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI, thanks to propaganda 95
19. Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce 99
20. The Black Art of successful Lying: Gulf War 1991. 109
21. The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries 113
22. Peace is not Popular 121
23. The Tavistock Institute: Britain's Control of the U.S. 133
24. Brainwashing saves a U.S. President 145
25. Tavistock's assault on the U.S. 153
26. How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are "puffed."
157
VII
27. The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII 165
28. How Tavistock makes well people sick 173
29. Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the war in Iraq
183
30. My choice of candidate, not my choice 195
31. Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry: Americas Post
Industrial Society 207
32. Exposing the upper level parallel secret
government 213
33. Interpol in the U.S.:
Its origin and purpose exposed 22 1
34. The Cults of the East India Company 233
35. The Music Industry:
Mind control, Propaganda and War 243
vm
Acknowledgements
My very great debt - an immense one - for the help,
encouragement and hard and long hours, sound criticism and
encouragement on this book that my wife Lena, and our son
John provided at every stage of its preparation, including
suggestions for the cover design, research and proof reading.
I also owe a debt of gratitude to Dana Fames for his untiring
computer work and technical assistance; to Ann Louise
Gittleman, and James Templeton, who encouraged me to
write this book and gave me no peace until I began it; to
Renee and Grant Magan for doing the daily work, leaving me
free to concentrate on writing. My particular thanks also to
Dr. Kinne McCabe and Mike Granston whose faithful and
steadfast support was a key factor in enabling me to finish
the work.
IX
The Tavistock Institute of Human
Relations: Shaping the
Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and
Economic Decline of the United States of
America.
FORWARD.
The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to
the people of the United States before Dr. Coleman exposed
its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of
Human Relations: Britain's Control of the United States. Up
to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive
role in shaping the affairs of the United States, its
government and its people since its early beginning in
London, in 1913 at Wellington House.
Since Dr. Coleman's original article exposing this ultra-
secret organization, others have come forward with claims
of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate.
Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating
organization centered at Wellington House, which was where
the original organization was put together with intent of
shaping a propaganda outlet that would break down the stiff
public resistance being encountered to the looming war
between Britain and Germany.
X
The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and
their mandate was to produce an organization capable of
manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured
opinion down the desired pathway to support for a declaration
of war by Great Britain against Germany.
Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by
the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was related through
marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future
Studies. Two Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward
Bemays were appointed to handle the manipulation of
American public opinion in preparation for the entry of the
United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President
Woodrow Wilson.
From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House,
grew an organization that was to shape the destiny of
Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in
manner that became a highly sophisticated organization to
manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly
termed, "mass brainwashing."
During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in
size and ambition, when in 1937, a decision was made to use
the German author Oswald Spengler's monumental work,
Untergange des Abenlandes (The Decline of Western
Civilization) as a model.
Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere,
Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and proposed
as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in
particular, the book The Climax of Civilization (1917) as
corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created
before a New World Order in a One World Government
could be ushered in.
XI
In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the
British royal family and obtained the approval of the
"Olympians" (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to
formulate a strategy. Funding was provided by the monarchy,
the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family
trusts.
In 1936, Spengler's monumental work had come to the
attention of what had become the Tavistock Institute. In
preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the
second time in less than twelve years, by unanimous consent
of the board, Spengler's massive book was adopted as the
blueprint for a new working model to bring about the decline
and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and
establish a New World Order inside a One World
Government.
Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be
introduced into Western civilization in increasing numbers,
and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens,
thereby sealing its fate, a society, whose inward beliefs and
sound convictions would become at variance with its outward
profession and thus Western civilization would fall by the
wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece
and Rome.
Tavistock thinking was that Spengler had indoctrinated
Western civilization to believe that it would err on the side of
Roman civilization, and expel the aliens. The genetic loss
that has fallen upon Europe-and especially on Scandinavia,
England, Germany, France-(the Anglo-Saxon, Nordic Alpine
Germanic races) that began just before the Second World War
is already so great as to be beyond expectations, and
continues at an alarming pace under the skilled guidance of
the Tavistock managers.
XII
What was a very rare instance became a common occurrence,
a black man married to a white women or vice-versa.
The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one
quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual energies of
the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense
of the Fatherland at the expense of science, arts, literature,
music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of
the nation. The same could be said of the British nation. The
blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock
set all of Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage
according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler's
predictions.
Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that
could bring a modem renaissance to the world. They had
flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations
remained under the control of the Anglo-Saxon Nordic
Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their
literature, art, their classics, spiritual and moral advancement
of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of
protection, was what distinguished Western and Classic
civilizations from others.
It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing
attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on parallel tracks, but
with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilizations a
stumbling block to ushering a New World Order, as did the
emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a
place of high respect and honor.
xm
Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to "democratize" the
West by an attack on womanhood, and the racial, moral,
spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western
civilization rested.
As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted
to the social, religious, moral and spiritual advancement and
the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for
just as long as they were in control and could arrange matters
so that government was carried out by a limited number of
responsible citizens supported by the general populace below
them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The
planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of
Western civilization was to force unwelcome changes in the
race by removing control from the deserving to the
undeserving in the manner of ancient Roman leaders who
were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they
had permitted to come and dwell among them.
Tavistock, by 1937, had come a long way from its
Wellington House beginnings and the successful propaganda
campaign that had turned the British public from being
strongly anti-war in 1913 to willing participants through the
arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news
communications media.
The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1916 to
manipulate the American people to support of the war in
Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at
least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly opposed to the U.S.
getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a
quarrel between Britain and France on the one hand, and
Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the
conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House
introduced the word, "Isolationists" as a
XIV
derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S.
participation in the war. The use of such words and phrases
has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social
sciences scientists at Tavistock. Terms like "regime change,"
"collateral damage" became almost new English language.
With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American
conditions, Bemays and Lippmann led President Woodrow
Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology
techniques for polling (manufacturing) so-called public
opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught
Wilson to set up a secret body of "managers" to run the war
effort and a body of "advisors" to assist the President in his
decision-making. The Creel Commission was the first such
body of opinion-makers set up in the United States.
Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to
publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New World
Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His
remarkable acceptance of the New World Order is found in
his book The New Freedom.
We say "his" book, but actually, it was written by Socialist
William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism. "It is
contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to
our economy," Wilson wrote.
Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying
prosperity and industrial expansion as it had never
experienced before in its history:
"We stand in the presence of a revolution — not a bloody
revolution, America is not given to spilling blood — but a
silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon
recovering to practice those ideals which she has always
XV
professed, upon securing a government devoted to the
general and not the special interests. We are upon the
threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country
will be sustained or at least supplemented at every point by
government activity. And now we have to determine what
kind of a government activity it shall be; whether, in the first
place, it shall be directed from government itself, or whether
it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have
already constituted themselves and which stand ready to
supersede government."
While the U.S. was still a neutral power under the Wilson
presidency, Wellington House poured out a cadence of lies
about Germany, and what a threat it was to America.
We are reminded of the statement made by Bakunin in 1814
as it tied in so well with the outrageous propaganda that
Wilson made use of to bolster his case:
"Lying by diplomacy: Diplomacy has no other mission.
Every time a State wants to declare war upon another State,
it starts off by launching a manifesto addressed not only to
its own subjects but also to the whole world.
In this manifesto it declares that right and justice are on its side
and endeavors to prove that it is actuated by love of peace
and humanity (and democracy), and that, imbued with
generous and peaceful sentiments, it suffered for a long time
in silence until mounting iniquity of its enemy forced it to
bare its sword. "
"At the same time it vows that, disdainful of all material
conquest and not seeking any increase in territory, it will put
an end to this war as soon as justice is reestablished. And its
antagonist's answer with a similar manifesto, in which,
naturally, right, justice and humanity and all
XVI
generous sentiments are to be found respectively on its side.
These mutually opposed manifestos are written with the same
eloquence, they breath the same righteous indignation, and
one is just as sincere as the other, that is to say they are both
brazen in their lies, and it is only fools who are deceived by
them. Sensible persons, all those who have some political
experience do not even take the trouble of reading such
manifestos."
President Wilson's statements just before he went to the
Congress to request a constitutional declaration of war
embodies every one of Bakunin's sentiments.
He was "lying by diplomacy" and he used the gross
propaganda manufactured at Wellington House to inflame the
American public by tales of atrocities committed by the
German Army in its march across Belgium in 1914. As we
shall discover, it was, for the most part, a gigantic lie passed
off as truth.
I remember looking through a large stack of old newspapers
at the British Museum where I spent five years doing in-
depth research. The papers covered the years 1912 to 1920.
I recall thinking at the time: "Isn't it amazing that the rush to
the New World Order Socialist totalitarian government
should be led by the United States, supposedly a bastion of
freedom?"
Then, as I recall, it came to me with great clarity that the
Committee of 300 has its people at the highest and lowest
echelons embedded in the U.S., in banking, industry, trade,
defense, the State Department and indeed in the very White
House, not to mention the Elite Club called the U.S. Senate,
which in my view is a forum for pushing the New World
Order."
xvn
I recall thinking that President Wilson's propaganda blast
against Germany and the Kaiser (actually the product of
Rothschild agents Lords Northcliffe and Rothmere, and the
Wellington House propaganda factory) was not much
different to the "contrived situation" of Pearl Harbor, the
Gulf of Tonkin "incident" and looking back now I can see no
difference between the propaganda lies about the brutality
of German soldiers allegedly chopping off the arms and legs
of little Belgian children in 1914, than the methods used to
get the American people duped and doped into allowing the
Bush administration to invade Iraq. Whereas in 1914 it was
the Kaiser who was a "brute savage," a "ruthless murderer",
a "monster", the "Butcher of Berlin", in 2002 it was
President Hussein who was all of these things and a whole
lot more, including the "Butcher of Baghdad!" Poor duped,
deluded, deceived, connived, trustful, America! When will
you ever learn?
In 1917 the New World Order agenda was being rushed
through the House and Senate by Woodrow Wilson, and
President Bush forced the New World Order agenda for Iraq
through the House and Senate in 2002 without debate, an
exercise in arbitrary power and a gross violation of the U.S.
Constitution for which the American people are paying a
huge price. But the American people are suffering from toxic
shock induced by the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations
and the American people are in a state of sleepwalking and
without leadership.
They do not know what the price is and do not care to find
out. The Committee of 300 continues to rule the United
States, just as it did in the Wilson and Roosevelt
presidencies, while the American people were distracted with
"bread and circuses" only today it is baseball, football, endless
Hollywood, and Social Security. Nothing has changed.
xvm
The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is
headed of a fast track to the New World Order, propelled
along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have
been taken over by the scientists at the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations.
Just recently I was asked by a subscriber "where do we find
the Tavistock Institute?" My response was: "Look around the
U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House,
the State Department, the Defense Department, Wall Street,
Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in
every one of these places."
President Wilson was the first U.S. president to "manage" the
war through a civilian committee guided and directed by the
Bemays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we
have already made mention.
The resounding success of Wellington House and its
enormous influence on the course of American history began
before that in 1913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing
down the protective trade tariffs that had defended the
American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by
"Free Trade," essentially the practice of allowing cheap
British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the
American market. On October 12, 1913 Wilson signed the bill
that was the beginning of the end of the unique American
middle class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill
was described as a measure to "adjust tariffs," but it would
have been accurate to describe it as a bill to "destroy tariffs."
Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast
majority of the American people accepted this lie, not
knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American
commerce that would lead to NAFTA, GATT and the
XIX
World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing
was the acceptance of the Federal Income Tax Act that was
passed on September 5, 1913, to replace trade tariffs as the
source of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is
a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution
anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the
Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against the
Constitution, "a fight for the people, and for free business,"
and said he was proud to have taken "part in the completion of
a great piece of business..." The Federal Reserve Act,
explained by Wilson as "reconstructing the Nation's banking
and currency system" was rushed through on a flood-tide of
propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time
for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI.
Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal
Reserve Bank Act, Ford Grey would not have been able to
start that terrible conflagration.
The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was
under the guidance of Bemays and Fippman who set up a
"National Citizen's Feague" with the notorious Samuel
Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the Federal Reserve
Bank, that secured control of the people's money and
currency and transferred it to a private monopoly without the
victim's consent.
One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the
imposition of the foreign financial slavery measure was that
before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was
given to the sinister Colonel Edward Mandel House as the
representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy
represented by the banker, J.P. Morgan.
XX
As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous
measure was instituted, they had not the faintest idea how
they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived.
An instrument of slavery was fastened around their necks
without the victims ever becoming aware of it.
Wellington House methodology was at its height when
Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress to declare
war on Germany, although he had won election on the
solemn promise to keep America out of the war then raging
in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion
making. It was just that - the poll questions were shaded in
such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the
public; not their understanding of the questions, nor their
understanding of the processes of political science.
A thorough search and reading of the Congressional Records
from 1910 to 1920 by this writer showed very clearly that had
Wilson not signed the iniquitous "currency reform" bill on
December 23, 1913, the upper-level parallel secret
government of the United States foretold by H.G. Wells
would not have been able to commit the vast resources of the
United States to the war in Europe.
The House of Morgan representing the "Olympians" of the
Committee of 300, and its all powerful City of London
financial nexus, played a leading role in shaping the "U.S.
Federal Reserve Banks," which were neither "Federal" nor
"banks," but a private money-generating monopoly fastened
around the necks of the American people whose money was
now free to be stolen on an unimaginable scale, making them
slaves of the New World Order inside the coming One World
Government. The Great Depression of the 1930s was the
second major catastrophic bill the American people had to
pay, the first being World War I. (See Appendix)
XXI
Those who read this book as a first introduction to the New
World Order inside a One World Government will be
skeptical; but consider that no less a personage than the great
Sir Harold Mackinder did not hide his beliefs about its
coming.
More than that, he gave notice that it might be a dictatorship.
Sir Harold had an impressive resume (CV) having been
Professor of Geography at the University of London; a
director of the London School of Economics from 1903-1908
and a Member of Parliament from 1910-1922. He was also a
close associate of Arnold Toynbee one of the leading lights at
Wellington House. He had correctly predicted a core of
startling geopolitical events, many of them actually coming
to pass.
One such "prophecy" was the founding of two Germanys, the
Social Democratic Republic of Germany and the Federal
Republic of Germany. Critics suggested that he got the
information from Toynbee; that it was merely the long range
planning of the Committee of 300 that Toynbee knew about.
After Wellington House, Toynbee moved to the Royal
Institute for International Affairs (RIIA), and then to London
University where he held the chair for International History.
In his book, America and World Revolution he said:
"If we are to avoid mass-suicide, we must have our world-
state quickly and this probably means that we must have it in
a non-democratic form to begin with. We will have to start
building a world-state now on the best design that is
practicable at the moment."
XXII
Toynbee went on in a forthright manner saying this "world
dictatorship" would have to supplant "the local national states
which litter the present political map."
The new world-state was to be brought about on the basis of
mass mind control and propaganda that would make it
acceptable. I explained in my book The Committee of 300,
that Bernays "blew the whistle" on polling in his 1923 and
1928 books, Propaganda, and Crystallizing Public Opinion.
This was followed by Engineering Consent:
Self-preservation, ambition, pride, hunger, love of family and
children, patriotism, imitativeness, the desire to be a leader,
love of play-these and other drives are the psychological raw
materials which every leader must take into account in his
endeavor to win the public to his point of view... To maintain
their self-assurance, most people need to feel certain that
whatever they believe about anything is true.
These revealing works are examined and we should add that
in writing them, the Tavistock hierarchy apparently felt secure
enough to gloat over their control of the United States and
Great Britain that had blossomed into an open conspiracy
along the lines first suggested by H.G. Wells.
With the advent of Wellington House, funded by the British
monarchy and later by Rockefeller, Rothschild and the
United States, Western civilization entered into the first
phase of a plan that would provide a secret government to
rule the world, namely, the Committee of 300.
XXIII
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was its creation. As
this book is not about the Committee of 300, we would
suggest that readers obtain copies of the first and second
book, The Committee of 300.
The "300's" carefully structured blueprint has been followed
to the letter and today as we reach the end of 2005, looking
back it is fairly easy for knowledgeable persons to trace the
course that was laid out for Western civilization and to mark
its progression to the point where we are today. This book is
an attempt to do just that.
1
CHAPTER 1
Founding the World's Premiere Brainwashing Institute
From its modest but vitally important beginning at
Wellington House, the Tavistock Institute for Human
Relations expanded rapidly to become the world's premier
top-secret "brainwashing" institute." How this rapid
progression was accomplished needs to be explained.
The modern science of mass manipulation of public opinion
was bom at Wellington House, Fondon, the lusty infant being
midwifed by Ford Northcliffe and Ford Rothmere.
The British monarchy, Ford Rothschild, and the Rockefellers
were responsible for funding the venture. The papers we were
privileged to examine showed that the purpose of those at
Wellington House was to effect a change in the opinion of
the British people who were adamantly opposed to war with
Germany, a formidable task that was accomplished by
"opinion making" through polling. The staff consisted of
Arnold Toynbee, a future director of studies at the Royal
Institute of International Affairs (RIIA), Fords Norhcliffe,
and the Americans, Walter Fippmann and Edward Bemays.
Bemays was born in Vienna on November 22, 1891. As the
nephew of Sigmund Freud the father of psychoanalysis,
regarded by many as "the father of public relations" although
the title properly belongs to Willy Munzenberg. Bemays
pioneered the use of psychology and other social sciences to
shape and form public opinion so that the public thought such
manufactured opinions were their own.
2
"If we understand the mechanism and motives of the group
mind, it is now possible to control and regiment the masses
according to our will without them knowing it." Bernays
postulated. He called this technique "Engineering Consent.
One of his best-known techniques of achieving this goal was
the indirect use of what he called third party authorities to
shape the desired opinions: "If you can influence the leaders,
either with or without their conscious cooperation, you
automatically influence the group which they sway. This
technique he called "opinion making."
Perhaps we can now begin to understand how it was that
Wilson, Roosevelt, Clinton, Bush the elder and the younger
could so easily lead American into disastrous wars in which
its people should never have become involved.
The joint British and American participants concentrated
their efforts on techniques as yet not tried out, to mobilize
support for the war looming on the horizon.
As previously stated, the British people did not want war, and
said so, but Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays expected to
change that by applying techniques designed to manipulate
public opinion through the use of polling. Herein we provide
a review of the methods that were devised and executed to
bring Great Britain and the United States into the First World
War, plus the techniques that were put into practice between
the two World Wars and beyond. As will be seen propaganda
was to play a major role.
One of the main objectives at Tavistock was to achieve the
degradation of women. Tavistock recognized that Jesus
Christ has brought a new place of respect in the order of
civilization to womanhood, which prior to his coming had
not been present.
3
After Christ's ministry, womanhood gained a respect and a
high place in society absent from pre-Christian civilizations.
Of course it can be argued that such an elevated status existed
in the Greek and Roman empires, and that would be true to a
certain extent, but not to the extent that womanhood was
elevated in post-Christ society.
Tavistock sought to change that and the process began
immediately after WWI. The Eastern Orthodox Church
which the Rus (Viking) princes of Moscow brought back
from Constantinople, revered and respected womanhood, and
their experience with the Khazarians whom they
subsequently defeated and drove out of Russia, left them
determined to protect womanhood in Russia.
The founder of the Romanov dynasty, Michael Romanov was
the scion of a noble family that had defended Russia on the
basis of a Christian country. From 1613 the Romanovs
sought to ennoble Russia and imbue it with a great spirit of
Christianity, which meant also, protection for and the
honoring of Russian womanhood.
The Princes of Moscow under Prince Dimitri Donskoi earned
the unremitting hatred of the Rothschilds for Russia because
of Donskoi's defeat and expulsion of the Khazarian hordes
that inhabited the lower-regions of the Volga. This barbaric
warrior nation of mysterious Indo-Turk origin, had adopted
the Judaic religion on passage of a decree by King Bulant
after the religion was approved by the chief Khazarian
soothsayer-magician-sorcerer, David el-Roi.
It was el Roi's personal flag, now called the "Star of David"
that became the official flag of the Khazarian nation when
they settled in Poland after being forced out of Russia.
4
The flag was adopted by the Zionists as their standard and is
still mistakenly called the "Star of David." Christians make
the error of confusion linking it with the Old Testament King
David, when in fact there is no relation between the two.
The hatred of Russia was compounded in 1612 when the
Romanov dynasty led a Russian Army against Poland taking
back large parts of Poland that had formerly belonged to
Russia.
The principal architect of enmity brought to bear against
Russia was the Rothschild dynasty and it was this burning
hatred that Tavistock used and channeled in its plan to
destroy Western civilization.
The first opportunity created by Tavistock came in 1905 with
the attack by the Japanese Navy that completely surprised the
Russian Fleet. The exercise was ban kr olled by Jacob Schiff,
the Wall Street banker, who was related to Rothschild.
The defeat of the Russian fleet at Port Arthur in a surprise
attack marked the beginning of the pall of gloom that was
about to roll in over Christian Europe. The Rockefeller
Standard Oil Group directed by Tavistock and with the aid of
the "300" engineered the Russo-Japanese War. The money
used to finance the operation came from Jacob Schiff, but
was actually provided by the Rockefeller General Education
Board, whose outward purpose was to finance Negro
education. All of the propaganda and advertising for the
board was written and crafted by the Social scientists at
Tavistock, which was then called "Wellington House."
5
In 1941 another Rockefeller front organization, the Institute
for Pacific Relations (IPR) gave large sums to its Japanese
counterpart in Tokyo. The money was then funneled to a
member of the imperial family by Richard Sorge, a Russian
master-spy, for the purposes of inducing Japan to attack the
United States at Pearl Harbor. Again, Tavistock was the
originator of all of IPR's publications.
Although it was not yet evident, as Spengler was to mention
in his monumental work, published in 1936, it marked the
beginning of the end of the old order. Contrary to most
establishment accounts of history, the "Russian" revolution
was not a Russian revolution at all, but a foreign ideology
backed primarily by the Committee of 300 and its arm, the
Tavistock Institute, that was violently forced upon a startled,
unprepared and dismayed Romanov family.
It was political warfare, low grade warfare and psychological
warfare in which Tavistock had become well versed.
As Winston Churchill was to remark: "They transported
Lenin in a sealed truck like a plague bacillus from
Switzerland into Russia," and then once established "Lenin
and Trotsky seized Russia by the hair of its head."
Much has been written (but nearly always in passing as if it is
a mere postscript to history) about the "sealed truck," "sealed
car," "sealed train," that transported Lenin and his Bolshevik
revolutionaries safely through the midst of war-tom Europe
and deposited them in Russia, there to begin their imported
Bolshevik Revolution so mistakenly termed the "Russian
Revolution."
6
Documents the author was privileged to study at Wellington
House and what was revealed in the Arnold Toynbee papers
and Bruce Lockhart's private papers, led to the conclusion
that without Toynbee, Bruce Lockhart of MI6 British
intelligence and without the complicity of at least five
European nations, ostensibly loyal and friendly with the
Court at St. Petersburg, the merciless Bolshevik Revolution
would have been still-bom.
As this account must of necessity be limited to Tavistock's
participation in the affair, it will not be as a complete account
of the skullduggery we would liked to have presented.
According to Milner's private papers his aides through
Tavistock contacted a fellow Socialist Fritz Platten. (Milner
was a leading Fabian Socialist although he scorned Sydney
and Beatrice Webb.) It was Platten, who planned the logistics
of the trip and oversaw it until the revolutionaries arrived in
Petrograd.
This was confirmed and borne out by the Wilhelmstrasse
Files the majority of which we were able to gain access to,
which files were open to certain people qualified to read
them. They tallied fairly closely with Bruce Fockhart's
account in his private papers as well as what Ford Alfred
Milner had to say about the underhand affair that betrayed
Russia. It appeared that Milner had many contacts among the
Bolshevik expatriates among them, Fenin. It was to Ford
Milner that Fenin went, when he needed money for the
Revolution. Armed with a letter of introduction from Platten,
Fenin met with Ford Milner and laid down his plan for the
overthrow of the Romanov's and Christian Russia.
Milner agreed on condition that he could send his agent
Bruce Fockhart of MI6 to supervise the day-to-day affairs
and report back on Fenin.
7
Lord Rothschild and the Rockefellers demanded that they be
allowed to send Sydney Reilly to Russia to supervise transfer
of Russia's natural resources and the gold rubles held in the
Central Bank to London. This was agreed to by Lenin, and
later Trotsky.
To seal the bargain, Lord Milner, on behalf of the
Rothschilds, gave Lenin 60 millions pounds in gold
sovereigns while the Rockefellers contributed around $40
million dollars.
Countries in complicity with the "sealed train" affair were
Great Britain, Germany, Finland, Switzerland and Sweden.
While the United States was not directly involved, it must
have been aware of what was going on. After all, on the
orders of President Wilson, a brand new American passport
was issued to Leon Trotsky, (whose real name was Lev
Bronstein) so that he could travel in peace, although Trotsky
was not a U.S. citizen.
Lenin and his compatriots were provided with a private well-
appointed rail carriage by the top German government
functionaries and always kept locked by agreements with
stations along the line. Platten was in charge and he laid
down the rules for the trip, some of which are listed in the
Wilhelmstrasse Files:
The carriage was to remain locked for the entire trip.
No one could board the carriage without Platten's
permission.
The train would have extra territorial status.
No passports were to be asked at borders.
Tickets would be bought at regular prices.
No "security issues" to be raised by the military or police
of any country en-route.
8
According to the Wilhelmstrasse Files, the trip was
authorized and approved by General Ludendorff and Kaiser
Wilhelm. Ludendorff went so far as to say that if Sweden
refused to let the Bolsheviks pass, he would guarantee them
passage into Russia through the German lines! As it turned
out, the Swedish Government raised no objection and neither
did the Finnish Government.
One of the notable revolutionaries, who joined the train when
it arrived at the German frontier with Switzerland, was
Radek, who was to play a leading role in the bloody
Bolshevik Revolution. There were some lighter moments too.
The Wilhelmstrasse Files describe how the carriage missed
its engine at Frankfurt, resulting in it being shunted to and fro
for about 8 hours.
The party had to de-train in the German Baltic town of
Sasnitz where they were accorded "decent accommodation" by
the German Government. The Swedish Government kindly
gave them ferry transport to Malmo, from where they sailed
to Stockholm, where "nice" accommodation awaited the
Bolshevik party for an overnight layover and then it was on
to the Finnish border.
There, the intrepid Platten left the high-spirited party and the
final journey into Russia was made by train to Petrograd.
Thus an epic journey that began in Zurich, Switzerland,
ended in Petrograd. Lenin had arrived on the scene and
Russia was about to be brought low. And throughout,
Bemays and Lippmann and their associates at Wellington
House (Tavistock) kept up a steady flow of brainwashing
propaganda that it is safe to conclude, duped much of the
world.
CHAPTER 2
Europe falls off the precipice
9
Europe after WWI and the close of the Bolshevik Revolution
was forced to change according to the Tavistock blueprint.
When, thanks to the British engendered and instigated First
World War, Europe fell off a precipice into the end of their
world, or perhaps it might be more appropriate to say,
shambled along like zombies until the last of the era vanished
into the darkness of the abyss, the forced changes became
very much apparent.
This is not a book about the First World War per se.
Hundreds of thousands of words have been written about the
cause and effects of the greatest tragedy ever to befall
mankind, and yet it has not been adequately addressed and
probably never will be. One thing that many writers -myself
included - are agreed on.
The war was started by Great Britain out of sheer hated of
Germany's rapid progress toward becoming a major
economic power in competition against Britain, and Lord
Edward Grey was the principle architect of the war.
That it was unpopular and not approved of by a large
majority of the British people called for "special measures" a
new department to handle the challenge. In essence, that is
the reason why Wellington House came into existence.
From such a small beginning, it progressed into the
gargantuan Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, by 2005,
the world's premier brainwashing institution and a most
sinister force. That it will have to be confronted and put out
of business if the United States is to survive as a
constitutional Republic with a Republican form of
government guaranteed to the 50 States is the considered
10
opinion of a number of members of the U.S. Senate, who
were consulted in preparation for this book, but who asked
not to be named.
The aftermath of the First World War and the failed attempts
to form a League of Nations served only to emphasize the gap
between the old Western civilization and the new. The
economic disaster of postwar Germany hung like the smoke
from a funeral pyre over Western culture adding to the
dismal, sad and fearful climate that began in the 1920s.
Historian agree that all of the combatants suffered economic
ravage of varying degree, although Russia was somewhat
spared, only to be destroyed by the Bolsheviks, while
Germany and Austria were the hardest hit. A strange kind of a
forced gaiety descended on Europe in the 1920s (in which I
include Britain) and the United States. It was put down to
"rebellious youth" and people generally being "sick of war
and politics." In point of fact, people were reacting to the
long-range penetration and inner-directional conditioning of
the masters at Tavistock.
In the period between the end of WWI and 1935, they were
as much shell-shocked as were the troops who had survived
the hell of the trenches with shot and shell flying all around
them, only now, it was economic shot and shell and vast
changes in social mores that numbed their senses.
But the end result of the "treatment" was the same. People
threw discretion to the winds and the moral rot that was set in
motion in 1918, is ongoing and gathering momentum. In the
state of forced gaiety, nobody saw the coming of the world
economic crash and subsequent world depression.
11
It is agreed by most historians that this condition was
engineered and we are led to believe, that Tavistock played a
role in the feverish publicity campaigns of various factions in
that period. In support of our contention that the crash and
depression was a contrived event. See Appendix of Events.
Spengler foretold what was to happen and as it turns out his
predictions were amazingly accurate. "Decadent society" and
"loose women" characterized by the "flappers", and men in
coats fitted with hip flasks, who demanded and got a
lessening of female modesty that came in with higher
hemlines, bobbed hair and excessive make-up, women
smoking and drinking in public. As money became harder to
come by and soup kitchen and unemployment lines grew
longer, hemlines grew shorter, while the writings of Sinclair
Lewis, F. Scott Fitzgerald, James Joyce and D.H. Lawrence
drew gasps, the latest Broadway shows and nightclub acts
revealed a lot more of women's hidden charms than ever
before, and put them out on public display.
It was noted by fashion designers in 1919 in the New Yorker
magazine that "hemlines this year are six inches from the
ground and very daring."
CHAPTER 3
How "times" were made to change
13
But that was only the beginning. In 1935 with Hitler rising to
power, guaranteed by the impossible conditions forced upon
Germany at Versailles, hemlines were also rising to the dizzy
height of the knees, except in Germany, where Hitler was
demanding modesty from German womanhood and getting it,
along with wholesome respect, which did not suit Tavistock's
book.
People who stopped to think at all said they hated the way
"times are changing," but what they did not and could not
know was that times were being made to change according to
a carefully laid out Tavistock formula. Everywhere else in
Europe and America the revolt was on as "emancipation"
fever spread.
In the United States it was silent screen idols who led the
way, but this was no match with what was happening in
Europe where every single "pleasure" was being indulged in,
including homosexuality, that had long been hidden in
darkness and never mentioned in polite society.
Homosexuality emerged alongside lesbianism to shock
disgust, and it seemed, to deliberately affront those who still
lingered in the old order.
A study of this aberration showed that homosexuality and
lesbianism became rampant not out of any inner or latent
desires, but as a means to "shocking" the old establishment
with its rigid codes of good order. Music too suffered and
"went to the dogs" in all manner of jazz and other "decadent"
forms.
14
Tavistock was now in the most crucial stage of developing its
plan that called for womanhood to be reduced to a lessening
standard of morality and of feminine behavior never thought
possible. Nations were in a state of numbness, "shell-
shocked" by the radical changes forced upon them which
seemed impossible to stop, in which a complete absence of
female modesty reflected in learned behavioral attitudes that
made the 1920s and 1930s, look like a ladies Sunday school
teacher's convention. There was no stopping the "sexual
revolution" that swept the world during that era and the
planned degradation of womanhood that went with it.
Some voices were heard, notably G.K. Chesterton and
Oswald Spengler, but it was not enough to blunt the assault
launched by the Tavistock Institute that had in effect
"declared war on Western civilization." The effects of "long
range penetration and inner directional conditioning" were
everywhere to be observed. The moral, spiritual, racial,
economic, cultural and intellectual bankruptcy we are in the
midst of today is not some social phenomenon or the result of
something abstract or sociological that just "happened".
Rather it was the outcome of a carefully planned Tavistock
program.
What we are seeing is not accidental, some aberration of
history. Rather it is the end product of a deliberately induced
social and moral crisis evident everywhere and in such
personages as Mick Jagger, Oprah Winfrey, Britney Spears,
"reality" television shows, "music" seemingly an amalgam of
every base instinct, Fox News (Faux News,) near
pornographic movies in mainstream theaters, advertising in
which modesty and decency are cast to the winds, loud
uncouth behavior in public places, especially in American
restaurants; Katie Curie and a host other of
15
female non-entities suddenly "created" to become highly-
paid "television anchors" or talk show hosts, all of whom
have been trained to talk in a hard, grating monotonous
voices totally lacking in cadence, as if talking through
clenched jaws, in a manner that is harsh, strident and hard on
the ears. Whereas television news readers and "anchormen"
had always been men, suddenly, there were no more than a
dozen men in the field.
We see it in non-entity "stars" in the movie industry that
chum out movies of an increasingly low cultural standard.
We see it also in the glorification of interracial marriages,
divorce on demand, abortion, and blatant homosexual and
lesbian behavior, in the loss of religious beliefs and in
Western civilization family life. Such "stars" are Ellen
DeGeneres, who have absolutely no talent and nothing of any
cultural value to offer, are held up as models for
impressionable young girls who are increasingly on parade
with as much as 75 percent of their bodies exposed. We see it
in a massive increase in drug addiction and all manner of
social evil as in Canada passing a "law" making homosexual
and lesbian "marriage" legal under the threadbare guise of
"civil rights."
We see it in wholesale corruption of the political system and
constitutional mayhem where the House and Senate permits
flagrant violations of the highest law in the land, at every
level of government and nowhere more so than in the
Executive branch of government, where every president since
Roosevelt has taken powers to which the President is not
entitled. We see it in the illicit taking of war powers by the
President when such powers are explicitly denied to the
Executive by the U.S. Constitution.
16
We see it in a new dimension of constitutional disobedience
added to an ugly list of "laws" not empowered by the
Constitution, one of the most recent and most shocking being
the U.S. Supreme Court's blatant exceeding of it powers in
breaking down States rights and electing George Bush, the
younger as the President. This had to be one of the most
savage blows struck against the Constitution in the grossest
contravention of the 10 th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution
in the history of the United States. Yet, so dazed and shell-
shocked are the American people that no protest was voiced,
no mass demonstrations; no calls for the Supreme Court to be
reined in. In this one incident alone, the power of Tavistock's
"long range penetration and inner directional conditioning"
proved to be a huge triumph.
No, this condition of disintegration of our Republic in which
we find ourselves in 2005 did not simply evolve; rather it is
the end product of a carefully planned social engineering
brainwashing project of immense proportions. The truth is
reflected in the death throes of what was once the greatest
nation on Earth.
The physiological conditioning papers written by the social
scientists at Tavistock are working well. Your reaction is a
programmed one. You cannot think in any other way unless
you make a supreme effort.
Nor can you take steps to free yourself from this condition
unless you can first identify the enemy and his plan for the
dissolution of the United States and Europe in particular and
the Western world in general. That enemy is called the
Tavistock Institute for Human Relations and it has been at
war with Western civilization since its earliest days before it
found form and substance at Wellington House and from there
evolved into its present facilities at Sussex University
17
and the Tavistock Clinic in London. Before I unmasked this
institution in 1969, it was unknown in the United States. It is
without doubt the world's premier brainwashing social
engineering establishment.
We shall see what it achieved in its early days in pre-WWI
England and since then in the run-up to WWII and post
WWII to the present time. During WWII the Tavistock
Institute was headquartered at the British Army Physiological
Warfare Division. We have covered its history during its
formative years at Wellington House and we now proceed to
the pre- World War II and post WWII activities.
CHAPTER 4
Social engineering and the Social scientists
19
Dr. Kurt Lewin was its chief theoretician who specialized in
the teaching and application of topological psychology,
which was and remains the most advanced method of
behavior modification. Lewin was assisted by Major General
John Rawlings Reese, Eric Trist, W.R. Bion, H.V. Dicks and
several of the "greats" of brainwashing and social
engineering like Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory
Bateson. Bemays was the top consultant right up to the time
George Bush was placed in the White House by the Supreme
Court. We do not want to get too technical and thus will not
get into specifics of how they applied the Social Scientists
sciences. Most will accept the generic term of "brainwashing"
as an overall explanation of the activities of this, the "mother
of all think tanks."
It will come as no small surprise to learn that Lewin and his
team founded the Stanford Research Center, the Wharton
School of Economics, MIT and the National Institute of
Mental Health among scores of other institutions fondly
believed to be "American" institutions. During the course of
years, the Federal Government contributed millions upon
millions of dollars to Tavistock and its expanded web of
interlinking institutions, while corporate America and Wall
Street came up with matching amounts.
We make bold to say that without the amazing growth and
advances techniques for mass brainwashing developed by the
Tavistock Institute, there would have been no Second World
War, nor any of the wars that followed, and certainly not the
two Gulf Wars, the second of which is still raging in
November 2005.
20
By the year 2000 there was hardly any aspect of life in
America into which Tavistock's tentacles had not reached and
that included every level of government from local to federal,
industry, trade, education and the political institutions of the
nation. Every mental and psychological aspect of the nation
was analyzed, recorded, profiled and stored in computer
memory banks.
What has come out of this is what Tavistock calls "a three-
system response" and it is how population groups react to
stress resulting from "contrived situations" that become crisis
management exercises. What we have in the U.S. and Britain
is a government, that creates a situation viewed by its citizens
as a crisis, and government then manages that "crisis."
An example of a "contrived situation" was the Japanese
attack on Pearl Harbor in December 1941. The attack on
Pearl Harbor was "contrived" as previously explained herein
with the transfer of Rockefeller cash to Richard Sorge the
master spy, and then to a member of the imperial family to
prompt Japan to fire the first shots so that the Roosevelt
administration could take the United States into WWII.
The economic strangulation of Japan by Britain and the
United States unilaterally choking off the flow of essential
raw materials to the island factory that was Japan, had
reached a point where a decision was made to put an end to it.
Tavistock played an enormous role in crafting the massive
wave of anti- Japanese propaganda that swept the United
States into the war in Europe via war against Japan.
21
Unbearable economic pressure was put on Japan while at the
same time the Roosevelt administration refused to
"negotiate," until the Tokyo government could see no way
out but to attack at Pearl Harbor. Roosevelt had conveniently
obligingly shifted the Pacific Fleet into harm's way by
moving it from its safe-haven at San Diego to Pearl Harbor,
for absolutely no valid or strategic reason, thereby placing it
squarely in reach of the Japanese Navy.
Another example is more recent; the Gulf War that began
when a hue and a cry was raised about Iraq's alleged stocks of
nuclear and chemical weapons, the so-called "weapons of
mass destruction," (WMD's.) The Bush administration and
the Blair government knew the issue was a "contrived
situation" without foundation or merit; they knew that there
were no such weapons. Indisputable proof existed that
Hussein's weapons program had been nullified after the 1991
Gulf War and through continued brutal sanctions.
In short, the two Western "leaders" were caught out in a web
of lies, yet such is the power of the Committee of 300 and the
brainwashing power of Tavistock, that they remained in
office although it is an accepted fact that because of their lies,
at least one million Iraqis and more than 2000 American
servicemen dead and 25,999 wounded (Russia's GRU
Military Intelligence figures) of which 53 percent are
maimed, with the cost in monetary terms as of October 2005,
exceeding $550 billion.
The Iraqi death toll is the total of both Gulf Wars of which
the majority are civilians who died from the lack of food,
clean water and medicine as a result of the criminal sanctions
imposed by the British and U.S. Governments under cover of
the U.N.
22
In carrying out sanctions against Iraq, the U.N. violated its
own charter and from then on became a crippled institution
lacking credibility.
There is no parallel in history where a man holding the
highest office was proved to be a liar and deceiver and yet
could remain in power as if nothing had stained his office, a
state of affairs that demonstrates the power of the Tavistock
Institute's "long range penetration and inner conditioning"
treatment of the American people, that would cause them
docilely to accept such a turgid, horror-filled situation
without ever taking to the streets in rage.
Well did Henry Ford say that "people deserve the
government they get" if the people do nothing to turn that
government out of office, such as is the right of the American
people under their U.S. Constitution, then they deserve to
have liars and deceivers running their nation and their lives.
On the other hand, the American people may well be going
through the one of the three phases of what Dr. Fred Emery,
at one time the senior psychiatrist at Tavistock, once
described as "social environmental turbulence." According to
Emery: "Large populations groups manifest the following
symptoms when subjected to conditions of violent social
changes, stress and turbulence which can be divided into
well-defined categories:
Superficiality is the condition that manifests itself when the
threatened population group reacts by adopting shallow
sloganeering, which they attempt to pass off as ideals."
Very little "ego investment" takes place making the first
phase a "maladaptive response" because, as Emery stated,
"the cause of the crisis is not isolated and identified" and
23
the crisis and tension is not abated, but continues for as long
as the controller want it to last. The second phase of the crisis
reaction (since the crisis is continuing), is "fragmentation", a
condition in which panic strikes, "social cohesion" falls apart
with the result that very small groups form and attempt to
protect themselves from the crisis with little or no regard for
the expense or cost to other fragmented, small groups. This
phase Emery calls "passive maladaption," while still failing to
identify the cause of the crisis.
The third phase is when the victims turn away from the
source of the induced crisis and the resulting tension. They
take "fantasy trips of internal migration, introspection and
obsession with self." This is what Tavistock calls
"disassociation and self realization." Emery goes on to
explain that "the passive maladaption responses are now
coupled with "active maladaptive responses."
Emery states that over the past 50 years that experiments in
applied social psychology and resultant "crisis management"
have taken over all aspects of life in America and the results
are stored in the computers in the major "think tanks" such as
Stanford University. The scenarios are taken out, used and
revised from time to time and, according to Tavistock, "the
scenarios are in operation at the present time."
Translated this means that Tavistock has the majority of the
American people profiled and brainwashed. If any part of the
American public is ever able to identify the cause of the crises
that have washed over this nation in the past seventy years,
the social engineering structure built by Tavistock will come
crashing down. But that has not yet happened. Tavistock
continues to drown the American public in its sea of created
public opinion.
24
The social engineering developed by the Social Sciences
scientists at Tavistock has been used as a weapon during this
century's two world wars, especially World War I. The
pollsters who developed it have been quite frank that they
employ on the American population the same devices and
methods used and experimented with against enemy
populations.
Today, the manipulation-by-polls of public opinion has
become a central technique in the hands of the social
engineers and controllers of the Social scientists employed at
Tavistock and its many "think tanks" located all over the
United States and Britain.
25
CHAPTER 5
Do we have what H.G. Wells called "An Invisible
Government?"
As I have previously related, the modem science of making
public opinion through advanced techniques of manipulating
mass-opinion began at one of the West's most advanced
propaganda factory situated in Britain at Wellington House.
This facility dedicated to social engineering and creating
public opinion at the commencement of World War I, was
under the aegis of Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe, and the
future director of studies of the Royal Institute of
International Affairs (RIIA), Arnold Toynbee. Wellington
House had an American Section, whose most prominent
members were Walter Lippmann and Edward Bemays. As we
discovered later, Bernays was the nephew of Sigmund Freud,
a fact carefully hidden from public view.
Jointly, they centered work on techniques to "mobili z e"
support for World War I among the masses of people who
were opposed to war with Germany. The public perception
was that Germany was a friend of the British people, not an
enemy and the British people saw no need to fight Germany.
After all, was it not true that Queen Victoria was the cousin of
Kaiser Wilhelm II? Toynbee, Lippmann and Bemays worked
to persuade them that war was necessary, using the techniques
of the new science through new arts of mass-manipulation via
the communications media for its propaganda purposes
tinged with willingness to lie, which was just getting into its
stride, having learned a great deal of experience during the
Anglo-Boer War (1899-1902).
It was not only the British public whose perception of events
had to be altered, but also a recalcitrant American public.
26
To this end Bernays and Lippmann were instrumental in
getting Woodrow Wilson to establish the Creel Committee,
which created the first body of methodological techniques for
dissemination of successful propaganda and for the science
of polling to secure the "correct" opinion.
From the beginning the techniques were designed in such a
way that polling (public opinion-making) was based on one
obvious, but striking feature: — it was concerned with
people's opinions, not with their understanding of the
processes of science. Thus, by intent, the pollsters elevated an
essentially irrational element of mind to a primary level of
public focus. This was a conscious decision to undermine the
grasps of reality of masses of people in an increasingly
complex industrial society.
If you have ever watched "Fox News" where viewers are
given the results of a poll about "what Americans are
thinking," and then for the next hour found yourself shaking
your head and wondering what the results of the poll
reflected about your own thinking processes, then you could
only have felt more puzzled than ever.
The key to understanding Fox News and the poll might lie in
what Lippmann had to say about such matters. In his 1922
book, Public Opinion, Lippmann outlined Tavistock's
psychological warfare methodology.
In an introductory chapter, "The World Outside and the
Pictures in Our Heads," Lippmann stressed, "that the object
of study of the public opinion social analyst is reality as
defined by internal perception or images of that reality.
Public opinion deals with indirect, unseen, and puzzling
facts, and there is nothing obvious about them. The situations
to which public opinions refer are known only as opinions...."
27
"The pictures inside the heads of these human beings, the
pictures of themselves, of others, of their needs, purposes,
and relationship, are their public opinions. Those pictures,
which are acted upon by groups of people, or by individuals
acting in the name of groups, are Public Opinion with capital
letters. The picture inside so often misleads men in their
dealings with the world outside."
From this evaluation, it is easy to take the next decisive step
made by Bemays, — that the elites who run society can and
do marshal the resources of mass communications to
mobilize and alter the "herd" mind.
One year after Lippmann's book, Bernays authored
Crystallizing Public Opinion. He followed that in 1928 with
a book entitled quite simply: Propaganda.
In the first chapter, "Organizing Chaos" Bemays wrote:
The conscious and intelligent manipulation of the organized,
habits and opinions of the masses is an important element in
democratic society. Those who manipulate this unseen
mechanism of society constitute an invisible government,
which is the true ruling power of our country.
We are governed, our minds are molded, our tastes formed,
our ideas- suggested, largely by men, that we have never
heard of... Our invisible governors are, in many cases,
unaware of the identity of their fellow members in the inner
cabinet.
Whatever attitude one chooses to take toward this condition,
it remains a fact that in almost every act of our daily lives,
whether in the sphere of politics or business,
28
in our social conductor or our ethical thinking, we are
dominated by the relatively small number of persons — a
trifling fraction of our hundred arid twenty million — who
understand the mental processes and social patterns of the
masses. It is they who pull the wires, which control the public
mind, who harness old social forces and contrive new ways
to bind and guide the world.
In Propaganda, Bemays followed his praise of the "invisible
government" by underscoring the next phase that propaganda
techniques would follow:
As civilization has become more complex, and as the need
for invisible government has been increasingly demonstrated,
the technical means have been invented and developed by
which opinion may be regimented. With the printing press
and the newspaper, the telephone, telegraph, radio and
airplanes, ideas can spread rapidly and even instantaneously
over the whole of America.
To back up his point, Bemays quoted the mentor of "public
opinion manipulation," H. G. Wells. He cited a 1928 article
in the New York Times in which Wells welcomed "modem
means of communication" for "opening up a new world of
political processes," and for allowing "the common design"
to be "documented and sustained against perversion and
betrayal." For Wells, the advent of "mass communication"
leading up to television meant fantastic new paths for social
control beyond the wildest dreams of the earlier mass-
manipulation fanatics of the British Fabian Society. We shall
return to this vitally important subject later herein.
29
CHAPTER 6
Mass communications ushers in the polling industry
For Bemays, his recognition of Wells' idea won him a key
place in the hierarchy of U.S. public opinion controllers; in
1929, he won a position at CBS, which had recently been
taken over by William Paley.
By the same token, the advent of mass communications
ushered in the polling/sampling industry, to organize the
perceptions of the masses for the media mafia (part of the
"invisible government" running the show from behind the
scenes.)
By 1935-36, polling was in full swing. In the same year,
Elmo Roper began his Fortune magazine FOR surveys,
which evolved into his "What People Are Thinking" column
for the New York Herald Tribune.
George Gallup initiated the American Institute of Public
Opinion; — in 1936 he opened up the British Institute of
Public Opinion. Gallup was to headquarter his activities
around Princeton University, intermeshing with the Office of
Public Opinion Research/Institute for International Social
Research/Psychology Department complex run by Hadley
Cantril, who was destined to play an increasingly important
role in developing the psychological profiling methods later
to be used in manufacturing the Aquarian Conspiracy.
In the same 1935-36 period, the first-time use was made of
polling in presidential elections, under the impetus of two
newspapers owned by the Cowles family, the Minneapolis
Star-Tribune and the Des Moines Register. The Cowles are
still in the news business.
30
Based in Spokane, Washington, they are active opinion
makers and their support of the Bush war in Iraq was a
crucial factor.
It is not certain who introduced the practice of "advisors to
the President," - those persons who are not elected by the
citizens and whom they have no opportunity to vet, but who
decided the internal and external foreign policies of the
Nation. Woodrow Wilson was the first American President to
make use of the practice.
Opinion Research and World War II
These were all small lead-ups to the next phase, triggered by
two important intersecting developments: the arrival of
emigre psychological warfare expert Kurt Lewin in Iowa, and
the involvement of the United States in World War II.
World War II provided the emerging Tavistock Social
sciences scientists with enormous scope for experimentation.
Lewin's leadership put together the key-force that would
deploy after World War II to utilize those techniques
developed in warfare against the population of the United
States. In fact in 1946, Tavistock declared war on the civilian
population of the United States and has remained in a state of
war ever since.
The basic conceptions expounded by Lewin, Wells, Bernays,
and Lippmann remained in place as the guidepost for
manipulation of public opinion; the war gave the Social
scientists the opportunity to apply them in highly
concentrated form and to bring together a large number of
institutions under their direction to further the ends of their
experiments.
31
The core institute which was the vehicle for making "public
opinion," was the Committee on National Morale. Ostensibly
established to mobilize support for the war in much as
President Wilson had set up his management committee to
"manage" WWI, its real purpose was to carry out the
intensive profiling of both the "Axis" and Americans
population for the purposes of creating and maintaining a
means of social control.
The committee was headed by several leaders of American
society, including Robert P. Bass, Herbert Bayard Swope,
among other notables. Its secretary was Margaret Meade's
husband, Gregory Bateson, one of the principal instigators of
the CIA's notorious "MK - Ultra" LSD experiments that some
experts consider as the launch vehicle for the U.S.
counterculture of drugs, rock and sex.
The committee's Board of Trustees included poll-taker
George Gallup; intelligence agent Ladislas Farago and
Tavistock psychologist, Gardner Murphy.
The committee ran a number of special projects, the most
important being a major study on how best to wage
Psychological Warfare on Germany. The key personnel
critical to the development of the public opinion project
were:
* Kurt K. Lewin, Education and History; Psychology;
Social Sciences
* Professor Gordon W. Allport, Psychology
* Professor Edwin G. Borin, Psychology
* Professor Hadley Cantril, Psychology
* Ronald Lippitt, Social Sciences
* Margaret Mead, Anthropology, Social Sciences; Youth
& Child Development
32
The staff numbered more than a 100 researchers who
comprised the staff of the Committee, and several opinion-
profiling institutions critical to the project.
One such a special project team was in the Office and
Strategic Services (OSS) (the forerunner of the CIA)
composed of Margaret Mead, Kurt Lewin, Ronald Lippitt,
Dorwin Cartwright, John K. French and public-opinion
makers like Samuel Stouffer (later chairman of the
Laboratory Social Relations group at Harvard University);
Paul Lazarsfeld of Columbia University's Sociology
Department, who developed with profiler Harold Las swell an
"opinion research" methodology for the OSS based on
detailed "content analysis" of the local press of enemy
countries and Rensis Likert.
Likert, a Prudential Insurance Company key executive
immediately before the war, had perfected profiling
techniques as the director of research for the Life Insurance
Agency Management Association. This equipped him to
interact favorably with the head of the U.S. Strategic
Bombing Survey, who was the former head of Prudential Life
Insurance Company. Likert served as director of the division
of morale of the Strategic Bombing Survey from 1945-1946
from which position he had enormous scope for mass public
opinion profiling and manipulation.
CHAPTER 7
The making of public opinion
33
According to Tavistock Institute records, the Strategic
Bombing Survey played a key role in forcing Germany to its
knees through a highly disciplined program of systematic
bombing of German worker housing, which Sir Arthur Harris
of the RAF was only too delighted to carry out.
In addition, from 1939-1945, Likert ran the Division of
Program Surveys of the Department of Agriculture, from
which major studies were undertaken in the techniques of
"mass persuasion." Or to put it another way, "making public
opinion to fit the desired goals." One can only speculate on
the numbers of citizens who believed their support for the
"Allied" war effort sprang from their own opinions.
One of Likert's key aides in the division was Lewin protege
and future Tavistock operative Dorwin Cartwright, who
wrote the text-book document titled, "Some Principles of
Mass Persuasion " which is still in use today.
Another major agency for shaping public opinion was the
Office of War Information, directed by Gardner Cowles for
much of the war effort. Bernays was brought into OWI as an
advisor. It is out of the nexus we have described here that the
network of key "polling institutions" emerged after World
War II. They have played a powerful and decisive role in
American life ever since. Gallup, from the committee on
National Morale's Board of Trustees, upgraded his activity
and became the key commander of polling institutions for
launching new policies of the Committee of 300, which he
passed off as "polling results."
34
Bemays played several key postwar roles. In 1953, he wrote
a paper for the State Department that recommended setting
up a psychological warfare office by State. In 1954, he was a
consultant to the U.S. Air Force, the armed forces branch
most under the influence of the Strategic Bombing Survey
people.
During this early 1950s period, Bernays was public relations
counsel to the United Fruit (United Brands) Corporation, one
of the leading corporations in the communication/national
security apparat (Eisenhower's "military-industrial complex")
then busy with consolidating its power over U.S. policy.
Bemays conducted the propaganda campaign alleging
Guatemala was falling under "Communist control" that
resulted in a U.S. engineered coup in that country. In 1955
Bemays wrote a book about his experience titled "The
Engineering of Consent."
The book became the virtual Tavistock blueprint followed by
the U.S. Government to overthrow any country whose
policies were unacceptable to the One World Government
Socialist dictatorship.
Throughout the postwar period, Bemays was a member of the
Society for Applied Anthropology, one of Margaret Mead's
social-control institutions inside the U.S., and the Society for
the Psychological Study of Social Issues, a group created by
John Rawlings Reese, a founder member of Tavistock to run
"psychiatric shock troops" among the American population.
One of its first actions was the unlashing of homosexuality in
Florida, a move bitterly opposed by Anita Bryant who had no
idea of what she was up against.
35
The second of its actions was to introduce the theme that
non- white people are more intelligent than whites, which we
shall discuss later.
Likert moved to the University of Michigan to set up the
Institute for Social Research (ISR) that absorbed the
Massachusetts Center for the Study of Group Dynamics, the
principal Tavistock affiliate in the U.S. in the beginning of the
postwar era.
Tavistock's ISR was the center of a number of critical
profiling and "Opinion Research" subgroups, among them
the Center for research in the Utilization of Scientific
Knowledge, was established by Likert OSS co-worker and
Lewin disciples, Ronald Lippitt.
Project Director Donald Michael was a leading player in the
Club of Rome, and a second subgroup, the Survey Research
Center, was Likert's own personal creation that grew to
become the most elaborate institution in the U.S. for
"surveying" (creating) popular attitudes and trends, among
the principal of which were demeaning and degrading
womanhood and pushing the superior intellectual capabilities
of non-white persons according to Lewin's carefully crafted
scripts.
Robert Hutchins became famous during this period and his
closest colleague in those early years was William Benton,
the founder in 1929 with Chester Bowles of Benton and
Bowles, the well-known advertising firm. Benton utilized
Benton and Bowles as a means to develop the science of
mass control through advertising.
36
It was Benton's pioneering work supported by Douglass
Cater, that led to the development of Tavistock's burgeoning
control over U.S. media policy through the Aspen Institute of
Colorado, the American home of the Socialist One World
Government Committee of 300.
In passing I mention that the science of mass media control
through advertising is today so firmly entrenched that it has
become the key component in opinion making. In the early
post WWII days, Hollywood incorporated it into nearly all of
its movies.
Advertising (brainwashing) was done through the type and
make of car the hero drove, the brand of cigarette the suave
Lawrence Harvey smoked, the clothes and make up the
leading lady wore, clothes that became more risque with each
passing year, until today in 2005 we have womanhood
degraded by the likes of Britney Spear's almost naked breasts
and bare stomach exposed by crotch hugging jeans she often
wears, the social mores that Hollywood enjoys so much in
flouting.
CHAPTER 8
Degrading women and decline of moral standards
37
The pace of degrading womanhood has quickened at a
remarkable degree since hemlines reached the knee. This is
manifesting itself in such areas as near pornography in
mainstream movies and soap operas and we venture to
suggest that the day is not far off, when such scenes will be
"total and mandatory."
This decline in attractive feminine speech can be traced to
Tavistock methodology and its practitioners, Cantril, Likert
and Lewin. Another noticeable change was the increase in
movies featuring inter-racial dating and sexual encounters
coupled with "human rights" claims for lesbians in the most
blatantly open form.
Special people were selected and trained for this task,
probably the best known of many being Ellen Degeneres who
received hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of free
publicity under the guise of being interviewed on talk shows
and "discussion" groups on the subject of "same-sex love"
meaning encounters between two females involving a type of
sex practice.
Benton the pioneer in degrading womanhood had as his
mentor Social scientist's leading expert in profiling theory at
Tavistock, one Harold Lasswell, who together with Benton
founded the American Policy Commission in 1940. Lasswell's
joint venture with Benton marked the clearest link between
Aspen's hidden Socialist One World Government operations
in America and the Tavistock Institute. Aspen became the
headquarters of the Committee of 300 branches in the United
States.
38
Hedley Cantril, Likert and Lewin with their humanistic
psychology brainwashing applied methodology, played an
increasingly vital role in using "opinion research" to bring
about paradigm shifts value shifts in society, such as those
just described, but on an expanded range and reaching into
every level of society that comprised Western civilization as
it had been known for centuries.
Cantril's home base from where he conducted his war
operations against the American people was the Office of
Public Opinion Research at Princeton University, founded in
1940, the same year in which Cantril wrote his book entitled,
The Invasion From Mars, a detailed analysis about how the
population of the New York-New Jersey area reacted with
fear and panic to Orson Wells "War of the Worlds" broadcast
in 1938.
How could they have known that they were part of a
profiling venture since it is reasonable to conclude that in
1938 not one in five million had ever heard of Hadley Cantril
or the Tavistock Institute. It would be interesting to find out
how many Americans have heard of Tavistock now in 2005?
Most would remember Orson Wells, but the probabilities are
that ninety-nine percent of the population would not attach
any significance to the name, Cantril, or have any knowledge
of the Tavistock Institute.
Let us recount the events of the night of October 30 th 1938,
because the same techniques have been used by the Bush
Administration, the Defense Department and the CIA to
shape the public perception of the events that led up to the
invasion of Iraq in 2003 and are still very much in use in
2005.
39
In 1938, Orson Wells had created quite a reputation for
himself as a master at staging faux news events by making
use of the English author, H.G. Wells, a former MI6
operative and his book, The War of the Worlds.
In the radio adaptation of the Wells' work, the other Wells,
interrupted radio programs in New Jersey with an
announcement that Martians had just landed. "The Martian
invasion has begun," said Orson Wells.
During the 4-hour long production, it was announced no less
than four times that what radio audiences were listening to
was a fictitious re-enactment of what it would be like if H.G.
Wells' story had come to life. But that availed nothing. Panic
gripped millions of people who fled from their homes in
terror, jamming roads and communication systems.
What was the purpose of the "hoax?" In the first instance it
was to gauge just how effective Cantril and Tavistock's
methods were in practice, and perhaps of greater importance,
it was to set the stage for the coming war in Europe in which
"news broadcasts" would play a crucial role in information
gathering and dissemination as an established source of
reliable information, as well as a forum for directing public
opinion.
Two days after the "Martian Invasion news broadcast," an
editorial in the New York Times headed "Terror by Radio"
inadvertently shed light on what Tavistock had in mind for the
American people in the coming war now looming closer:
"What began as entertainment might readily have ended in
disaster," the editorial said. Radio officials had a
responsibility and "should think twice before mingling news
techniques with fiction so terrifying."
40
What the "Times" had inadvertently stumbled onto was the
wave of the future seen through the eyes of the theoreticians
at Tavistock. Henceforth, "mingling news techniques with
fiction so terrifying" that it would be taken as fact, was to be
standard practice for the graduates of Tavistock. All news
broadcast were to be adaptations of "news and fiction" in a
skilful blend so as to make the one unrecognizable from the
other.
In fact, Tavistock put their newly tested theory into practice a
year later when the population of cities in Europe, London,
Munich, Paris and Amsterdam were smitten with war jitters
even as Neville Chamberlain was successfully avoiding war,
using the same techniques that were employed in the October
1938 "War of the Worlds" radio broadcasts.
CHAPTER 9
How individuals and groups react to blending fact with
fiction
41
Cantril's conclusion was that the public reacted exactly as his
profiling research experiments had led him to believe it
would. That Sunday night October 30, 1938 was to become a
landmark date in his files and a date signifying a vast
paradigm shift for ever in the way that "news" would
henceforth, be presented. Slightly more than seven decades
later, the world is still being fed a diet of news mingled with
fiction, - fiction that in so many instances is terrifying. The
Western world has undergone drastic changes unwillingly
forced upon it, that it has become a world so vastly different
from what it was on that October night in 1938, as to be
"another planet." We shall return to this vital subject later in
this work.
Following the Second World War, Cantril became totally
involved with the head guru at Tavistock, its founder, John
Rawlings Reese and his World Tensions Project at the United
Nations' UNESCO.
Profiles on how individuals and groups reacted to
international tensions were formulated on the basis of
skillfully blending fact with terrifying fiction in preparation for
a campaign to launch "World citizens," (of a One World
Government Socialist-Communist dictatorship) that began to
be employed to weaken national boundaries, language and
culture and to discredit pride of nation and sovereignty of
nation-states, in preparation for the coming of the Socialist
New World Order — One World Government, that President
Woodrow Wilson said America would make safe for
"democracy."
42
Those fresh-faced young American boys from Arkansas and
North Carolina were sent marching off to Europe believing
they were "fighting for their country," never knowing that the
"democracy" Wilson sent them to "make safe for the world"
was a Socialist- International Communist One World
Government dictatorship.
John Rawlings Reese was the publisher of Tavistock's
magazine Journal of Humanistic Psychology. Their joint
thinking mentality is seen in the 1955 monograph, "Toward a
Humanistic Psychology, " an as a progression of Cantril's
support for the Tavistock-trained Gordon Airport's perception
of the "personality." As he expressed it in the 1947 book,
Understanding Man's Social Behavior, in a chapter on
"Causality." Cantril's methodology was based on the
conception that "the particular environment in which growth
takes place gives the particular individual a particular
direction for growth."
Cantril's endeavors are good examples of the breakdown of
boundaries between supposedly neutral opinion taking and
social-engineering opinion making;
Tavistock's commitment to forcing major shifts in personality
and behavior in all sectors of targeted population groups such
as we have sought to describe.
Cantril appointed a board of directors to assist in the work,
among who were:
Warren Bennis, a follower of Tavistock director Eric
Trist.
Marilyn Ferguson, allegedly the author of The Aquarian
Conspiracy;
Jean Houston, head of the Institute for Brain Research,
member of the Club of Rome and author of Mind Games.
43
Aldous Huxley, who supervised the MK-Ultra LSD
program that ran for 20 years.
Willis Harman, a Stanford University director and mentor
of "The Changing Images of Man" later disguised as "The
Aquarian Conspiracy" passed off as the work of Marilyn
Ferguson.
Michael Murphy, head of the Esalen Institute, established
by Huxley and others as the Center for "sensitivity
training" and drug experiments.
James F.T. Bugenthal, an initiator of cult-creation projects
at Esalen.
Abraham Maslow, the leading exponent of the irrationalist
"think force" and founder of AHP in 1957.
Carl Rogers, Maslow's co-worker at the AHP in 1957.
AHP's reigning ideology was exemplified by a book review in
a 1966 issue of its journal. The Journal of Humanistic
Psychology.
Reviewing Maslow's book, The Psychology of Science,
Willis Harman, a year before his 1967-69 Stanford Research
study, welcomed the "challenge to science" from
"extrasensory perception, psycho kinesis, mysticism, and
consciousness-expanding drugs" (particularly LSD and
Mesacalin.) He lauded Maslow's "new science" since it
would bring to the fore "hypnosis, creativity, parapsychology,
and psychedelic experience," and shift scientific concern
away from the "outside" world to studying "inner space."
This was Cantril's original "particular personality" thinking
brought to its logical conclusion. To Cantril goes the "glory
and honor" of forcing a vast paradigm shift on the way the
Western world thinks and behaves.
44
Certainly Oswald Spengler would have had no trouble in
identifying it as one of the causes of the downfall of the West
he had predicted in 1936.
Making Changes in the "Cognitive and Behavioral
Structure."
Whatever the particular coloration of ideology that
accompanied the scientists of the polling institutions after
World War II, the invariant notion of social engineering
trough "sampling methods" and "opinion research" could be
found in Cartwright's paper Some Principles of Mass
Persuasion prepared for the Division of Program Surveys of
the Department of Agriculture.
The paper was subtitled, "Selected Findings of Research on
the Sale of United States War Bonds," but as Cartwright
makes clear, the war-related aspect of the survey was just a
pretext for conducting an analysis on the principles of how
perception can be modified to suit whatever ends the
controller might have in mind.
One would be puzzled as to what the sale of war bonds had to
do with agriculture, but that was part of Cartwright's
methodology. It was the Bernays-Lippmann-Cantril-
Cartwright hypothesis synthesized and concentrated in a
World War II setting. The article was featured in Tavistock's
journal. Human Relations which ought to immediately
brought the reader to attention.
"Among the many technological advances of the past century
that have produced changes in social organization,"
Cartwright began, "the development of the mass media of
communication promises to be the most far reaching. This
heightened interdependence of people means that the
possibilities of mobilizing mass social action have been
45
greatly increased. It is conceivable that one persuasive person
could, through the use of mass media, bend the world's
population to his will." We do not believe that Cartwright had
Jesus Christ in mind when he made that statement.
Under a subheading, "Creating a Particular Cognitive
Structure," Cartwright continues:
Principle One: "It is considered a truism by virtually all
psychologists that a person's behavior is guided by his
perception of the world in which he lives.... It follows from
this formulation that one way to change a person's behavior is
to modify his cognitive structure. The modification of
cognitive structure in individuals by means of the mass media
has several prerequisites. These may be stated in the form of
principles."
Interspersing his account with examples from the application
of his study to the World War Two war-bonds sale drive,
Cartwright then elaborated the principles: "The 'message' (i.e.,
information, facts, etc.), must reach the sense organs of the
persons who are to be influenced... Total stimulus situations
are selected or rejected on the basis of an impression of their
general characteristics," etc. A second set of principles
investigated more deeply the methods of altering "cognitive
structure."
Principle Two: "Having reached the sense organs, 'message'
must be accepted as part of the person's cognitive structure."
Cartwright noted in this section that "any effort to change
behavior through a modification of this cognitive structure
must overcome the forces tending to maintain the present
structure.
46
Only when a given cognitive structure seems to the person to
be unsatisfactory for his adjustment is he likely readily to
receive influences designed to change that structure."
Under "Creating a Particular Motivational Structure,"
Cartwright analyzed further "the social inductions the
governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System in Washington
into turmoil for a protracted period."
CHAPTER 10
Polling comes of age
47
The Tavistock Clinic in London was where Sigmund Freud
had settled when he arrived from Germany, and where his
nephew, Edward Bernays later held court.
Thus it was that England became the world's center for mass
brainwashing, social engineering experimenting that spread to
postwar clinics spread all over the United States.
During World War II, Tavistock was the headquarters of the
British Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau which, through
the arrangements of the British Special Operation Executive
(SOE) (later known as MI6) dictated policy to the United
States Armed Forces in matters of psychological warfare.
Toward the end of the war, Tavistock personnel took over the
World Federation of Mental Health and the Psychological
Warfare Division of the Supreme Headquarters, Allied
Expeditionary Force (SHAEF) in Europe.
Tavistock's chief theoretician, Dr. Kurt Lewin, came to the
United States to organize the Harvard Psychological Clinic,
the MIT research Center for Groups Dynamics, the Institute of
Social Research at the University of Michigan; while his
colleagues, Cartwright and Cantrill joined him to play a
pivotal policy role at the psychological department of the
Office of Strategic Services (OSS), the Office of Naval
Research ONI), the U.S. Strategic Bombing Survey and the
Committee of National Morale.
48
Moreover, a large number of influential people at top policy
levels were trained in Dr. Lewin's theory of topological
psychology, which is to this day the worlds most advanced
method of behavior modification-brainwashing. Important
colleagues of Kurt Lewin at Tavistock, Eric Trist, John
Rawlings Reese, H.V. Dicks, W.R. Bion and Richard
Crossman plus selected personnel from the Strategic
Bombing Survey, the Committee on National Morale and the
National Defense Resources Council, joined Lewin at Rand
Corporation, the Stanford Research Institute, the Wharton
School, the National Training Laboratories and the National
Institute of Mental Health.
The United States government began contracting
multimillion-dollar projects with all these institutions. Over a
period of the forty years, tens of billions of dollars have been
allocated by the Lederal Government to fund the work of these
groups; while additional tens of billions of dollars found their
way into these institutions from private foundations.
As years passed, these institutions grew and the scope of
projects they contracted grew with them. Every aspect of the
mental and psychological life of the American people was
profiled, recorded and stored into computer memory banks.
The institutions, personnel and networks kept on expanding
and penetrating deeply into every nook and cranny of
Lederal, State and Local governments. Their in-house
specialists and graduates were called in to develop policies for
welfare departments, labor mediation boards, trade unions,
the Air Lorce, the Navy, the Army, the National Education
Association and psychiatric clinics, and the White House,
the Defense Department and the State
49
Department. It also has extensive contracts with the Central
Intelligence Agency (CIA).
Close cooperative relations were developed between these
think-tanks and the U.S.A.'s key polling organizations and
the major media companies. Gallup Poll, the Yankelovich -
CBS-New York Times poll, the National Opinion Research
Center and others incessantly conducted psychological
profiles of the entire population, sharing the results for
evaluation and processing with the ubiquitous social
psychologists.
What the public sees in newspapers as opinion polls
represents only a fractional portion of the work that the
pollsters undertook to do. A key to the control of Tavistock
over key sectors of the daily business of government in the
U.S. is that it now has its own de-facto television outlet in
Fox News, since its acquisition by Richard Murdoch, a
virtual seamless propaganda machine for the government.
Above this closely knit grouping of social psychologists,
pollsters and media manipulators, presides an elite of
powerful patrons, "the Gods of Olympus" (the Committee of
300). It is known in informed circles, that the group controls
everything in the world with the exception of Russia and
latterly, China.
It plans and acts out long-term strategies in a totally,
disciplined and unified manner. It commands over 400 of the
top Fortune 500 companies in the U.S. with interlocking
connections that reach into every facet of government, trade,
banking, foreign policy, intelligence agencies and the
military establishment.
50
It has absorbed all the other "power groups" of earlier U.S.
history; the Rothschild, Morgan, Rockefeller group, the
Eastern Liberal Establishment personified by the Perkins,
Cabot, Lodge families, the creme of the old East India opium
trade that generated billions of dollars.
Its hierarchy comprises the old families descended from the
British East India Company with its vast fortunes derived
from the opium trade that is run from the top down, including
European royalty among others.
In the deeper recesses of the intelligence establishment in
Washington, veteran intelligence officers refer to this
awesome group, in hushed tones and mysterious language as
the "Committee of 300." The leaders are called "The
Olympians." No U.S. president is elected or remains in office
save and except by their favor.
Those who buck their control are removed. Examples are
John F. Kennedy, Richard Nixon and Lyndon Johnson. The
Committee of 300 is the international Socialist One World
Government that runs the New World Order from behind the
scenes where it will remain, until it is ready to emerge and
take open and full control of all governments of the world in
an International Communist dictatorship.
51
CHAPTER 11
The paradigm shift in education
During the 1970s a dramatic paradigm shift in school
curricula at all levels came into effect apparently to the point
that students were awarded school credits for courses in
civics instead of reading, writing and arithmetic. An
epidemic of "casual sex" and drug-taking overwhelmed
school-age teens and swept over the entire country.
In July 1980, a major international conference was held in
Toronto, Canada, under the auspices of First Global
Conference on the Future in which 4,000 social engineers,
cybernetics experts and futurologists from all the think tanks
participated. The conference was under the direction of the
Tavistock Institute's billionaire chairman, Maurice Strong
who set the theme:
"The time has come to move from thinking and dialogue to
action. This conference will become the launching pad for
that important action to occur in the 1980s."
Strong was chairman of Petro-Canada, one of several
"flagship" companies of the "Olympians." His background
was British Intelligence MI6 where he held the rank of
colonel during World War II. Strong and his network of
companies were heavily involved in the highly lucrative
opium-heroin-cocaine trade. Strong and Aldous Huxley were
responsible for the FSD plague that swept the United States
and later, Europe. He was a former director of the United
Nations Environmental Program.
One of the chief speakers for the "Olympians" at the
conference was Dr. Aurelio Peccei, chairman of the Club of
Rome, a NATO think tank.
52
The North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) was created
within the framework of the Aquarian Conspiracy, a project
by the Social scientists at Stanford University under the
direction of Willis Harmon. NATO in turn formed and
promoted a new branch called "The Club of Rome," the name
being designed to confuse and dissemble as it had nothing to
do with the Catholic Church.
Without going into the technicalities of the Club of Rome,
(hereinafter referred to as "the Club,") its purpose was to act
as a counterweight against post-industrial agricultural and
military expansion, a so-called "post-industrial agricultural
zero growth society," which was meant to halt America's
burgeoning manufacturing industries and growing
mechanized farming food production capability. Memberships
of the Club and NATO were interchangeable.
Stanford Research, the Tavistock Institute and other centers of
applied social psychiatry joined it. In 1994 Tavistock signed
a major contract with NASA to evaluate the effects of its
space program. The Club itself was only founded in 1968 as
part of the call for a New World Order inside a One World
Government. What the Club became was an instrument to
enforce limits of growth on industrial nations, and the United
States was the first country to be targeted.
This was in fact one of the earliest steps taken to implement
the "300" goal of returning the U.S. to a state of feudalism, a
feudal society. One of the industries the Club railed against
was nuclear energy, and they were successful in halting
construction of all nuclear electricity generating plants that
has put demand a thousand years ahead of the supply of
electrical power. NATO was its military alliance meant to
keep Russia in line.
53
On the agenda of the 1980 meeting referred to above were
the following:
* Women's liberation movement.
* Black consciousness, racial mixing, breaking down taboos
against mixed marriages as propounded by anthropologist
Margaret Meade and Gregory Bateson of Tavistock.
* It was decided at this meeting that an aggressive program
would be launched to portray "colored races" as superior to
Western Civilization white persons. From this forum came
Oprah Winfrey and a host of black persons who were picked
up and trained for their roles to portray "mixed races" as
superior to whites.
*It could also be seen in movies where black movie stars
suddenly proliferated until they became household names. It
was seen also where a black person was placed in the role a
high position of authority over whites, such a judge, or a
district head of the FBI and the military, CEOs of large
corporations etc.
* Youth rebellion against imagined societal wrongs.
* Emerging interest in social responsibility of business.
* The generation gap implying a changing paradigm.
* The anti-technological bias of many young people.
* Experimentation with new family structures
interpersonal relationships in which homosexuality and
lesbianism became "normalized" and "no different
from other people acceptable at all levels of society, two
lesbian "moms."
* The emergence of the fake conservation/ecology
movements such as "Greenpeace"
* A surge in interest in Eastern religious and philosophical
perspectives.
* A renewed interest in "fundamentalist" Christianity.
* Labor unions shifting emphasis to quality of the work
environment.
54
* An increasing interest in meditation and other spiritual
disciplines The "Kabala" was to supplant Christian culture
and special people were chosen to teach and spread Kabala.
Early chosen disciples were Shirley McLean, Roseanne Barr
and later. Madonna and Demi Moore.
* The increasing importance of "self-reali z ation" processes.
* Reinvention of music, "hip-hop" and "rap," by such groups
as "Ice Cube."
* A new language form in which English is so mutilated
as to be unintelligible. This is being carried over into
news readers on prime time television.
These disparate trends signified the emergence of a created
climate of social upheaval and far-reaching changes as a new
image of human beings began to take hold bringing with
them radical changes in Western civilization.
A "leaderless," but powerful network "the invisible army"
began working to bring about "unacceptable" change in the
United States. Its rank and file members were the "shock
troops" who radicalized all forms of the norm, breaking with
certain key elements of Western civilization. Among the
"Olympians," this network was known as the "Aquarian
Conspiracy" and its adherents were to be known as "invisible
shock troops."
This massive paradigm gigantic, irrevocable shift, overtook
America while we slept, sweeping away the old with new
political, religious and philosophical systems. It was what
citizens of the New World Order-One World Government
would have to exhibit hereafter, a new mind - the rise of a
new order with no nation-states, pride of place and pride of
race, a culture of the past, destined to the dustbin of history,
never to be revived.
55
We know from experience that this work is likely to be
greeted with scorn and disbelief. Some will even pity us.
Terms like "off the wall" will be used to describe this work.
This is the standard reaction when the motivations of
Tavistock's Social scientists brain-washers, opinion-makers,
social-psychologists have for acting out their war on the
United States are not known. The probability is 90% of the
American people do not know that Tavistock declared war on
the German civilian population to end WWII.
When that conflict ended in 1946, the Tavistock practitioners
of mass brainwashing and opinion went to war against the
American people.
If this is how you react when you read this expose, don't feel
bad, - then understand that it is the way you are expected to
react. If the motivation appears far-fetched and lacking
credibility, also incomprehensible, then the motivation "does
not exist." That being the case, then the action that derives
from it does not exist; therefore, ergo "the Olympians" do not
exist and there is no conspiracy.
But the hard fact is that a gigantic conspiracy does exist. No
doubt Kurt Lewin, the top scientist at Tavistock and key
theoretician of all think tanks could explain it more clearly
than we have been able to do, if he chose to. His practice is
derived from what he called "topological-psychology"
doctrine. Lewin is the man upon whose theories, the
psychological warfare battles of World War II were fought so
successfully, the man who planned and executed the Strategic
Bombing Survey that brought Germany defeat in WWII
through the wholesale destruction of 65 percent of German
worker housing to which we have just referred to very
briefly.
CHAPTER 12
Lewin's doctrine of "identity change
57
The Lewin doctrine is not easy for the layman to follow.
Basically, Lewin said that all psychological phenomena occur
in a domain defined as "psychological phase space." This
space is composed of two interdependent "fields," the
"environment" and the "self."
The concept of "controlled environment" arose from the
study that if you have a fixed-personality (one susceptible to
being predictably profiled), and if you want to elicit from this
personality a particular type of behavior, then all you have to
do is control the third variable of the equation and thus
produce the desired behavior.
This was the norm in social-psychology formulas. MI6 uses it,
and almost every type of situation involving negotiations;
army counterinsurgency operations, labor negotiations and
diplomatic negotiations used it up until apparently the 1960s.
After 1960, Tavistock changed the equation by placing
greater emphasis on the technique of controlled environment
not the behavior, but the desired personality. What Lewin set
out to accomplish was far more drastic and permanent; altering
the deeper structures of human personalities. In short, what
Lewin succeeded in doing was to move beyond "behavior
modification" to "identity change."
Identity change was adopted by the nations of the world.
Nations worked to acquire a "new personality" that would
change the way the world looked at them.
58
The theory relied upon the original formulations of two
Tavistock theoreticians, Dr. William Sargent's theory in his
Battle for the Mind, and Kurt Lewin's own work on
personality regression.
Lewin observed that the "inner self of the individual displays
certain reactions when under tension from the environment.
When there is no tension, then the normal inner self of a
person is well differentiated, balanced multifaceted,
versatile."
"When a reasonable amount of tension is applied from the
environment, then all the various abilities and faculties of the
inner self go on alert, ready for effective action.
But, when an intolerable amount of tension is applied, then
this geometry collapses into a blinded, undifferentiated soup;
a primitive, a regressed personality. The person is reduced to
an animal; the highly differentiated and versatile abilities
disappear. The controlled environment takes over the
personality."
It is this Lewin "technique" that is used on the captives held
at the Guantanamo Bay prison camp in defiance of
international law and the U.S. Constitution. The gross
misconduct of the Bush administration at the camp is beyond
the pale of normal Western Christian civilization, and its
acceptance by a docile American public, might be the first
sign that the American people have been so changed by
Tavistock's "long range penetration and inner-direction
conditioning," that they are now ready to descend to the level
of the New World Order in a One World Government where
such barbaric "treatment" will be regarded as normal and
accepted without protest.
59
The fact that medical doctors took part in the inhuman torture
of fellow human being and felt no remorse would indicate
just how far down the world has already fallen.
This has been observed as being the basis for the military
camp at Guantanamo, Cuba, which was opened there to avoid
the strictures of the U.S. Constitution and to provide a
Lewin-type controlled environment. The men being held at
this psychological prison are now in the state of regression
where they have been reduced to the level of animals.
Guantanamo is the type of camp that we predict will be
established all over the United States and the world, when the
New World Order-One World Government assumes total
world control. It is sadistic, inhuman and beastly, designed to
break the natural pride of the victims, to break the will to
resist and to reduce the prisoners to the level of beasts.
During the first world government experiment in the then
USSR, men were allowed to use toilets only to be interrupted
in the middle of evacuating and hustled out before they could
clean themselves. Abu Graihb and Guantanamo were about at
that level when the controllers were roughly subjected to
world-wide scrutiny. General Miller who was the chief kapo
has since disappeared from sight.
"Dissidents" who insist on the U.S. Government obeying the
Constitution and demand their constitutional rights, will in
future be treated as "dissidents," exactly like Stalin treated
"dissidents" in Russia. Future "Guantanamos" that have
sprung up all over America are a portent of the future. On that
we can rely.
61
CHAPTER 13
The Induced Decline of Western Civilization between
two World Wars.
Of all European nations, in the period between the two world
wars, Germany, as the super-economic, super racial purity,
super warrior nation, suffered the most, as was the intention.
The League of Nation was the "first draft" of the last-
approaching New World Order inside a One World
Government, and the "peace proposals" at the Paris Peace
Conference, directed and controlled by Tavistock, was meant
to cripple Germany and make it a permanent second-class
European power, their self-respect destroyed through the
social demotion to pauperism or at best proletarian status.
It is hardly surprising that the German people turned savage
and gave Hitler the mass following he needed to convert his
latent nationalistic movement into a revival force.
We shall never know whether Tavistock miscalculated or
indeed, set the stage in this manner for a bigger and bloodier
war. After all, Meade and Bertrand Russell had stated, that
what was needed was a world populated by "docile" subjects.
Russell had remarked on the "child-like" character of the
American Negro he had encountered during his travels to the
United States. Russell said he preferred them to the white
people. He also said that if the White race was to survive, it
would have to learn to behave in the child-like manner of the
Negro. Yet, in the same breath the Tavistock emissary called
black people "useless eaters" and declared that they ought to
be wiped out, en-masse.
62
Russell also liked the docility of the Brazilian people,
brought about, he thought, by "inter-race breeding with
Africans brought over as slaves."
There is a school of thought that one of the primary
objectives of the fiends who planned both world wars was
that they would be fought for the most part by young white
men. It is certainly true that Germany, Britain, the U.S. and
Russia lost millions of the flower of their male population
who were removed from the nation-building stock forever. In
the Tavistock-engineered WWI, war fronts and battles were
arranged in such a manner that Russia lost 9,000,000 men
killed or 70 percent of its entire military strength.
With the exception of Russia the aristocracy suffered much
less than the bourgeoisie from the economic consequences of
war and revolution. Traditionally much of their wealth was in
land; which did not depreciate as much during inflation as
some tangibles.
The disintegration of the monarchies (except in England) hit
the old order of society of the upper-classes, who could not
continue to serve society in their roles as officers or
diplomats — as there no longer are much demand for their
services — opportunities for such service were far fewer than
they had been before the war.
Some of the Russia aristocracy courageously accepted
proletarian or even menial status like the Russian taxi drivers,
night-club doormen, and headwaiters in postwar Paris; others
went into business. Most, however, fell into a life of social
denigration. Where the strictly guarded frontier between
Societies was once impassable in the old monarchic capitals,
and cafe society, now appeared large gaps as the lines
gradually became blurred.
63
As the Duke of Windsor put it in his memoirs, A King's
Story:
"The force of change had not yet thrust so deeply into the
texture of British society as to have obliterated much
of the old elegance During the so-called London
season the West End was an almost continuous ball from
midnight until dawn.... The evening could always be saved by
recourse to one or another of the gay nightclubs, which had
then become so fashionable and almost respectable."
(The word "gay" at that time meant "happy". It was not co-
opted as a euphemism for sodomy until the mid-fifties.) Nor
did the Duke explain that the "force of change" was expertly
applied by the Tavistock Institute.
The declining female modesty that became noticeable soon
after the end of WWI, suddenly appeared everywhere and
with increased velocity. To the uninformed, it was a social
phenomenon. Nobody could have suspected that Wellington
House and its sinister social engineers were its cause.
Accompanying this testamentary emancipation was a
movement of revolt, particularly among young people,
against every conventional restraint of mind or body coming
to a close amid the shattered idols of the fallen empires. The
postwar generation in Europe revolted against every more
and custom, as they fought desperately to throw off the
horrors of war they had lived through. Necklines plunged,
public smoking and drinking became a form of revolt.
Homosexuality and lesbianism became demonstrable, not
from any inner conviction, but by way of protest at what had
happened, and as a rebellion against what the war had
destroyed.
64
Radical and revolutionary excess manifested itself in art,
music and fashion. "Jazz" was in the air and "modern art"
was thought to be "chic." The comprehensible element in
everything was "don't have a care"; it was unsettling and
unreal. Those were the years when all of Europe was shell-
shocked. Wellington House and Tavistock had done their
work well.
Underneath the hectic sense of being propelled forward by
uncontrollable events there was a spiritual and emotional
numbness. The horror of the war in which millions of young
men were needlessly slaughtered, maimed, wounded and
gassed was just now beginning to register, so the thing to do
was "blot it from remembrances."
The casualties made wars all too real in its ghastly and cruel
ugliness, and people recoiled from it in shock and revolution,
in the despair brought by disillusionment of peace.
Europeans, with their superior culture that epitomized
Western civilization were shell-shocked to a greater degree
than were Americans.
They lost their faith in the rudiments that made the progress
that had sustained their fathers and their grandfathers and
made their nations great. And this was particularly true of
Germany, Russia, France, and England.
Thinking people could not come to grips with why the
world's two most civilized and advanced nations had tom
each other to pieces and taken the lives of millions of their
finest young manhood. It was as if a terrifying madness had
gripped Britain and Germany.
65
To the initiated it was not madness, but the methodology of
Wellington House that gripped the British youth. The fear
that it might happen again was what almost prevented the
outbreak of WWII.
Officers returning from the carnage described to the news
journals the horrors of hand-to-hand combat that had
frequently occurred in "the Great War." They were appalled
and aghast, horrified and afraid. None of them could
understand why there had been a war at all. The dark secrets
of Wellington House and the "Olympians" remained hidden,
even as they are hidden to this very day.
Where once the laying of a wreath at the Cenotaph in
Whitehall, London by the Monarch of England had brought
solace, it now engendered bitterness, anger and loathing. The
stage was being set for the Second World War in which
Tavistock was to play a huge, disproportionate role.
There were the few thinkers who did have something to say:
Spengler, in history for example, Hemingway, Evelyn Waugh
in literature, and in America Upton Sinclair and Jack
London, but their message was also gloomy, even gloomier
than Spengler's dark foreboding of the inevitable decline of
Western civilization.
It was confirmed by the postwar degradation of personal
relationships. Divorce and cheating on one's wife happened
more frequently. The beautiful concept of women on a
pedestal, women soft and feminine, with a lovely voice filled
with cadences, the flower of God's creation, the mystery, was
a vanishing ideal. In her place came the strident, the loud, the
vulgar with clattering grating speech such as was aped and
made popular by a one particular popular morning talk show.
66
Nobody could possibly know that this sad decline was the
end product of Tavistock having declared war on Western
womanhood.
In Europe after WWI, the Montparnasse in Paris had become
a sad place. Postwar Vienna, emptied by the tide of war that
had swept so many of her sons away, was even sadder. But
Berlin, once so bustling and so clean, became the Babylon of
Europe and perhaps the saddest place of them all.
"Whoever lived through these apocalyptic month, these
years, became disgusted and embittered, sensed the coming
of a counter-blow, a horrible reaction," wrote the historian,
Zweig.
The political, spiritual, and social bankruptcy of the new
power elites, who succeeded the monarchs, the aristocrats
and the old-fashioned bourgeois dynasties, was in many
respects more spectacular than that of their predecessors, and
nowhere more so than in the United States, with the coming
of the Socialist era under Franklin D. Roosevelt. This time,
however, the eclipse of leadership was not localized in one
continent or limited to any particular class of society.
The geographical New World, in terms of the problems that
confronted it, the America of Franklin Roosevelt soon
demonstrated that the United States was scarcely less
anachronistic than the Austria-Hungary of Franz Joseph had
been. Here he was establishing a "Democratic" New World
Order Socialism straight out of the model created by the
Fabian Society, while the United States was a confederated
constitutional Republic, the exact opposite.
67
Neither the shift of the European locus of power and prestige
from the former Central Empire Western democracies, nor
the replacement of the traditional ruling classes within the
fallen monarchies to the United States, did anything to the
improve economic, political, social, moral or religious
climate of the post WWI world. The Wall Street Crash and
the Depression that followed, bear eloquent, if silent witness
to the truth and accuracy of our statement.
The manner in which this event was contrived by the
Tavistock Institute can be seen in the timetable of events that
which we provide in the Appendix.
69
CHAPTER 14
America is not a "Homeland"
The United States of America has long been the most fertile
ground for the wholesale spread of propaganda, its people
having been connived, lied to, cheated, at which the British
have always led the world, the premiere mind control-
brainwashing and propaganda center in the world being the
Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Its forerunner was
the organization put together by Lord Northcliffe, who
married into the Rothschild family, and who was ably
assisted by Lord Rothmere and the Americans, Walter
Lippman and Edward Bernays.
Lrom this modest beginning in 1914 grew the Tavistock
Institute of Human Relations, which has no peer when it
came to creating propaganda. Tavistock is a facility
dedicated to the propagation of propaganda to suit every
aspect of life. Tavistock approached propaganda as if it were
going into battle, and in a sense, it was. There are no half-
measures; it was a war where anything goes as long as it
assures victory.
Surveying the political scene one cannot escape the fact that
in the past two decades, the increase in depth and volume of
propaganda, and more especially, mind control, has become
all pervasive. The correct application of propaganda to any
theme, whether it is economic, or political, is an essential
element in the control-mechanism of government.
Stalin once said that if one wanted a docile population then
fear and terror had to be unleashed against them. In a sense
that is what happened in the United States and Britain.
70
The Second World War provided unlimited opportunities of
developing propaganda into a fine art. Looking back on the
efforts made by the Roosevelt administration to cause the
American people — who were 87 percent against going to
war in Europe change their minds, we find that in spite of
everything, Roosevelt did not succeed. The American people
rejected entry into the war in Europe.
It took a contrived situation, a contrived pre-chosen pretext,
the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, to reverse public opinion
in favor of America's entry into the European war. Roosevelt
held out that America was fighting for democracy and its very
way of life, neither of which bore the slightest resemblance to
the truth; the war was fought to advance the cause of
International Socialism toward its goal of a New World Order
inside a One World Government.
Propaganda, to be successful, must be aimed at the total
population and not at individuals or individual groups, the
purpose being to attract the widest possible attention. It is not
intended as personal instruction. Facts play no role in
propaganda which is always to create an impression. It has to
one-sided systematic, sustained indoctrination that what the
Government, the media and political leaders are saying is the
truth. And it has to be pitched in such a manner that the
people feel that it is their thinking.
Thus, propaganda has to be directed at mass audiences where
its message will make its mark. Let us take a recent example
of the type of propaganda that would usually be embraced by
a receptive audience. In the wake of the World Trade Center
disaster, President Bush created a new Government agency,
which he called the Office of Homeland Security, and
appointed a director to oversee the agency.
71
Now this sounds very comforting and very soothing until we
look at the 10 th Amendment, which reserves all such powers
as Mr. Bush proposed to seize, to the several States.
The fact that Mr. Bush cannot overrule the 10 th Amendment
was blithely ignored. The propaganda blurb says he can, and
since it was directed to the masses, they believed the blurb,
rather than their Constitution, and so there was little effective
opposition to this gross violation of the Constitution,
particularly the 10 th Amendment. Bush appears to have been
operating under the Stalin directive: "If you want to control
the people, first terrorize them."
Those who opposed the "Homeland Security" quasi-law,
were dubbed, "unpatriotic" and "favoring terrorism." Again,
the absolute fact that this bogus act is no law at all and is
sheer propaganda was never called into question, but was
accepted by the "rah-rah" unthinking public. Public opinion is
made in this way and public opinion is what swayed
legislators to vote for "Homeland Security" or any other
bogus laws, as Bernays and Lippmann both asserted in the
very early days of Wellington House. The legislators vote
along party lines as in the British Parliamentary system, and
do not vote on the basis of the U.S. Constitution. They knew
that to oppose the President, they stand a good chance of
losing a cozy job at the next election, or face being smeared
by some sleazy muck-racking "administration" man.
America is not one "homeland" but 50 distinct and separate
States. In any case the word "homeland" comes straight out
of the Communist Manifesto. Since the ultimate goal of
government is to establish a New World Order International
Communist One World Government, the choice of this word
to title Communist legislation, should not surprise us.
72
The power to control Education, Welfare and Police Powers
belongs to the States where it has always resided, and it was
not taken away from the States at the time of the covenant.
Neither President Bush nor the House and Senate have any
power to change that, which the newly created office
proposed to do. It was only through the exercise of sustained,
systematic, repetition of propaganda that the people of the
States accepted this gross violation of the U.S. Constitution.
The drumbeat of propaganda continued through numerous
articles about the background and experience of the
"Homeland Director" and what his job is etc., but there is not
one word about the blatant unconstitutionality of the new
department. It will not escape your notice that the very title:
"Homeland Security" is a clever little bit of propaganda. The
people are now convinced that not only is the new agency
constitutional, but that it is also necessary. The mass of
people has now been successfully "mind controlled"
(brainwashed.)
Those who wish to study the matter instead of merely
watching the CBS Evening News will find something quite
different from an account of an independent commentator
and the accounts in the press. As always, such person will be
in the minority, so that his opinions, even if expressed, will
not alter the purpose and intent of setting up the new agency. I
say to you that the United States is forbidden by its
Constitution and the constitutions of the separate 50 States
from having any central Federal control mechanism imposed
upon them. The so-called "Homeland Security" bill is a
travesty, because it destroys the Republican form of
government granted to the original states in the 10 th
Amendment, and which cannot be taken away from them.
73
The so-called "Homeland Security Act" is therefore, null and
void and no law at all. Yet, the brainwashed inner-directed
victims of Tavistock will obey it as if it were law.
In short the Homeland Security agency is a deception and it
cannot be made law. No measure that is unconstitutional can
be enacted into law and the Congress has urgent duty repeal
the "law" that gave illegitimate birth to the "Homeland" and
"Patriot" Acts forthwith. The cardinal point to remember is
that propaganda and mass brainwashing must always be
viewed in relation to the end it is intended to serve. In this
instance it convinces the populace, that liberties must be
sacrificed in exchange for "protection." Henry Clay, the
greatest constitutional scholar who ever lived called the ploy
"a doctrine of necessity, a doctrine from Hell" and utterly
condemned such attempts.
H.V. Dicks taught at Tavistock. He stated that individual
rights have to be sacrificed for the good of all! That includes
the measure violating the highest law of the land! It must be
accepted because it is for the good of all! This is better
explained if we take as an example, the propaganda and
brainwashing that accompanied President Roosevelt's
desperate efforts to involve the United States in the war going
on in Europe, via Japan.
When the anticipated attack on Pearl Harbor happened,
(Roosevelt knew the day and the time it would take place)
announced in his speeches written for him by the Tavistock
Institute, that the American people would be fighting for the
highest and noblest of causes, the defense of the nation,
defense of freedom and for the future security and well-being
of the nation. As is usual in such cases, the facts spoke of a
far different set of objectives.
74
Roosevelt did not say that the American people were going to
war to fight for the advancement of International Socialism
and for the goals of the New World Order -International
Communism, One World Government.
The American people were told that Germany intended to
enslave the world. This was a very good line because even the
most poorly educated of people realize that slavery is one of
the worst fates that mankind could be called on to suffer. By
introducing the word "slavery" a sympathetic chord was
struck.
Once again, propaganda bore no relationship to the facts.
Thinking persons, not susceptible to propaganda, would have
realized that a small nation like Germany could not possibly
enslave the world even if had wanted to do so. The resources
and manpower were just not there. Germany did not possess
the vast maritime fleet to make such an attack on the United
States a real possibility.
The promoters of the war realized from the very outset that for
momentum to be maintained, a sustained blast of propaganda
would be necessary. The same principle was followed by Vice
President Cheney in the weeks preceding the U.S. attack on
Iraq; he distorted facts, delivered blast after blast of "fear
rhetoric" and twisted intelligence information to fit his
purposes. Nobody worked harder than Cheney to ensure that
war with Iraq would not be prevented at the last minute.
It was important that Roosevelt attract the attention of the
masses the "issues" and bring them home to the people,
hence the endless press reports, the "newsreels" shown
endlessly at cinemas and the endless brainwashing speeches
of the politicians.
75
Propaganda has to be in a medium easily understood by the
lowest level of intelligence among the nation, such as posters
depicting workers in munitions factories, shipyards; aircraft-
assembly plants all working on the "home front" for the "war
effort" and so on.
In the aftermath of the WTC tragedy, much of that type of
mass-brainwashing propaganda was revived: "America at
War", "the front line", "and munitions dumps", "enemy troop
positions" appeared as sub headings on almost everything
televisions screened.
The fact that the United States was not at war because war
had not been declared, and that there were no enemy "troops"
other than loosely knit guerilla groups, was of course omitted.
Dictionaries define troops as "a body of soldiers; an army,
generally in the plural." The Taliban had no army, and
therefore, no troops. Besides which, war could not be
declared on "terrorism" or "Bolshevism" or any other "ism."
War can only be declared against sovereign nations, this
according to the U.S. Constitution.
War can only be declared on a country or a particular nation
of people inhabiting that country. Anything else is Tavistock
balderdash dished up on a platter decorated with waving flags
and to the accompaniment of martial music. To say that that
the United States is at war with the Taliban is the height of
deception. To be at war of necessity demands a prior
declaration of war. Without a declaration of war it is
deception, in effect no war at all.
A new dimension was added. President Bush, denied war-
making powers and law- making powers by the U.S.
Constitution, was suddenly imbued with powers, which
didn't exist in the U.S. Constitution.
76
He began to be called "the commander in chief," when he
was not entitled to the temporary title, which can only be
conferred by the Congress in the wake of a full declaration of
war. That never happened.
He was mystically "declared" as having the power to label
any person he so chose an "enemy combatant." That there is
no such empowerment in the U.S. Constitution, nor is it
expressly implied, did not faze Mr. Bush for a moment: As far
as he was concerned from then on, he was the law.
Thus, the illicit, unconstitutional seizure of powers by a
sitting U.S. President that began with Woodrow Wilson
"taking" ten additional powers to which he was absolutely
not entitled, expanded with Roosevelt "taking" thirty and
G.W. Bush taking thirty-five (and counting) powers denied by
the U.S. Constitution.
Indeed, the United States has become a lawless nation under
the expert guidance of the Tavistock Institute whose "inner-
directional conditioning and long-range penetration"
brainwashing of the American public made it all possible.
In passing let me add that the British propaganda
establishment used the self-same language of lies against the
Boers in South Africa in the war launched by the British to
take control of the massive gold deposits in that land. The
British press was full of accounts of the "Boer Army" when
the Boers had no army, only a farmer citizen guerilla force.
Like Kaiser Wilhelm II in 1913/1914, Paul Kruger, the God-
fearing patriarch of the Transvaal Republic was demonized in
the British press as a vicious tyrant who brutally repressed the
black population, none of which bore the slightest
resemblance to the truth.
77
Eventually, a formula was arrived at through a series of trials
and errors in WWI and WWII, and it was revived and adapted
for use in the U.S. attack on Afghanistan. It was enough to
catch the fancy and the attention of the bulk of the American
population because it was pitched to their psychological level.
The lessons learned in the art of propaganda in the two World
Wars were simply switched from the European theater to
mainstream USA, and later, to Iraq, Serbia and Afghanistan.
The brainwashing was kept strictly to bare essentials,
embodied in simplistic slogans, catch-phrases using
stereotyped formulas first developed by Lord Northcliffe at
Wellington House in London in 1912. The British people had
to be educated that the German people were "the enemy."
Everything evil and cruel was imputed all things German, so
that the mass of British people began to believe that the
Germans actually were cruel barbarians who would stop at
nothing. Posters depicting the "Boche butchers" killing
Belgian women and children sprang up all over the place.
CHAPTER 15
The Media's role in propaganda
79
As the media played a huge role in propaganda, it is perhaps a
good idea to see where this started and how it has come to
pass that the media in the U.S. almost in its entirety is now a
fully controlled, propaganda organ. The period prior to the
First World War was a classic series of events in which
personalities were manipulated, the worst offenders being the
British and American newspapers. As in all wars, someone
has to be demonized to get the public involved. In 1913 it was
Kaiser Wilhelm II of Germany who was demonized before,
during and after that terrible war.
One of the principle creators of propaganda of that period
was Lord Nortcliffe, the noted press baron, a relative of the
Rothschilds and a hater of Germany. Northcliffe ran
Wellington House as a major center for anti-German
propaganda and he harbored a particular hatred of Wilhelm
II, who was a cousin of Queen Victoria of the notorious
Black Guelph dynasty of Venice.
Northcliffe abused Wilhelm II on every possible occasion
especially on the occasions when the Kaiser talked about
Germany's military might and prowess. Wilhelm was given
to childish boasting and most European governments knew
him as a man who liked to "play soldiers", and dressing in
outlandishly decorated uniforms. Wilhelm was very distinctly
not a military man. As a Rothschild, this irked Northcliffe
who began "warning" that "Germany's place in the sun" as
the Kaiser liked to call it, was a danger to the rest of Europe.
That this claim was without the slightest foundation did not
seem to bother Northcliffe who maximized it to the extent
where it was marvelous to behold.
80
The truth is that Germany was not a threat at that time and
nor was the Kaiser a mighty warrior waiting to strike, but
rather, a man prone to nervous breakdowns of which he had
three in five years and a near useless withered arm, which did
not project a martial man at all. The nearest one can say that
Wilhelm got to being martial, was his love of dressing up in
extravagantly bedecked uniforms. In truth Wilhelm II had
little if any control over the German military, a fact that
Northcliffe was well aware of and yet chose to ignore.
In this the Kaiser was on the same level as the British
monarch, King George V who had no control of the British
Expeditionary Force. That didn't stop Northcliffe of
launching a blistering attack on Queen Victoria's German
cousin, blaming him for being responsible for a whole list of
atrocities allegedly carried out by the German Army driving
through Belgium. Of course, the German High Command did
wrong in invading neutral Belgium, but they were only in
transit with no plans to occupy the country.
It was all part of a tactical plan to march on Paris taking a
"short cut" through Belgium to outflank the French Army.
There would have been nothing to gain by deliberately
killing civilians, a fact the German High Command has
stressed. Northcliffe called the Kaiser a "megalomaniac" with
a "hunger to rule the world" which in any case was quite
beyond the capabilities of any European power. In 1940
Churchill accused Hitler of having the same desire to 'rule the
world" knowing it to be false. Churchill also declared Hitler
"a madman" knowing his characterization of the chancellor
to be false.
But not to be discouraged, Northcliffe had his media outlets
constantly refer to Wilhelm II as "the mad dog of Europe."
81
Wellington House engaged the services of a cartoonist who
regularly depicted Wilhelm II as a slavering mad dog, an ape-
like creature. The cheap cartoons were made up into book
form, and quickly granted a status by the press that was
absolute nonsense. The cartoons were in poor taste and even
poorer execution. The book was what the English used to call
"a penny horrible."
Showing the power of the press, Northcliffe got the media to
give rave revues about the book. Lord Asquith, the Prime
Minister, was persuaded to write a forward to what was
essentially an absolute farce. President Wilson invited the
"artist," a Dutchman by the name of Raemakers, to the White
House when he was on a book-selling tour of the U.S. As
was expected, Wilson lionized the cartoonist and gave his
blessing to the book.
Even the legendary "Punch" magazine joined in the campaign
to depict Wilhelm in the most unfavorable light. It seemed
that no journal escaped having to print the torrent of sewage
that poured forth from Wellington House. It was propaganda in
its rawest form.
It was not long thereafter that the effect rubbed off on the
people who began insisting that the Kaiser "be hanged" and
one minister of religion went as far as to say that he would
forgive Germany as long as all Germans were shot.
Hollywood soon joined in the act of condemning the Kaiser,
of whom it knew nothing. First off was the movie My Four
Years in Germany adapted from a book written by U.S.
ambassador to Berlin, James W. Gerard. The movie was
depicted as a factual account of the Kaiser preparing for war.
Wilhelm was given the IQ of a paranoid six-year old child
and depicted as a man riding a hobbyhorse. Scathing
descriptions of his disability were repeated hundreds of
times.
82
Worse was tc come with the Hollywood version of history
entitled The Beast of Berlin that portrayed the Kaiser gloating
over slaughtered Belgian civilians and chuckling in mirth
over torpedoed ships. None of which was true, but it served
its purpose, generating a fierce hate against Germans and all
things German that spread across the U.S. with astonishing
rapidity.
It was the basis of the worst type of propaganda ever seen
and it was carried out in a relentless fashion by the British
Government, not only at home, but also where it counted the
most, in the United States. Wellington House was counting
on the United States to defeat Germany on the field of battle.
In the late 1990's it was but a very short step for the mass of
the American people to believe the same of the Taliban and
of President Hussein of Iraq with who the Taliban was not
connected. (In fact they hated each other.)
The fundamental question: "Were the Taliban as a whole, and
the people of Afghanistan, separate from the Taliban,
responsible for the dastardly bombing of the WTC?" Does
the Taliban actually exist? Or is Osama bin Laden just
another Kaiser Wilhelm II? Perhaps, fifty years hence we
might find out the truth. In the meantime the Tavistock
Institute played the propaganda card to the limit, and once
again, it succeeded.
After the end of the war the myth of Kaiser Wilhelm II
persisted. In fact the same propaganda machine that had
demonized him before and during the war, did not give way
until July 13, 1959, the 100 th anniversary of Kaiser Wilhelm
II birthday, which was celebrated by the BBC in the form of a
documentary about the much abused former German leader.
83
It explained how the British people were terrorized by
bloodcurdling accounts of the Kaiser slashing arms off
Belgian children with his sword while columns of German
soldiers raped women in the Belgian villages they passed
through, none of the accounts bearing even a faint
resemblance to the truth.
Even intelligent members of the British Parliament were
taken in by the relentless storm of hatred stirred up by
Northcliffe and his crew that included the Americans
Lippmann and Bemays. However, as good as it was, the BBC
documentary made no effort to explain how the myth of a
monstrous Kaiser Wilhelm could suddenly arise as if from
nowhere, to take up the headlines in the newspapers?
In the same way no one has explained to my satisfaction how
Osama bin Laden suddenly appeared on the scene, and how he
became the villain in the manner of the Kaiser in an amazingly
short period of time. How did this happen?
It is an historical fact, that President Wilson rushed the bill to
establish the Federal Reserve banks to the House, just in time
for the start of WWI period. Without paper dollars, printed at
will, it is doubtful, that the war would have occurred.
How could the Kaiser have suddenly come alive from the
cartoon character staring out of thousands of newspapers,
magazines and billboards? We know now that he was the
product of the vast British War Office's propaganda machine,
which remained secret as it still remains a big secret
organization to this very day. The machinery remains as
covert today as it was in 1913, although some of us have
managed to tear away some of its shrouding.
84
One thing we unearthed through research is that the
Tavistock Institute was the birthplace of some of the most
preposterous lies ever to be manufactured and held up as
truth.
CHAPTER 16
Scientific propaganda can deceive the very elect.
85
The vast majority of people in the world today will surely
have heard of the "Beast of Berlin" and how the "Allies" put
to an end to his mad rampage through Europe. Most people
in recent times have also heard of the "Beast of Baghdad."
But how many have heard of the name, Sir Harold Nicholson,
a distinguished scholar, whose thorough examination of
literally hundreds of thousands of documents from 1912 to
1925, absolutely exonerated Kaiser Wilhelm II from starting
WWI?
How many people know this? Put it to the test. Try your local
talk show whiz, and see what happens. Thus for more than
twenty five years the myth of the Kaiser dominated the
headlines and had the effect of turning millions of people in
Britain and America, against Germany in an unjust and
unfortunate by product of the vast propaganda machine that
has the British people by the throat since it was first opened
for business in 1913. We speak of Wellington House and its
successor, the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
The amazing thing about the myth is how long it lasted. But
the purpose of propaganda is precisely to perpetuate a myth,
a lie or some piece of misinformation that lives long after the
truth is forgotten. Japan will forever be blamed for Pearl
Harbor, and for the "rape of Nanking," while Churchill will
forever be hailed as a great man, instead of a bmtal
warmonger.
In the same way Colin Powell recently visited Iraq and came
out with a banner headline statement about Hussein "gassing
Kurds" during the Iraq-Iran war.
86
The truth is that the gas-filled missiles that fell on the
Kurdish village were Phosgene, a type not possessed by Iraq,
but they were in the arsenal of Iran. What happened was that
during an Iraqi offensive, the Iranians fired a large number of
gas-filled rockets at Iraqi position, but some fell short among
the Kurds along the border. This was confirmed by the U.S.
Military College of War report, which entirely exonerated
Iraq.
Yet, although the accusation was thoroughly refuted, in 2005,
almost 30 years later, while on a goodwill tour of Malaysia,
Karen Hughes representing President George Bush repeated
the lie, embellishing it by claiming that "30,000 Kurds" had
been gassed to death by "Saddam Hussein." A member of the
audience contested her statement, and the next day Hughes
was forced to retract her story, saying that she had
"misspoken" herself. An investigation into the incident
revealed that Hughes actually believed the lies she had heard
repeated over and over again, by President Bush, Prime
Minister Blair, Secretary of States Colin Powell, and
Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, which ought to tell us
a great deal about the power of propaganda.
The facts of the case reported by the War College were later
confirmed by the U.S. Army and by a second U.S. source.
Does the world know this? We doubt it. Truth is forgotten
while a lie lives on. Thus Colin Powell's propaganda against
Iraq will go the way of the propaganda against Kaiser
Wilhelm II, on and on for more than 100 years, while the
truth died the moment the first propaganda blast appeared in
the newspapers. In this lies the value of propaganda. The
Social scientists at Tavistock know this and today, they can
profile any audience to accept lies best suited to their
perception without understanding the issues behind it.
87
By this manner a "morally correct" position and a solid
backing for the attack on Afghanistan was created. Few of
the American people ever raised doubts about whether what
their government was doing in Afghanistan was in
accordance with the U.S. Constitution. There was no
referendum, and no mandate to confirm or deny acceptance
by the people of the Bush administration's policy toward
Afghanistan.
Propaganda-brainwashing does not call for a mandate. The
fact that none of the alleged hijackers of the planes used
against the Twin Towers were from Afghanistan was
completely lost on the American public, 74 percent of whom
still believe that the "al Qaeda" did it and that they live in
Afghanistan! The same percentage of Americans were
brainwashed to believe that the Taliban and President Hussein
worked together to bring about the tragedy! The American
people do not know that Saddam Hussein would have nothing
to do with the Taliban leadership.
Why do the American people allow themselves to be treated
in this manner? Why do they allow politicians to lie, cheat,
connive, dissemble, prevaricate, obfuscate and continually
deceive them? What we ought to mark well, is the way
Woodrow Wilson treated the American people, like sheep.
When asked why he kept a small flock of sheep grazing on
the White House lawns, Wilson replied: "They remind me of
the American people." Wilson had a burning ambition to rush
America into WWI and he used Wellington House lies
(propaganda) against dissenters (the bulk of the people) to
persuade them to change their outlook.
88
Roosevelt repeated the ploy to get the U.S. into WWII
through lies and propaganda (most often than not the same
thing) culminating in the "success" of Pearl Harbor. We saw
the same line used by Pres. Clinton. In the run-up to and
during the unjust war against Serbia, Clinton's entire
persuasion consisted of lies and disinformation, not to
mention misinformation.
No wonder that Rumsfeld pronouncements are always met
with suspicion. When asked about the role being played by
propaganda, Rumsfeld blandly replied: "Government
officials, the Department of Defense, this secretary of defense
and the people who work with me tell the American people
the truth."
CHAPTER 17
Propaganda and Psychological Warfare
89
A list of U.S. Government Papers, some available and some
not, reveal in a striking manner just how controlled the
nations of the world (including the United States) have
become due to the exercise of propaganda methods at an
astonishing array of levels.
At best, I can only mention the titles and paraphrase content
because of the vastness of the material. I hope the information
we have put together will shock the American people out of
their slumbering apathy and make them realize just how far
they are on the road to becoming slaves of the Socialist New
World Order inside a One World Government.
Official Definitions: A useful collection of terms and
definitions as used by the Washington power establishment.
Without exception every single one of the programs cited
herein are Tavistock born and bred.
Social Sciences and Political Intervention: What passes itself
off as project-centered "development assistance" may in
reality consist of dangerous manipulation of culture and social
relations in the southern hemisphere.
Because of the enormous monetary advantage enjoyed by
donors of "aid," they are often in a position to do extensive
psychosocial studies of target groups and to exploit them in
ways that would not occur to most people, even in their worst
nightmares.
It is typical of everything John Rawlings Reese taught at
Tavistock and it was carried into every aspect of American life
90
Shock and Awe: Achieving Rapid Dominance - This is the
National Defense University text (1996) that became the
theory behind U.S. intervention in the Middle East and the
war against Iraq in March and April of 2003. "Shock and
Awe," says the text, is intended to be the "non-nuclear
equivalent" of the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki in
1945.
Says the now out-of-print study guide of that terrible tragedy
says: "The impact of those weapons was sufficient to
transform both the mindset of the average Japanese citizen
and the outlook of the leadership through this condition of
Shock and Awe. The Japanese simply could not comprehend
the destructive power carried by a single airplane. This
incomprehension produced a state of awe."
Besides using massive firepower for psychological purposes,
the publication also includes extensive discussion of
propaganda operations. "The principal mechanism for
achieving this dominance is through imposing sufficient
conditions of "Shock and Awe" on the adversary to convince
or compel it to accept our strategic aims and military
objectives," the writers state. "Clearly, deception, confusion,
misinformation, and disinformation, perhaps in massive
amounts, must be employed."
Psychological Warfare in Combat: This is the full text of the
infamous "Shock and Awe" doctrine, published in 1996 by
the National Defense University, Washington. The concept is
to gain complete control over the will of an adversary, as well
as the perceptions and understanding of target peoples,
literally making an enemy impotent to act or react.
91
It is worth noting that all of these words and descriptions
were found in text books used to condition students attending
classes conducted by John Rawlings Reese at the British
Army Psychological Warfare Bureau where Rawlings was a
master theoretician.
The "Shock & Awe" doctrine is described as a strategy to
achieve the systematic destruction of military capability
through attrition, where appropriate, and to use
overwhelming force to paralyze shock, unnerve, and
ultimately accomplish the moral destruction of an opponent.
The International Conference on Population and
Development (ICPD): A Program of Action presented at the
conference called for massive propaganda effort, utilizing the
mass media, non-governmental organizations, commercial
entertainment, and academic institutions in an effort to
"persuade" people in developing countries to change their
fertility preferences.
A revision to the original text added to accommodate
representatives from developing countries urges that
communications activities carried out by donors "for
advocacy purposes or to promote particular lifestyles" should
be labeled in such a way that the public will be aware of their
purpose and that "the identity of sponsors should be indicated
in an appropriate manner."
Despite this recommendation, which imposes no mandatory
restrictions on aid donors, the "communication" section of
document remains a very dangerous and politically explosive
part of the New World Order agenda.
92
The Population Communication Project: The U.S.
Agency for International Development (USAID) has poured
tens of millions of dollars into a "mass media" influence
campaign that uses tactics borrowed from military
psychological-war operatives. USAID is only one of
hundreds of U.S. Government agencies that contracted with
Tavistock to write its programs.
In fact, the contractor working as a proxy for USAID in this
case was also under contract to the U.S. Army to prepare
teaching manuals for psychological operations.
Enter-Educate: Using Entertainment as Propaganda:
The young audience is likely to be more vulnerable to
messages presented in the context of "entertainment" than to
other communications that might tend to raise questions about
the legitimacy of foreign ideas.
Thus, the entertainment-propaganda approach has become a
huge part of USAID's international population control effort.
Here again, literary millions of dollars has gone to Tavistock
for programs taught by Enter-Educate operators.
When Propaganda Backfires: A study done of family
planning attitudes and behavior done in the north of Nigeria in
1994. According to a published report, the negative reaction
illustrated "opposition to outsider improprieties, to family
planning in general and to U.S. -sponsored family planning
programs in particular."
Nigeria Bilateral Population Program: (U.S. State
Department document). The major planning document of the
U.S. government's population control strategy for Nigeria.
93
It is also used as an important part of propaganda in
Psychological Warfare employed in the U.S. Government
programs to undermine Latin American political movements,
the anti-war effort, movement, and grassroots political
organizing. The contract to write this program was awarded to
Tavistock.
Post-Modem Warfare: A menu of resources about
political/psychological warfare, covert activities, and
genocide.
Urban De-Concentration and Other Tactics: This is so
diabolical in content that I do not propose publishing it at
least for now.
Social Influence: Propaganda and Persuasion: — Some useful
background information.
Psychological Operations in Guerrilla Warfare: The
CIA's tactical manual for paramilitary forces in Central
America prepared by Tavistock. The CIA has Tavistock
under contract and works very closely with it.
Institute for Propaganda Analysis: A collection of documents
containing basic facts about covert influence campaigns.
Here again, the institute is merely a clearing house for
Tavistock data and brainwashing methods for mass use.
The United States Intelligence Bureaus Official descriptions
and duties of U.S. government bureaus involved in the
collection or analysis of intelligence.
Secrecy & Government Bulletins: A collection of documents
advocating openness in government.
94
Reporters Collective: A source for reliable research materials
on international institutions and their role in fronting for the
wealthy, powerful nations that control their policies. Many of
the institutions listed have had their leadership cadre taught
by Tavistock's Social Science scientists.
Propaganda, dissemination of ideas and information for the
purpose of inducing or intensifying specific attitudes and
actions: Because propaganda is frequently accompanied by
distortions of fact and by appeals to passion and prejudice, it
is often thought to be invariably false or misleading. As
Tavistock's manuals state, the essential distinction lies in the
intentions of the propagandist to persuade an audience to
adopt the attitude or action he or she espouses. Wilson and
Roosevelt were examples of this truism, both having been
polished in the art of diplomacy by deception as Bukanin
explained the term back in 1814.
CHAPTER 18
Wilson gets the U.S. into WWI thanks to propaganda
95
The massive modem propaganda techniques which have
become a familiar part of particularly the American and
British governments began with World War I (1914-1918).
From the beginning of the war, both German and British
propagandists worked hard to win sympathy and support of
the United States. German propagandists appealed to the
many Americans of German descent, and to those of Irish
descent, who were traditionally hostile to Great Britain who
was living in America. The propaganda was rather crude by
today's standards, but what it lacked in finesse was made up
by the sheer volume of the huge output of Wellington House.
Soon, however, Germany was virtually cut off from direct
access to the United States. Thereafter British propaganda
had little competition in the United States, and it was
conducted more skillfully than that of the Germans who had
no equivalent of Wellington House, Bemays, or Lippmann.
Once engaged in the war Woodrow Wilson organized the
Committee on Public Information, an official propaganda
agency, to mobilize American public opinion. This
committee proved highly successful, particularly in the sale of
Liberty Bonds. And no wonder. Its program was written for
the White House by Tavistock and was largely directed from
London.
The exploitation by the Allies of President Woodrow
Wilson's Fourteen Points, which seemed to promise a just
peace for both the victors and the vanquished, contributed
greatly toward crystallizing opposition within the Central
Powers to continuation of the war.
96
Elsewhere herein we have detailed the lies and distortions
engaged in by the Bryce Commission, which remains one of
the most disturbing examples of blatant lying successfully
passed off as truth. The part played by Americans at
Wellington House, the premiere propaganda center in the
world at that time is also explained later herein.
The propaganda aspects of World War II were similar to
those of World War I, except that the Second World War,
also started by Britain and financed by the international
bankers, was greater in scope. Radio played a major role,
with "news broadcasts" always a mixture of facts heavily
laced with fiction. Propaganda activities overseas were more
intense. The Tavistock Institute was able to put into practice
all of the valuable lessons it had learned in 1914-1919, and it
used its experience in a number of new ways in the old as
well as new countries.
Both Germany and the United Kingdom again sought to sway
American opinion. German propagandists played on anti-
British sentiment, represented the war as a struggle against
communism, and pictured Germany as the invincible
champion of a new wave of anti-Communism. German agents
also gave their support to movements in the United States that
backed "isolationism", a descriptive tag attached to all
Americans who opposed war with Germany.
German propaganda efforts were no match against the
expertise of Wellington House and Tavistock or the resources
of Britain (secretly aided with huge amounts of money by the
Roosevelt administration) and once again it proved
ineffective.
97
The carefully planned attack on Pearl Harbor was well
known by Roosevelt, Stimson and Knox for months before the
actual attack.
December 1941, was a godsend for Roosevelt who had been
trying desperately to force the U.S. to go to war on the side of
Britain, especially after the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor;
American people were persuaded by propaganda and outright
lies that Germany was the aggressor.
The dire warnings by Lindbergh, the famous aviator, and a
number of other anti-war Senators that Roosevelt was not to
be trusted, and that as was the case in WWI, the U.S. had no
business interjecting itself into the war in Germany, was
blunted by propaganda. Also, the "contrived situation" at
Pearl Harbor changed public opinion, as Roosevelt well knew
it would. Allied propaganda efforts that flowed from
Tavistock were aimed at separating the peoples of the Axis
nations from their governments, which were held solely to
blame for the war. Radio broadcasts and leaflets dropped
from the air carried Allied propaganda to the enemy.
The official U.S. propaganda agencies during World War II
were the Office of War Information (OWI), charged with
disseminating Tavistock "information" at home and abroad,
and the Office of Strategic Service (OSS), forerunner of the
CIA and a creation of Tavistock, charged with conducting
psychological warfare against the enemy.
At Supreme Headquarters in the European theater of
operations, the OWI and OSS were coordinated with military
activities by the Psychological Warfare Division under the
direction of Social scientists from the Tavistock Institute.
98
In the period of the Cold War — a marked conflict of interests
between the United States and the Soviet Union following
World War II — propaganda continued to be a significant
instrument of national policy.
Both the democratic and Communist blocs of states
attempted by sustained campaigns, to win to their side the
great masses of uncommitted peoples, and thereby, achieve
their objectives, without resorting to armed conflict. Every
aspect of national life and policy was exploited for purposes
of propaganda.
The Cold War was also marked by the use of defectors, trials,
and confessions for propaganda purposes. In this propaganda
war the Communist nations seemed initially to have a distinct
advantage. Because their governments controlled all media,
they could largely seal off their people from Western
propaganda.
At the same time, the highly centralized governments could
plan elaborate propaganda campaigns and mobilize resources
to carry out their plans. They could also count on aid from
Communist parties and sympathizers in other countries.
Democratic states, on the other hand, could neither prevent
their peoples from being exposed to Communist propaganda
nor mobilize all their resources to counter it. This apparent
advantage for Communist governments eroded during the
1980s, as communications technology advanced. Inability to
control the spread of information was a major factor in the
disintegration of many Communist regimes in Eastern
Europe at the end of the decade. The United States
Information Agency (USIA), established in 1953 to conduct
propaganda and cultural activities abroad, operates the "Voice
of America", a radio network that carries news and
information about the United States in more than 40 languages
to all parts of the world.
99
CHAPTER 19
Is history being repeated? The case of Lord Bryce
With historians heavily involved in either defending or
damning the war in Iraq, it might be good time to ponder the
case of Viscount James Bryce, the highly respected historian
who sold out and went to his grave as a confirmed, dastardly,
unrepentant liar. Before his unfortunate involvement with
Wellington House, Bryce had enjoyed wide respect as an
honest historian.
From the start of World War I, stories of German atrocities
filled British and American newspapers. By far the bulk of
them were prepared at Wellington House and spread through
media channels. Mostly, they were supposed to have
emanated from "eye-witness" accounts by "reporters and
photographers," who accompanied the German Army's march
through Belgium to outflank French defenses in their drive on
Paris.
Eyewitnesses described German infantrymen spearing
Belgian babies on their bayonets as they marched along,
singing war songs. Accounts of Belgian boys and girls with
amputated hands (supposedly to prevent them from using
guns) abounded. Tales of women with amputated breasts
multiplied even faster.
At the top of the atrocity hit parade were rape stories. One
eyewitness claimed the Germans dragged twenty young
women out of their houses in a captured Belgian town and
stretched them on tables in the village square, where each
was violated by at least twelve "Huns," while the rest of the
division watched and cheered. At British expense, a group of
Belgians toured the United States retelling these stories.
100
President Woodrow Wilson solemnly received them in the
White House. Their story horrified America. Nobody thought
to check their account of the rape they had witnessed. Their
accounts of the brutality they allegedly had suffered were
never questioned.
The Germans angrily denied these stories. So did American
reporters with the German army. In 1914 Wilson had not yet
"managed" the battlefield reporters unlike George Bush in the
invasion of Iraq in 2002. There were no "embedded" reporters
with the British Army. Tavistock had yet to learn how to
censor the truth by "embedding" selected reporters with the
troops.
When British journalist's dispatches began to be published in
England, throwing doubt of the "atrocities", Northcliffe came
up with the idea of appointing Lord Bryce to head an enquiry
board to investigate accounts of German atrocities and report
back to him. Actually the suggestion came from Edward
Bemays and was approved by Walter Lippmann.
Then, early in 1915, the British government made it official
by asking Viscount Bryce to head a royal commission to
investigate the atrocity reports. Bryce was one of the best-
known historians of the era; he had written widely praised
books on the American government and on Irish history,
sympathetically portraying the Irish people's hard fate under
British rule. In 1907, he had worked with an Anglo-Irish
diplomat, Roger Casement, to expose horrendous exploitation
of Indian peoples on the Amazon River by a British rubber
company.
From 1907-1913, he had served as British ambassador in
Washington, where he became a popular, even beloved
figure.
101
It would have been hard to find a more admired scholar who
had an established reputation of honesty and integrity. Bryce
and his six fellow commissioners, an amalgam of
distinguished lawyers, historians land jurists, "analyzed"
1,200 depositions of "eyewitnesses," who claimed to have
seen all manner of atrocious German behavior.
Almost all the testimony came from Belgians who had fled to
England as refugees; and there were some statements from
Belgian and British soldiers, collected in France. But the
commissioners failed to interrogate even a single one of these
eyewitnesses; that task was left to "gentlemen of legal
knowledge and experience" — lawyers. Since the asserted
crimes took place in what continued to be a war zone, there
was no on site investigation of any of the reports.
Not a single witness was identified by name; the
commissioners said this was justified in the case of Belgians
by the fear that there might be German reprisals against
family members. But British soldier witnesses remained
equally anonymous, for no apparent reason. Nevertheless, in
his introduction, Bryce claimed that he and his fellow
commissioners had tested the evidence "severely." Nobody
suspected that military witnesses were not to be "tested" at
all, let alone, severely so. No reason was ever given for such
a grave lapse, and what Tavistock has since characterized not
as a lie, but as a "misstatement."
The Bryce Report was released on May 13, 1915. British
propaganda headquarters in Wellington House, near
Buckingham Palace, made sure it went to virtually every
newspaper in America. The impact was stupendous, as the
headline and subheads in the New York Times make clear.
102
GERMAN ATROCITIES ARE PROVEDS FINDS BRYCE
COMMITTEE
Not Only Individual Crimes, but also Premeditated Slaughter
in Belgium
YOUNG AND OLD MUTILATED
Women Attacked, Children Brutally Slain, Arson and
Pillage Systematic
COUNTENANCED BY OFFICERS
Wanton Firing on Red Cross and White Flag: Prisoners
and Wounded Shot
CIVILIANS USED AS SHIELDS.
On May 27, 1915, Wellington House operatives in America
reported to London on the outcome of their massive
propaganda initiative: "Even in papers hostile to the Allies,
there is not the slightest attempt to impugn the correctness of
the facts alleged. Lord Bryce's prestige in America put
skepticism out of the question."
Charles Masterman, chief of Wellington House, told Bryce:
"Your report has swept America."
Among the small number of critics of the Bryce Report was Sir
Roger Casement. "It is only necessary to turn to James Bryce,
the historian, to convict Lord Bryce, the partisan," Casement
wrote in a furious essay, "The Far Extended Baleful Power of
the Lie."
By this time Casement had become a fierce advocate of Irish
independence so few people paid any attention to his dissent,
which was dismissed as biased.
103
Clarence Darrow, the famously iconoclastic American
lawyer, who specialized in winning acquittals for ostensibly
guilty clients, was another skeptic. He went to France and
Belgium later in 1915 and searched in vain for a single
eyewitness who could confirm even one of the Bryce stories.
Increasingly dubious, Darrow announced he would pay
$l,000-a very large sum in 1915 - more than $17,000 in 21 st
Century money - to anyone who could produce a Belgian or
French boy whose hands had been amputated by a German
soldier or a single child of either sex that had been bayoneted
by German troops.
There were no takers, not one "victim" came forward to claim
the reward although Darrow had spent a considerable amount
of his own money in advertising it, far and wide.
After the war, historians who sought to examine the
documentation for Bryce's stories were told that the files had
mysteriously disappeared. No government official or
department offered to start a search for the "missing"
documents.
This blatant evasion of putting the "severely tested"
documents to a newer, thoroughly impartial test prompted
most historians to dismiss 99 percent of Bryce's atrocities as
fabrications. One called the Report "in itself one of the worst
atrocities of the war." More recent scholarship has scaled
down the percentage of the Bryce report's fabrications
because it turned out that several thousand Belgian civilians,
including some women and children were apparently shot by
the Germans in the summer of 1914 and Bryce more or less
accurately summarized some of the worst excesses, such as
the executions in the town of Dinant.
104
But even these latter day scholars admit Bryce's report was
"seriously contaminated" by the rapes, amputations and
speared babies. They blamed this grave lapse on hysteria,
and war rage.
This amounts to giving Bryce a free pass. The number of
corrections that had to be made by critics of Darrow's reports
was less than one percent and failed to clear Bryce. As was
pointed out at the time, 99 percent of the Bryce Commission
Report were lies. Correspondence between the members of
the Bryce committee survived the "disappearance" of the
documents; it reveals severe doubts about the tales of
mutilation and rape. These serious doubts were never spread
across Britain and America in the manner of Wellington
House brutality reports. One of the committee's secretaries
admitted that he had been given numerous English addresses
of Belgian women supposedly made pregnant by German
rapes but in spite of intensive searches, was not able to locate
a single one on the list.
Even the highly touted story of a Member of Parliament
sheltering two pregnant women turned out to be fraudulent.
Bryce apparently brushed aside this negative evidence as
Bush and Blair were to do scores of times when on rare
occasions, a few reporters did their job and asked awkward
questions.
Lord Bryce the scholar should have known - and almost
certainly did know - - that tales of spearing babies, raping
and cutting off the breasts of murdered women were standard
"hate - the - enemy" fables hundreds of years old, as were
mass rapes in fields and public squares.
Even a cursory examination of Napoleon's campaigns in
Europe brought out hundreds of these types of "atrocities," a
very small fraction of which turned out to be true.
105
Bryce the learned historian, the learned, trusted scholar with
a reputation for honesty should have rejected such
fabrications out of hand. He most certainly knew that the vast
majority of the "atrocity" stories emanated from Wellington
House (the foremnner of the Tavistock Institute.) Instead of
examining their origin and then dismissing them as
propaganda, Bryce grouped them all into a "report," that
found them generally factual and then issued general
condemnation of the German army and people. This is
reminiscent of Mr. G.W. Bush and his general classification
that the entire population of several Muslim states belonged
to an "Axis of Evil."
Why didn't Bryce dismiss the fabrications and concentrate on
the German executions of civilians? As we have stated, he
knew the bulk of the "incidents" were products of Wellington
House; and had he done so, it would have opened up a very
sticky subject of the wide use being made of propaganda by
the British Government.
There was an important reason why Bryce chose to abandon
an honorable course instead of soiling his reputation: A high
percentage of the Belgian Army in 1914/1915 was made up of
"Home Guards" (partisans) who wore no uniforms except for
an insignia pinned to their shirts or hats. The Germans,
desperately trying to win in the West before the invading
Russian Army smashed through their lightly held lines in the
East, were infuriated by these seemingly civilian combatants,
and showed them no mercy.
That the German Army was entitled to return the fire of
civilians or even initiate it by the rules of war under the
Geneva Conventions applicable at that time, was never
brought out in the press.
106
The fact is that in 1915 "partisans" right up to 1945, were fair
game. Civilians, even with badges pinned to their hats were
not given authority to shoot at soldiers in uniform, or afforded
protection. Yes, that was what the rules of war laid out in the
Geneva Conventions, and Lord Bryce and his commissioners
knew it. Nor was this important fact trumpeted across
England and America in the manner of the propaganda that
had successfully captured the hearts and minds of the British
and American people.
Some German field commanders obviously lost their heads
and retaliated excessively against whole towns, such as
Dinant.
But a defense of sorts could be mounted, even for these men.
The ensuing debate as to what the Geneva Convention allowed
would have produced yawns in newspaper readers. They
wanted what Bryce gave them - blood and lust, rape and
horror perpetrated by the German ("Boche") "beasts" against
women and young children and "unarmed civilians." They
wanted proof that the German "Hun" was a barbarian, a savage
beast. And if the public had not been deceived, Wellington
House, and the British Government's war effort, would have
been in deep trouble.
The Bryce Report unquestionably helped England win the
war. Unquestionably it swayed the opinions of the American
public and convinced millions of Americans and other
neutrals — it was translated into 27 languages — that the
Germans were ugly beasts in human form. No one except a
few "biased" outsiders such as Sir Roger Casement and
Clarence Darrow ever reproached Lord Bryce for the vicious
lies he had spread around the world. No fair-minded man
could ever forgive Bryce for soiling himself.
107
Through it all, Wellington House remained in the background
- few people knew of its existence - let alone its vital role, but
it had done an important job and struck a mighty blow for
brainwashing. As for Bryce, he went to his grave loaded with
royal and academic honors, a sullied, superior liar, a man who
had soiled himself and with the blood of millions on his
hands, a brilliant scoundrel, a thief who stole the truth from a
public entitled to know it, and who managed to evade
detection and exposure and the utter condemnation that was
universally afforded to Judas Iscariot.
From a perspective of a hundred years, we ought to take a
much harsher view of this man. The Bryce Report had
obvious connections to the British decision to maintain the
blockade of Germany for seven months after the armistice in
1918, causing the starvation deaths of an estimated 600,000
elderly and very young Germans, all part of the game plan to
so weaken Germany that it would never be a "threat" to the
"allies" again.
The Wellington House propaganda lies about the German
Army was far and away the greatest atrocity of World War I
and it made every German man and woman hunger for
revenge. By creating blind hatred of Germany, Bryce sowed
the dragon's teeth of World War II.
109
CHAPTER 20
The Black Art of successful lying: Gulf War 1991
From this background, what we saw in the Gulf War circa
1991 was frightening enough to very forcefully remind us of
the origin of the black art of successful lying practiced by
Lord Bryce and what a congenital, witting liar he had turned
out to be. It also brought to mind how Wellington House and
then Tavistock set its seal on brainwashing as a tool of war. It
was one of the deciding factors that made me determined to
write this work and expose Tavistock and its injurious, baleful
influence.
In the Gulf War the U.S. Department of Defense shut out all
news media and appointed its own spokesman who gave his
grossly untruthful version of events via television broadcasts.
I dubbed the fellow "Pentagon Pete" and he talked blithely
about "collateral damage" a new Tavistock phrase being tried
for the first time ever. It took the public a long time to catch
on to its meaning-human casualties, human deaths and
destruction of property.
Then we had a break when CNN was allowed to come in and
report on the success of the "Patriot" missile defense shooting
down Iraqi SCUDS, which it turned out, was another base
exercise in propaganda. According to CNN at least one
SCUD attacking Israel was shot down every night. Only
World In Review, in the midst of the war, reported that not a
single SCUD missile had been shot down. Nobody dared to
report that a total of 15 SCUDS had hit Tel Aviv and other
parts of Israel. Disinformation and misinformation prevailed.
Only WIR reported the truth, but with a small readership, it
didn't matter to the propagandists.
110
Then there was the gigantic fraud perpetrated on the
American people by one of the largest Public Relations
companies in Washington, Hilton and Knowles.
Here again, only WIR broke the story that the whole tear-
jerking episode of Iraqi soldiers pulling out new-bom Kuwait
babies from incubators and throwing them on the floor, was a
gross falsehood. It is interesting that like Benton and Bowles,
Hilton and Knowles had long ties to the Tavistock Institute.
Both companies were leading "advertising" agencies.
The Hilton and Knowles fabrication, tearfully narrated by an
"eye witness," (who just happened to be the teenage daughter
of the A1 Sabah family's Kuwaiti ambassador to Washington)
was what swayed the Senate to violate the U.S. Constitution
and "give" Bush the elder, "permission" to attack Iraq,
despite the fact that no such provision exists in the U.S.
Constitution. While Bush the elder could say; -"Well, I didn't
know this, I didn't hire Hilton and Knowles," he plainly knew
all about the key propaganda stunt pulled off against the
American people. Nobody will ever believe that he did not
recognize the sixteen-year old daughter of the Kuwaiti
ambassador, who he had met before.
The Kuwaiti ambassador paid Hilton and Knowles $600,000
to stage the elaborate fraud in front of the Senate, for which
he ought to have been arrested for lying to a Senate
committee. What was so galling is that the daughter also
went unpunished for her part in tearfully recounting her
experience: "I saw the Iraqi soldiers pull the new bom babies
out of the incubators and thrown them on the ground," she
cried.
Ill
The fact of the matter was that Narita A1 Sabah had not been
anywhere near Kuwait for years, and certainly not during the
war! She had been in Washington D.C. with her father at the
ambassador's Washington residence. Yet this child-liar and
her father were not prosecuted. That is what the propaganda
experts at Tavistock call "a successful remake of events."
Narita A1 Sabah's testimony became the centerpiece of a huge
media campaign in America, and it is known to have swayed
not only the Senate, but put the American people on the side
of the war against Iraq.
Bush the elder indulged in an old propaganda piece in telling
the world that "Saaadam" had to be removed from Iraq "to
make the Middle East safe." (Remember that Wilson sent
American troops to their death in France to "make the world
safe for democracy.") Bush the elder suddenly began
vilifying and demonizing the Iraqi president to suit the
purposes of his oil cartel friends, and, as in the case of the
Kaiser in 1913, it worked.
Not many people remembered the ploy put on by Wilson,
otherwise they might have noticed the striking similarity in
what President Bush was saying, and what Bryce told Wilson
and what Wilson told the American people to sway them to
support WWI. Now that Hussein is all but forgotten and the
threats he allegedly posed have all been dismissed as a pack
of lies, all of a sudden it is "A1 Qaeda" we have to worry
about.
Woodrow Wilson used plain propaganda when he told a
reluctant American people that the war would "make the
world safe for democracy." Bush intoned the same veritable
deceit.
112
The cost of making the world "safe for democracy" was
horrendous. Professor William Langer placed the known
dead of WWI at 10,000,000 men and women soldiers and
20,000,000 wounded. Russia alone lost 9,000,000 men killed
or an astonishing 75 percent of its army. The total cost of the
war in dollars has been figured at $180,000,000,000 to which
must be added the indirect costs of $151,612,500,000.
113
CHAPTER 21
The Soldiers Memorial and WWI cemeteries.
The cost of the Bush war against Iraq was running at around
$420 billion in mid 2005, and the Bush family wants more
money for their ill-starred venture. And knowing the
American people and their hapless, helpless ail-but useless
representatives in the legislature, Bush will get what he
wants.
The figures of the dollar cost of WWI do not tell anything
about the sorrow and suffering brought to America by
Wilson, the transgressor. We insert here a recent article,
which gives a poignant, personal touch to the dreadful loss of
life in that nightmarish war.
"Several weeks ago I visited with my family the Soldier's
Memorial Museum in the heart of downtown St. Louis. It is a
huge and deeply impressive building, dedicated in 1936 by
President Roosevelt as a memorial to the 1075 men of St.
Louis who died in the Lirst World War. The memorial is
painfully beautiful, all mosaics and marble, with terrazzo
floors and Bedford stone sculptures. It is dominated by the
vast black granite cenotaph in its center, covered with the
hundreds of dead men's names in neat row upon row."
"On the day we visited this striking but haunted place it
seemed completely empty. While empty of visitors, it was,
however, full of the spirits and voices and faces of the pale,
tousled-headed boys in neatly-pressed uniforms, who had
marched off from St. Louis 86 years ago to fight in a glorious
war so far away in a far-off land, boys who had never come
back home.
114
The poignancy of that was rendered all the stronger by the
fact that we are living daily with the repercussions of current
conflict, the savage bloody war in Iraq. We read daily of the
boys who will never come back home."
"What struck me most as I walked around the memorial and
the museum, holding my newborn baby girl, was the fact that
it looked like so many memorials that I had visited in my
home country of Scotland. It also looked like those I had
visited in France, in England and in Canada and New Zealand
and it looked just like the memorials in almost every other
country touched by the carnage of World War One."
"In almost every country touched by the carnage of WWI, the
so-called "War to End all Wars;" men rushed to join the
military and marched off to war with great enthusiasm. They
believed it would be a short, sharp and successful war, fought
for good reasons, and glorious for the winners. They believed
they were building a better world."
"They were wrong. An average of 5,500 men died every
single day for four and a half years in the First World War;
that is roughly four men per minute, every minute, for four
and a half years, until 10 million men were dead. The First
World War did more than destroy lives; it destroyed the
confidence in progress, in prosperity and in reasonableness of
civilized human beings that had become so characteristic of
the nineteenth century. The war destroyed much of the next
generation which would have provided leadership to Europe
M
"And this morning, as I sit holding my baby girl I read daily
reports of escalating violence in Iraq, with British, Iraqi and
American men continuing to die, the St. Louis Soldier's - a
memorial to a war that should have never been
115
fought - haunts me and their ghosts haunt the Memorial. It
was the worst of all disasters, the war that should have never
been fought-haunts me."
"The Neo-Conservative brains in the U.S. Administration
would have been wise to visit places like this and think long
and hard about the lessons of such memorials before
embarking on a war in the Middle East that has already killed
an unknown number of people and which will certainly kill
many more, directly and indirectly.
(Written by Professor Dr. James Lachlan MacLeod, Associate
Professor of History, University of Evansville, Indiana).
My experiences parallel those of Professor MacLeod. I
visited the battlefields of Verdun and Passchendale where
most of the slaughter he so ably recounts, occurred. I tried to
imagine 10 million soldiers dying so young, the terror, the
horror and the sorrow they experienced, and the inconsolable
sorrow of the ones they left behind. While standing in the
afternoon's fading light in one of the many war cemeteries in
Prance, and looking upon the thousands upon thousands of
neat white crosses marching across the war cemeteries, I was
overcome by anger and then overwhelmed by grief, so much
so that I swear I heard the cries and the shouts of anguish of
the dead calling for justice to be done, so cruelly cut down in
their prime, and seemed to see their faces reflected in the
clouds above.
It was a mystical experience I will never forget, much like
the experience of a British officer who visited these
battlefields in 1919:
116
Yesterday I visited the battlefields of the last years. The place
was scarcely recognizable. Instead of a wilderness of ground
tom up by shells, the round was a garden of wild flowers and
tall grasses. Most remarkable of all was the appearance of
many thousands of white butterflies which fluttered around. It
was as if the souls of the dead soldiers had come to haunt the
spot where so many fell. It was eerie to see them. And the
silence! It was so still that I could almost hear the beat of the
butterflies' wings. (From records in the British War Museum
in London)
My intense feelings of outrage made me determined to find
out everything I could about a terrible war that began with
massive gout of propaganda, the scourge of the modern
world. It was another decisive reason for writing this book
and exposing the evil of Tavistock. Sir Roger Casement
thought Lord Bryce ought to have been hanged for treason
and I feel Wilson ought to have suffered a similar fate, which
would have stopped Roosevelt and Churchill from plunging
the world into a second round of carnage. Propaganda
prevailed, and the western civilized world was lost.
The world we knew, the world established by western
civilization, is gone. Spengler's gloomy predictions proved
right. In place of our western civilized world we shall soon
see the ghastly edifice of the new Communist Socialist One
World Government looming up through the darkness of the
coming long night.
Let there be no doubt that the First World War was caused
by Britain and her ally, the United States of America with
the aide of Wellington House. The war could not have been
mounted without the dark forces of Wellington House. The
name of Lord Grey, its principal architect will go down in
history as traitorous dishonest politician.
117
There is no consensus as to why Britain started WWI. But by
1916, the German Army had defeated the French and British
armies in a most decisive manner. Wilson was under heavy
pressure to get American troops shipped to Europe, so
Wellington House unleashed an all-out propaganda war
against the American people, but which nevertheless,
remained ineffective until the Bryce Report was published.
To understand what is happening in Iraq is impossible unless
we make ourselves fully cognizant with the terrible
propaganda deployed against the British and American
people in 1913 and 1940. It was one of the darkest and most
foul chapters in history, with Wilson mouthing such lies as a"
just war", and "a war to end all wars", a war "to make the
world safe for democracy." What the war was about was to
make trade safe for Britain especially, and France now being
threatened by German industry.
But they were words in obfuscation of his true intent and
meaningless in that context, just what you'd expect from a
politician. The kind of bunkum one find's on a society page.
Wilson's talk of "making the world safe for democracy" was
nothing more than colored gas bubbles. He was proposing to
go into the war on the side of the English, who were at that
very moment making sure there was no popular democracy in
the Empire.
The English had just brutally finished off the Boers in South
Africa in a cruel war that lasted three years. If Wilson wanted
to make the world "safe for democracy", he ought to have
gone to war on the side of Germany against England, the
aggressor and instigator of the war.
118
Instead of "making the world safe for democracy" it turned
out to be the greatest calamity ever to befall civilized nations
that had fallen into the clutches of men who were corrupt
immoral liars, into a war quite properly called, "The Great
War." It was of course only "great" in its size and scope.
We will never understand how the United States became the
"sole great power," unless we confess to the sins of Wilson
and the British establishment of 100 years ago. The United
States has continuously entangled itself in the affairs of other
sovereign nation's affairs, despite the dire warning of George
Washington, and the first instance of this was our entry into
WWI and the failed League of Nations. Wilson made full use
of the master propagandists of Wellington House using
sloganeering as a sword, told the reluctant Senate that if it did
not ratify the League of Nations "it will break the heart of the
world."
Thanks to Senator Cabot Lodge, and a number of U.S.
Senators who after sober reflection and examination of the
U.S. Constitution, declined to ratify the League of Nations
treaty because they discovered it sought to kill U.S.
sovereignty. Using and abusing his penchant for propaganda,
Wilson tried to carry the day by declaring his re-election
campaign "a great and solemn referendum for acceptance of
the treaty" but not having Lord Bryce to back him, lost, and
was swept away.
Unfortunately it did not take the pliers of propaganda long to
stage a comeback with the revamped United Nations version
of the League of Nations. Truman, (not the simple hat seller
from Missouri but the Master Mason) betrayed the American
people by permitting this one-world edifice in the U.S. and
Truman used propaganda left over by Wilson to persuade key
senators to vote for his lies.
119
What Truman did was force the American nation to enter into
a pact with the devil-the devil of power over justice and truth,
justice from the barrel of a gun. We applied that "justice" in
WWII through mass bombing of civilian centers without
regard to loss of life and we used atomic bombs on Japan,
although the war was over, in the propaganda ploy of "shock
and awe" echoed by Rumsfeld in the unconstitutional war
against Iraq.
CHAPTER 22
Peace is not popular
121
The Second World War followed an almost identical pattern
as WWI. For concluding a peace deal with Hitler, Neville
Chamberlain was at once subjected to a mighty propaganda
barrage directed by the Tavistock Institute. Chamberlain had
defied the Committee of 300 and backed a newcomer, a rank
outsider who was seen as a threat to world Socialism.
The world did not learn the truth about Chamberlain or that he
was an able politician bent upon avoiding another war, or that
he was well experienced and had worked out an equitable
peace plan - which of course - did not suit the munitions
merchants vultures sitting on the fence waiting to pick clean
the wealth of nations and the corpses of their sons.
The vast propaganda machine set up at the Tavistock Institute
in London immediately swung into action against
Chamberlain, after he announced his successful peace plan.
Shakespeare said that "the evil that men do lives after them;
the good is oft interred with their bones." The good done by
Chamberlain did not suit the warmongers and they buried
Chamberlain under a catalogue of propaganda and outright
lies.
These lies were the work of specialists in propaganda
employed at the Tavistock Institute, notably, Peter Howard,
Michael Foot and Frank Owen. One of these men, employing
the pen-name of "Cato" so vilified Chamberlain that the
odium they attached to his name lives even to this day in July
of 2005. Such is the power of the might Tavistock
propaganda machine.
122
In later years, long after the deceitful propaganda experts had
done their work, British historian and scholar David Dutton
wrote a book, Neville Chamberlain in which he gave a
balanced assessment of the former prime minister.
Far from being a "dupe of Hitler" and "a fool" Chamberlain
showed considerable negotiating skill and was a highly
competent leader, who fought valiantly to prevent another
war. But that ran contrary to the wishes of the Committee of
300. Churchill got his "delicious war," but by 1941, the
"Allies" had virtually been driven off the continent of Europe
with huge loss of manpower. France, Belgium, Holland and
Denmark were occupied.
Germany offered generous terms to England but warmonger
Churchill rejected peace overtures, and turned to his old
workhorse ally, the United States, to provide men, money
and materials to continue "the delicious war."
To the American people we say in deep sorrow: "When will
you ever learn? When are you going to distinguish between
propaganda and genuine information? When are you going to
put proposal for war to the constitutional test?"
Wilson was a consummate liar and a hater of the U.S.
Constitution; yet, thanks to a huge propaganda drive
organized run and maintained by Wellington House, he was
able to accomplish his mission by operating under a banner of
patriotism, which overcame vigorous opposition to the war.
Between Wilson, Churchill and Roosevelt, tremendous
damage was done to western Christian civilization. Yet in
spite of this fact, a wave of propaganda continues to wash
over their names, as if to rid them of the blood on of millions
on their hands.
123
Instead of being vilified, numerous monuments to their honor
are to be found all over Europe, and in America a multi-
billion dollar monument is to be erected in honor of Franklin
D. Roosevelt, whose treason engineered the Japanese "to fire
the first shot" as the Stimson Dairies record. Pearl Harbor
opened the way to Communist control of China, and
ultimately the way to a new Communist-Socialist New World
Order inside a One World Government. Our only hope in a
vale of despair is that this work might help to open the eyes of
the American people, so that they will resolve never again to
fall for propaganda, although in the wake of the 9/11 tragedy,
it now seems a vain hope.
We recently lived through the disturbing experience of being
rushed into an unnecessary war in Serbia, Afghanistan and
Iraq through the expanded propaganda tools in the hands of
Tavistock's experts, the same tool used to vilify the Kaiser
and Chamberlain. President Milosevic was demonized
vilified, belittled and finally driven from office. President
Milosevic was illegally arrested and illegally transported to
Holland for "trail" by a kangaroo court that has been trying for
nearly four years to convict him of "war crimes."
George Bush the younger refused to give the mediators in
Iraq time to work because he knew that it would prevent war.
He refused to give the UN weapons inspectors to complete
their work, and instead, declared with the evil intent of all
propagandists that the world could not wait for ten day more
because of the "imminent danger" posed by the "Weapons of
Mass Destruction" in the hands of "the Iraqi dictator." (The
"Butcher of Baghdad.")
124
Thus, once again, the people of the United States were swept
along by a flood tide of naked lies put out by the
propagandists at Tavistock Institute and echoed by the
American media, especially the chief propaganda organ in
the United States, Fox News Channel.
In one respect Americans are more fortunate this time: We
have not had to wait for a 100 years to pass for the truth to
come out: There were no "Weapons of Mass Destruction", no
"chemical and bacteriological factories," no long range
rockets to cause a "mushroom cloud over Boston," (courtesy
of the apologist for Tavistock propaganda and mass
brainwashing, Ms. Rice), and Mr. Bush and his copartner in
crime, British Prime Minister Blair. But in spite of being
caught in a web of lies, all the abovementioned remain in
office. They have not been sacked for the scores of lies they
swore was the truth, and from which they are now not even
bothering to extricate themselves, shrugging of criticism with
the help of spin masters (polished liars) like Kail Rove and
Alaister Campbell. Let us hope that the cause of justice will
be served, and that those responsible for the tragedy of the
bombing of Serbia and Afghanistan, and the unwarranted
invasions of Iraq will be brought before the bar of
international justice to account for their crimes.
The voices of the dead cry out from the battlefields of
Europe, the Pacific, from Serbia and Afghanistan; and from
Iraq, lamenting that they died because "brainwashing"
triumphed and propaganda prevailed, the scourge of the
modern world, rolling out from the Tavistock Institute like
some foul miasma from a dank and noisome bog, enveloping
the world, blinding it to the truth.
125
WELLINGTON HOUSE PROPAGANDA STARS
(1) Lord Northcliffe.
(2) Walter Lippman.
(3) Edward Bernays.
(4) Edward Bernays and Eleanor Roosevelt.
126
Social Science scientists at Tavistock
127
(1) Eric L. Trist. Social Science scientist at Tavistock Institute.
(2) Leon Trotsky. Marxist leader (Real name Lev. Bronstein.)
(3) Willy Munzenberg. The brilliant Russian spy and leading
propagandist.
(4) Lord Northcliffe and Adolph Hitler.
128
(1) H.G. Wells. British Author. Leading Fabianist, and secret
service agent. Wrote War of Worlds.
(2) George Bernard Shaw. Irish Playwright and Fabianist.
(3) Walter Rathenau. Leading German industrialist.
Financial advisor to Kaiser Wilhelm II.
(4) Lord Bertrand Russell. British Socialist, Author, and
Elder Statesman of the "300."
129
(1) Kaiser Wilhelm II Wellington House falsely
maligned the German leader as a "Bloody Butcher."
(2) Queen Victoria, was a cousin of Wilhelm II.
(3) King George V.
(4) Woodrow Wilson U.S. President. An avowed Socialist.
The infamous propagaanda drawing depicting Kaiser Wilhelm 11
standing over Belgian women and children he had shot. This
drawing and one like it produced by Wellington House with
Wilhelm II standing over Belgian children with a sword dripping in
blood from their severed hands, appeared in newspapers across
Britain and the United States.
(above) Trotsky "reviews" his "troops" in Moscow. This
is one of the hundreds of propaganda photographs that
flooded willing Western newspapers.
(below) A depiction of one of the scores of dreadful
hand to-hand battles of WWI. The brutality and slaughter
left survivors on both sides mentally crippled and
haunted by what they had experienced.
\
a; 1
*J 1
* j
n
p irLs 1
Js J
THUNDER ON THE RIGHT
(I) Sean Hannity. (2) Rush Limbaugh.
(3) Tucker Carlson. (4) Matt Drudge.
(5) G. Gordon Liddy. (6) Peggy Noonan.
(7) Brian Williams. (8) Bill O'Reilly.
(9) Lawrence Kudlow. (10) Dick Morris.
(II) John Stossel. (12) William Bennet.
(13) Oliver North. (14) Michael Savage.
(15) Michael Reagan. (16) Joe Scarborough.
133
CHAPTER 23
The Tavistock Institute: Britain's control of the United
States
The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations is situated in
London and on the grounds of Sussex University, Sussex,
England, where most of its research facilities are located.
Tavistock remains as important today as it was when I first
revealed its existence early in 1969. I have been accused of
having been a part of Tavistock because I worked in close
proximity to Tavistock's Sussex facility, and knew so much of
its history.
Most of Tavistock's more recent activity has had, and is still
having, a profound influence upon the way we live in
America, and upon our political institutions. Tavistock is
believed to be behind the pro-abortion publicity, the
proliferation of drugs, sodomy and lesbianism, family
traditions, and the fierce attack on the Constitution, our
misconduct in foreign policy and our economic system,
programmed to fail.
Apart from John Rawlings Reese no two men made such a
difference to world politics and world events as shaped at
Tavistock than Edward Bernays (the double nephew of
Sigmund Freud) and Kurt Lewin. A "third man" must be
included here, although he was never on the faculty at
Tavistock and I refer to Willi Munzenberg whose propaganda
methods and applications so crucial to the modem age of
mass communication earned him the title, "the greatest
propagandist in the world." Undoubtedly the most brilliant
man of his era, (he began his work before WWI) Munzenberg
was responsible for sanitizing the Bolsheviks after they
overthrew the Romanov Dynasty.
134
Munzenberg definitely shaped the ideas and methods put into
practice by Bernays and Lewin. His legendary exploits in
handling Leon Tepper the Kappelmeister of the Rot Kappell
(Conductor of the "Red Orchestra" spy ring) made
Munzenberg the master spy of every intelligence agency in
existence. Tepper was trained by Munzenberg and he never
got caught. Tepper was able to obtain all of the secrets of
Britain and the United States in WWII. There was hardly a
single secret plan the "allies" launched that was not already
known to Tepper, who passed the information to the KGB
and the GRU in Moscow.
In his field, Bemays was equally brilliant but I suspect that
most of his ideas originated with his famous uncle Sigmund.
As for his ideas on propaganda, there is little doubt that he
"borrowed" from Munzenberg and this is reflected in the
Bemays classic Propaganda that was published in 1928. The
thesis of the book is that it is entirely proper and a natural
right for government to organize public opinion to conform to
official policies. We shall return to this subject later.
Munzenberg was bold enough to put his basic tenets about
propaganda into practice well before Bemays, or Joseph
Goebbels, the German Minister of Popular Enlightenment (as
the Ministry of Propaganda was called.)
The propaganda specialist of the Nazi Party greatly admired
Munzenberg's work and modeled his own propaganda
program closely upon Munzenberg's methods. Goebbels
always took care to credit Munzenberg as the "father" of
propaganda even when few knew very little about him.
135
Goebbels had made a particular study of how Munzenberg
had used his mastery of the science of propaganda when
Lenin drafted him to blunt the appalling publicity generated in
1921, when 25 millions peasants in the Volga region died
from the ravages of famine. Thus it came about that German
bom Munzenberg became the darling of the Bolshevik. To
quote from a recent history account:
"Munzenberg, who by then had returned to Berlin where he
was later elected to the Reichstag as a Communist deputy,
was charged with setting up a bogus 'charity', the Foreign
Committee for the Organization of Worker Relief for the
Hungry in the Soviet Union, the purpose of which was to
pretend to the world that humanitarian relief was coming
from a source other than Herbert Hoover's American Relief
Organization. In this Munzenberg was altogether successful."
Munzenberg gained the attention of the directorate of the
former Wellington House which in 1921 had changed its
name to the Tavistock Institute of Human Relations under the
direction of Major General John Rawlings Reese, formerly of
the British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau School.
It will not come as a surprise to readers who have followed my
work that much of the techniques adopted and perfected by
Munzenberg were adopted by Bernays and his colleagues,
Kurt Lewin, Eric Trist, Dorwin Cartwright, and H.V. Dicks
W.R. Bion at Tavistock, who then taught the methods to the
Central Intelligence Agency.
Munzenberg was not the only Communist to profoundly
influence events in the United States. I happen to believe that
Tavistock aided in preparing the "abortion brief," that was
subsequently presented to the Supreme Court in 1973,
136
as an original work, when in fact, it was merely a recital of
what Madame Kollontei, the founder of the "women's
liberation " movement and "free love" proponent in the USSR
had written.
A Bolshevik commissar and leading light, her book is a
diatribe against the sanctity of marriage and the family as the
most important social unit in Christian countries. Kollontei,
of course, took her "feminism" straight from the pages of the
Communist Manifesto of 1848.
George Orwell, the MI6 operative who wrote the famous
1984 had studied the work of Munzenberg in great detail. In
fact his best-known statement was based on what
Munzenberg had said was the basis of propaganda:
"Political language is designed to make lies sound truthful
and murder respectable and to give the appearance of solidity
to pure wind."
As his German counterpart Munzenberg said: "All news is
lies and all propaganda is disguised as news."
It is useful to know about Munzenberg as it helps us to
understand how politicians operate and how secret forces
control access to information, and how public opinion is
shaped and molded. Bernays certainly followed the master
and never deviated from his methodology. Without knowing
these things, we can never understand how President George
Bush is able to do the things he does and not have to face the
consequences. It has certainly enabled me to trace the origin
of the so-called "Neo-Conservatives" that shape his policies,
right back to its founder, Irving Kristol who admits to having
been an avowed follower of Leon Trotsky.
137
Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities
connected with behavior modifications, opinion making and
shaping of political events. What Tavistock did was to create
a "black hole of deception in the 20 th century." Its task would
have been made a great deal more difficult had it not been for
the prostitution of the media and its role in disseminating "the
gospel according to George Orwell."
Lord Northcliffe the chief of Tavistock's predecessor,
Wellington House, had been a media mogul and at one stage
went so far as to ship thousands of copies of his Daily Mail to
France each week and then have them delivered by a fleet of
motor trucks to British troops at the front lines, "to win their
hearts and minds in support of the war" (WWI).
Especially here in the United States, it has virtually taken
over the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT),
Stanford Research, Esalen Institute, the Wharton School of
Economics, Hudson Institute, Kissinger Associates, Duke
University, and many more institutions we have come to
think of as wholly American.
The Rand Research and Development Corporation, under the
tutelage of Tavistock has had a profound influence on so
many institutions and segments of our society. As one of the
principal research institutions directly controlled by
Tavistock, Rand runs our ICBM program, does prime
analyses for U.S. foreign policy makers, and advises on
nuclear policies, does hundreds of projects for the C.I. A. in
the field of mind control.
Some of Rand's clients include AT&T, Chase Manhattan
Bank, the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Department of Energy and
B.M. Rand is one of the major Tavistock-controlled
institutions in the world, and working on brainwashing at
138
all levels, including government, military, religious
organizations. The Anglican Church's Desmond Tutu was
one of Rand's projects.
Take another example; Georgetown University, perhaps one
of the top institutions of higher learning in America. Starting
in 1938, the entire structure of Georgetown was made over
by Tavistock - all of its learning formats and programs
altered to suit a blueprint drawn up by Tavistock's "brain trust
team."
This has had great significance for U.S. policies, especially in
the area of foreign policy relations. Without exception,
United States State Department field officers are trained at
Georgetown.
Some of Georgetown's (Tavistock) better-known graduates are
Richard Armitage and Henry Kissinger. Just how much
damage these two members of the John Rawlings Reese
Invisible Army have done to the well-being of our country
will have to be told at another time.
There is mounting evidence of increased input into our
intelligence agencies by Tavistock. When we think of
intelligence in the U.S. we generally think of the CJA or
Division Five of the FBI.
But there are a great many other intelligence agencies
receiving instruction from Tavistock. These include the
Defense Department Intelligence (DIA), the National
Reconnaissance Office (NRO), and the Office of Naval
Intelligence (ONI,) the Treasury Intelligence Service (TIS),
the State Department Intelligence Service, the Drug
Enforcement Agency (DEA) and at least ten others.
139
How and when did Tavistock begin its career? As I said in my
1969 and 1983 works, when we think of Tavistock we
automatically think of its founder, British Army Major John
Rawlings Reese. Up until 1969, there were very few people
in Britain outside of intelligence circles, who knew of the
existence of Tavistock, let alone what was being done at its
facilities in London and Sussex.
Tavistock provided services of a sinister nature to those
people we find in every city across this land; people who
have local and state government officials and police
departments in the palm of their hand.
This is the case in every major American city also, where the
Illuminati members of Freemasonry use their secret powers
of control, to walk all over the Bill of Rights, intimidating
and brutalizing innocent citizens at will. Where are the
statesmen who once made this country great? What we have
in their place are lawmakers who do not enforce the laws
they make, and who are terrified to correct the obvious
wrongs that abound on every hand, afraid, because if they
obeyed their oath of office, they might find themselves
without a job.
They are also lawmakers who do not have even the vaguest
idea of what Constitutional law is, and they do not seem to
care. They pass "laws" that were never tested as to their
constitutionality. The majority of the legislators do not know
how to do this, anyway. As a result, anarchy prevails in
Washington. It may well come as a shock to most candidates
who run for the House and Senate, that each and every one of
them is carefully checked and profiled by the behavior
modification scientists at Tavistock, or one or more of its
affiliates in the U.S. Any candidate who is pliable to
suggestions and found to be easy to control is "puffed."
140
Suffice to say that a spirit of unconstitutional lawlessness
pertains in the Congress, which is why we are insulted by
such measures as the "Brady" bill and the Feinstein "assault
weapons" bill.
"Assault weapons" and in 2003 the "Homeland Security
Bill" and the "Patriot Act," do not appear anywhere in the
Constitution and all are, therefore, a prohibition. Feinstein's
"law" looks suspiciously like the work of the Tavistock
Institute. The Constitution being the supreme law of the land,
"gun control" laws are null and void.
Guns are private property. Guns do not come under Interstate
Commerce. Every U.S. citizen of sound mind, of legal age and
not a felon has the right to keep and bear arms in any quantity
and in any place.
This was stated by the great St. George Tucker who declared:
"The Congress of the United States possesses no power to
regulate or interfere with the domestic concerns of any of the
States, it belongs to them (the States) to establish any rules
respecting the right of property, nor will the Constitution
permit any prohibition of arms to the people or peaceful
assembly by them for whatever purpose and in any number,
whatsoever they may see the occasion." (Blackstone's Views
on the Constitution, page 315)
Any candidate who is not going to be easy to control or who
does not fit the Tavistock profiles is ushered out. In this, the
print and electronic media — under Tavistock's direction — or
one of its affiliates, plays a key role. Let the voter beware, let
the public beware.
141
Our election process has become a farce, thanks to the work
done by Tavistock in controlling the thoughts and ideas of the
people of this nation by means of "inner directional
conditioning" and "long distance penetration" of which the
mind-control science of polling is an integral part. Tavistock
serves the Black Nobility in all of its elements, working to
rob us of the victory of the American Revolution of 1776. If
the reader is unfamiliar with the Black Nobility, of course, the
term does not refer to black people. It refers to a group of
extremely wealthy people, dynasties, whose history dates
back for more than five hundred years and who make up the
backbone of the Committee of 300.
On the international front, as well as in areas of those
institutions in the U.S. who decide foreign policy, Tavistock
does psychological profiling at all levels of government, as
well as intruding into private life, on a truly vast scale.
Tavistock developed profiles and programs for the Club of
Rome, the Cini Foundation, the German Marshall fund, the
Rockefeller Foundation, the Bilderbergers, the CFR and the
Trilateral Commission, the Ditchley Foundation, the Bank of
International Settlements, the I.M.F. the United Nations and
the World Bank, Microsoft, Citibank, the New York Stock
Exchange and so on. This is by no means a complete list of
institutions in the hands of Tavistock planners.
The propaganda barrage that preceded the 1991 Bush Gulf
War was based around a psychological profile of huge
population groups in the U.S. prepared by Tavistock. The
results were passed on to the opinion makers, also known as
"advertising agencies" on Madison Avenue.
142
So effective was this propaganda, that within two weeks,
people who didn't even know where Iraq was on the map, let
alone who its leaders were, began to shout and clamor for
war against "a dictator who threatens America's interests."
Frightening? YES, but unfortunately 100 percent true! The
very words "gulf crisis" were crafted by Tavistock Institute to
arouse maximum support for the Bush war on behalf of a
Committee of 300-flagship company, British Petroleum (BP).
We now know — at least some of us know — just what a big
role Tavistock plays when it comes to creating public opinion
based on obfuscation, lies, dissembling, misrepresentation
and outright fraud. There isn't any other institution in the
world that can hold a candle to the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations. Quoting from my updated 1984 report:
"There are a few institutions and publishing businesses that
are catching on to the changes that are occurring. The latest
issue of "Esquire Magazine" carries an article entitled
"Discovering America." 'Esquire' did not mention Tavistock
by name, but this is what it said: During the social revolution
(a very significant phrase) of the 70s, most of the rituals and
personal inter-action and the institutional life were radically
altered. Naturally, these changes have affected the way we
perceive the future... The economic base of America is
changing and new services and products are being offered."
The article then went on to state that our professional lives,
our leisure time, our educational systems are being altered,
and more importantly, the thinking of our children is being
altered. The writer of the "Esquire" article concluded:
143
"America is being transformed as is the direction it will take
in the future... Occasionally our new American section
(promised for future editions of Esquire), won't seem so new,
since most of the new thinking has been creeping into the
main stream of American life, but until now, it has gone
unnoticed."
I could not have given a more fitting description of the
fallacy "time changes things." Nothing changes on its own, all
changes are engineered, whether in secret or in public. While
"Esquire" didn't say who is responsible for the changes - for
the most part about unwanted changes - that We, the People,
attempted to resist. (Capitals intended.)
"Esquire" is not alone in its contention. Millions of American
is living in total ignorance of the forces shaping their future.
They are unaware that America is being thoroughly
"conditioned" by Tavistock's "inner directional long range
penetration method." The worst part of it is that these
millions, because of Tavistock conditioning (making
Americans think in the way Tavistock would have them
think), no longer seem to care. They have been "Inner
Conditioned" through "Long Range Penetration" — the master
control plan set up by Tavistock to brainwash the nation for
so long that they now suffer a constant state of "shellshock."
As we shall see, there is good reason for this apathy and
ignorance. The unwanted, forced changes we have been
subjected to as a nation, were the work of several master
theoreticians and technicians who joined John Rawlings
Reese at the Tavistock Institute.
CHAPTER 24
Brainwashing saves a U.S. President
145
I would venture to suggest that even after all my years of
exposing Reese and his work; fully 95 percent of Americans
don't know who he is or what harm he has done to the United
States.
This substantial number of our citizens is even today totally
unaware of how they have been manipulated and forced to
accept "new ideas", "new cultures", and "new religions".
They have been grossly violated and don't know it. They are
still being violated and still don't know what is happening,
especially when it comes to opinion making through polling.
To illustrate my contention, former President Clinton was
able to survive scandal after scandal on the basis of the polls
showing that the American people didn't care enough about
his outlandish behavior to call for impeachment proceedings.
Could this be right? Could it be true that people really don't
care about public morals anymore? Of course not!
The situation is a contrived one taught by Tavistock Institute
and every polltaker is trained in Tavistock methods of
opinion making and manipulation of public opinion, so that
the answers "come out right."
We can add President G.W. Bush to the "survivors". He has
not been removed from office notwithstanding the blatant
lies that were used to start an illegal (unconstitutional) in Iraq.
It is unconstitutional because war was never constitutionally
declared.
146
Also, there is no provision in the U.S. Constitution for the
United States to attack another nation that has not committed
acts of belligerency against it. How has President Bush got
away with not being impeached? The answers lie in the
Tavistock Institute and its mass brainwashing capabilities.
One of the early tasks undertaken by Tavistock after it
launched total war on the U.S. in 1946 was to force
acceptance of "alternate life styles" on the American people.
Tavistock documents showed how the leaders of a campaign
to force legal public acceptance of groups, whose behavior
was until the changes were forced through by the Congress,
recognized as a crime in almost every State in the Union, and
in some States, remains as a crime. I am referring to the "gay
lifestyle" as it has come to be known.
The careful profiling that was done before this "change"
program was launched was not believed by the uninitiated,
who dismissed it as "lurid science fiction", even though it
were spelled out in the simplest of terms. A vast majority of
Americans never heard (and still do not know in 2005) that
the Tavistock Institute went to war against them in 1946, nor
that the people have been losing that war ever since.
Tavistock turned its attention to the United States at the close
of WWII. The methods that brought Germany down, were
now unleashed against the United States. The massive
brainwashing of our nation was called "Long Range
Penetration " and "Inner Directional Conditioning."
The main purpose of this endeavor was to install Socialist
programs at every level of government; ushering in the New
Dark Age a New World Order inside a One World
Government Communist dictatorship.
147
Particularly, it was designed to break down the sanctity of
marriage and family life. And it was aimed at the
Constitution, also, to "make it of no effect." Homosexuality,
lesbianism, and abortion are Tavistock-designed programs, as
are aimed at "changing" the U.S. Constitution.
Much of Tavistock's programs are based on getting the
"right" candidates elected; this being achieved with the help of
its trained pollsters with their cleverly loaded questions.
Tavistock's "gay lifestyle" blueprint called for several "task
force" units who would assist the media in painting over the
homosexual onslaught and making the "new lifestyle"
crusaders seem "just like any other people."
"Talk shows" are now an integral part of such plans, but back
then, they were not as widely used to bring about social
changes as they are today. The leaders selected by Tavistock
to promote tremendous changes on the social and political
scene via talk shows, were Phil Donahue and Geraldo
Riviera, Bill O'Reilly, Barbara Walters and scores of other
people whose names have become household names in
America. It was they who presented people who were to run
for office; people who hitherto, would have been laughed off
the platform. But now, thanks to the s ki llful use of polling,
such persons are taken seriously.
The minuscule planning that went into priming the public
through T.V. talk show hosts, cost millions of dollars spent in
putting this Tavistock-forced social change long-range plan
into effect, and as the results show, Tavistock did its
homework well. With all of my experience, I am still amazed
at how this great coup was pulled off.
148
Entire communities across the nation were profiled; guests for
talk shows and their audiences were selected by profile
matching, without ever being aware of what was being done
without their knowledge and consent. Americans were
bamboozled on a grand scale and didn't know it then and still
don't know it! Nor did they know that they were being
whipsawed by the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.
Finally, after three years of preparation, the Tavistock
sodomist / lesbian onslaught that was launched against a
totally unsuspecting American people can be likened to the
storm that burst upon the unsuspecting French nation at the
time of the French Revolution.
The well-planned and executed campaign began in Florida,
according to plan, and, exactly as planned, Anita Bryant
came forward to take up the cudgels against the invaders
from the "gay community" - words carefully selected by
Tavistock, which have now become fully acceptable. Before
this episode, the word "gay" was never used to describe
homosexuals or their behavior.
Tavistock was founded in 1921 as a successor to Wellington
House that had pulled off a great coup in 1914 and 1917, and
as already related, getting Britain and America into a savage
war against Germany.
Tavistock was to serve as a primary research vehicle for
British intelligence services, still the best in the world. Major,
later Brigadier General John Rawlings Reese commissioned
by the monarch was chosen to run the project and the British
royal family funded the project with help from the
Rockefellers and the Rothschilds.
149
In the middle of WWII, Tavistock received additional
funding from David Rockefeller, in return for help in taking
over the former Reynard Heydrich's German secret
intelligence service. The whole apparatus and personnel of the
brilliant top Nazi security service was bodily transported to
Washington, D.C., in violation of the supreme law of the
land. It now began to be called "Interpol."
During the Second World War, both the London and Sussex
facilities of Tavistock, served as headquarters for the British
Army's Psychological Warfare Bureau.
The significance of this is that through the "best friend"
arrangement between Churchill and Roosevelt, Tavistock
was able to take full control of U.S. intelligence and military
policies through Special Operations Executive (SOE) and
maintained this control throughout the Second World War.
Eisenhower was selected by the Committee of 300 to become
the commanding general of the allied forces in Europe, but
only after extensive profiling by Tavistock. He was then
appointed to the White House. Eisenhower was allowed to
retain his seat in the White House until, with his usefulness
expended, as memories of the war receded, he was dumped.
Eisenhower's bitterness over the treatment he received at the
hands of the Committee of 300 and the Tavistock Institute is
reflected in his statements about the dangers posed by the
military-industrial complex— a veiled reference to his former
bosses, the "Olympians."
The "Committee of 300" book, tells the full story of this
hitherto ultra- secret, ultra-elite body of men who rule the
world. The Committee of 300 has at its disposal a vast,
interlocking network of banks, finance houses, the print and
electronic media, large groups of "think tanks", new science
scientists who are in reality the modem-day
150
creators of what passes for public opinion created through its
national poll opinion makers, and so on. Today, over 450 of
the top Fortune 500 companies are in the grip of the
Committee of 300.
These include Petro-Canada, the Hong Kong and Shanghai
Bank, Halliburton, Root, Kellogg and Brown, British
Petroleum, Shell, Xerox, Rank, Raytheon, ITT, Eagle
Insurance, all the largest insurance companies, all of the top
companies and or organizations in the U.S., Britain and
Canada. The so-called environmental movement is entirely
controlled by the Committee, through the Tavistock Institute.
Most people tend to believe that "brainwashing" is a
Korean/Chinese technique. It isn't. Brainwashing dates back
to Tavistock as the originator of the art. The science of
behavioral modifications had its origin in Tavistock, which
trained an army of intelligence personnel to go out and do
likewise.
The United States, perhaps more than any other country, has
felt the weight of Tavistock's fist in our national life at almost
every level, and its grip on this country has not been lessened:
If anything, with the advent of William Jefferson Clinton, and
Bush, father and son, it has been considerably tightened. We
were truly brainwashed in 1992 and 1996. We are truly a
brainwashed nation in 2005. The United States is the
principal victim of long-range penetration warfare using the
Reese techniques.
Other victim-countries are Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe,)
Angola, South Africa, the Philippines, South Korea, Central
America, Iran, Iraq, Serbia, Yugoslavia, and Venezuela.
151
The technique isn't working in Iraq and Iran, and by and
large, Muslim countries seem less receptive to Tavistock
mass population control methods than Western countries.
There is no doubt that their strict adherence to the laws of the
Koran and their Islamic faith is what foiled Tavistock's plans
for the Middle East, at least, temporarily. Therefore, a
concerted drive was mounted to wage war on the Muslim
world.
That Reese succeeded in forcing changes on a large number
of countries is mirrored in events that have since transpired. At
home, Tavistock reshaped a whole series of major U.S.
institutions, both private and government, among them our
intelligence agencies, units of the Pentagon, Congressional
committees, large corporations, the entertainment world, and
so on.
153
CHAPTER 25
Tavistock's assault on the U.S.
One of the major players in the Tavistock team was Dr. Kurt
Lewin. Bom in Germany, but forced to flee when his
population control experiments were discovered by the
German government. Lewin was already well known to
Reese — the two having cooperated extensively in
experiments in polling and similar opinion-shaping
experiments. It is said that Dr. Goebbels enthusiastically
embraced Tavistock methods.
Lewin fled to England, where he joined Reese at Tavistock
and was given his first major task: Propagandize America
into the Second World War, by launching a media blitz
against Germany in both Europe and the U.S. He succeeded
admirably in what turned out to be the largest propaganda
campaign in history, one that whipped the American people
into a frenzy of hatred against Germany, and later, Japan. The
blitz eventually cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of
American soldiers and poured billions of dollars into the
coffers of the Wall Street and international banks and the
arms merchants.
Our loss in lives and national treasures cannot be recovered.
Just prior to the assault on Iraq, the U.S. was subjected to a
propaganda blast only slightly below the level of that which
was developed to shove the United States into the Second
World War. Careful analyses of key words and phrases
developed by Lewin for WWII use, showed that in 93.6
percent of all cases examined, these trigger-words and
phrases matched up with those used in the Korean War, the
Vietnam War and the Gulf War.
154
In the Vietnam War era, polling using Tavistock
methodology was used with devastating effect against the
American people.
During the Gulf War, an example of Tavistock methods was
the way the State Department kept on referring to its embassy
staff in Kuwait as "hostages", although none were ever
imprisoned. In fact, every single one of them was free to
leave at any time, but were ordered to remain in Kuwait so
that propaganda could be made out of their situation.
In essence, the "hostages" were hostages of the State
Department! Unable to goad President Hussein into firing the
first shots, another "contrived situation" like Pearl Harbor had
to be mounted. April Glaspie's name will forever be
associated with treachery and infamy. What followed was an
elaborate theft of millions of barrels of Iraqi oil by Kuwait.
Hussein was given the "all clear" by U.S. ambassador to
Baghdad April Gillespie, to attack Iraq and put an end to a
situation that was costing the Iraqi people billions of dollars.
But when the attack was mounted, Bush the elder lost no time
in a sending the U.S. military to help Kuwait.
President Bush whipped up support against Iraq by using the
fake "hostage" claim. This is where the Tavistock Institute
will fail: While it has been able to convince the majority of
Americans that our policies for the Middle East are right,
Tavistock has not been able to gain control of Syria, Iran,
Iraq, Algeria and Saudi Arabia.
It is at this point that Tavistock's devious plan to dispossess
the Arab nations of their oil is coming unglued. The days
when MI6 could dispatch "Arabists" like the Philby's and
Captain Hill to undermine Muslim states has long since gone.
155
The Arab countries have learned from their mistakes, and
today, they trust the British Government far less than they
did at the start of WWI. The dictatorship of Mubarak of
Egypt is in trouble. Muslim fundamentalists seek to make
tourism hazardous, and Egypt relies on hard currency from
abroad to keep floating besides the $3 billion annual gift
from U.S. taxpayers. Likewise, Syria is not going to stand
alongside U.S. policies that favor Israel over the Palestinians
for very much longer.
At home, billions of dollars were poured into the coffers of
Tavistock by the U.S. government: Among the beneficiaries
of these billions of dollars were the National Training
Laboratories, Harvard Psychological Clinic, Wharton School,
Stanford's Hoover Institute, Rand, MIT, The National
Institute of Mental Health, Georgetown University, Esalen
Institute, Center for Advanced Study in Behavioral Sciences,
Institute for Social Research at Michigan and scores of other
think tanks and institutions of higher learning.
The task of setting up these affiliates in the U.S. in
intelligence world wide was given to Kurt Lewin, who we
have already met, but whose name was most probably not
known to more than 100 people before my story about
Tavistock broke. Yet this man and John Rawlings Reese did
more to damage the institutions upon which the U.S. Republic
rests, than anything Hitler or Stalin could have accomplished.
The way in which Tavistock unraveled the warp and woof of
our social fabric which holds the nation together, makes a
chilling and frightening narrative of which the "normalizing"
of homosexual and lesbian lifestyles is a small, but
significant achievement; a far greater and more chilling
achievement was the success of mass brainwashing through
opinion polling.
156
Why do Reese's Tavistock techniques work so well in
practice? Reese perfected his mass brainwashing experiments
through stress tests, or psychological shocks, also known as
stressful events. The Reese theory, now amply proved, was
that if entire populations could be subjected to stress tests,
then it would be possible first, to work out in advance, what
mass population responses would be to given stress events.
In a very explicit way, this technique is at the heart of
creating the desired public opinion through polling, which
was used with devastating effect to shield the Clinton
administration from the scandals swirling around the White
House, and which now shields Bush the younger from being
removed from the White House.
157
CHAPTER 26
How mediocre politicians, actors and singers are
"puffed."
This technique is what is known as "profiling", and can be
applied to individuals, small or large groups of people, mass
groups of people and or organizations of all sizes. They are
then "puffed" to become "stars." While still in his early
twenties in Arkansas, William Clinton was profiled for
acceptance in the Rhodes scholarship program. His progress
was profiled throughout his career, and especially during the
Vietnam War period. Then, after he proved himself, Clinton
was "groomed" for the White House and then constantly
"puffed."
The whole operation was under the control of the Tavistock
Institute's brainwashers. This is the way these things work.
Thus are the tools forged to literally make candidates,
especially ones who are deemed suitable for public office;
candidates who can always be counted on to do the "right"
thing. Congress is full of them. Gingrich was a typical
successful "Tavistock product" until his conduct was
uncovered. Trent Lott, Dick Cheney, Charles Schumer,
Barney Frank, Tom DeLay, Dennis Hastert, Dr. Frist, and so
on are other examples of Tavistock "graduates." The same
technique is applied to actors, singers, musicians and
entertainers.
Heavy propaganda was used to convince the population that
unwelcome "environmental social turbulences" were the
result of the changing times in which we live, whereas, as we
now know, special new-science scientists designed programs
(stress programs) to artificially create "environmental social
turbulences" and then pass them off as resulting from a
natural condition, best known as "changing times."
158
Tavistock's new science scientists were confident that we
would not apply the principle "for every effect there must be
a cause" — and they were right. For instance we meekly
accepted the "Beatles" and their "novel music" and lyrics-if
one dare call it music and lyrics, having been told, that the
group wrote it all themselves.
Actually Tavistock graduate Theo Adorno, whose 12-atonal
discords were scientifically pitched to create mass
"environmental social turbulences" all across America, wrote
the music. None of the Beatles could read music.
Nevertheless, they were "puffed" day and night without
ceasing until everything about them, - lies and all, was
accepted as truth.
Tavistock proved over and over again, that when a large
group is successfully profiled, it can be subjected to "inner
directional conditioning" in just about every aspect of social
and political life.
An integral part of Tavistock's mass mind control
experiments in the U.S., which have been going on since
1946, poll taking- opinion making has been by far it's most
successful undertakings. America was whipsaw ed and did
not know it.
Just to prove the success of his techniques, Reese got
Tavistock to test a large group of people on a conspiracy-
related subject. It turned out that 97.6 percent of those who
were questioned utterly rejected the idea that an overall
conspiracy exists. How much less then would our people
believe that they have been under direct attack by Tavistock
for the past 56 years? We have radio talk show hosts like
Rush Limbaugh, who constantly tell audiences that there is
no conspiracy.
159
How many people would believe that for the past 56 years,
Tavistock has been sending an invisible army of shock
troops, into every hamlet, village, town and city across this
nation? The task of the invisible army is to infiltrate, tamper
with, and modify collective social behavior, by means of
"inner directional conditioning."
The Reese "invisible army" is made up of real professionals
who know their job and are dedicated to the task they were
commissioned to do. They are found today in the halls of
justice, police, churches, school boards, sports bodies,
newspapers, television studios, government advisory boards,
town councils, state legislatures, and are legion in
Washington. They run for every office from county councilor
to sheriff to judge, from school board member to city
councilman, and even, for the office of the President of the
United States of America. How this works was explained by
John Rawlings Reese, back in 1954:
"Their job is to apply the advanced techniques of
psychological warfare as we know them to whole population
groups that will grow ever larger, so that whole populations
may be more easily controlled. In a world driven completely
mad, groups of Tavistock psychologists linked to each other,
capable of influencing the political and governmental field
must be arbiters, the power cabal."
Will this frank confession convince conspiracy skeptics?
Probably not, as it is doubtful whether such closed minds
could have any real knowledge of these things. Such
information is wasted on radio "talking heads."
A director of the Reese invisible army was Ronald Lippert,
whose specialty was tinkering with the minds of children.
160
Dr. Fred Emery was another of Tavistock's "linked
psychologists" who was on the board of President Johnson's
Kemer Commission.
Emery was what Tavistock called a "social environmental
turbulence" specialist, the bottom line of which is that when a
whole population group is subjected to social crises, it breaks
down into synoptic idealism and finally fragments; that is to
say, it just gives up trying to cope with the problem or
problems.
The word "environmental" has nothing to do with ecology
issues, but has to do with the particular environment into
which the specialist has injected himself with the specific
intent of making trouble — "turbulences" or "stress patterns."
This has already happened with rock and roll, drugs, free love
(abortion), sodomy, lesbianism, pornography, street gangs, a
constant attack on family life, on the institution of marriage,
on social order, on the Constitution and especially on the 2 nd
and 10 th Amendment.
Where this has happened, we find communities powerless to
cope with a broken-down justice system, school boards
teaching evolution, minors being encouraged to buy condoms
and even "children's rights" being pushed. "Children's rights",
usually mean children should be allowed to disobey their
parents, a key issue in every Socialist's "child care" program.
Members of the Reese Invisible Army are entrenched in the
House and Senate, in the military, the police, and in virtually
every government office in the land.
161
After studying the State of California, I came to the
conclusion that it has the largest contingent of "Invisible
Army" shock troops in the country, which has made
California something very close to a socialist, police state. I
believe California will be the "role model" for the rest of the
nation.
At present there are no laws on the books that make this type
of conditioning illegal. Reese and Lewin researched the laws
of England and the United States and concluded that it was
legal to "condition" a person without his or her consent or
knowledge.
We need to change this. Polling is an integral part of
"conditioning." Tavistock's "Invisible Army" of shock troops
has changed the way America thinks about rock, premarital
sex, drug taking, children bom out of wedlock, promiscuity,
marriage, divorce, family life, abortion, homosexuality and
lesbianism, the Constitution and yes, even murder, not to
mention that lack of morals is fine as long as one does a good
job.
In the early years of Tavistock, the "Leaderless Group
Concept" was used to lay the America we once knew, in the
dust. In charge of the project was W.R. Bion, who ran the
Wharton School of Economics for years, where such
nonsense as free trade and Keynesian economics are taught.
Japan stayed with the American model taught by General
McArthur — not the Wharton School fraud — and look at
Japan today. Don't blame the Japanese for their success -
blame Tavistock for destroying our economic system. But
Japan's turn is coming! No nation will be spared in the final
onslaught to usher in a One World Government in a New
World Order.
162
The "Brain Trust" in charge of Tavistock's War on America
(1946—), consisted of Bemays, Lewin, Byron, Margaret
Meade, Gregory Bateson, H.V. Dicks, Lippert, Nesbit and
Eric Trist. Where did the "Invisible Army" shock troops get
their training? They got it from Reese at Tavistock, from
where they fanned out across America to sow their seeds of
"environment social turbulence stress patterns."
They fanned out into every level of American society,
obtaining posts in places where they could exert the influence
they had been taught how to use by Reese. Decisions made
by the members of the Invisible Army of shock troops have
profoundly affected America at every level, and the worst is
yet to come.
Just to give a few examples of who some the leading shock
troops were, let's mention George Schultz, Alexander Haig,
Larry King, Phil Donahue, Admiral Burkley (deeply
involved in the cover-up of the Kennedy assassins), Richard
Armitage, Billy Graham, William Paley, William Buckley,
Pamela Harriman (since deceased,) Henry Kissinger, George
Bush and the late Katherine Meyer Graham not to mention
the caravan that arrived in Washington from Arkansas in
1992, headed by Mr. and Mrs. Clinton at whose hands the
nation was soon to be tom apart. Newcomers include Rush
Limbaugh, Bill O'Reilly, Larry King and Kail Rove.
Business leaders in shock troop groups are legion, far too
many to list here. Thousands of such Invisible Army shock
troops of the Business Brigade were turned out at Tavistock's
U.S. facility, the National Training Laboratory (NTL), which
began its existence on the huge, sprawling New York estate
of Averill and Pamela Harriman. As we now know, Mrs.
Harriman was the one who selected Clinton for special
training and ultimately, the Oval Office.
163
At the National Training Laboratory corporate leaders were
trained in stress situations and how to manage them.
Companies who sent their top executives to NTC to receive for
Tavistock training included Westinghouse, B.F. Goodrich,
Alcoa, Halliburton, BP, Shell, Mobil-Exxon Eli Lily,
DuPont, the New York Stock Exchange, Archer Daniels
Midland, Shell Oil. Mobil Oil, Conoco, Nestle, AT&T, IBM
and Microsoft. Worse yet, the U.S. government sent its top
echelon personnel drawn from the U.S. Navy, the U.S. State
Department, the Civil Service Commission, and the Air
Force. Your tax dollars, by the million, paid for the
"education" Tavistock gave these government employees at
Arden House on the Harriman estate.
165
CHAPTER 27
The Tavistock formula that got the U.S. into WWII
Perhaps the most of important aspect of their training was
how to use public polls to make public policy comply with
what Tavistock goals said were desirable. This mind-altering
technique is called "opinion polling."
The maladaptive responses made possible by Tavistock's
wholesale profiling, and in which maladaptive responses
Tavistock's "Invisible Army" worked to perfection in the
Gulf War.
Instead of rebelling against dragging this nation into a war
against a friendly country with whom we had no quarrel, a
war that was waged without a proper Congressional
declaration of war, we were "turned" in its favor. In short, we
were badly misled without knowing it, due to the "long-range
inner-directional conditioning" the American people had been
undergoing since 1946.
Tavistock advised President Bush the elder to use the
following simple formula which Reese and Lewin instructed
Allen Dulles to use back in 1941 when Roosevelt was
preparing to drag America into the Second World War:
(1) What is the state of the morale and its probable course in
the targeted country? (This also applied to morale in the
U.S.)
(2) What is the state of susceptibility in the U.S. to the idea
that war in the Persian Gulf is necessary?
(3) What techniques could be used to weaken opposition in the
U.S. to war in the Persian Gulf?
166
(4) What kind of techniques in psychological warfare would
succeed in undermining the morale of the Iraqi people? (It
was here that Tavistock slipped up very badly.)
Once Bush committed himself to Prime Minister Thatcher's
1991 Gulf War on behalf of Queen Elizabeth and her BP oil
company, Tavistock put together a team, which included
psychologists, public opinion makers, led by the brazen liars
at Hill and Knowlton, and a host of Tavistock profilers.
Every single one of the speeches made by President Bush
with the intention of promoting war against Iraq was crafted
by multi-discipline teams of writers trained by Tavistock.
Top-secret information on how the Gulf War was propagated
and how the American people were swung behind that nasty,
corrupt war by President George Bush was given to a
Congressional committee recently. The report said that at an
early stage of the plan to take out Iraq, the Bush
administration was advised that public support was
paramount and that he did not have the American people
behind him.
Rule one was to establish in the mind of the American people
the "great need to protect Saudi oil fields threatened by an
Iraqi invasion under the leadership of a madman." Thus,
although it was known from the beginning that Iraq had no
designs on Saudi oil fields, the National Security Agency
(NSA) gave out false and misleading information to the
effect that the Saudi oil fields were the ultimate target of Iraq.
This was a total fabrication, but it was the key to success.
The National Security Agency has never been punished for
its lying conduct.
167
The report stated that an unprecedented amount of television
coverage would be needed to swing public support behind the
war. The Bush administration early on secured the full
cooperation of the three major networks, ABC, CBS and
NBC and later CNN. In later years a virtual propaganda
station, Fox News (also known as Faux News) was added.
The amount of Gulf War and related subjects coverage in
1990 by these stations was three times that of any subject
covered in 1989, and once the war began; coverage was five
times greater than any other story, including Tiananmen
Square.
In 2003, Bush the younger, followed very closely the
formula that had succeeded for his father, but with some
additional adaptations. News mixed with fiction (see the
section about H.G. Wells "War of the Worlds") became more
fiction mixed with news and blatant lying was resorted to so
that straight reporting became impossible to distinguish from
news mixed with fiction.
One of the principal players in the coverage of the war was
CNN, which contracted with the Bush administration to bring
the Gulf War to American sitting rooms on a round-the-clock
basis. As a result of the mass of favorable, slanted news, the
deployment of troops to the Gulf was favorably received by
about 90 percent of the American people. It was just another
way to practice opinion-making polling on the American
people, just another way to brainwash them.
National Security Agency (NSA) advisors told the Bush
administration that from the very start, the public had to be
persuaded to go along with his Gulf War plans. It was
decided to create a parallel between Hitler and Saddam
Hussein, with the words "Saddam Hussein must be stopped"
repeated over and over again, followed by lie that the Iraqi
President "is acting like Hitler."
168
Later a dire threat was added, that Iraq had the capability to
strike at the U.S. with long-range weapons of mass
destruction. It was the adaptation of Stalin's edict that to
capture and enslave your own people, first terrorize them.
British Prime Minister Blair went even further. Speaking in
Parliament, he told the British people that "Saddam Hussein"
had the capability to strike Britain and could do so within 45
minutes. He went as far as to warn British tourists
vacationing in Cyprus to return to Britain as soon as possible
as British intelligence had learned that Iraq was preparing to
launch a nuclear strike against the island. Blair made his
announcement in the full knowledge that Iraq's nuclear
weapons program had been completely destroyed in 1991.
The first Bush administration's "skill" in communicating the
need for a war in the Gulf reached its height with the Hill and
Knowlton fabricated "incubator" story tearfully told by the
daughter of the ambassador of Kuwait to Washington. The
Senate — and the entire country — swallowed this massive
fraud.
It was Kaiser Wilhelm II "cutting off the arms of young
Belgian children" all over again, and with even greater
success. After the Hill and Knowlton "big lie," 77 percent of
Americans surveyed said they approved of using U.S. troops
against Iraq, even though 65 percent of those polled did know
where Iraq was on the map.
All major polls found that Bush's sidestepping of the
Constitution was approved, because those polled had no idea
of what a constitutional declaration of war was, nor that it
was mandatory. The role played by the U.N. added to the
"communication skills" of the Bush administration, the report
said.
169
The second Bush administration used the same Tavistock
methods and once again the American people went along
with the lies and distortions presented to them as fact. The war
was vigorously promoted by Vice President Cheney who led
a massive campaign to force public opinion onto the side of
George Bush. No other Vice President in the history of the
United States had ever taken such an active part in forcing the
American people into a war with Iraq.
Cheney appeared on television 15 times in one month and
adamantly declared that the Taliban was behind the attack on
the World Trade Towers in New York and that the Taliban
was under the control of President Hussein. "The fight against
terrorism had to be taken to the "terrorists" in Iraq," Cheney
said, "before they could strike at the U.S. again."
Cheney continued in the same vein long after his claim was
proved absolutely false. Although the world's greatest
authorities came forward to announce that Iraq had nothing to
do with the 9/11 and that there were no Taliban fighters in
Iraq, Cheney kept up his drumbeat of lies, until Hans Blix,
the former U.N. chief weapons inspector cut him off, and the
Central Intelligence Agency reported to the U.S. Senate that
no connections had been discovered between Iraq and the
Taliban and with 9/11.
In fact, said the CIA report, Hussein hated the Taliban and
had driven them out of Iraq many years before. We publish
this information in the hope that the American people will not
be so gullible the next time their President wants to get them
involved in a war. We would also like the American people to
know that they are being grossly misled by a foreign "think
tank" that constantly misleads them on a multitude of issues.
170
Let us examine some of the issues and let us hope that the
American people will never be misled again by the skilled
"communicators."
The American people have been grossly misled about five
major wars, and that should be enough for any nation. But
unfortunately, the nonstop bombing of Iraq and Serbia by
U.S. - British aircraft showed that the American people had
learned nothing from the Gulf War and how it was instigated,
and how they were lied to and manipulated in an utterly
reprehensible manner.
The second Gulf War was ample proof that Tavistock's
methods still work, so much so that blatant lying was resorted
to with the knowledge that even if discovered as lies, the
Bush administration knew that their lies would just be
shrugged off, because the American people were now
thoroughly conditioned in a state of permanent "shell-shock,"
to display no concern over what was a very serious position
for any nation to find itself in.
What can be done about the grip Tavistock and its many
affiliated institutions have on the country, the Christian
Right, the Congress, our intelligence agencies and the State
Department, a grip that extends all the way to the President
and to our top military brass? As I previously stated, the main
problem is to be able to convince the broad mass of
Americans that what is happening to them and the country, is
not a case of "changing times" due to circumstances beyond
their control, but a carefully contrived plot, a real menace to
the future of all of us, and not just some "conspiracy" theory.
We can arouse the nation, but only if a concerted effort is
made at the grassroots level. The solution to the problem lies
in educating Americans and by unified action.
171
There is a great and compelling need to educate the millions
of people as to what the secret manipulators are doing, and
more importantly, just how, and why they are doing it.
Urgent constitutional action is needed to bring this about.
There are many leading citizens, who have the power and the
financial means to start a grass roots campaign. What is not
wanted, is a third political party.
A grass roots movement, properly educated and acting in
concert is the only way (at least in my opinion) that we are
going to win our country back from the dark and evil forces
that have it by the throat. Together, in a grass roots
movement, we can shake America free from the grip of
foreign powers, powers the Tavistock Institute serves so well,
foreign powers that are bent upon the destruction of America
as constituted by our Founding Fathers.
This work on the Tavistock Institute is another "first" in my
series on major organizations whose names will be new to
most readers. Tavistock is the most important nerve center in
the U.S., and it has poisoned and gradually altered for the
worse, every facet of our lives since 1946, when it began its
North America operations.
Tavistock has played and is playing the leading role in
shaping U.S. policies and world events. It is undoubtedly, the
mother of all mind control and mind conditioning centers in
the world. In the United States it has a great deal of control
over day-to-day affairs and has a direct hand in the course
and direction of such American think tanks as Stanford
Research, Esalen Institute, Wharton School, MIT, the Hudson
Institute, the Heritage Foundation, the Georgetown University
and even more directly, extends its influence to the White
House and the State Department. Tavistock has a profound
influence in shaping U.S. domestic and foreign policy.
172
Tavistock is a study center devoted to the service of the
Black Nobility and those devoted to promoting the New
World Order inside a One World Government.
Tavistock does work for the Club of Rome, the CFR,
Trilateral Commission, the German Marshall Fund, the Mont
Pelerin Society, the Ditchley Group, the Quator Coronati
Freemason control lodge and the Bank of International
Settlements.
CHAPTER 28
How Tavistock makes well people sick
173
Tavistock's story begins with its founder, Brig. Gen. John
Rawlings Reese in 1921. It was Reese who evolved
Tavistock's methods of mass "brainwashing". Tavistock was
founded as a research center for British Special Intelligence
Service (SIS).
It was Reese who launched the method of controlling
political campaigns, as well as mind control techniques,
which continue to this very day, and it was Reese and
Tavistock who taught the USSR, North Vietnam China and
Vietnam how to apply his techniques — all they ever wanted to
know about how to brain wash individuals or a mass of
people.
Reese was a close confidant of the late Margaret Meade and
her husband Gregory Bateson, both of whom played major
roles in shaping U.S. institutions that make government
policy. He was also a friend of Kurt Lewin, who was
expelled from Germany after being accused of being an
active Zionist. Lewin fled Germany when it became apparent
that the NSDP would control Germany. Lewin rose to
become Tavistock's director in 1932. He played a major role
in preparing the American people for entry into WWII. Lewin
was responsible for organizing the greatest propaganda
machine known to mankind, which he directed against the
whole German nation. Lewin's machine was responsible for
whipping the American public opinion into favoring the war
by engendering a climate of hatred against Germany. What
was it that made the Reese method so successful? Basically, it
was this: The same psychotherapy techniques used to cure a
mentally sick individual could be applied in the opposite
direction.
174
It could also used to make healthy people become mentally ill.
Reese began his long series of experiments in the 1930s using
British Army recruits as test cases. From there Reese
progressed to perfecting mass brainwashing techniques,
which he was later to apply to countries slated for change.
One such country was the United States, which remains the
focus of attention of Tavistock. Reese began applying his
behavior modifications techniques against the American
people in 1946. Few if any realized the extreme threat to
America, which Reese posed.
The British Army Psychological Warfare Bureau was set up
at Tavistock through secret agreements with Churchill, well
before Churchill became prime minister. The agreements
gave the British Special Operations Executive, commonly
known as the SOE, full control over the policies of the U.S.
Armed Forces, acting through civilian channels, and which
invariably, became official U.S. Government policy.
That agreement is still firmly in place, as unacceptable to
patriotic Americans today, as it was when established. It was
the discovery of this agreement that led Gen. Eisenhower to
issue his historical warning about powers accumulated in the
hands of the "military industrial complex."
So that we fully understand the influence of Tavistock in the
daily political, social, religious and economic life of the U.S.,
allow me to explain that it was Kurt Lewin, the second in
command who was responsible for founding the following
American institutions, many of whom were responsible for
making profound changes in U.S. foreign and local policies:
175
* The Harvard Psychological Clinic
* The Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT)
* The Committee on National Morale
* Rand Corporation
* National Defense Resources Council
* The National Institute for Mental health
* The National Training Laboratories
* The Stanford Research Center
* The Wharton School of Economics.
* The New York Police Department
*The FBI
*The CIA
* The Rand Institute
To Lewin fell the task of selecting key personnel for these
and other highly prestigious research institutions; including
Esalen, the Rand Corporation; the United States Air Force, the
Navy, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the State Department. In
later years Tavistock conditioned those chosen to operate the
ELF weather modifications facilities located in Wisconsin
and Michigan, as a defense against those operated from the
Kola Peninsula in Russia.
176
It was through institutions like Stanford and Rand that the
treasonous, infamous "MK Ultra" project got its start. "MK
Ultra" was a 20-year experiment utilizing LSD and other
"mind-altering" drugs, carried forward under the direction of
Aldous Huxley and the guru of the "Ban the Bomb"
movement, Bertrand Russell (the senior statesman of the
300) for and on behalf of the CIA.
In the second Gulf War Tavistock-trained operatives showed
U.S. General Miller how to run systematic torture to extract
"information" from Muslim captives held at Abu Graib prison
in Iraq and Guantanamo Bay in Cuba that shocked and
disgusted the world when they were exposed. Through these
and other similar mind control, mood-altering drugs, Lewin,
Huxley and Russell were able to do indescribable damage to
the youth of America, damage from which we, as a nation,
will probably never fully recover. Their horrible drug
experiments were carried out from Stanford Research,
McGill University, and Bethesda Naval Hospital and at U.S.
Army locations scattered all across the land.
It is worth repeating that the movement, which sprouted
among our youth in the 1950s— 1960s, known as the "New
Age" and or the "Age of Aquarius", was a Tavistock
program. There was noting spontaneous about it. Nudity was
introduced in conformity with the course taken to demean
women.
By 2005 the "new" fad is called "Hip-Hop" a type of dance
game played mainly by children in the poorest suburbs of
America's cities. It was picked up by Tavistock and turned
into a full-blown industry with their specialists writing the
"music and lyrics" until it is one of the best profit-makers for
the recording industry.
177
Reese's methods were closely followed by Aldous Huxley,
Bertrand Russell, Arnold Toynbee and Alistair Crowley.
Russell was particularly adept at working Tavistock methods
in forming his "CND": "Ban the Bomb" campaign which
opposed U.S. nuclear experiments Tavistock "think tanks"
received massive U.S. Government funding. Such institutions
conduct research experiments with mass population
conditioning. The CND movement was a front from behind
which Huxley dispensed drugs for the youth of Britain.
In these experiments the American people have been more of
a target than any other national group in the world. As I
disclosed in 1969 and 2004, since 1946 the U.S. Government
has poured billions of dollars into projects, which may be
classed as "undercover operations", that is, the experimental
programs go under other name and titles so that the
unsuspecting American people raise no protest at such lavish
government spending.
In such Tavistock experiments, every aspect of America's
way of life, its customs, its traditions, its history, are
examined to see if they can be subjected to change. Every
aspect of our psychological and physiological life is
constantly under scrutiny at Tavistock's U.S. institutions.
The "change agents" work tirelessly to change our way of life
and make it look as such changes are merely "changing times"
to which we must adapt. These forced changes are to be found
in politics, religion, music, the way the news is manufactured
and reported, the style of delivery of the news readers with
the preponderance of American women readers who had
every last trace of femininity driven out of them; the style and
delivery of speeches made by Mr. Bush (short staccato
sentences) accompanied by facial contortions and body
movement taught by change artists,
178
his manner of walking (U.S. Marine style), the rise of the so-
called Christian fundamentalists in politics, the
overwhelming support for "isms", the list is endless.
The outcome, the net result of these experimental programs
determine how and where we shall live in the present and the
future, how we will react to stressful situations in our national
and personal life, and how our thinking on a national level
regarding education, religion, morals, economics and politics
can be channeled in the "right direction."
We, the People, have been and are being endlessly studied at
Tavistock's Institutions. We are dissected, profiled, thought-
read, and the data entered into computer data banks for the
purposes of shaping and planning how we will react to
planned future shocks and stressful situations. All this is done
without our consent and in gross violation of our
constitutional right to privacy.
These profiling results and prognostications are entered into
data bases in computers at the National Security Agency, the
FBI, the Department of Defense Intelligence Agency, and the
Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Central Intelligence Agency, the
National Security Agency to name but a few places where
such data is stored.
The lines between internal and external spying are being
blurred as the American people are conditioned for the
coming One World Government wherein surveillance of
individuals will reach unprecedented levels.
It was this kind of information which allowed the FBI to get
away with burning David Koresh and his Branch Davidians,
while the nation watched it happening on national television,
without hardly a whimper of protest
179
from the people and, an astonishing lack of protest from
Congress. In one move, the States rights of Texas were
destroyed. Waco was meant as a test case to see how the
population would react to witnessing the 10 th Amendment
being destroyed before their very eyes, and, as profiled, the
people of Texas and the United States acted precisely in the
manner of the Tavistock profile; they acted like sheep
peacefully grazing on grass as the Judas goat that would lead
them to the slaughterhouse circled the flock.
What has happened, and is happening on an ongoing basis,
was foretold by Carter's national Security Advisor, Zbigniew
Brzezinski, in his New Age book, "The Technocratic Era"
published in 1970. What he predicted is happening before our
eyes, but the deadly sinister nature of these unfolding events
is lost upon the people. The reality of what Brzezinski
foretold in 1970 has come to pass. I suggest that you read the
book — if it is obtainable — and then as I have done, compare
events that have transpired since 1970 with what is stated in
"The Technotronic Era." The accuracy of Brzezinski's
forecasting is not only amazing, but also rather frightening.
If you are still skeptical, then read 1984 by George Orwell, a
former M16 British intelligence operative. Orwell had to
write his startling revelation as fiction to avoid being
prosecuted under Britain's Official Secrets Act. Orwell's
"newspeak" is now everywhere to be found, and just as he
predicted, arouses no opposition.
Readers thought Orwell was describing Russia, but he was
foretelling the coming of a regime far worse than the
Bolshevik regime, the New World Order government of
Great Britain.
180
One has only to look over the legislation passed by the Blair
regime to see that liberties have been crushed, political
dissent has been crushed, the Magna Carta put to flames and
in its place, a set of draconian laws that makes for ominous
reading. "As goes England today, so goes the United States
tomorrow" according to an old saying.
Like it or not, Brzezinski predicted that We, the People,
would have nothing left of our right to privacy; every little
detail of our lives would be known by government, and
subject to instant recall from data banks. By the year 2000, he
said, private citizens would be in the grip of government
control as never before experienced by any other nation.
Today, in 2005, we are under constant surveillance such as
could not be imagined a few years ago, the Fourth
Amendment has been trampled, our best protection from a
gargantuan state, the 10 th Amendment no longer in existence,
and it has all been made possible through the work of Reese
and the Social Sciences scientists who control the Tavistock
Institute.
In 1969, by an order of the Committee of 300, Tavistock
established the Club of Rome, as first reported in my
monographs of 1969. The Club of Rome then established the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) as a political
alliance.
By 1999, we were discovering the truth about NATO; it is a
political entity with military support by its member-nations,
Tavistock provided key personnel for NATO from its
inception and it still does. They write all the key policies for
NATO. In other words, Tavistock controls NATO.
181
Proof of this can be seen in the way in which NATO was able
to bomb Serbia for 72 days and nights and get away with it,
although it violated the four Geneva Conventions, the Hague
Convention, the Nuremberg Protocols, and the United
Nations charter. There was no outcry from the American
people or the British people against such barbarous action.
Of course this had all been predetermined from Tavistock's
data banks: They knew exactly how the public would react or
not react to the bombing. Had an unfavorable determination
been made beforehand as to how the public would react, there
would have been no bombing raids over Serbia.
Precisely the same Tavistock studies were used to ascertain
public reaction to raining down cruise missiles and bombs on
the open city of Baghdad in 2002, Rumsfeld's infamous
"shock and awe" tactic. Barbarous behavior of this magnitude
was indulged in because the President and his men already
knew beforehand that there would be no outcry from the
American public.
Both the Club of Rome and NATO have considerable
influence in foreign policy decisions taken by the U.S.
Government, and they continue to do so, today, as we saw in
the case of the unprovoked attack on Serbia and Iraq
acceeded to by the Clinton and Bush administrations,
respectively. History provides other examples of national
control of the U.S. by Tavistock.
When the Second World War broke out, the United States
was subjected to a preplanned brainwashing campaign of the
most massive proportions, prepared and executed by the
Tavistock Institute.
182
This would pave the way for a smooth entry of the U.S. into a
war that was none of our business and muzzle those opposed
to it. All of Roosevelt's grand speeches were composed by
technicians skilled in mind control at Tavistock, many of
them emanating from the Fabian Society.
Americans were told that the war was started by Germany;
that the danger of Germany to world peace was far greater
than the threat of Bolshevism would ever be. A substantial
number of socials scientists working at Tavistock's U.S.
institutions were selected to lead the charge in persuading the
American people that America's entry into the war was the
proper course for it to take. However, they did not succeed
until Japan was "forced to fire the first shot" at Pearl Harbor.
183
CHAPTER 29
Topological psychology gets the U.S. into the War in Iraq
Kurt Lewin's topological psychology — standard fare at
Tavistock institutions — was taught to selected American
scientists sent there to learn its methodology, and the group
returned to the U.S. to spear- head the drive to force
Americans to believe that support for Britain — the instigator of
the war — was in our best interests. Topological psychology
is still the most advanced method of inducing behavior
modifications, whether in individuals or in mass population
groups.
Unhappily, topological psychology was used all too
successfully by the mass media in rushing America into a
British-contrived situation in Iraq, another war in which we
had no business involving ourselves. The professional liars
who run this country, the whores of the media, the
treasonous, treacherous "spokesmen" for the One World
Government — New World Order, used exact topological
psychology against those who said we should not be
attacking Iraq.
Bush, Baker, Haig, Rumsfeld, Rice, Powell, General Myers,
Cheney and those in Congress who fawned all over them in a
servile display of bootlicking — brainwashed the American
people to believe that Pres. Saddam Hussein of Iraq was a
monster, an evil man, a dictator, a threat to world peace, who
had to be removed from power, even though Iraq had never
done anything to harm the United States. While there may
have been some truth to the allegations that Hussein had done
some terrible deeds, the same could be said of Wilson and
Roosevelt magnified a million times.
184
Tavistock's war on the U.S. Constitution had completely
dumbed-down the American people to where they somehow
believed that the U.S. had the right to attack Iraq and remove
its leader, even though the Constitution expressly forbids
such action not to mention that it violated international law
and the Nuremberg Protocols. As already stated, it takes a
"contrived situation" to get the American people fired up.
In WWI it was the "atrocities" committed by the Kaiser. In
WWII it was Pearl Harbor, in Korea it was the "ghost torpedo
boats" of North Korea's attack on the U.S. Navy that never
happened.
In Iraq it was the deceit and lies of April Glaspie; in Serbia, it
was the "concern" of Madame Albright for the alleged
"persecution" of Albanian illegal aliens flooding into Serbia
to escape the economic misery of their homeland that was the
excuse for her self-righteous crusade against Serbia.
Tavistock coined a new name for the illegal Albanians;
henceforth they were to be called "Kosovars." Of course the
profiled and programmed American public made no objection
when Serbia, without just cause and without ever having
harmed the United States, was mercilessly bombed for
seventy-six days and nights!
The real danger to peace comes from our one-sided policy
toward Middle East nations, and our attitude toward Socialist
governments. Appeals to rally around the flag in the early
stages of WWII were pure Reese topological psychology —
and it was repeated in the Gulf War, the Korean War, Iraq
(twice) and Serbia.
185
Soon it will be North Korea again. The U.S. has persecuted
that nation for more than 25 years-only this time the excuse
will be that North Korea is about to drop a nuclear bomb on an
American city! In all these wars, the American people
succumbed to the big drum of Tavistock brainwashing under
the guise of "patriotism" tinged with a heavy dose of fear,
banged night and day. Americans believed the myth that
Germany was the "bad guy" bent upon ruling the world; we
rejected the threat of Bolshevism.
Twice we were whipped into frenzy against Germany. We
believed our controllers because we did not know that we
were brainwashed, manipulated and controlled. And so our
sons were shipped off to die on Europe's battlefields for a
cause, which was not America's cause.
Immediately after Winston Churchill became Britain's Prime
Minister after he ousted Neville Chamberlain because he had
succeeded in making a peace agreement with Germany;
Churchill the great paragon of belief in respect for
international law began breaking international laws that
governed civilized conduct during wars.
Acting on the advice of Tavistock theoretician Richard
Crossman — Winston Churchill adopted Tavistock's plan for
terror bombing of civilian population. (We were to see the
same policy being carried out in Iraq and Serbia.)
Churchill gave the Royal Air Force (RAF) orders to bomb
the small German city of Freiberg, an undefended city, one on
the list of such cities in Germany and Britain, which both
sides had agreed in a written pact was an "open, undefended
city" not to be bombed.
186
On Saturday afternoon, February 27 1940, a raid on Freiberg
was carried out by RAF "Mosquito" bombers, killing 300
civilians including 27 children at play in a schoolyard, plainly
visible as a school.
This was the start of the RAF's terror bombing campaign
against German civilian targets; the infamous Tavistock-
inspired Prudential Bombing Survey, which was directed
solely against German worker housing and the civilian
infrastructure. Tavistock assured Churchill that such mass
terror bombing would bring Germany to its knees once the
target of destroying 65% of German worker housing was
reached.
Churchill's decision to launch terror bombing against
Germany was a war crime and remains a war crime.
Churchill was a war criminal and should have been put on
trial for his hideous crimes against humanity.
The bombing of Freiberg Germany, without consultation
with France, was the first departure from civilized conduct in
WWII and the British Government was solely to blame for
the air raids by the Germans, which followed. Churchill's
terror tactics were followed to the letter by the U.S. in the
undeclared war against Iraq, Serbia, Iraq again and
Afghanistan, which began in March of 1999, in the same vein
of no mercy as displayed by Churchill.
Kurt Lewin, whose hatred of Germany knew no bounds,
developed the policy of terror bombing of civilian housing.
Lewin was the "father" of the Strategic Bombing Survey,
deliberately designed to destroy 65 percent of German
worker housing and kill in an indiscriminate manner, as
many German civilians as possible.
187
German military casualties were far exceeded by civilian
casualties of the war, as a result of "Bomber" Harris and his
heavy bomber night raids by the RAF on German worker
housing. This was a major war crime that has still gone
unpunished.
This gives the lie to the propaganda put out by Tavistock that
Germany began such terror raids. The facts are that it was
only after eight weeks of terror-raids on Berlin had caused
heavy damage to civilian housing and non-military targets
had taken thousands of civilian lives that the Luftwaffe
retaliated by attacks on London. German retaliation came
only after countless appeals by Hitler, directly to Churchill to
stop breaking their agreement, which the "great man"
ignored.
Churchill, the master liar, the consummate liar, with the help
of, and under the direction of Lewin was able to persuade the
world that Germany started civilian bombing as a deliberate
policy when, as we have seen, it was Churchill who initiated
it. British War Office and RAF documents reflect this
position. The damage done to London by the Luftwaffe was
relatively mild when compared with what the RAF did to
German cities, but the world never heard about that.
The world saw only what amounted to small sections of
London damaged by German air raids with Churchill striding
over the rubble, his jaw jutting out and a cigar clenched
between his teeth, the epitome of defiance! How well
Tavistock had taught him to stage such events! (We see the
echo of Churchill's affected mannerisms appearing in George
Bush who appears to have undergone some "training" of his
own.)
Churchill's "bulldog" character was created by Tavistock. His
true character was never revealed. The callous bombing
188
of Freiberg paled into a shadow compared with the callous,
barbaric, un-Christian, inhuman fire-bombing of the open,
undefended city of Dresden that took more lives than the
subsequent atomic bomb attack on Hiroshima.
The bombing of Dresden and the timing of the raid was a
cold-blooded decision taken in consultation with Tavistock by
the "great man" to cause "shock and awe" and impress his
friend, Joseph Stalin. It was also an outright attack on
Christianity, timed to take place during Lent.
There was no reason military or strategic reason to fire bomb
Dresden, which was selected as a target by Lewin. In my
view, the fire bombing of Dresden, crowded with German
civilian refugees fleeing from the Russian onslaught from the
East, when Lent celebrations were being observed, ranks as
the most heinous war crime ever committed. Yet, because the
British and American people had been thoroughly
programmed, conditioned and thoroughly brainwashed,
hardly a murmur of protest was heard. The war criminals,
"Bomber" Harris, Churchill, Lewin and Roosevelt, got away
with this terrible crime against humanity.
On May 5, 2005, during a State visit to Berlin, Russian
President Vladimir Putin held a joint conference with
Germany Chancellor Gerhard Schroeder told the German
newspaper Beeld that Allied forces cannot be absolved for
the horrors of WWII, and that included the bombing of
Dresden: "The Western allies didn't abound with any special
humanity," he said. "It is incomprehensible to me to this day
why Dresden was destroyed. There was no military reason for
it."
Perhaps the Russian leader did not know about Tavistock and
its Prudential Bombing Survey that ordained the
189
terrible bombing, but certainly, readers of this work will now
know why the barbaric and horrible atrocity was carried out.
To return to Reese and his early work at Tavistock involving
brainwashing experiments on 80,000 British Army troops.
After a five-year "re-programming" of these men, Reese was
confident that his system of making mentally stable people ill,
would work on any mass group. Reese was sure that he could
give "treatment" to mass groups of people, whether it was
desired by them or not, and without the victims even being
aware of what was being done to their minds. When
questioned about the propriety of his actions, Reese
responded that it was unnecessary to first obtain permission
from the "subjects" before commencing with his experiments.
The modus operandi developed by Reese and his gurus,
proved to be successful. The Reese-Lewin method of
tampering with minds proved highly effective and is still in
wide use in America today, in 2005. We are tampered with, our
opinions manufactured for us, all without our permission.
What was the purpose of these behavior modifications? It was
to bring about forced changes to our way of life, without our
agreement and without even being aware of what is
happening.
From his brightest students, Reese selected what he called
"my first team" to become the first level of his "invisible
college graduates" "shock troops" that were to be placed in
key positions inside British Intelligence, the Army,
Parliament and later, inside the Supreme Headquarters Allied
Expeditionary Forces (SHAEF).
The "first team graduates" went on to fully control General
Eisenhower, who became no more than a puppet in their
190
hands. "First team graduates" were insinuated into every
policy making body in the United States.
The "first team graduates" made U.S. policy decisions. The
"Secret Team" as they were to become known, was
responsible for the public execution of President. John F.
Kennedy, in full view of America and the world as a lesson to
future Presidents that they were to obey all directives
received from the "Olympians". Kissinger was one of many
"first team graduates" placed in a position of authority inside
the U.S. Government, in the O.S.S. and the FBI.
A Canadian citizen, Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield ran
Division Five counterintelligence of the FBI during WWII. In
Britain, it was H.V. Dicks who was responsible for placing
"first team graduates" in key intelligence positions, the
Church of England, the Foreign Office and the War Office,
not to mention the Parliament.
Tavistock was able to conduct wartime experiments in
peacetime, given all of the facilities made available to it, and
with this experience, could tighten its grip on the U.S. and
British military establishments and intelligence
services.
In America, Tavistock's sinister experiments changed the
American way of life, completely and forever. When this
truth is recognized by the majority of our people, when the
far-reaching control of Tavistock exercises over our daily
lives is comprehended, only then will we be able to fight
back, if indeed we have not by then become total shell-
shocked automons.
191
By 1942 the command structure of British and U.S. military
and intelligence services had become so enmeshed that they
could no longer be separated or distinguished from each
other.
This gave rise to the many weird and strange policies
followed by our government, most of which policies directly
contradicted the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights and
ran contrary to the wishes of We, the People, as expressed
through our elected representatives in the Congress. In short,
our elected representatives had lost control of our
government. Winston Churchill called it "a special
relationship."
At the close of WWII, a number of carefully selected and
profiled senior political and military figures from Britain and
the United States were invited to attend a conference chaired
by Reese. What Reese told the group is taken from
confidential notes compiled by one of those who attended the
meeting but who has asked to remain anonymous:
"If we propose to come out in the open and attack national,
social problems of our day, then we must have shock troops,
and these cannot be provided by psychiatry based wholly on
institutions.
We must have mobile teams of psychiatrists who are free to
move around and make contact with local situation in
particular areas. In a world driven completely mad, groups of
psychiatrists linked to each other, each capable of influencing
the entire field of politics and government must be the
arbiters, the power cabal."
192
Could anything be clearer? Here was Reese advocating
lawless conduct by a group of psychiatrists linked together to
make up first teams for his invisible colleges, free from all
social, ethical, and legal restraints, who could be moved to
areas of mentally well population groups, which in the
opinion of Reese and his team, needed to be made ill by
reverse psychology "treatment". Being "well" included any
community that had successfully resisted mass brainwashing,
as the results of "polling" showed.
"First teams" would be followed by "shock troops" such as we
see among the environmentalist groups. And this is not
surprising as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is
a monster created by Tavistock's "environmental concerns,"
which concerns were generated by Tavistock themselves and
passed on to the Environmental Protective Agency via shock
troops.
The EPA is not the only Tavistock- generated creature.
Abortion and homosexuality are Tavistock created and
supported aberrations.
Because of Tavistock-created and supported programs, we in
the United States have suffered a terrible degradation of our
moral life, our religious life; debasement of music through
the aberration of rock and roll "music," which became
progressively worse following a relatively tame introduction
by The Beatles followed by Rap and Hip-Hop; destruction of
art, as we see pushed by PBS in the Mapplethorpe degenerate
objects of derision. We have seen a proliferation of the drug
culture and an intensified worship of the Golden Calf. The
lust for money has never been higher in any civilization than
the current one.
193
These are the bitter fruits of Tavistock policies implanted in
our society by "invisible college graduates", who became
school board members and insinuated themselves into
leadership roles in our churches. They also insinuated
themselves into important party political positions, at city
and State levels, wherever their influence would be felt.
The "graduates" became members of labor mediation boards,
school boards, university boards, trade unions, the military,
the church, the communications media, the entertainment
media and the civil service; as well as the Congress, to the
extent where it becomes obvious to the trained observer that
Tavistock has taken over the reins of government.
Reese and his Tavistock colleagues succeeded beyond their
wildest dreams, having captured control of the major
institutions upon which government rests. The parent, - the
Committee of 300 — must be delighted with the progress
made by the young infant Club of Rome.
The Fourth of July has been rendered meaningless. There is no
longer any American "independence" to celebrate. The
victories of 1776 have been negated, largely reversed, and it
remains only a matter of time before the U.S. Constitution is
discarded in favor of a New World Order. In the tenure of
G.W. Bush, we see that process accelerated.
CHAPTER 30
My choice of candidate, not my choice
195
Let us look at the way in which an election is run. The
American people do not vote for a president. They vote for a
party candidate chosen by the elect of the party, more often
than not, entirely under the control of the Committee of 300.
This is not a vote for a candidate of choice, as we are so often
told. In truth, voters have no choice other than selecting from
pre-chosen candidates.
The candidates the pubic think it is voting for by choice (our
choice) have been thoroughly vetted by the Tavistock
Institute, and we were then brainwashed into thinking of
them in a virtuous manner.
Such impressions or sound bites are created in the studious of
think tanks like Yankelovich, Skalley and White, run by
Tavistock graduate Daniel Yankelovich. Tavistock-controlled
"think tanks" tell us how to vote in their chosen manner.
Since the advent of Yankelovich, the number of profiling"
industries has proliferated to over one hundred and fifty such
institutions. Take the examples of James Earl Carter, and
George Bush. Carter came from relative obscurity to "win"
the White House, which the media moguls said, proved that
the U.S. system works.
In fact, what Carter's election proved was that Tavistock rules
this country and can sway the majority of voters to vote for a
man about whom they know almost nothing. Saying that "the
system worked" in relation to Carter, and later, in relation to
William Jefferson Clinton, was exactly the maladaptive
response Tavistock expected from a mass-brainwashed
populace.
196
What Carter mirrored was that voters will vote for a
candidate pre-selected for them. No thinking person would
have wanted Skull and Bones man George Bush as Vice
President, yet Bush is what we got. How did it come about
that Carter was able to reach the White House? It happened
thusly: A certain Dr. Peter Bourne, Tavistock's in-house
social psychologist was given the task of finding a candidate
Tavistock could manipulate. In other words, Bourne was to
find the "right" candidate for the job according to Tavistock's
rule, one that could be sold to the voters.
Bourne, knowing Carter's history, put forward his name for
consideration. Once Carter's record was approved, American
voters were given "the treatment," that is to say; they were
subjected to a sustained brainwashing campaign to persuade
them that they had found Carter as their choice. In fact, by the
time Tavistock was finished with the job, it was not really
necessary to hold an election. It became a mere formality.
Carter's victory was a personal victory for Reese, while Bush
was a victory for Tavistock's methodology. An even greater
"success story" was to follow in the selling of William
Jefferson Clinton as a candidate for the White House, a feat
which might have been impossible in any other country.
Then came the selling of George W. Bush, a failed
businessman and one who had sidestepped serving in
Vietnam and a man with very thin experience.
Tavistock had to go into high gear, but even that was not
enough. When it was certain that Bush was not going to win,
the U.S. Supreme Court illegally intervened in a STATE
election and awarded the prize to the loser.
197
A stupefied (shell-shocked) electorate let the enormous
violation of the U.S. Constitution go unchallenged thereby
assuring their future will be lived in a New World Order -
International Communist One World Government
International Communists dictatorship.
Reese continued to expand Tavistock's base of operations,
taking on board Dorwin Cartwright, a highly skilled
population profiler. One of his specialties was measuring
population reaction to a food shortage. The object was to gain
experience when the food weapon is brought into play against
a population group unwilling to conform to Tavistock
regulations.
Tavistock has planned it this way: The international food
cartels will corner food production and distribution of the
world's food resources. Famine is a weapon of war, just as
weather modifications is a weapon of war. Tavistock will use
the famine weapon without restraint, when the time is right.
Continuing with the expansion of Tavistock, Reese recruited
Ronald Lippert.
What Tavistock had in mind when it hired Lippert, was to get
a foothold in the future control of education, starting with
young children. Lippert was an expert in tinkering with the
minds of the very young. An ex-O.S.S. operative, he was
highly skilled theoretician, and a specialist in race mixing as
a way of weakening national boundaries. Once installed at
Tavistock, Lippert began his work by establishing a "think
tank" devoted to what he called, "community interrelations,"
which involved seeking methods whereby natural race barriers
might be dismantled.
The so-called "civil rights" legislation is pure Reese and
Lippert, and has no constitutional basis in fact.
198
(See "What you Should Know About The U.S. Constitution
for a full explanation on so-called "civil rights.")
In passing I should say that all civil rights legislation in the
U.S is predicated on the 14 th Amendment, but the problem is
that the fourteenth was never ratified. Thus it is not a part of
the U.S. Constitution and all laws predicated upon it are null
and void. In essence there is no such constitutional provision
for civil rights.
Lippert established the rationale for Martin Luther King's
"civil rights" over the fact that no basis for it existed in the
Federal Constitution. Busing children past their schools was
another Lippert-Reese brainwashing success. Busing
children past their destination was certainly not a "right." To
sell the idea of "civil rights" to the American populace at
large, three "think tanks" were established:
The Science Policy Research Center The
Institute for Social Research The National
Training Laboratories
Through the Science Policy Research Unit, Lippert was able
to place thousands of his brainwashed "graduates" in key
positions throughout the United States, West European
(including Britain), France and Italy. Today, Britain, France,
Italy and Germany all have Socialist governments, the
groundwork for which was prepared by Tavistock.
Hundreds of upper-level executives from some of America's
most prestigious corporations were trained at one or another
of Fippert's institutions. The National Training Faboratories
gained control of the 2-million strong National Education
Association and with this success, came complete control over
education in American schools and universities.
199
But perhaps the most profound influence exerted on America
came with Tavistock's control of NASA, partially because of
the Special Report on NASA's space program, written by Dr.
Anatole Rappaport for the Club of Rome. The startling report
was released at a seminar in May of 1967 to which only the
most carefully selected and profiled delegates from the top
echelons of business and governments of the most highly
industrialized nations were invited.
Among the attendees were members of the Foreign Policy
Institute, while the State Department sent Age of Aquarius
conspirator, Zbigniew Brzezinski as its observer. In its final
report, the Tavistock-controlled symposium derided NASA's
work as "inappropriate" and suggested that its space
programs be halted immediately. The U.S. Government duly
obliged by cutting off funding, which caused NASA to lie
dormant for 9 years — enough time for the Soviet space
program to catch-up and forge ahead of the U.S. The United
States has never been able to close the gap.
Rappaport's Special NASA Report stated that the agency was
producing "too many skilled people; too many scientists and
engineers," whose services would not be needed in the
smaller, more beautiful post industrial society, mandated by
the Club of Rome. Rappaport called our highly skilled and
trained space scientists and engineers, "redundant." The U.S.
Government, which I have already indicated appears to be
under the thumb of Tavistock, thereupon cut funding.
Interference with NASA is a perfect example of how Britain
controls U.S. domestic and foreign policies.
200
Jewel in Tavistock's crown is the Aspen Institute of
Colorado, which for years was under the direction of Robert
Anderson, a graduate of the University of Chicago,
preeminent for brainwashing in the United States. The Aspen
facility is the North American home of the Club of Rome
teaches that a return of the monarchy would be very good for
America. John Nesbitt, another Tavistock graduate held
seminars on a fairly regular basis at Aspen at which instituting
a monarchy was promoted among top businessmen.
One of Nesbitt's students was William Jefferson Clinton,
already then favored as presidential material. Nesbitt, like
Anderson, is dazzled by British royalty and follows their
Cathari doctrines of bogus concerns for ecology.
The Philosophical Radicals had introduced the Bogomils and
Catharists beliefs into Socialist circles in Britain. Anderson's
proteges were Margaret Thatcher and George Bush whose
actions in the Gulf War showed that Tavistock had done its
homework rather well. Anderson is typical of the duped,
brainwashed "graduate leaders" and his specialty is teaching
targeted groups of business leaders in environmental training.
Ecology issues are Anderson's forte. Although Anderson
funds some of his activities from his own huge financial
resources, he also receives donations from around the world,
including donations from Queen Elizabeth and her consort,
Prince Philip. Anderson founded the militant "Friends of the
Earth" ecology movement and the "United Nations
Conference on the Environment. "
201
Aside from his Aspen activities, Anderson is president and
CEO of the Atlantic Richfield Company — ARCO, on whose
board of directors is to be found the following notables:
Jack Conway.
He is best remembered for his work for the United Way
Appeal Fund and as a director of the Socialist International
Ford Foundation, both about as un-American as it is possible
to get. Conway is also a director of the "Center for Change," a
specialist Tavistock shock troops clearing house.
Philip Hawley.
He is chairman of the Fos Angeles Company, "Hawley and
Hale," which interfaces with "Transamerica," a company
specializing in making anti Christian, anti-family, pro-
abortion, pro-lesbian, pro-homosexual, pro-drug movies.
Hawley is associated with Bank of America, which funds the
Center for the Study of Democratic Institutions, a classic
Tavistock brainwashing institution think-tank for the
promotion of drug usage and legalization of drugs.
Dr. Joel Fort.
This British national, Fort was on the board of directors of
the Fondon "Observer" newspaper along with the Honorable
David Astor and Sir Mark Turner, a director of the Royal
Institute for Inter-national Affairs (RIIA), whose abject
American servant is Henry Kissinger.
The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA)
Founded the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) as a sister
organization, America's de- facto mid-level secret
government, is the executive arm of the Committee of 300. In
May of 1982, Kissinger proudly announced Tavistock's
control of America.
202
The occasion was a dinner for RIIA members. Kissinger
lauded the British Government as is expected of a Tavistock
graduate. In his best gravel- voiced manner Kissinger said: "In
my White House days, I kept the British Foreign Office better
informed than I did the U.S. State Department."
The common denominator between the three Lippert
institutions is the brainwashing methodology originally
taught at Tavistock. All three of Lippert's institutes were
funded by government grants. At these institutions, the top
administrators and policy makers of the government were
and are trained how to undermine America's established way
of life, founded on Western civilization and upon the United
States Constitution. The intent is to weaken and eventually
break down the institutions that make up the foundation of
the United States.
The National Education Association
An indication of just how great was Lippert's control of the
National Education Association can be gauged from the en-
bloc vote cast for William Jefferson Clinton by its
brainwashed member- teachers, in accordance with the
leadership's instructions.
The Coming Group.
The company donated Wye Plantation to the Aspen Institute,
which became the principal training ground for New Age
recruits and "shock troops." James Houghton, Coming's Vice
Chairman, is a messenger for the Pierepoint Morgan family of
Morgan Guarantee and Trust on Wall Street. Morgan
receives daily briefings from the RIIA directly from London,
which briefings become INSTRUCTIONS to be conveyed to
the U.S. Secretary of State.
203
Former Secretary of the Treasury William Fowler was part of
Coming-Aspen interface. He is the chief proponent for
handing over U.S. fiscal policies to the International
Monetary Fund (IMF) and constantly pushed for the Bank of
International Settlements to control internal U.S. banking. It
is significant that Wye Plantation was the site of the Arab —
Israeli peace talks known as the Wye Accords.
Executive Conference Center.
Charged with teaching behavior modifications under the
direction of Robert L. Schwartz, this "specialist training
center" is run along the lines of the Esalen Institute.
Schwartz spent 3 years at Esalen Institute and worked closely
with Aldous Huxley, Tavistock's No. I "respectable" drug
culture pusher who was responsible for introducing LSD to
American college students. Schwartz was also a close friend
of anthropologist Margaret Meade and her husband, Gregory
Bateson. From Stanford and Esalen, Schwartz moved to
Terrytown House, the Mary Biddle Duke property in
Westchester, where with huge grants from IBM and AT&T,
opened the Executive Conference Center; the first full-time
Age of Aquarius-New Age "graduate school" for top-flight
corporate executives drawn from every spectrum of corporate
America, industry, trade and banking.
Thousands of upper level executives and managers from
corporate America, especially from Fortune 500 companies,
the creme-del-le-creme of the business world, paid $750 per
head to obtain instruction in Age of Aquarius Age
methodology through seminars conducted by Schwartz,
Meade, Bateson, and other Tavistock brainwashing
specialists.
204
Schwartz was at one time strongly allied with Scientology,
and he was also an editor of TIME magazine. Aspen Institute
- New Age centers were generously funded by IBM and
AT&T.
It is difficult for Americans who do not have access to this
kind of information to believe that IBM and AT&T, two
household names in Corporate America, would have anything
to do with mind control, brainwashing, behavior modification
and transcendental meditation; Bahai sensitivity training, Zen
Buddhism, reverse psychology, and all of the other New Age
- Age of Aquarius programs designed to break down the
morals of the American people and weaken family life.
Christianity was not taught.
Doubts would arise in the minds of most Americans who do
not know the extent to which Corporate America rules the
roost at home and abroad, in a manner dangerous to the U.S.
Constitution and the Bill of Rights. Without Corporate
America, we would never have suffered the Vietnam War,
the Gulf War, war on Serbia, and a second war against Iraq.
Nor would Carter and Clinton have had a ghost of a chance of
sitting in the White House, against all odds !
If what is written here is not accurate, these companies could
always deny its truths, but thus far, they have not done so. It
would come as a shock to find that a large number of
corporate giants that are household names to the American
public, send their executives and upper level management
personnel to have their brains scrambled by Schwartz,
Meade, Bateson, John Nesbitt, Lewin, Cartwright and other
Tavistock behavioral modifications and mind control
specialists: At the Executive Conference Center, corporate
executives meet with lohn Nesbitt, who owes his allegiance
to the Black Nobility and the House of Guelph, better known
as the House of Windsor; the RIIA,
205
the Milner - Round Table Groups, the Club of Rome and
Aspen Institute. Nesbitt is typical of the operatives used by the
British Government to direct U.S. and foreign policies.
Nesbitt is a staunch monarchist and a Club of Rome specialist
in zero growth for industry, especially heavy industry. He
believes in zero growth post industrialism to the point of
returning the world to a feudal state. At one of his
brainwashing sessions, he told the executives from "Business
America" (my new term):
"The United States is moving toward as monarchy just like
Britain and a governing system in which Congress, the White
House and the Supreme Court will be merely symbolic and
ritualistic. This will constitute true democracy; the American
people do not care who is President; half of them don't vote,
anyway. America's economy is growing away from that of a
nation-state and towards smaller and smaller power centers,
possibly into multiple nations. We must substitute for the
national state, a geographical, ecological state of mind."
"The United States will move away from a concentration of
heavy industrial activity. Auto, steel, housing will never
revive again. Buffalo, Cleveland, Detroit, the old industrial
centers will die. We are moving toward an information
society. There is and will continue to be a lot of pain, but on
the whole, this economy is better off than it was a decade
ago." Nesbitt was actually echoing the very sentiments
expressed by Count Davignon in 1982.
CHAPTER 31
Zero Growth in Agriculture and Industry:
America's Post Industrial Society.
207
In 1983 I wrote a monograph entitled, "The Death of the
Steel Industry" in which I provided details of how French
aristocrat Etienne Davignon of the Club of Rome was given the
task of downsizing the American steel industry.
At the time this work was published, a lot of people were
skeptical, but based upon information about the Club of
Rome — which most Americans and most writers had never
even heard of prior to my 1970 article of the same title; I felt
sure, that Nesbitt's prediction could happen, and in the next
seven years, it turned out to be accurate, although not in all
ways. Although parts of Nesbitt's predictions were off — their
time had not yet come - in many ways, he was correct, in so
far as the intentions of our secret government go.
None of the captains of industry, who attended Tavistock's
EEC brainwashing sessions, saw fit to protest what Nesbitt
was saying. That being the case how could I expect that an
unknown writer like myself, nobody had ever heard of,
would make an impact?
The executive conferences and training sessions at Tarrytown
House proved that Reese's brainwashing techniques were
flawless. Here was a forum attended by the captains of
industry, the elite of America's corporate world, quite happy to
be participating in the demise of America's steel industry,
sacrificing its unique domestic market that had made America
a great industrial nation, tearing up the Constitution and the
Bill of Rights and embracing genocidal programs calling for
the culling of half of the world's population; substituting
Eastern mysticism and the
208
Kabala for Christianity; applauding programs that would
result in a breakdown of the morals of the nation and
destruction of family life; a future Balkanized America.
No one could deny, looking at the state of America today in
2005, that Reese and his Tavistock methods did an
astonishing job in brainwashing the leaders of our corporate
world, our political and religious leaders, our judges and our
educators, and the guardians of the morals of the nation, not
to mention the U.S. House of Representatives and the Senate.
In 1974, Professor Harold Isaacson of the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology (MIT) in his book, "Idols of the
Tribe," laid bare Tavistock's blueprint to combine Mexico,
Canada and the U.S. into Balkan-type states. I would remind
my readers that MIT was founded by Kurt Lewin, the same
Kurt Lewin who was forced out of Germany because of his
brainwashing experiments; the same Lewin who planned the
Strategic Bombing Survey; Reese's number one theoretician.
All that Isaacson did was to spell out the Aquarian blueprint
in a more readable, detailed manner than the Stanford-Willis
Harmon Aquarian study. In 1981, seven years later,
Isaacson's ideas (Tavistock's Aquarian blueprint) were
presented to the public by Joel Gallo, editor of the
Washington Post, and the mouthpiece of Britain's House of
Windsor and the Club of Rome. Gallo called his presentation,
The Nine Nations of North America. Gallo's version of
Tavistock's blueprint for a future America envisaged:
* The death of the steel industry and a decline of industry in
the industrial Northeast and the founding of the "Nation of the
North East."
209
* Dixie, the Emerging Nation of the South.
* Etopia, consisting of the coastal fringes of the
Northwest Pacific.
(Willis Harmon in his Age of Aquarius paper used the term,
"ecotopia.")
* The balance of southwest America to be combined with
Mexico as a "breadbasket" region.
* The Midwest to be designated "The Empty Quarter."
* Parts of Canada and the islands to be designated "For
Special Purposes"
(Perhaps these territories will be the sites for future "Gulags,"
now that we have seen the unthinkable-the Guantanamo Bay
prison reconstruction facility where mind tinkering and torture
are in actual practice.)
In all these latter areas there would be nothing in the way of
large cities, conflicting with "ecotopia". Just to make sure
that everybody understood that they knew what he was
talking about, Gallo presented a map with his book. The
problem is that the American people did not take Gallo
seriously. It was precisely the way Tavistock expected them
to react in what it called a "perfect maladaptive response."
The American right wing grew up on the Rockefeller,
Warburgs, Freemasonry, the Illuminati, Council on Foreign
Relations, the Federal Reserve conspiracy, and the Trilateral
Commission. Nothing very much of the inner core workings
had been published.
210
When I began to publish my research in 1969, the American
people mostly had not heard of the Committee of 300, the Cini
Foundation, the Marshall Fund, the Club of Rome and
certainly not the Tavistock Institute, the Black Nobility of
Venice and Genoa. The following is a list of Tavistock
brainwashing institutions in the United States, which were
noted in my monographs published in 1969:
* Stanford Research Center. Employs 4,300 people and has
an annual budget in excess of $200 million.
* MFT/Sloane. Employs 5000 people and has an annual
budget of $20 million.
* University of Pennsylvania Wharton School. Employs
between 700- 800 people with an annual budget in excess of
$35 million.
* Management and Behavioral Research. Employs 40 people
with an annual budget of $2 million.
* Rand Corporation. Employs in excess of 2000 people with
an annual budget of $100 million.
* National Training Laboratories. Employs 700 people with
an annual budget of $30 million.
* The Hudson Institute. Employs between 120-140 people and
has an estimated annual budget of $8 million.
* Esalen Institute. Employs between 1800-2000 people with
an annual budget of in excess of $500 million.
(All 1969 figures)
Thus, in the United States alone, by 1989 we already had a
Tavistock Network of between 10 and 20 major institutions,
plus 400-500 medium institutions with in excess of 5000
satellites interlocking groups all revolving around Tavistock.
Together they employ in excess of 60,000 people, specialists
in one way or another in the field of behavioral sciences,
mind control, brainwashing, polling and creating public
opinion.
211
And all of them were working against the United States, our
Constitution and the Bill of Rights.
Since 1969 these institutions have been expanded and a great
many new ones added to the network and are funded not only
by large private and corporate donations, but also by the
United States Government itself. Tavistock's clients include:
* The State Department
* The U.S. Postal Service
* Department of Defense
* The CIA: The U.S. Navy Department of Naval
Intelligence
* The National Reconnaissance Office
* The National Security Council
* The FBI
* Kissinger Associates
* Duke University
* The State of California
* Georgetown University and many more.
In the private and corporate areas of our society, Tavistock
clients include:
* Hewlett Packard
*RCA
* Crown Zeilerbach
* McDonald Douglas
* IBM, Microsoft, Apple Computers, Boeing
* Kaiser Industries
*TRW
* Blythe Eastman Dillon
* Wells Fargo Bank of America
* Bechtel Corp
* Halliburton
* Raytheon
212
* McDonnell Douglas
* Shell Oil
* British Petroleum
* Conoco
* Exxon Mobil
* IBM and AT&T.
This is by no means a complete list, which Tavistock guards
jealously. These names are just those names I was able to
secure. I would say that the majority of Americans are
completely unaware that they are in a total war that has been
waged against them since 1946; a war of devastating
proportions and unremitting pressures; a war we are fast
losing, and one which will overwhelm us unless the
American people can be shaken loose from their
preconceived "it can't happen in America" position.
CHAPTER 32
Exposing the upper level parallel Secret Government
213
The only way in which we are going to defeat this powerful
and insidious enemy is by educating our people, especially
our young people in the Constitution, and by standing fast on
our Christian faith. Otherwise, our priceless heritage will be
lost, forever. The power that Tavistock wields over this
nation must be broken.
Hopefully, this work will become a training manual in the
hands of millions of Americans, who want to engage the
enemy, but who have, hitherto, not been able to identify that
enemy.
The political forces controlled by secret societies, all
opposing America's republican, constitutional ideals, do not
like anything that seeks to expose Tavistock Institute and
their disloyalty to America, and even less still, where such
disclosures cannot be ridiculed and ignored. Of course those
who engage in unmasking the deeds of our secret government
invariably pay a high price for such disclosures.
No one who is interested in the future of America can afford
to ignore the manner in which Tavistock Institute has
whipsawed the American people and manipulated
government, even as the majority of Americans remain in
ignorance of what is transpiring. With the almost complete
control exercised over our nation by our upper-level, parallel,
secret government, America has ceased to be a free and
independent nation. One can generally fix the beginning of
our decline around the time that Woodrow Wilson was
"elected" by the British aristocracy.
214
Most of Tavistock's more recent activities in the United
States have centered around the White House and in directing
former President G.H.W. Bush, former President Clinton, and
President G. W. Bush to engage in war against Iraq. Tavistock
is leading the drive to destroy the Second Amendment right
of citizens to keep and bear arms.
It has also been instrumental in advising key members of the
legislature that they have no further need for the U.S.
Constitution, hence the mass of new laws enacted that are not
laws at all, since they do not meet the test of constitutionality
and fall to the ground.
Tavistock remains the mother of all research facilities in
America and Britain, and the leader in behavior modification
techniques, mind control and opinion making and shaping.
The Rand Institute at Santa Monica under the direction of
Tavistock created the phenomena known as "El Nino" as a
weather modification experiment. Tavistock is also heavily
engaged in the New Age "UFO" experiments and sighting of
aliens, under its mind control contracts with the C.I.A.
Rand Institute mns the ICBM program and does primary
analyses for foreign governments. Rand and Tavistock
successfully profiled the white population of South Africa as
a preliminary to testing the waters for a Communist African
National Congress takeover, assisted and strongly supported
by the U.S. State Department. "Bishop" Desmond Tutu, who
played a leading role in the preamble to the fall of the white
government, is a creation of Tavistock.
215
Georgetown University was taken over in its entirety by
Tavistock, back in 1938. Its structure and programs were
reformatted to suit the Tavistock "brain trust" blueprint as a
center for higher learning. This has had great significance for
the United States when we consider that Georgetown
University was where Mr. Clinton learned his art of mass
manipulation and dissembling.
All State Department field agents are trained at Georgetown.
Three of its best-known graduates were Henry Kissinger,
William Jefferson Clinton and Richard Armitage.
Georgetown's "invisible army" loyalists have done untold
harm to the United States and will no doubt play their roles to
the full until the end, a time when they will be uprooted,
exposed and rendered harmless.
Some of the ugliest and most horrifying actions taken against
America were planned at Tavistock. I am referring to the
bombing of the Marine compound at Beirut Airport, which
took the lives of 200 of our finest young servicemen. One
person believed to have been aware of the impending attack
by Lebanese terrorists, was Secretary of State George
Schultz. As unconfirmed reports stated at the time, Schultz
was tipped off in advance of the attack by the Mossad,
Israel's secret service agency.
If Schultz did receive such a timely warning, he never relayed
it to the Marine base commander at Beirut. Schultz was, and
still is, a loyal servant of the Committee of 300 through the
Bechtel Corporation.
However, one year after I expressed my suspicions about
Schultz and Bechtel (1989), a disaffected high-ranking
Mossad agent broke ranks and wrote a book on his
experiences.
216
Parts of the book included the very same information I had
printed a year earlier, which has led me to believe that the
suspicions I voiced about Schultz in 1989, were not
altogether without substance. The whole episode reminds me
of the treachery of Gen. Marshall, who deliberately kept
information about a pending Japanese air attack against Pearl
Harbor from the commander at Hawaii.
There is mounting evidence about an increase in the input
and influence Tavistock is having at the CIA. There are great
many other intelligence agencies receiving instructions from
Tavistock, notably the National Reconnaissance Office
(NRO), the Defense Intelligence Agency (DJA), the Treasury
Intelligence, and State Department Intelligence.
Every year when the anniversary of the murder of President
John Kennedy comes around I am reminded of the leading
role played in the planning of his public execution;
particularly the part played by MI6. After a 20-year in-depth
investigation into the murder of JFK, I think I have come
very close to the truth, as detailed in the monograph "The
Assassination of President John F. Kennedy. "
The unsolved murder of Pres. Kennedy remains a gross insult
against everything the United States stands for. How is it that
we, a supposedly free and sovereign nation, allow the cover
up of a crime to remain in place, year after year? Surely our
intelligence agencies know who the perpetrators of the crime
are? Surely we know that the murder of Kennedy was carried
out in broad daylight in front of millions of Americans, as an
insult, and a warning that the reach of the Committee of 300
goes far beyond what even our highest elected official was
able to defend himself against?
217
The perpetrators of the crime laugh at our confusion secure in
the knowledge that they will never be brought to justice, and
glorifying in the success of the foul deed and the inability of
We, the People, to pierce the corporate veil that hides their
faces from view.
The massive cover-up of the Kennedy assassination remains
in place. We have full details of how the House
Assassinations Committee failed to do its duty, ignoring
strong evidence and latching onto flimsy here-say; ignoring
the plain fact that the X-rays of Kennedy's head, taken at
Bethesda Hospital, were tampered with.
The list of the sins of the Committee of 300 and its servant, the
Tavistock Institute is endless. Why did the Senate committee
make no effort to investigate the strange disappearance of
Kennedy's death certificate; a vital piece of evidence, which
should have been found, no matter how long it took and no
matter what the cost? Nor was Admiral Burkely, the naval
officer who signed the certificate, seriously questioned about
the circumstances surrounding the strange — very strange —
unexplained disappearance of this vital piece of evidence.
Here I must leave the subject of the murder of John F.
Kennedy (which in my opinion was a Tavistock -related
project) carried out by MI6 and the FBI Five Division head,
Major Louis Mortimer Bloomfield. The CIA is a client of
Tavistock's along with literally scores of other U.S.
Government agencies. In the decades that have passed since
the murder, not one single one of these agencies has ceased to
do business with Tavistock. In fact, - Tavistock has added
many new names of government agencies to its client list.
218
In looking through my documents, I discovered that in 1921
when Reese founded Tavistock, he was under the control of
British intelligence SIS.
Thus from its inception, Tavistock has always been closely
associated with intelligence work, even as it is to this very
day. The case of Rudolph Hess may be of more than passing
interest to not a few of our readers. It will be recalled that
Hess was murdered by two SIS operatives in his Spandau
prison cell, the night before he was to be released.
The RIIA was afraid that Hess would blow the lid off what
had been kept a dark secret; the close relationship between
members of the British oligarchy — including Winston
Churchill — and the German Thule Society, of which Hess
had been the leader.
Of more than a passing interest is the fact, that the Tavistock
Institute was named after the 11 th Duke of Bedford, the
Marquise of Tavistock. The title was passed on to his son, the
12 th Marquise of Bedford. It was to his estate that Hess flew
in an attempt to end the war. But Churchill would have none
of it and ordered Hess to be arrested and imprisoned. The
Duke of Bedford's wife committed suicide by taking an
overdose of sleeping pills, when it became apparent that Hess
would never be released, even when the war ended.
In my work "Who Murdered Rudolph Hess" and "King
Makers, King Breakers — The Cecils", I reveal just how close
was this virtual kinship with Hess and other important
members of Hitler's inner-circle right up to the start of WWII.
Had Hess succeeded in his mission to the Duke of Bedford,
Churchill and almost the entire British oligarchy would have
been revealed as frauds.
219
The same thing would have happened had Hess not been kept
a solitary prisoner at Spandau in Berlin, guarded for years
after the end of WWII by troops drawn from Britain, the
United States and the USSR, against all logic and at a
tremendous cost (estimated at $50,000 a day).
Because a changed Russia felt they could embarrass America
and Britain — especially Britain, they suddenly announced
Hess would be released. The British could not afford to run
the risk of having their wartime leaders exposed, so the order
was given to kill Hess.
Tavistock provides services of a sinister nature to those
people we find all across the United States, in every city of
note. They have the leading personalities of those cities in the
palm of their hand, whether it is in the police department, city
government or any other authority.
This is the case in every city also, where the Illuminati and
Freemasons join with Tavistock in exercising their secret
powers to walk all over the Constitution and the Bill of
Rights.
One can only wonder just how many innocent people are in
prison today because they were not knowledgeable about
their Constitution and the Bill of Rights; victims of
Tavistock, one and all. Pay close attention to the television
series, "COPS."
It is standard Tavistock mind control and opinion making
fare. In it you find every possible violation of the
constitutional rights of persons stopped, and or arrested by the
police. It is my firm opinion and belief that "COPS" is meant
to condition the public and make us believe that such gross
violations of rights we witness is the norm; that the police
actually have such excessive powers, and that
220
constitutional safeguards to which every citizen is entitled, do
not exist in practice. "COPS" is a most insidious
brainwashing, opinion-making controlling program, and it
would not be at all surprising to find Tavistock mixed up in it,
somewhere.
CHAPTER 33
Interpol in the U.S.:
Its origin and purpose exposed
221
Among the many international agencies Tavistock serves, is
David Rockefeller's private intelligence service, better known
as INTERPOL. It is in total dereliction of its legal duty that
this illegal entity is allowed to go on functioning on Federal
property in Washington, D.C. and under government
protection. (U.S. law forbids private foreign police agencies
from operating in America. INTERPOL is a private foreign
police agency operating on U.S. soil while Congress looks the
other way, fearful that one day they might be forced to grasp
this noxious nettle, and pull it up by the roots.)
What is INTERPOL? The U.S. Justice Department tries to
explain INTERPOL by sidestepping crucial issues.
According to its 1988 manual, "Interpol conducts
intergovernmental activities, but is not based on an
international treaty, convention, or similar legal documents. It
was founded upon a constitution drawn up and written by a
group of police officers who did not submit it for diplomatic
signatures, nor have they ever submitted it for ratification by
governments."
How interesting! What an admission! If Interpol does not
trample the U.S. Constitution, then nothing does. Where are
watchdogs of the House and Senate? Is it that they are afraid
of Tavistock and its powerful backer, David Rockefeller? Is
the Congress afraid of the Committee of 300?" It certainly
seems that way. Interpol is an illegal entity operating within
the borders of the United States, without the sanction and
approval of We, the People in flagrant violation of the
Constitution of the United States and the constitutions of the
50 States.
222
Its membership consist of individuals appointed by various
national governments without any consultation with the
government of the United States. The list of members has
never been submitted to a House or Senate committee.
It's presence in the U.S has never been sanctioned by a treaty.
This has given rise to series accusations that certain
governments under the control of the drug trade: Colombia,
Mexico, Panama, Lebanon and Nicaragua, perhaps choose as
their representatives, persons involved with the drug trade.
According to Beverly Sweatman of the U.S. Department of
Justice National Central Bureau (NCB), (whose existence is
itself a violation of the Constitution), this U.S. Government
agency exists solely to exchange information with Interpol.
Owned and controlled by David Rockefeller, Interpol is a
private agency with a communications network stretching
around the globe, heavily involved in one way or another
with the drug trade from Afghanistan to Pakistan to the
United States.
The interaction of Lt. Colonel Nivaldo Madrin of Panama,
Gen. Guillermo Medina Sanchez of Colombia, and certain
elements of Mexico's Federal police with Interpol status,
point in this direction. Their histories of involvement with
the drug trade while serving Interpol are too long to include
here, but suffice to say that history is a sordid one.
Yet, in spite of the fact that Interpol is a private organization,
it was granted "observer status" by the United Nations (U.N.)
in 1975, which stature (totally in violation of the U.N.
Charter) enables Interpol to sit at meetings and vote on
resolutions, even though it is not a
223
member-country and has no government status. According to
the U.N. Charter, only States (in the full definition of the
word) can be members of the U.N. Since Interpol is not a
state, why does the U.N. violate its Charter?
It is believed that the U.N. is counting heavily on Interpol
networks to help it find private arms in the hands of
American citizens held by them under their Second
Amendment rights, once the U.N. signs a "treaty" with the
U.S. Government to disarm all civilian populations of
member-states.
Where are America's lawmakers who are supposed to uphold
and defend the U.S. Constitution? Where are the great
statesmen of yesteryear? Interpol demonstrates, that what we
have in their place are politicians turned lawmakers who do
not enforce the laws they make, terrified to correct the obvious
mistakes that abound on every hand, because, if the were to
uphold their oath of office, they would more than likely find
themselves without their cushy cozy job.
To recap on some of the information already provided:
Tavistock Institute was established in Sussex, England, in
1921 by command of the British monarchy, for the purposes
of mind control and public opinion making, and to establish
on a carefully-examined scientific basis, at what point the
human mind would break down under subjection to
prolonged bouts of psychological distress. Elsewhere we shall
show that it was first founded in pre-WWI times by the 11 th
Duke of Bedford, the Marquise of Tavistock.
In the early 1930s, the Rockefeller Brothers Foundation Fund
also contributed heavily to Tavistock.
224
The fact that so many of the chief practitioners of mind
control and behavioral modifications were, and are, closely
associated with the secret societies that embrace cults of
many different ideas and beliefs, notably Isis-Orsiris, Kabala,
Sufi, Cathari, Bogomil and Bahai (Manichean) mysticism
should be noted.
For the uninitiated, the very idea that prestigious institutions,
and their scientists would be involved in cults and even with
Satanism and Illuminists would be a very difficult thing to
believe. But the connection is very real. We can see just why
Tavistock was so interested in these subjects.
Random school shootings by young people subjected to
prolonged bouts of stress, and under the influence of habit-
forming drugs, are remarkable in that in a large number of
these tragic happenings, the perpetrators nearly always claim
that they were directed "by voices" to do their deadly work.
There can be no doubt that mind control was very much at
work in these tragic instances. Unfortunately, we shall see
many more such tragic episodes before the public realizes
what is going on.
Cultism, mind control, psychological stress application and
behavioral modifications are very much a part of what is
taught by Tavistock's scientists. In fact, alarmed by leaks
showing its connection with Tavistock scientists, the British
House of Commons passed a law making it legal for places
like Tavistock to conduct what the bill called, "physical
research."
Now, the term, "physical research" is so ambiguous as to
give rise to serious doubts about what it truly means, or
whether, as some critics contended, is merely a term used to
cover what really goes on.
225
In any event, Tavistock was not about to take the public into
its confidence. But I can say with absolute certainty that
British intelligence MI6 and CIA operatives receive training
at Tavistock in metaphysics, mind control, behavior
modifications, ESP, hypnotism, the occult, Satanism and
Illuminists and the Manichean cults.
These are not just beliefs based on relics from the Middle-
Ages. This is evil force being taught in a way that will make
a difference to the level of mind control, such as would not
have been thought possible a few short years ago. I will make
this prediction without fear of contradiction: In later years we
are going to discover that all of the random shootings at
schools, post offices, shopping malls, were not random
shootings at all. They were carried out by conditioned, mind-
controlled subjects who were carefully sought out and put on
dangerous, mood- altering drugs like Prozac, AZT and Ritalin.
The common denominator between several of the random
shootings, starting with David Berkowitz, the so-called "Son
of Sam" murderer; all without exception, told investigators
that they "heard voices" telling them to shoot people.
The case of Klip Kinkel, the Oregon youth who shot his
mother and father, before shooting up his high school is his
confession to investigators who interviewed him. Asked why
he shot his father and his mother, Kinkel replied that he heard
"voices" telling him to shoot them. Nobody will ever be able
to prove that Kinkel and the others were victims of mind
control experiments carried out by the CIA or that they did
indeed "hear voices" induced by through transference carried
out by DARPA computer programmers.
226
The responsible House Oversight Committee must call for the
CIA's documents covering mind control and search them for
a connection with the school shootings. I believe it is
imperative that such an order be sent out to the CIA without
any further loss of time.
Apart from my own research into the subject of "physical
research," Victor Marachetti, who was with the CIA for 14
years, revealed the existence of a Tavistock-designed
physical research program, where CIA operatives tried to
contact the spirits of former agents who had died. As I said in
my above mentioned monograph, I have had a great deal of
personal experience in the "metaphysical" realms and know
for a fact, that a large number of British and American
intelligence agents are indoctrinated in it.
Tavistock calls it "behavioral science," and it has advanced so
rapidly in the last ten years that it has become one of the most
important types of training agents can undergo. In Tavistock's
ESP programs, each participant is a "volunteer", who agrees
to have his personality "correlated" with ESP; that is to say,
they have agreed to help Tavistock find an answer as to why
certain people are psychic and others are gifted with ESP.
The object of the exercise is to make each and every MI6 and
CIA agent highly psychic with sharply developed ESP.
Because a number of years have passed since I was directly
involved in such matters, I consulted a colleague who is still
in the "service", to find out how successful Tavistock has
been with its experiments? He told me that Tavistock has
indeed perfected its techniques and that it was now possible
to make selected MI6 and CIA operatives "ESP-Perfect."
Here it is necessary to explain that the CIA and MI6 maintain
a very high degree of secrecy about such matters.
227
The majority of intelligence agents who are in the programs
are for the most part members of the Illuminati and or
Freemasonry, or both. In short, the "long range penetration"
technique applied with such success to the normal world is
now being applied to the spirit world!
Tavistock's "Long Range Penetration and Inner Directional
Conditioning", developed by Dr. Kurt Lewin, whom we have
already met a few times, is primarily a program where thought
control is practiced on mass groups. What gave rise to the
program was the British Army Psychological Warfare
Bureau's all-pervasive use of propaganda in WWI. The
extensive propaganda it ran was intended to convince the
British workingman that war was necessary. Another part of
it was to convince the British public that Germany was an
enemy, and its leader a veritable demon.
This massive effort had to be launched between 1912 and
1914 because the British working class did not believe that
Germany wanted war, anymore than the British people
wanted it, and did not even dislike the Germans. All that
public perception had to be changed. A secondary, though no
less important task for the bureau was to get America into the
war. A key element in that plan was to provoke Germany into
sinking the "Lusitania" a large trans-Atlantic liner built along
the lines of the doomed Titanic.
In spite of warnings in press advertisements in a New York
newspaper that the ship had been converted into an Armed
Merchant Cruiser (AMC) and was therefore fair game in
accordance with the Geneva Conventions, the Lusitania
sailed for Liverpool carrying a full compliment of
passengers, among them many hundreds of American
passengers.
228
The ship's holds were packed with a large compliment of
munitions destined for the British Army, forbidden under
international the rules of war to be carried by passenger
liners.
At the time it was hit by a single torpedo, the Lusitania was
essentially an Armed Merchant Cruiser (AMC). The press on
both sides of the Atlantic was filled with accounts of German
barbarity and unprovoked attack on a defenseless passenger
liner. But the American and British public who still needed a
lot more "conditioning" did not buy the story. They felt there
was "something rotten in the State of Denmark." The sinking
of the Lusitania with heavy loss of life was the type of
"contrived situation" that President Wilson needed and it
inflamed American public opinion against Germany.
Profiting from this experience, the British Army Bureau of
Psychological Warfare set up the Tavistock Institute for
Human Relations on the orders of the British monarchy and
placed British newspaper magnate, Alfred Harmsworth, the son
of a barrister born in Chapelizod near Dublin. He was later
awarded the title the 12 th Duke of Bedford, Lord Northcliffe.
In 1897, as a run-up to the war that was coming, Harmsworth
sent one of his writers by the name of G.W. Steevens to
Germany for the purpose of writing a serialized sixteen part
article entitled Under the Iron Heel.
In true reverse psychology the articles were lavish in their
praise of the German Army while in the same breath warning
that the British nation would be defeated if war broke out
against Germany.
229
In 1909, Northcliffe commissioned Robert Blatchford, a
senior Socialist to go to Germany and write articles about
what a danger the German Army posed to Britain.
Blatchford's theme was that he believed from his
observations that Germany was "deliberately preparing to
destroy the British Empire." It was in line with Northcliffe's
prediction published in the Daily Mail (one of his
newspapers) in 1900 that there would be war between
Germany and Britain. Northcliffe wrote an editorial saying
that Britain needed to use a greater part of its budget for
defense spending.
When the war broke out, Northcliffe was accused by the
editor of The Star newspaper of having propagated a climate
of war. "Next to the Kaiser, Lord Northcliffe has done more
than any living man to bring about the war."
The poor editor did not know that he himself had become a
victim of propaganda, as the Kaiser had done little to
promote war and was looked upon with some disdain by the
British military establishment. Historians are in general
agreement that the Kaiser was in no position to control the
Germany Army. It was General Ludendorff to who The Star
should have referred. It was Northcliffe, who began agitating
for conscription from the very day that war broke out between
the two nations.
This was to be an institution where every aspect of mass
brainwashing and public conditioning would be brought to a
fine art. A policy and set of rules were established,
culminating in Tavistock's 1930 "Long Range Penetration
and Inner Directional Conditioning," that was unleashed
against Germany in 1931.
230
In the period before the first years of WWII, Roosevelt,
(himself a 33 rd degree Mason and a member of the Illuminati
through the Society of Cincinnati,) sought Tavistock's help in
getting American into the war. Roosevelt was under the
direction of the "300" to help pull British chestnuts out of the
fire, but to do so, he needed a major incident to latch on to.
All during the period 1939 - 1941 U.S. Navy submarines
based out of Iceland attacked and sank German shipping,
although neutrality laws forbad engaging in hostilities with
the combatants. But Germany would not be drawn into
retaliating. The major incident that was to precipitate
America's entry into WWII was Japan's attack on Pearl
Harbor. This was a Tavistock conspiracy against both
nations. In order to foster such an attack, Secretary of State
Marshall refused to meet with Japan's envoys seeking to head
off the coming conflict.
Marshall also deliberately delayed warning his commander at
Pearl Harbor until after the attack had begun. In short,
Roosevelt and Marshall both knew about the pending attack,
but deliberately ordered the information to be withheld from
their officers on the ground at Pearl Harbor. Tavistock had
told Roosevelt that "only a major incident" would get
America into WWII. Stimson, Knox and Roosevelt knew
about the impending attack, but did nothing to stop it.
From time to time thoughtful people have asked me: "But
wouldn't leaders like Lord Haig, Churchill, Roosevelt, and
Bush realize how many lives would be lost in a world war?"
231
The answer is that as programmed individuals, the "great
men" didn't care about the high cost of human life. General
Haig — a noted Freemason/niuminist/Satanist — declared on
more than one occasion his dislike of the British lower
classes, and he proved it by throwing wave after of wave of
"common British soldiers" against impregnable German
lines, a tactic any decent military strategist would have
shunned.
As a result of Haig's callous disregard for his own troops,
hundreds of thousands of young British soldiers from the
"lower classes" died tragically and needlessly. This made the
British public hate Germany, exactly as the British Army
Psychological Warfare Bureau had predicted. Much of what I
have included in this book I deliberately held back in the first
exposure. I did not feel that the American people were ready
to understand the metaphysical side of Tavistock. You can't
feed a baby on meat; milk comes first. By introducing
Tavistock in this way, many minds were opened, which
otherwise would have remained closed.
CHAPTER 34
The cults of the East India Company
233
For centuries the British oligarchy has been the home of
occultism, the metaphysical, mysticism and mind control.
Bulwer Lytton wrote "The Secrets of the Egyptian Book of
the Dead", and so many of Annie Besant's adherents of the
Theosophist Society came from British upper classes, which
even today is popular with them. The descendants of the
Catharists and Albigensians of Southern France and Northern
Italy had migrated to England and adopted the name
"Savoyard." Before them came the Bogomils of the Balkans
and Pelicans of Asia Minor. All these sects had originated
from the Babylonian Manicheans.
Inroads were made into this type of occultism by the
Tavistock Institute, using some of its mind control techniques
developed by Kurt Lewin and his team of researchers. (See
"The Committee of 300" for details.)
The East India Company (EIC) and later, the British East
India Company (BEIC) was the original "300," whose
descendants rule the world today. Opium and the drug trade
was the stock in trade then, and remained so. From this
highly organized, complex structure, grew Socialism,
Marxism, Communism and National Socialism and Fascism.
Beginning in 1914, extensive mind control experiments were
carried out at Cold Spring Harbor in New York, the race-
eugenics center sponsored by Mrs. E.E, Harriman, mother of
Averill Harriman, governor of New York State at the time,
who became a prominent public and political figure in the
U.S. and Europe.
234
The grand lady poured millions of dollars of her money into
the project and invited German scientists to share the forum.
A great many of Tavistock's mind control techniques
especially "reverse psychology" technique taught by Reese,
originated at Tavistock, which today, forms the basis of
mind-controlling exercises to implant the notion in the minds
of the American public that the black and colored races are
superior to the white race, "racism" in reverse.
German scientists were invited to attend Cold Harbor
indoctrinations by Mrs. Harriman and her group, comprised of
some of the leading citizens of the period (1915). After a year
or two at Cold Spring Harbor, the German contingent returned
to Germany, and under Hitler, put race eugenics learned at
Cold Spring Harbor, into practice. All this information lay
hidden from the American people until it was exposed in my
book "Codeword Cardinal" and in my several monographs,
which preceded the book and subsequently in my work
"Aids-The Full Disclosure."
Tavistock and the White House.
Tavistock mind conditioning techniques have been
consistently in use in the United States by some of the
highest and most important political figures in our history,
beginning with Woodrow Wilson and continuing with Pres.
Roosevelt. Every U.S. President after Roosevelt has been
under the control of the "300" and the Tavistock Institute.
Roosevelt was a typical mind-controlled programmed subject
trained in Tavistock methodology. He would talk peace while
preparing for war. He seized powers he was not entitled to
under the U.S. Constitution, citing the illegal actions of
President Wilson as his authority, and then explained away
his actions through "fireside chats," which
235
was a Tavistock idea to deceive the American people. Like
another Tavistock robot, James Earl Carter, and Pres. Bush,
his successor, convinced the American people that everything
he did, no matter how blatantly unconstitutional, was done for
their benefit. This was unlike Roosevelt, who knew full well
when he was doing wrong, but who nevertheless, relished his
task and carried out his Tavistock-British royal family
mandate with gusto, and with total disregard for human life,
as is common to all cultists.
When Pres. Bush, the elder, ordered invasion of Panama, it
was a blatantly unconstitutional action at the cost of the lives
of 7,000 Panamanians over which Mr. Bush never lost any
sleep, nor did he blink an eye over the death of 150.000 Iraqi
soldiers in the undeclared (illegal) war against Iraq that was
to follow his "trial run" to gauge public opinion.
Carter was no stranger to the occult; one of his sisters was a
leading witch in America. Carter believed that he was a "born
again Christian," even though his entire political career was
shot through with Socialist and Communist ideals and
principles, which he never hesitated to put into practice.
Carter is a true split personality product of Tavistock. This
was noted by Hugh Sidey, a well-known columnist for
mainstream media who wrote in July of 1979: "The Jimmy
Carter now at work behind the closed doors of the White
House is not the Jimmy Carter we grew to know in the first
30 days of his presidency."
Carter, programmed by Tavistock graduate Dr. Peter Bourne,
had been through the hands of another Tavistock
psychologist, Admiral Hymen Rickover, during Carter's stint
at Annapolis.
236
Carter was pre-selected by the Rothschilds as being
admirably suitable for special training, and one who would
be "adaptable to changing circumstances", willing to depart
from principles.
John Foster Dulles was another Tavistock indoctrinated
figure of note that was close to the White House, holding the
position of Secretary of State. Dulles blatantly lied to a U.S.
Senate Committee during the United Nations (UN) hearings,
brazenly testifying under oath about the constitutionality of
the U.S. belonging to this world body.
Dulles dazzled and deceived the senators as to the
constitutionality of the U.S. joining the U.N. and swayed
enough senators to vote in favor if the so-called treaty, which
is not a treaty, but an ambiguous agreement.
The U.S. Constitution does not recognize "agreements", only
treaties signed by the nations concerned. However the
problem Dulles had was that the U.N. is not a country, so
Tavistock got around the impediment by advising the State
Department to call the document, an "agreement." Dulles was
a Satanist, Illuminist, and a member of a number of occult
societies.
George Herbert Walker Bush is another "product trained"
certified graduate of Tavistock's mind control system. The
actions of this 33 rd Degree Mason, in Panama and Iraq, speak
volumes.
In Panama, acting under the orders of the RIIA and the CFR,
Bush, the elder, moved to protect drug money in the
Rockefeller owned banks in Panama, after General Noriega
had exposed two of them as money laundering facilities in
the drug trade chain.
237
Bush ordered U.S. Armed forces to invade Panama without
having the authority expressed in the only constitutional way,
a joint declaration of war by the U.S. House and Senate of the
Congress, and in gross violation of his constitutional powers
as President.
The office of the president is expressly forbidden war-making
powers by the Founding Fathers. But notwithstanding the
lack of empowerment, Bush repeated his gross violations of
the U.S. Constitution in ordering the U.S. Armed forces to
invade Iraq, again without a the mandated declaration of war
and in excess of his powers. The "inner conditioned"
American public, the shell-shocked victims of Tavistock's
war on them, did not turn a hair as they watched the
Constitution being ripped to shreds.
Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, warmly praised Bush, the
elder, for his "successful" war against Iraq, and knighted him
for his acts of defiance of the U.S. Constitution. This is not the
first time that Elizabeth had rewarded American law breakers
with high honors.
British and American cultists and Illuminists in the oil cartels
are still carrying out a war of attrition against Iraq in 2005.
They will not stop until they have laid their greedy,
bloodstained hands on Iraq's oil riches in the manner in
which Milner stole the gold from the Boers in the Anglo-
Boer War (1899-1903.)
Do you find yourself responding to this information in a
"maladaptive way"? Do you say, "These actions cannot be the
actions of an American President? This is nonsense.
238
If this is your maladaptive response, then turn your attention
to the Boer War and you will soon see that Bush was only
emulating the Satanic barbarity of General Lord Kitchener
and Lord Milner in their war of extermination against the
Boer nation. Also, it behooves us to recall that the tragedy of
Waco began on the Bush watch, and that vendetta against
David Koresh was carried on by the leader of the Republican
Party.
While Attorney General Reno and Clinton carried out the
actual policy of destruction for which Koresh was slated,
George Bush played a leading role in the ghastly tableaux in
which Koresh and 87 of his followers died.
Although it is not generally known, Tavistock had a hand in
the planning and might even have directed the onslaught by
the FBI and the ATF on Koresh and the Davidians. Tavistock
was represented by units of the British SAS who had been
involved in training the ATF and the FBI on how to destroy
Koresh and his followers and burn their church to the ground.
Waco was unholy black arts Satanism in action, no more and
no less.
The fiery end of Koresh and his followers was typical
Satanism at work, even though most of those who
participated in the high crime and violations of human rights
and the violation of the 1 st , 2 nd , 5 th and 10 th Amendment rights
of the victims, were not aware that they were in the hands of
Satanists. They did not have the faintest inkling that they were
being used by spiritual forces of the darkest kind.
Tavistock's massive brainwashing of the America turned the
public against Koresh and the Davidians, setting the stage for
the destruction of lives and property at Waco, in utter
defiance of the Constitution and the Bill of Rights.
239
The wanton destruction of innocent lives and property by
agents of the Federal Government who had no jurisdiction in
the State of Texas (or any other State for that matter) and
consequently, no authority to do what they did — violated the
10 th Amendment, the citizen' protection against excesses by
the Federal Government. The State of Texas did not step in
and stop the violation of the 10 th Amendment that was in
progress at Waco as it was the Governor's duty to do under
the U.S. Constitution and the Constitution of the State of
Texas.
Tavistock had come a long way since Ramsey McDonald
was sent to the United States in 1895 to "spy out the land for
Socialism." Ramsey reported back to the Fabians that for the
U.S. to become a Socialist state, the State and Federal
constitutions (in that order) had to be destroyed; Waco was
the embodiment of that goal.
John Marshall, the Third Chief Justice of the United States,
and the Lopez case decided by the 9 th Circuit Court of
Appeals, for once and for all made it clear that Federal
Agents had no jurisdiction inside the borders of the States
except where counterfeiting of U.S. dollars was being
investigated. This in itself is an oxymoron, as so-called "U.S.
dollars" are not U.S. dollars, but "Federal Reserve Notes"- not
the currency of the United States — but the notes of a
privately-owned non-governmental central bank.
Why protect fraud, even if it is being perpetrated by the U.S.
Government? When the Constitution was written, the
Founding Fathers felt that their denial of a central bank
would prevent any bogus operation like the Federal Reserve
coming into being. The constitutional provision protects U.S.
Treasury Notes from being counterfeited. It is doubtful
whether a Federal Reserve note, which is not a U.S. dollar,
enjoys the protection of the U.S. Constitution.
240
At Waco, the Sheriff failed in his duty to order Tavistock's
agents and the FBI out of the county, as the FBI was not
investigating counterfeiting in conformity with the U.S.
Constitution. The FBI was at Waco illegally. It was all a part
of a carefully planned exercise to ascertain just how far the
Federal Government could go in violating the Constitution
before being brought up short.
Just as the British lower and middle classes were inflamed
against Germany at the commencement of WWI, through
propaganda lies that the Kaiser had ordered his soldiers to cut
off the arms of little children when they invaded Belgium and
Holland, just so Tavistock programmed Americans to hate
Koresh.
Tavistock's blast of lies about Koresh went out over the
airwaves, day and night: Koresh was having sex with very
young children in the "compound." His church, a simple
wooden structure, was labeled a "compound" by the mind
controllers at Tavistock. Another of Tavistock's gross lies
was that the Davidians were running an amphetamine lab in the
"compound". "Compound" became the Tavistock-coined
buzzword.
That Clinton gave the go-ahead to have the Davidians,
gassed, shot at, subjected to devilish music night and day,
and finally, burnt alive, is not surprising. Through the late
Pamela Harriman Mr. Clinton was introduced to Tavistock
and passed its mind control indoctrination initiation, during
his stay at Oxford. Thereafter, he was introduced to
Socialism/Marxism/Communism before being approved by
Tavistock to succeed Mr. Bush, the elder, who had outlived
his usefulness.
Tavistock planned and executed a massive media drive using
their polling profiling to implant Clinton in the minds of the
American people, as one well suited to run the nation.
It was Tavistock that arranged the strictly controlled Clinton
interview with CBS, after Geniffer Flowers revealed that he
had been her lover for the past 12 years, and it was Tavistock
that took control of the reaction of the American people in the
aftermath of the CBS interview. Thus, through its far-flung
network of polling and opinion-making assets the Clinton
presidency was not torpedoed, although without Tavistock
having been in control from start to finish of the CBS
interview, it is certain that Clinton would have been forced to
resign in disgrace.
If you are looking for proof; if your response is
"maladaptive", then compare Clinton's escape with Gary
Hart's conviction on a far lesser charge. The first "New Age of
Aquarius" White House lawyer to be trained in Tavistock
methodology was Mark Fabiani. His deft handling of
situations, which every single observer expected would sink
Clinton, became the talk of Washington.
Only 13 people in the inner circle of the Illuminati and the
Freemason hierarchy knew what the secret of Fabiani's
success was Lanny Davis, who took over from Fabiani,
enjoyed even greater success. Known as "Dr. Spin", Davis
outflanked and outfoxed two special prosecutors, Judge
Walsh and Kenneth Starr blunted every attack launched by
the Republicans in Congress, leaving the Republican Party in
total disarray.
242
This Tavistock- trained lawyer carried out an audacious raid
against Clinton's host of enemies in Congress. Davis'
masterstroke came with the Thompson Committee hearings
into DNC campaign funding and a host of Arkansas scandals.
The Tavistock plan was simple, and like all simple plans, it
was a stroke of genius. Davis collected every newspaper in
the country, which had ever carried even the smallest story
about Clinton's misdeeds, fund raising scandals and
Whitewater. On the very day the Thompson committee was
in full cry, baying for the blood of the President, one of the
many assistants serving Davis threaded his way through the
packed hearing room, and gave each of the committee
members a file of clippings compiled by Davis.
With the file came a memo signed by Davis: What the
committee was investigating at the cost of millions of dollars
was nothing but a collection of "old news". What was there to
investigate when the charges against Clinton were yesterday's
news?
The Thompson Committee had been bushwhacked and
thereafter ran out of steam and went out of action, a great
victory for Tavistock and the White House. Prime Minister
Blair was to use the same formula in disarming Parliamentary
critic's charges that he had lied about his reasons for going to
war alongside Bush the younger. The "Daily Mirror" accounts
were all "old news," Blair said in responding to what might
have been a damning question. The MP asking the question
was leading a move to have Blair impeached. Instead of
answering, Blair deflected the question. Under Parliamentary
rules, the MP had had his "turn" and would not get another
opportunity to try and force the truth out of Blair.
CHAPTER 35
The music industry, mind control, propaganda and war
243
We should note that Tavistock's influence in America has
expanded since it began its own bureaus here in 1946.
Tavistock has brought the art of disinformation to a fine-
tuned pitch. Such disinformation campaigns start with
carefully crafted rumors. These are, generally speaking,
planted in right wing circles, where they grow and spread like
wildfire. Tavistock has long known that the right wing is a
fertile breeding ground for rumors to grow and be spread.
In my experience, hardly a day passes that I am not asked to
confirm some rumor or another, usually by people who
should know better. The clever strategy of spreading
disinformation through rumor has a double benefit:
1) It gives a semblance of credence to stories planted on
conservatives.
2) By the time the information is proved to be false, the
disinformation has tainted its purveyors to the extent where
they may safely be described as "crackpots", "the paranoid
fringe of the conservatives", "extremists" and a whole lot
worse.
The next time you hear one of these kinds of rumors, think
long and hard about the source of the rumor before you pass
it along. Remember how Tavistock manipulators work: The
juicier the rumor, the greater is your inclination to spread it,
will unwittingly make you a part of Tavistock's insidious
disinformation machine.
244
Turning now to another area of expertise in which Tavistock
initiates its graduates, we refer to the assassination of
politicians of importance who cannot be bought, and who
have to be silenced. The murders of U.S. Presidents Lincoln,
Garfield, McKinley, and Kennedy are all linked to British
intelligence MI6, and since 1923, associated with the
Tavistock Institute.
Pres. Kennedy proved to be impervious to mind control by
Tavistock, so was chosen for public execution as a warning to
those who would aspire to power, that none was higher than
the Committee of 300.
The grisly spectacle of the public execution of Kennedy was
a message to the American people; one which they may not,
even now, be aware of. Perhaps the Tavistock Institute
provided the blueprint for Kennedy's execution. Perhaps it
also carefully selected each and every participant, starting
with the obviously mind-controlled Lee Harvey Oswald, and
to the not so obvious Lyndon Johnson. Those who would not
comply, or who sought to bring out the truth, suffered a
variety of punishment, from disgrace, hounding from public
life, and even death.
We leave Tavistock's control of U.S. Presidents, past, and
future, and turn our attention to the music and entertainment
industry. Nowhere is mind control "brainwashing" of huge
segments of the American public so noticeable, as it is in "the
music and entertainment industry. Decades later, misguided,
uninitiated people still get angry with me over my exposure
of the "Beatles" as a Tavistock project. Now, I fully expect
the same people who tell me that they know all about the
history of the "Beatles"; that they are musicians and I am not,
to question the following:
245
Did you know that so-called "Rap" music is another
Tavistock program? So is "Hip-Hop." As inane and idiotic as
the words are (one can hardly call them "lyrics,") these words
have been crafted by the technician in mind control and
behavior modification, so that they would fit in and became
an integral part of Tavistock's gang wars program for
America's major cities. The chief purveyors of this "music"
and indeed all so-called "Rock" and "Pop" music (excuse the
use of Tavistock jargon) are:
Time Warner.
Sony.
Bertelsman.
EMI.
The Capital Group.
Seagram Canada
Philips Electronic.
The Indies.
Time Warner.
Annual revenues $23.7 billion (1996 figures). Its music
publishing business owns one million songs through its
subsidiary, Warner, Chappell. These include songs by
Madonna, and Michael Jackson. It prints and publishes sheet
music. Time Warner "Rap" and "Pop" labels include
Amphetamine Reptile, Asylum Sire, Rhino, Maverick,
Revolution, Luka Bop, Big Head Todd and The Monsters
marketed through Warner REM.
Time Warner also distributes alternative music labels through
its subsidiary. Alternative Distribution Alliance, which
covers the greater part of Europe, and which is particularly
strong in England and Germany. It is not by accident that
these two countries have been targeted by the manipulators at
Tavistock.
246
The mostly subliminal, but increasingly open incitement to
violence, unrestrained sex, anarchism and Satanism, is found
in abundance among the songs owned by Time Warner. This
almost cult-like dominance of the youth of Western Europe
(and since the fall of the USSR, it is creeping into Russia and
Japan also) is menacing civilization in Europe that has taken
thousands of years to build up and mature. The huge
following of youth and its seemingly insatiable appetite for
this kind of utter junk "music" is frightening to behold, as is
Tavistock's grip on the minds of those who listen to it.
Time Warner distributes music through music clubs, which it
owns outright, or else is in partnership with others. Columbia
House is one example. Sony has a 50 % share in Columbia
House.
Time Warner's manufacturing division, WEA, makes CDs;
CD-ROMS, Audios, Videos, digital versatile discs, while
another subsidiary, Ivy Hill, prints CD covers and inserts.
American Family Enterprises, another subsidiary, markets
music, books and magazines in a 50% holding with
Heartland Music.
Time Warner Motion Pictures has studios and production
companies comprising, Warner Bros; Castle Rock
Entertainments; New Line Cinemas. Time Warner Motion
Pictures owns 467 screens in the U.S. and 464 screens in
Europe. (1989 figures: The numbers are much greater today
in 2005.)
Its broadcasting network includes WB Network, Prime Star;
Cinemax, Comedy; Central Court TV; SEGA Channel;
Turner Classic Movies (Ted Turner owns 10% of the stock in
Time Warner).
247
It broadcasts to China, Japan, New Zealand, France and
Hungary. Its Cable Franchise lists 12.3 million subscribers.
TV/Production/Distribution includes Warner Bros
Television; HBO Independent Productions, Warner Bros.
Television Animations; Telepictures Productions; Castle
Rock Television; New Line Television, Citadel
Entertainment; Hanna Barbara Cartoons; World
Championship Wrestling; Turner Original Productions; Time
Warner Sports; Turner Learning; Warner Home Videos and
in its library it has 28,500 television titles and animated
shorts.
Time Warner owns CNN Radio, which acquired from Ted
Turner. It also owns 161 retail outlet stores, Warner Books,
Littel, Brown, Sunset Books, Oxmoor House and the Book of
the Month Club.
Time Warner owns the following magazines: People; Sports
Illustrated; Time; Fortune; Life; Money; Entertainment;
Weekly; Progressive Parmer; Southern Accents; Parenting;
Health; Hippocrates; Asiaweek; Weight Watchers; Mad
Magazine; D.C. Comics; American Express Travel and
Leisure; Food and Wine. Time Warner also owns a number of
Theme Parks: Six Flags; Warner Bros; Movie World; Sea
World of Australia.
I hope that at this point the reader will pause to reflect upon
the enormous power for good or evil which rests in the hands
of Time Warner. Obviously, this giant could make or break
anybody. And then, remember, it is a client of the Tavistock
Institute. It is frightening to contemplate what this mighty
machine could do to public opinion and shaping the minds of
the young, as we have seen with "Gay Days" at Disney World.
248
SONY.
Sony's revenues in 1999 were estimated at $48.7 billion. It is
the largest electronics company in the world. Its music
division control Rock/Rap/Pop; Columbia; Rutthouse;
Legacy Recordings; Sony Independent Label; MU Label;
(Michael Jackson); Sony Music Nashville; Columbia
Nashville. Sony owns thousands of Rock/Pop labels
including Bruce Springsteen; So-So Def; Slam Jazz; Bone
Thugs in Harmony; Rage Against the Machine; Razor Sharp;
Ghost-Face Killa; Crave; and Ruthless Relativity.
If you have ever stopped to wonder how this awful idiocy
with its highly suggestive word and incitement to violence
got so big in such a short time, now you know. It is backed to
the hilt by Sony. Tavistock has long regarded Rap as a useful
messenger to precede anarchy and chaos — which is getting
closer and closer.
Sony distributes Punk Alternative rock label Epitaph Record;
Hell Cat; Rancid; Crank Possum Records and Epitome Surf
Music by Blue Sting Ray. In addition Sony publishes music
through Sony/ATV Music Publishing. Sony owns all of
Michael Jackson's "songs" and nearly the entire range of the
"Beatles."
Sony owns Loews Theatres, Sony Theatres, and its television
interests include network game shows. It has about 15% of
the market in music sales, sheet music, and is the largest
international music company in the world. Sony's other
products are CD records, optical discs, audio and videotapes.
Loews Hotel property in Monte Carlo is a clearinghouse of
information for drug trafficking, and its employees report
directly to the Monet Carlo police, any "suspicious activity"
going on in the hotel.
249
("Suspicious" mean any outsiders trying to bust into the
trade.) Several of the senior level front desk employees are
Monte Carlo police-trained to keep and eye on things.
This is not to stamp out drug dealing; it is merely to keep
"upstarts" getting into the drug trade. "Outsiders" arriving in
Loews Hotel are informed on and are promptly arrested. Such
events are sold to the press and world news media as "drug
busts." Sony's Motion Pictures Division consists of Columbia
Pictures; Tri-Star Pictures; Sony Pictures; Classic Triumph;
Triumph Films with rights to Columbia Home Tri-Star
movies. Its television interests include network game shows.
Bertelsman's A.G.
A German privately held company owned by Reinhard
Mohn, its estimated revenues were $15.7 billion in 1999.
Bertelsman owns 200 music labels from 40 countries, which
labels cover Rap/Rock/Pop. Whitney Houston; The Grateful
Dead: Bad Boys: Ng Records, Volcano Enterprises; Dancing
Cat; Addict; Gee Street (Jungle Brothers) and Global Soul.
All these contain explicit incitement to sex aberrations, drug
taking, anarchy, and violence. Bertelsman's owns Country &
Western properties Arista Nashville (Pam Tillis); Career
(LeRoy Parnell) RCA Label Group; BNA (Lorrie Morgan.)
Other titles it owns are the sound track from Star Wars;
Boston Pops; New Age and Windham Hill etc. The company
publishes sheet music through BMG Music, which controls
the rights to 700,000 songs, including The Beach Boys; B.B.
King; Barry Manilow; 100,000 Famous Music of Paramount
Studios. It own seven music clubs in the U.S. and Canada,
and makes credit cards for MBNA Bank.
Bertelsman A.G does tremendous book business worldwide
and is very much a Committee of 300 affiliate.
250
Bertelsmann holdings include Doubleday; Dell Publishers;
Family Circle; Parent and Child; Fitness; American Homes
and Gardens, with 38 magazines in Spain, France, Italy,
Hungary and Poland. Bertelsman's television and satellite
channels are in Europe, where it is the largest broadcaster.
This company is very vindictive and will not hesitate to
attack anyone who dares to reveal what it thinks might not be
in the company's best interests.
EMI.
A British-based company with estimated revenues of $6
billion in 1999, the company owns sixty music labels in
forty-six countries: Rock/Pop/Rap; Beetle Boys; Chrysallis;
Grand Royal; Parlaphone; Pumpkin Smashers; Virgin; Point
Blank.
EMI owns and controls The Rolling Stones; Duck Down; No
Limit; N00 Tribe; Rap-A-Lot (The Ghetto Boys) with an
immense sheet music publishing business. It has a direct
interest or owns outright 231 stores in seven countries,
including HMV; Virgin Megastores: Dillons (USA). EMI has
network stations throughout Britain and Europe, some of
which work in conjunction with Bertelsmann.
The Capital Group.
This Los Angeles-based investment group sold 35% of its
stock to Seagram's, the Bronstein's liquor company and a
high-ranking Committee of 300 property. Seagram's has an
80% stake in Universal Music Group (formerly MCA) now
Matushita Electric Industries property.
Its 1999 revenues were estimated as $14 billion. Seagram
owns in excess of 150,000 copyrights, including the
copyrights to Impact: Mechanic; Zebra; Radioactive Records;
Fort Apache Records; Heavy D and the Boys.
251
The Capital Group has joint ventures with Steven Spielberg,
Jeffrey Katzenburg and David Geffen. In its Country and
Western Division, the company owns Reba McIntyre,
Wynona, George Straight; Dolly Parton; Lee Anne Rimes
and Hank Williams.
Through Seagram, the company owns concert halls at
Fiddler's Green (Denver); Blossom Music Center
(Cleveland); Gorge Amphitheater (Washington State);
Starplex (Dallas). It has expanded to Toronto and Atlanta.
The Capital Group through its Motion Pictured Division
owns Demi Moore, Danny De Vito, Penny Marshall and a
host of minor figures in the movie-making business.
Universal Films Library is a Capital Group property, as is
Universal Films Library. The company owns 500 retail
stores, several hotels as well as Universal Studios in
Hollywood.
The Indies.
One of the smaller companies in the music and entertainment,
its annual revenues is estimated at $5 .billion. The company
has a substantial portfolio of Rock/Rap/Pop labels, mostly of
the more bizarre kind.
Its Country and Western Division owns Willie Nelson and
distribution is done through "The Big Six." Even without
ownership of any independent retail stores or outlets, the
company managed to capture an astonishing 21% of U.S.
music sales.
The significance of this is that most of its revenues come
from bizarre Rap/Pop/Rock sales of the violent, abusive, foul
language, sexually-suggestive titles, anarchy — which shows
the way the youth of America is going.
252
Philips Electronic.
This Dutch company had revenues of $15.8 billion in 1996.
While it is mainly an electronics company, it is in the "Big
Six" category primarily because of ownership of 75% of
Polygram Music. Its portfolio of labels is in Rock/Pop/Rap.
Elton John is one of its properties. Philips ranks third in the
music publishing business with 375,000 copyright titles.
Through its subsidiaries in Europe and Britain, in 1998
Philips produced 540 million CD's and VHS tapes. Its
Motion Pictures Division owns Jodi Foster, while Philips
Television own Robert Redford's Sundance Films and
Propaganda Films.
The foregoing information should give you, the reader, and
some idea of the immense power this giant industry wields
over our daily lives; how it is shaping the minds of the youth
of America. Without the control and the advanced techniques
made available to these companies through Tavistock, the
giant strides the industry has made would not have been
possible. The information I have provided should shake you
to your very foundations when you come to the realization
that Tavistock controls what "news" we see, what "home
movies" and television network movies we are allowed to
see; what music we listen to.
Behind this gigantic enterprise stands the Tavistock Institute
for Human Relations. As I have clearly demonstrated,
America is marching in lock-step with the gigantic movie-
music industry; hitherto unknown forces — powerful forces
whose sole aim and object is to pervert, twist and distort the
minds of our youth, to make it all the easier for the
Committee of 300 to usher in the Socialist New World Order
- One World Government, in which the new Communists rule
of the world.
253
The information I have put before you should be a source of
great alarm as you contemplate the future of your children
and the youth of America, having come to the knowledge and
understanding that they are being fed a diet of anarchistic
ideas, revolutionary fervor, and incitement to take drugs, free
sex, abortion, lesbianism and homosexual acceptance.
Without this giant music and entertainment industry, Michael
Jackson would only have been the puerile, insipid nonentity,
but he was "puffed" and Tavistock told the youth of our land
just how great he is, and how much they, - the youth of the
Western world love him! It also has to do with the power to
control the media.
Inasmuch as the music and entertainment industry is what I
call an "open secret" designed by Tavistock, I do not expect
my work on this vital subject to be accepted as the whole
truth, at least up to the year 2015, which is the year I
anticipate the outbreak of "Armageddon" the all-out nuclear-
CAB war, when the full wrath of God will fall on the United
States of America. But with regard to massive media control
it is not difficult for even the untrained observer to see, hear
and read that indeed, the U.S. has a controlled media, the
product of the Tavistock Institute. This factor is what got
President Bush elected, and then, to the astonishment of all of
Europe and at least half of the American voters, saw him
elected for a second term in spite of his deplorable record.
How did this happen? The question is easily answered: Due to
the breakdown of America's national media. Traditional
broadcasters abandoned their obligation to promote the
public interest; they no longer felt an obligation to report two
sides of the questions.
254
The national media intensified its policy of "mixing news
with fiction" that began with "War of Worlds. "
While this attracted viewers and increased revenues it did
nothing for the long-held doctrine of fairness in broadcasting
so essential to the flow of information in a free society. In
recent years this grave problem has been exacerbated by the
rise of the rightwing "thunder squad" who will tolerate no
contra-opinion but. They broadcast only the Bush
administration's opinion, and they are not above twisting and
"spinning" the news in the best Tavistock manner.
This was confirmed by a joint survey in 2004 carried out by
the Center on Policy Studies, the Center on Policy Attitudes,
the Program on International Policy Attitudes, and the Center
for International and Security Studies. What they found is
really the key to why Bush is still in the White House, and a
tribute to the power of professional propaganda:
* 75 percent of the Bush faithful were not convinced by
the President Commission's finding that Iraq had nothing to
do with A1 Qaeda.
* The majority of Bush supporters believed that a greater part
of the Islamic world supported the U.S. in its invasion of Iraq.
This is totally at variance with the facts. Egypt, a Muslim state
does not support the USA and the majority of Egyptians want
the U.S. out of Iraq. Turkey, which although a secular state is
overwhelmingly Muslim, by a vote of 87 percent is opposed
to the U.S. being in Iraq and reject the reasons given for the
invasion.
* Seventy percent of the Bush faithful believe that Iraq
possessed WMD's.
255
What I have written here is the indisputable truth, but it will
take a major event to confirm it as such, just as it took 14
years for my Committee of 300 book and 25 years for my
Club of Rome Report to be confirmed by Alexander King
himself. But let there be no doubt that Tavistock, today, in
2005, is in full control of every aspect of life in America. Not
one thing escapes its notice.
In 2005 we are witness to the amazing influence and power of
the Tavistock Institute and its upper-level masters, the
Committee of 300 in the manner in which the United States is
run by President George Bush and the acceptance of what
Bush says and does without question or doubt.
The reasons for these mistaken beliefs are not hard to find.
The Bush administration told the American public many
times in 1994 that Iraq did have nuclear weapons ready for
use. Also passed off as truth were Bush administration
reports that President Hussein was supporting A1 Qaeda units
in Iraq and that A1 Qaeda was responsible for the World
Trade Center (WTC) attack, all of which was without
foundation. Yet members of the Roaring Right Radio
Network (RRRN) happily repeated these errors, notably
Hannity and Combs and Fox News. Mr. Hannity obligingly
told his audience that the weapons had been moved to Syria.
He never offered a shred of evidence to support his statement.
In addition to Fox News and other talk radio shows chum out
masses of propaganda. Chief exponents of radio propaganda
on behalf of the Bush administration are:
Rush Limbaugh
Matt Drudge Sean
Hannity Bill
O Reilly
256
Tucker Carlson
Oliver North John
Stossell Gordon
Liddy Peggy
Noona Larry King
Michael Reagan
Gordon Liddy
Dick Morris
William Bennett
Michael Savage
Joe Scarborough
Larry King is one of the best trained Tavistock puppets.
When on the rare occasion he has an opponent of the Bush
war on his show he will give them about 2 minutes to make
their case, immediately followed by five pro-Bush "experts to
rebut the daring dissenter."
Nearly all of the foregoing radio personalities have received
instruction from the experts at Tavistock to a greater or lesser
degree. When one studies their methodology, it bears a
distinct resemblance to the methods of presentation perfected
at Tavistock. The same can be seen in the television
personalities, the "news anchors" and their message "news"
that differs neither in content or style of delivery. Without
exception they all bear the imprint of the Tavistock Institute.
The United States is in the grip of the greatest and sustained
of mass mind control (brainwashing) and "conditioning"
program and it is reflected at every level of our society. The
masters of spin, deception, conniving, dissembling, half-
truths and its twin brother, outright lies, have the American
people by the throat.
257
Churchill, before he was "turned" declared in the House of
Commons that the Bolsheviks "have seized Russia by the hair
of its head." We make bold to say that "Tavistock has seized
the head and the minds of the American people."
Unless there is a great awakening of Spirit of 1776 and the
revival that took place among the generation that followed
the Founding Fathers, the United States is doomed to
collapse, even as the Greek and Ronan civilizations
collapsed.
What is needed is the formation of our own "invisible army"
of "shock troops" that will go into every village, every town,
every city across the length and breadth of the United States,
to deliver the counterpunch that will send the Tavistock
troops into full retreat and ultimate defeat.
259
APPENDIX
THE GREAT DEPRESSION
Montagu Norman, then Governor of the Bank of England, and
a close friend of the family of the Fabian Socialist, Beatrice
Potter Webb, paid a surprise visit to the United States as a
prelude to ushering in the Great Depression. As can be seen,
this was a "contrived event" like the sinking of the Lusitania
that brought the U.S. into WWI.
Events leading up to the Great World Depression of the
1930's
1928
Feb. 23 — Montagu Norman visits M. Moreau, President of
the Bank of France.
June 14 — Herbert Hoover nominated for President by the
Republican Party.
Aug. 18 — Montagu Norman reelected President of the Bank of
England.
Nov. 6— Herbert Hoover elected President of the U.S. A.
Nov. 17 — Montagu Norman reelected Governor of the Bank of
England.
1929
Jan. 1— The New York Times states, that a heavy flight of
gold from the U.S.A. was expected in 1929.
Jan. 14 — Eugene R. Black was reelected Governor of the
Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia.
260
Jan. 26 — Press reports indicate that forthcoming visit of
Montagu Norman has no connection with the movement of
gold from New York to London.
Jan. 30 — Montagu Norman arrives in New York City; claims
he is merely paying a courtesy visit to G.L. Harrison.
Jan. 31 — Montagu Norman spends day with Federal Reserve
Bank officials.
Feb. 4 — Montagu Norman states no immediate change in the
sterling or gold situation expected to arise from his visit.
Congressman Loring M. Black, Jr., introduces a resolution
asking the Federal Reserve Board, whether it had conferred
with Montagu Norman at or about the time it had issued its
credit warning.
Feb. 10— Rep. Black introduces a resolution asking President
Coolidge and Secretary Mellon to clarify Norman's visit not
as an official of the Bank of England
Feb. 12 — Andrews says claim that Federal Reserve Bank has
lost control of the money situation is an illusion and stated
the Bank can regulate the market at will through action on
rediscounts. His statement "triggered repeated charges that
the Federal Reserve System has lost control of the economy.
Feb. 19 — Black's resolutions were defeated in the Banking
and Currency Committee.
Feb. 26 — The New York Times reports that many banks had
asked the Federal Advisory Council to cooperate in curbing
loans for stock speculation.
261
Mar. 4 - Herbert Hoover sworn in as President.
Mar. 12 — Secretary of Treasury Mellon says he will not
interfere with Board policy.
Mar. 21 — Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago moves to reduce
stock loans by 25 to 50% reduction in borrowing for
speculation.
Apr. 1 — National City Bank's April review of economy asks
discount rate rise to 6% as way for curbing excessive stock
speculation. A Rockefeller bank!
May 5~Kansas City Federal Reserve Bank raises rediscount
rates to 5%.
May 14 — Minneapolis Federal Reserve Bank raises
rediscount rates to 5%.
May 19 — The rise of rediscount rate to 5% is declared to be
uniform; request for 6% rate by New York and Chicago
denied.
May 23-Advisory Council recommends 6% rediscount
rate.
Aug. 9-New York Federal Reserve Bank raised rate to 6%; it
was called "adroit" measure.
Sep. 3-National City Bank (a Rockefeller-Standard Oil bank)
in its monthly bulletin states the effect of the increase in the
rediscount rate uncertain.
Oct. 29 — Stock market crash ends post war prosperity;
16,000.000 shares, including unrestricted short selling,
change hands.
262
By end of year decline in value of stocks reaches
$15,000,000,000; by end of 1931 stock losses reached $50,
000 . 000 . 000 .
Nov. — New York Federal Reserve Bank reduces rediscount
rate to 5%.
Nov. 11 -Montagu Norman elected Governor of the Bank of
England for eleventh term.
Nov. 15 —Rediscount rate reduced to 4 1/2%.
Throughout the early part of 1929 there were constant reports
of shipments of gold to the United States to and from
London, thus creating the impression, that the report of
January 1 was accurate. With the stock market crash,
however, the flight of gold from the U.S.A. commenced, in
earnest.
Kurt Lewin
Kurt Lewin's (1890-1947) work had a profound impact on
social psychology and experiential learning, group dynamics
and action research. Lewin was born on September 9, 1890 in
the village of Mogilno in Prussia (now part of Poland). He
was one of four children in a middle class Jewish family (his
father owned a small general store and a farm).
They moved to Berlin when he was fifteen and he was
enrolled in the Gymnasium. In 1909 Kurt Lewin entered the
University of Lreiberg to study medicine. He then transferred
to the University of Munich to study biology. Around this
time he became in involved in the Socialist movement. His
particular concerns appear to have been the combating of
anti-Semitism and the democratization
263
of German institutions.
His doctorate was received from the University of Berlin
where he developed an interest in the philosophy of science
and encountered Gestalt psychology. His PhD was awarded
in 1916, but by then he was serving in the German army (he
was injured in combat). In 1921 Kurt Lewin joined the
Psychological Institute of the University of Berlin - where he
gave seminars in both philosophy and psychology. He was
starting to make a name for himself both in publishing and
teaching. His work became known in America and he was
invited to spend six months as a visiting professor at Stanford
(1930). With the political position worsening considerably in
Germany in 1933 he and his wife and daughter left for the
United States.
Thereafter he became involved at the Tavistock Institute in
various applied research initiatives linked to the war effort
(the Second World War.) These included influencing the
morale of the fighting troops and psychological warfare. He
was always a strong Socialist. He founded the Center for
Group Dynamics at MIT. He was also engaged in a program-
the Commission of Community Interrelations in New York.
The "T Groups" for which Lewin had become known
emerged from this program which was directed toward
solving religious and racial prejudices.
Lewin got funding for the Office of Naval Intelligence and
worked closely in training its operatives. The National
Training Laboratories was another of his mind-control mass
brainwashing programs that played a profound role in the
corporate world.
264
Niall Ferguson
Niall Ferguson is a history professor who taught at
Cambridge and is now a tenured Oxford don. Those are the
credential of a "court historian" whose main purpose is to
protect the patriotic, political myths of his government.
Professor Fergusson, however has written an iconoclastic
attack on one of the most venerable patriotic myths of the
British, namely that of the First World War was a great and
necessary war in which the British performed the noble act
of intervening to protect Belgian neutrality, French freedom,
and the empires of both the French and British from the
military aggression of the hated Hun. Politicians like Lloyd
George and Churchill argued that the war was not only
necessary, but inevitable. In this they were ably assisted by
the propaganda factory at Wellington House, "the house of
lies" as Toynbee called it.
Ferguson asks and answers ten specific questions about the
First World War, one of the most important being whether
the war, with its total of ten million casualties, was worth it.
Not only does he answer in the negative, but concludes that
the world war was not necessary or inevitable, but was
instead the result of grossly erroneous decisions of British
political leaders based on an improper perception of the
"threat" to the British Empire posed by Germany. Ferguson
regards it as "nothing less than the greatest error in modem
history."
265
He goes further and puts most of the blame on the British
because it was the British government that ultimately
decided to turn the continental war into a world war.
He argues that the British had no legal obligation to
protect Belgium or France and that the German naval
build-up did not really menace the British.
British political leaders, Ferguson maintains, should have
realized that the Germans were mostly fearful of being
surrounded the growing Russian industrial and military
might, as well as the large French army. He argues further,
that the Kaiser would have honored his pledge to London,
offered on the eve of the war, to guarantee French and
Belgium territorial integrity in exchange for Britain's
neutrality.
Ferguson concludes that "Britain's decision to intervene was
the result of secret planning by her generals and diplomats,
which dated back to 1905" and that it was based on a
misreading of German intentions, "which were imagined to
be Napoleonic in scale." Political calculations also played
their part in bringing on war. Ferguson notes that Foreign
Minister Edward Grey provided the leadership that put Britain
on the bellicose path. Although a majority of the other
ministers were hesitant. "In the end they agreed to support
Grey, partly for fear of being turned out of office and letting in
the Tories."
Such was the power of the lies and propaganda that flowed out
of Wellington House, the forerunner of the Tavistock Institute
of Human Relations.
The First World War continues to disturb the British
266
psyche today, much as the Civil War still haunts Americans.
British casualties in the war numbered 723,000 - more than
twice the number suffered in World War II. The author
writes: "The First World War remains the worst thing the
people of my country have ever had to endure."
One of the most important costs of the war, which was
prolonged by British and American participation, was the
destruction of the Russian government.
Ferguson contends that in the absence of British intervention,
the most likely result would have been a quick German
victory with some territorial concessions in the east, but no
Bolshevik Revolution.
There would have been no Lenin - and no Hitler either. "It
was ultimately because of the war that both men were able to
rise to establish barbaric despotisms which perpetrated still
more mass murder."
Had the British stayed on the sidelines, Ferguson argues,
their empire would still be strong and viable. He believes
that the British could have easily coexisted with Germany,
with which it had good relations before the war. But the
British victory came at a price "far in excess of their gains"
and "undid the first golden age of economic 'globalization.'"
But ruthless anti-German propaganda turned those good
relations into enmity and hatred.
World War I also led to a great loss of individual liberty.
"Wartime Britain ... became by stages a kind of police
state," Ferguson writes. Of course, liberty is always a
casualty of war and the author compares the British situation
with the draconian measures imposed in America by
President Wilson.
267
The suppression of free speech in America "made a
mockery of the Allied powers' claim to be fighting for
freedom." What the Professor Fergusson did know was that
Wilson had imposed the worst kind of restrictions of free
speech. He even tried to get Senator La Follette arrested for
opposing the war.
While Ferguson addressed mainly British audiences, it is
relevant to Americans who tragically followed the
brainwashed propaganda-dazed and nervously drunk British
into both world wars at tremendous cost in freedom, the
result of the centralization of power in the leviathan
government in Washington, D.C.
There are many valuable lessons to be learned from this
timely warning that the Tavistock Institute, successor to
Wellington House, has shown just how easy it is to
condition and mind-control large segments of population
groups.
"The Great War:"
The Power of Propaganda
The fruits of the war that ordinary people of Britain, France,
Germany, Belgium and Russia did not want: Killed in the
prime of their lives:
Britain and Empire 2,998,671
France 1,357,800
Germany 2,037,700
Belgium 58,402
These are mainly deaths on the so-called "Western Front" and
"Eastern Front" and do not include casualties sustained on
other fronts by other nations. The cost in monetary
268
terms was $180,000,000,000 in direct accounting and
indirectly another $151,612,500,000.
The two WWI battles mentioned in this book:
Passchendaele. Began on July 31, 1917 the battle raged for
three months. Casualties amounted to 400,000 men.
Verdun. Began February 21, 1916 and ended on June 7.
700.000 men killed.
Later Propaganda Efforts.
Tavistock Institute has so perfected its techniques that recent
expert opinion has it that 70% of all capital and human
resources that the US government advertising/propaganda
programs devotes to for strategic objectives, going to
psychological operations, the propaganda which these
psychological operations are comprised have become the
single most significant part of what it means to be American
and British.
The level of propaganda is now so, high, so all
encompassing, that Social Scientist count on it to be the
totality of American life, and as a result of sustained
propaganda, life in these two countries has become a
simulation. Tavistock predicts, as do philosophers and
sociologists from Beaudrilliard to McLuhan, that this
simulation will soon be substituted for reality.
The public perception of propaganda associates it with
advertising and the kind of partisan propaganda disseminated
by radio talk shows, or with a zealous radio preacher. Indeed
these are all forms of propaganda, but for the most part they
are recognized as such.
269
The advertiser is tries to instill his particular product or
service on the minds of the audience. Political commentary
does the very same thing and likewise religious programming
is intended as much to motivate followers to take a particular
course of action such as supporting the war or some country
they ascribe as "biblical" we need to support at the exclusion
of others) to change the spiritual orientation of non-
committed listeners. Thus, they hope that audiences will be
persuaded to embrace the ideas of the speakers or to follow
their lead to support such and such an objective. Any
"preaching" about the Middle East over American radio in
particular soon reveals this objective.
Other types of communication in all forms of the media are far
more intrusive such as deliberately slanted and or false,
incomplete news reporting, presented as truth or objective
fact. The reality is that it is naked propaganda disguised as
news at which Tavistock graduates excel.
Forceful propaganda, first introduced by Bemays at
Wellington House to forcefully persuade the unwilling
population is by scientific repetition. World War I was a field
day for Wellington House with thousands of reputations of
"the Butcher of Berlin" etc.
In the latest Gulf war the people of the United States were
not inclined to worry very much about an invasion by
Saddam Hussein, but Powell, Rice, Cheney and a succession
of "authorities" dinned it into the heads of the American
people that Saddam Hussein might soon cause a "mushroom
cloud" to appear over the United States, even though there
was no truth in their claims.
The statement that "Saddam was a threat to his neighbors"
stressed again and again — by government operatives and
military leaders, who were soon joined by vast numbers of
270
private organizations, political commentators, intellectuals,
entertainers, and, of course, the news media carried the day
even though based upon layers of lies.
Propaganda messages do differ although the core message is
always the same and the sheer volume of warnings and the
diversity of the sources involved served to confirm in people s
minds that the threat is indeed very real. Slogans help
listeners and readers of this propaganda material to visualize
the "danger." orchestrated not so much to protect the country
as to bring about active participation by raising the level of
hysteria.
This was standard practice in use by Britain and the United
States in all the wars in which they were combatants from
1900 up to the present time. The resulting climate of fear
brought the desired effect; rapid expansion of military
research and arms stockpiling and "pre-emptive strikes" in
Serbia and Iraq.
Propaganda took a nasty fall during the Vietnam War when
Americans actually saw the brutality of battle in their living
rooms and the notion of a "defensive" war took a nosedive.
The purveyors of the wars in Serbia and Iraq took good care
not to allow the mistake to be repeated.
The effect of propaganda was so great that most Americans
still believe that Vietnam was an "anti-communist" war.
From the cold war generally — the Cuban missile crisis -
Serbia propaganda helped hostilities to flourish and multiply.
271
The propaganda of the anti-communist era was tailor made by
Tavistock and designed to facilitate the development of a
global U.S. military expansion that has been going on since
the Institute for Pacific Relations was established in the
1930s and upon which Me McCarthy stumbled.
There are other type of insidious propaganda other types of
propaganda are directed toward social behavior or group
loyalties. We see it in the emergence of the decline in morals
that has swept the world on a wave of well-directed
propaganda of the type favored by H.V. Dicks, R Bion,
Hadley Cantril and Edward Bernays, the Social Scientists
who at one stage ran operations at Tavistock Their product,
propaganda, is the illusion of truth fabricated by the whores of
deception.
272
Bibliography
"Journey Into Madness;"
Gordon Thomas
"MK. Ultra 90;" CIA
"American Journal of Psychiatry,"
Jan. 1956; Dr. Ewan Cameron.
Documents relating to activities of "The Society for the
Investigation of Human Psychology."
This was a front for CIA experiments into mind control.
"Ethics of Terror:"
Prof Abraham Kaplan.
"The Psychiatrist and Terror;"
Prof. John Gun.
"The Techniques of Persuasion;"
l.R. C. Brown.
"The Psychotic;" Understanding Madness;
Andrew Crowcroft.
(When you understand "madness" it can be recreated in any
subject.)
"The Battle for the Mind;"
Private, Invicta Press.
"The Mind Possessed;"
Private, Invicta Press.
273
"The Collected Works of Dr. Jose Delgado."
"The Experiments of Remote Mind Control"
(ESB): Dr. Robert Heath.
Dr. Heath conducted successful experiments with ESB which
proved that he could create memory lapses, cause sudden
impulses (like random shootings), evoke fear, pleasure and
hatred at his command.
"ESB Experiments;" Gottlieb.
Dr. Gottlieb said his experiments were leading to making a
psycho-civilized person, and then, an entire psycho-civilized
society, in which every human thought, emotion, sensation,
desire is completely controlled by electrical stimulations of
the brain.
Dr. Gottleib stated that he could stop a charging bull in its
tracks; PROGRAM HUMANS TO KILL ON COMMAND.
Extensive documentation of experiments conducted by the
CIA using ESB-the research under the control of Dr. Stephen
Aldrich.
"The Collected Research Papers of Dr. Alan Cameron."
These were found with the huge collection of documents of
mind control experiments packed away in 130 boxes,
conducted by Dr. Gottleib and which he had not destroyed as
ordered by the CIA.
"The New York Times, December 1974."
An expose of CIA mind control experiments.
274
Apart from the above there is Dr. Coleman's own works,
"Metaphysics, Mind Control, ELF Radiation and Weather
Modifications" published in 1984, and updated 2005.
In this same work Dr. Coleman explains how mind control
works and gives clear examples of it. He expanded on his
earlier work with "Mind Control in the 20 th Century," which
explicitly details how mind control techniques have
advanced.
A Dynamic Theory of Personality. Dr. Kurt Lewin
Time Perspective and Morale. *
The Neurosis of War.
(Macmillan London 1943)
Experiences in Groups.
(Lancet Nov. 27, 1943)
Leaderless Groups.
(London 1940)
Experiences in Groups.
(Bulletin of Messenger)
Catastrophic Change.
(The British Psychoanalytical Soc.)
Elements of Psychoanalysis.
London 1963
W.R Bion.
*
*
*
*
*
Borderline Personality Disorders.
London
275
Force and Ideas.
Walter Lippmann
Public Opinion.
Walter Lippmann
Crystallizing Public Opinion.
Edward Bemays
Propaganda.
Edward Bemays
The Daily Mirror.
Alfred Harmsworth 1903/1904
The Sunday Mirror.
Alfred Harmsworth 1905/1915
Human Quality.
Aurelio Peccei 1967
The Chasm Ahead.
Aurelio Peccei
Wilhelm II, Emperor of Germany.
Correspondence Entre Guillaume II
Memories of Lenin.
N. Krupskaya (London 1942)
The World Crisis.
Winston Churchill
How We Advertised America.
George Creel
New York 1920
276
Wilson, The New Freedom. Arthur S. Link 1956
The Aquarian Conspiracy.
Marilyn Fergusson
Some Principles of Mass Persuasion.
Dorwin Cartwright
Journal of Humanistic Psychology.
John Rawlings Reese
Understanding Man's Behavior.
Gordon Alport
Invasion from Mars.
Hadley Cantrill
War of Worlds. H. G. Wells
Terror by Radio.
The New York Times
Psychology of Science.
Aldous Huxley
A Kings' Story.
The Duke of Windsor
My Four Years in Germany.
James W. Gerard
Under the Iron Heel.
G. W. Stevens
277
The Technotronic Era.
Zbigniew Brzezinski
Institute for Development and Management Publications.
Ronald Lippert
When Action Research Becomes Cold War Methodology
The Science of Coercion.
Renses Likert
Management Systems and Style.
Mental Tensions. H.V.
Dicks
The State of Psychiatry in British Psychiatry. H.V.
Dicks
The Jungle.
Upton Sinclair
Appeal to Reason The Money Changers.
Propaganda Techniques in the World War.
Harold Lasswell
Imperial Twilight.
Berita Harding
Innocence and Experience.
Gregory Bateson
278
For God's Sake.
Bateson and Margaret Meade
They Threw God Out Of the Garden.
R.D. Laing
Steps to an Ecology of Mind. The Facts of
Life.
On Our Way.
Franklin D. Roosevelt
How Democracies Perish.
Jean Francois Revel
Disraeli.
Stanley Weintraub
Brute Force: Allied Strategy Tactics WWII.
John Ellis
The Concentration Camps in South Africa.
Napier Davitt
The Times History of the War in South Africa.
Sampson Low 7 Vols.
The Organization's Man
Jorgen Schleiman 1965
Stalin and German Communism
Jorgen Schleiman 1948
279
Willi Munzenberg A Political Biography
Babetta Gross 1974
Propaganda Technique in the World War
Harold Lowell
The Propaganda Menace
Frederick E. Lumley 1933
History of the Russian Communist Party
Leonard Schapiro 1960
Neue Zurcher Zeitung
December 21, 1957
The Bolshevik Rise to Power and the November
Revolution
A.P. Kerensky 1935
Ten Days That Shook The World
John Reed 1919
![iu[2]](data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%20192%20300'%3E%3C/svg%3E "Tavistock institute for human relations")
![475px-Hoover-JEdgar-LOC[1]](data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%20238%20300'%3E%3C/svg%3E "J. Edgar Hoover on \"monstrous conspiracy and morality\"")
![1024px-Eugène_Delacroix_-_Le_28_Juillet._La_Liberté_guidant_le_peuple[1]](data:image/svg+xml,%3Csvg%20xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2000/svg'%20viewBox='0%200%20300%20241'%3E%3C/svg%3E "Coup d'état")
![iu[2]](https://cognitive-liberty.online/wp-content/uploads/iu2-1-192x300.jpg "Tavistock institute for human relations")
![475px-Hoover-JEdgar-LOC[1]](https://cognitive-liberty.online/wp-content/uploads/475px-Hoover-JEdgar-LOC1-238x300.jpg "J. Edgar Hoover on \"monstrous conspiracy and morality\"")
![1024px-Eugène_Delacroix_-_Le_28_Juillet._La_Liberté_guidant_le_peuple[1]](https://cognitive-liberty.online/wp-content/uploads/1024px-Eugène_Delacroix_-_Le_28_Juillet._La_Liberté_guidant_le_peuple1-300x241.jpg "Coup d'état")
![page2-701px-Family_jewels_of_the_Central_Intelligence_Agency.pdf[1]](https://cognitive-liberty.online/wp-content/uploads/page2-701px-Family_jewels_of_the_Central_Intelligence_Agency.pdf1_.jpg "Operation Mockingbird")